h 
 
 liiiil!. 
 
 !!!! il 
 
 :l';i'i!|| 
 

 
Digitized by tine Internet Archive 
 
 in 2007 witii funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/elementaprimafirOOwliitricli 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
© Underivood & Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 Akcus Titi Imperatoris 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 THE FIRST ELEMENTS 
 OF LATIN 
 
 By 
 
 LUTHER DENNY WHITTEMORE, A.M., Lirr.D. 
 
 Washburn College, Topeka. Kansas 
 WITH THE EDITORIAL COLLABORATION OF 
 
 GEORGE D. HADZSITS, Ph.D. 
 
 University of Pennsylvania 
 
 AND ; ; ;', 
 
 LAURA L. EWING, A.M! 
 
 High School, Topeka, KANi^s ... 
 
 Elementa velint ut discere prima. 
 
 — Horatius 
 
 THE JOHN C. WINSTON COMPANY 
 CHICAGO PHILADELPHIA Toronto 
 
Copyright, 1920, by 
 '^'he John C. Winston Company 
 
 Entered at Stationers' Hall, London 
 
 All Rights Reserved 
 
 PRESS OP 
 
 THE JOHN C. WINSTON COMPANY 
 
 PHILADELPHIA, PA., TJ. S. A. 
 
PREFACE 
 
 . The underlying purpose in the preparation of this book is 
 suggested by the lines of Horace from which the quotation on 
 the title-page and the title itself have been taken: — 
 
 Ridentem dicere verum 
 quid vetat? ut puerls olini dant crustula blandi 
 doctores, elementa velint ut discere prima. 
 
 What is there to prevent the teaching of Latin in an allur- 
 ing manner so that the young student may be not only willing, 
 but eager, to put forth the effort required in learning the first 
 principles of the language? At best the study of a foreign 
 language is difficult for the beginner and the benefits to be 
 derived from it seem remote; and for these reasons, if for no 
 other, it is the part of wisdom to encourage the learner and to 
 ameliorate the difficulties in his way by employing a method of 
 instruction that is both rational and attractive. 
 
 It should be recognized from the very beginning that lan- 
 guage is a medium for the expression of thought and not an 
 arbitrary contrivance to illustrate grammar. Hence the immedi- 
 ate object of the study should not be to acquire information 
 about the language, but to become acquainted with the language 
 itself; and it should be self-evident that the portions of the 
 language assigned for study should express comprehensible ideas. 
 Each sentence should convey a meaning intelligible to the 
 student and the successive sentences should have a logical 
 sequence. In this book the material for study is based on the 
 reading matter, all of which has meaning connected from sentence 
 to sentence; and this applies to the numbered sentences in the 
 reading exercises as well as to the matter arranged in paragraphs. 
 
 In order to attract the student's attention and to sustain 
 it while he is working out the grammatical details, some suitable 
 incentive must l)e offered, which should not be too obscure; and 
 the acquisition of grammatical knowledge as such is not sufficient 
 for this purpose. The more difficult the principle to be learned, 
 the more inviting should be the manner of its presentation. In 
 accordance with the plan of this book the needed motive has 
 
 (v) 
 
 464445 
 
vi ' PREFACE 
 
 been supplied by the introduction of subject-matter which appeals 
 directly to the student's interest. Illustrations of this are "Ludus 
 Qui Specto Appellatur,'' section 85; the reading exercise in the 
 chapter on the formation and comparison of adverbs, section 
 353; "Galllna Impavida," in the first lesson on the subjunctive 
 mood, section 401; and "Lupus Sceleratus," illustrating the 
 different forms of conditional sentences, section 449. Incidentally 
 such material is by far the most effective means of demonstrating 
 the fact that the study of Latin, even in the first lessons, may be 
 much more than its analysis as an example of a ''dead" language 
 valuable from the historical point of view only. 
 
 Aside from its grammatical relations, the reading in Latin 
 should be profitable. That is, the content should have substance 
 so that the reading itself may not be a waste of time. In this 
 book, after the first few introductory chapters, the reading 
 lessons are based largely on stories from Roman history taken 
 from the first book of Livy and "Viri Romae," modified to suit 
 the requirements of graded lessons. Thus the objectionable use 
 of matter taken from Caesar in anticipation of the work of the 
 second year is avoided, and the student is brought into contact 
 with Roman ideas as well as with Latin words. In addition to this 
 the graded reading exercises not only express connected ideas, 
 but they frequently contain information of real value apart from 
 their grammatical purpose. For example, section 60 gives a 
 simple outline of the life of the poet Horace; section 148 describes 
 some of the principal features of the city of Rome; and section 
 316 explains the Roman calendar. A few fables have been used, 
 which have some literary value; and a few lines of Horace and 
 Vergil have been introduced to show the adaptability of Latin to 
 the use of poetry. Towards the end of the book there is an 
 introduction to the life of Julius Caesar, which is intended to aid 
 in the transition from the first year to the second. 
 
 In an elementary textbook in any subject, and particularly 
 in a book designed as a guide in the studj^ of a language new to 
 the student, it is essential that the contents should be teachable. 
 There are two processes involved in learning: instruction and 
 original effort. Instruction is necessary to prevent the learner 
 from misdirecting his efforts and to set the problems clearly 
 before him; but something must lie left for the student to dis- 
 cover for himself. Instruction that is limited to telling and 
 study that is confined to memorizing are only partially effective. 
 
PREFACE vii 
 
 Opportunities for investigation and occasions for reasoning, both 
 by induction and deduction, must be provided. 
 
 Tliese desirable objects have been attained in this book in 
 part by the arrangement of the matter in the successive chapters. 
 The first section in each chapter gives the instruction needed for 
 the study of the subject assigned and includes such explanations 
 as a skilful teacher would give in preparation for the pupil's study. 
 The second section directs the pupil how to proceed in his attack 
 upon the lesson material. Throughout the book this plan is 
 consistently followed, instruction and directions for independent 
 study being given alternately, with emphasis on one or the other 
 according to the nature of the subject-matter. The various 
 forms and constructions are first presented in the reading matter 
 in anticipation of the explanations which follow. Thus the 
 explanations follow rather than precede the matter to be explained, 
 and the mind of the student is prepared in advance for the tech- 
 nical matter, which is not introduced until the occasion for it has 
 been made clear. 
 
 All of the reading matter has been carefully graded ; and the 
 exercises, while considerably more extensive than those ordinarily 
 provided in books for beginners, are not too difficult for rapid 
 reading. This permits much practice in reading and translation 
 and enables the student to become acquainted with w^ords, idioms, 
 and grammatical constructions in their connection, not as isolated 
 facts, thus enlisting the aid of association throughout the study. 
 
 Neither in the reading exercises nor in the longer paragraphs 
 is there any violation of the Latin idiom. There is a logical 
 subject, expressed or understood, for every verb, and an anteced- 
 ent for every pronoun. Conjunctions and adverbs, also, are 
 employed in such a manner as to make their correct use familiar. 
 Thus the student can not fail to acquire a feeling for the correct 
 use of the language, which is one of the most desirable results of 
 language study. 
 
 The rules of syntax are stated concisely and are illustrated 
 by sentences taken from the preceding lessons so that the student's 
 previous acquisitions may be used to the fullest extent in the 
 assimilation of new matter. The translations of the illustrative 
 sentences are designed as models to be observed by the student. 
 Each chapter closes with an exercise in Latin composition in 
 which the principles presented are still further applied. 
 
 An important feature of this book is the treatment of the 
 
viii PREFACE 
 
 derivation of English words. This is introduced for formal 
 study in connection with the review lessons so that the attention 
 may not be too much diverted from the new material which 
 requires concentration when unfamiliar words, forms, and prin- 
 ciples are under consideration. The subject of derivation is first 
 introduced in a simple way with a minimum of explanation. 
 As the study proceeds, however, the typical processes of Latin 
 word-formation and English derivation are explained and illus- 
 trated by numerous examples. All of this study is based on 
 words used in the regular lessons. An alphabetical list of all the 
 Latin words used for this purpose, together with their English 
 equivalents, will be found beginning on page 365 (section 572). 
 This study may be extended indefinitely by the aid of an English 
 dictionary; but the examples given in the text are sufficient to 
 demonstrate the principles involved, and are, perhaps, as many 
 as can profitably be included in the first year's work. 
 
 In addition to the methods mentioned above, this book 
 employs repetition to an unusual extent. This applies, first, to 
 the repeated use of words as such; second, to the copious illus- 
 trations of the forms of nouns, pronouns, adjectives, and verbs 
 in the reading exercises; and third, to the introduction of numer- 
 ous examples of grammatical principles in all the reading matter. 
 In addition to this, it has been the author's definite purpose to 
 give new matter a familiar setting so that the student's mind 
 may naturally 'single out the item which, for the moment, requires 
 concentrated attention. The effect of this repetition is to cause 
 the feeling of strangeness and newness to disappear as quickly 
 as possible after a new word, form, or construction has appeared. 
 As a simple example of this principle, which is characteristic of 
 the method throughout the book, the first and third sentences in 
 the first reading exercise (section 3) may be mentioned. In the 
 first sentence, Roma est antiqua urbs, the words are arranged in 
 the normal English order; in the third sentence, Roma est urbs 
 piilchra, the only new word is the adjective pulchra the position 
 of which, following its noun, can not possibly escape observation. 
 Every such discovery, made by the student without the teachers' 
 aid, may be set down as gain. It will encourage the student, 
 increase his confidence in his own power, and will help materially 
 to make his progress certain. 
 
 The amount and variety of the reading matter make it con- 
 venient and desirable to employ a vocabulary which is somewhat 
 
PREFACE ix 
 
 larger than that used in some other books for beginners. How- 
 ever, it is not supposed that the student will be required to 
 commit to memory all of the Latin words in the book any more 
 than a child when learning to talk is expected to memorize all of 
 the words which he hears. There is in both cases a distinct 
 advantage in contact with a rather full vocabulary, including 
 some synonyms, even if some of the words are heard or read 
 only once or rarely. The working vocabulary, however, has been 
 duly restricted and a Hst of 600 words has been selected for 
 memory drill. These words have been arranged, not in a single 
 alphabet, but in groups corresponding to the portions of the 
 text covered by the review lessons. In each group except the 
 first the words are not arranged alphabetically but in the order 
 of their first occurrence. Thus the drill on the essential vocabu- 
 lary may be commenced at any time and may keep pace with 
 the advancement of the class. 
 
 Acknowledgment for many excellent suggestions is due to 
 Mr. Ralph L. Ward, head of the Latin department in the Kan- 
 sas City, Kansas, high school, and to other Latin teachers who 
 have examined the manuscript. 
 
 The author wishes also to express his great appreciation of 
 the assistance given by Principal J. Edward Banta, Training 
 School for Teachers, Syracuse, N. Y.; Mr. Walter Eugene Foster, 
 Stuyvesant High School, New York City; Dr. Henry W. Rolfe, 
 Chesham, N. H., formerly of Leland Stanford Junior University; 
 Professor Frank L. Clark, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio; and 
 Principal H. L. Miller, University High School, University of 
 Wisconsin, all of whom have taken an interest in the original 
 features of the book and have assisted in its production by reading 
 page proofs and by other valuable contributions. 
 
 Permission for the reproduction of a number of original 
 photographs has very courteously been given by Mr. Henry V. 
 Stearns, Washburn College, Topeka, Kansas, and Miss Mary 
 A. Grant, Ph.D., Topeka, Kansas. 
 
 Whether the revival of interest in the study of Latin is due 
 to the introduction of more rational methods of teaching or not, it 
 is certain that it can be sustained and promoted only by methods 
 which appeal more directly to the students' and this book is 
 offered as a contribution elementa velint ut discere prima. 
 
 L. D. W. 
 Topeka, Kansas. 
 
SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS 
 
 In order that the best results may be secured from the use 
 of this book, it is desirable that the directions given in the text 
 should be carefully observed. This, however, should not prevent 
 the teacher from using any original methods which may seem 
 promising, for the book is intended to stimulate originahty and 
 initiative on the part of pupils as well as teachers. By all means 
 dull and mechanical methods should be avoided and a certain 
 amount of freedom and vivacity should be cultivated. 
 
 The provision made for notebook work is, of course, only 
 suggestive; and this may be varied according to circumstances; 
 but if the notebook work is commenced at the beginning and 
 faithfully continued throughout the study, the pupil's effort will 
 yield ample returns. 
 
 The chapter and section numbers are not intended to indi- 
 cate divisions into daily lessons. The amount which should be 
 assigned for a single lesson varies with different teachers and 
 classes so greatly that definite limits can not be arbitrarily fixed. 
 It is generally better to assign a comparatively small amount 
 for intensive study than to attempt to cover too much ground 
 superficially. 
 
 The observing teacher will discover that much of the intro- 
 ductory Latin reading matter in the various chapters is very 
 simple and suitable for sight reading and rapid work in recitation. 
 The teacher's judgment will enable him to decide whether to 
 use speed or deliberation. 
 
 In some classes it may not be possible to complete the book 
 in a single year; but the portion omitted will provide for a profit- 
 able review of essentials and will be an excellent introduction to 
 Caesar at the beginning of the second year; and no time will l)e 
 lost eventually if this book is completed before any advanced 
 study is undertaken. 
 
 A suitable stopping place for the middle of the year is at 
 the end of chapter XXXI, 
 
 (X) 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER PAGE 
 
 Introduction xxiii 
 
 1. Pronunciation. — Syllables. — Quantity. — Accent. 
 
 — Composition 1 
 
 11, The First Declension: The Nominative, Accu- 
 sative, and Vocative Cases. — Syntax. — The Sub- 
 ject OF A Finite Verb. — The Direct Object of 
 A Transitive Verb. — The Person Addressed. . 6 
 
 III. The First Declension (continued): The Geni- 
 
 tive, Dative, and Ablative Cases. — The Geni- 
 tive Qualifying Another Noun. — The Indirect 
 Object. — The Ablative of Means or Instru- 
 ment II 
 
 IV. The First Declension (continued): Gender. — 
 
 The Arrangement of Words. — Paradigms. — 
 Typical Noun. — Predicate Noun or Ad.iective. 
 — The Locative Case 16 
 
 V. The Second Declension, Masculine Nouns: The 
 Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Cases. — 
 The Genitive, Dative, and Ablative Cases. — 
 Typical Nouns 23 
 
 VI. Neuter Nouns of the Second Declension. — 
 
 Gender. — Typical NOun 31 
 
 VII. Adjectives of the First and Second Declensions. 
 — Typical Adjectives. — Agreement of Adjec- 
 tives. — The Dative with Ad.iectives 34 
 
 VIII, Review. — English Words Derived from Latin. — 
 
 Word List. — Apposition 39 
 
 IX. Verbs: Personal Endings of the Active Voice. — 
 Agreement with Subject. — Conjugation of 
 sum, do, etc 47 
 
 (xi) 
 
xii CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER PAGE 
 
 X. The Present Indicative Active, Four Conju- 
 gations. — Selections for Reading. — Aeneas in 
 italiam Venit. — The Present Stem. — Conju- 
 ^/_ gation. — The Use of the Present Indicative. . 51 
 
 XI. The Present Indicative Passive. — Ludus Qm 
 "Specto" Appellatur. — Romulus et Remus in 
 Tiberim Mittuntur. — Conjugation. — The Agent 
 with Passive Verbs 57 
 
 XII. The Third Declension, Stems in c, d, g, p, and t. 
 — Pastor Pueros Invenit. — Typical Nouns. — 
 Place to Which. — Place in Which. — Place 
 from Which 62 
 
 XIII. The Third Declension, Stems in 1 and r. — Remus 
 
 a Praedatoribus Est Captus. — Typical Nouns. — 
 The Ablative of Time. — The Ablative of 
 Accompaniment 68 
 
 XIV. The Third Declension, Stems in n. — Numitor 
 
 Remun Nepotem Agnoscit. — Typical Nouns. — 
 Two Accusatives 72 
 
 XV. The Past (Imperfect) Indicative Active. — Con- 
 jugation OF sum, do, AND timed. — Four Conju- 
 gations. — Conjugation. — The Use of the Past 
 Tense 76 
 
 XVI. The Past Indicative Passive. — Romulus Urbem 
 Romam Vocat. — Conjugation. — Voice. — Transi- 
 tive AND Intransitive Verbs 82 
 
 XVII. The Third Declension, Stems in s.— Incolae Urbi 
 Novae De-erant.— Typical Nouns.— The Geni- 
 tive OK Quality 86 
 
 XVIII. The Third Declension, Stems in i. — Romulus 
 
 Societatem Populo Novo Petit.— Typical Nouns 90 
 
 XIX. Review of the Third Declension. — Classifi- 
 cation OF Nouns of the Third Declension. — 
 English Derivatives from Latin Nouns. — 
 Latin Nouns with English Derivatives 95 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 xm 
 
 CHAPTER 
 
 XX. 
 XXI. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The Future Tense. — Conjugation of sum, do, 
 ETC. — The Use of the Future Tense 102 
 
 The Future Indicative Active, Four Conju- 
 gations. — Romani Virgines Sabindrum Rapitmt. — 
 Conjugation. — The Dative with Certain Com- 
 pound Verbs 105 
 
 XXII. The Future Indicative Passive, Four Conju- 
 gations. — Sabini Tarpeiam Scutis Obruunt. — 
 Conjugation. — Conjunctions. — Coordinate 
 Conjunctions. — Subordinate Conjunctions. . . . 109 
 
 XXIII. Verbs in -io of the Third Conjugation. — Conju- 
 
 gation OF capio 114 
 
 XXIV. The Present Infinitive. — The Present, Past, and 
 
 Future of possum. — Ad Certamen Utrimque 
 Procedimt. — The Present Infinitive of Typical 
 Verbs. — Conji (jation of possum. — The Comple- 
 mentary Infinitive. — ^I^he Infinitive as Sub- 
 ject. — The Infinitive as Object. — The Time 
 Denoted by the Present Infinitive. — The 
 
 Subject of an Infinitive 116 
 
 XXV. Adjectives of the Third Declension. — The 
 Present Participle and the Present Imper- 
 ative. — luppiter Romams Terrorem Demit. — 
 Typical Adjectives. — Declension of the Pres- 
 ent Participle. — Conjugation of the Present 
 Imperative. — The Present Stem. — The Use of 
 THE Participle. — The Use of the Imperative. — 
 
 The Dative with Verbs of Separation 122 
 
 XXVI. Numerals. — Adjectives with Genitive in -ius. — 
 Mulieres inter Tela Veniunt. — Declension of 
 
 Numerals. — The Accusative of Extent 130 
 
 XXVII. The Perfect Indicative Active. — Conjugation 
 OF siun, do, ETC. — The Perfect Tense in the 
 Four Conjugations. — Duces Foedus Faciunt. — 
 The Perfect Stem. — Principal Parts of Verbs. 
 — Conjugation. — The Use of the . Definite 
 Perfect. — The Use op the Indefinite Per- 
 fect. — The Ablative of Cause. — The Dative 
 Denoting Possession 136 
 
xiv CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER PAGE 
 
 XXVIII. The Past Perfect Indicative Active. — Conju- 
 gation. — The Use of the Past Perfect Tense 144 
 
 XXIX. The Future Perfect Indicative Active. — Temp- 
 estas ab Terns Romulum Aufert. — Conjugation. 
 — The Use of the Future Perfect Tense .... 147 
 
 >XXX. The Perfect Active Infinitive. — Typical Verbs. 
 — The Infinitive with Verbs of Saying. — The 
 Time Denoted by the Perfect Infinitive 152 
 
 XXXI. Review of Nouns. — Gender. — Filia Salutem Dicit 
 Matri Comeliae. — Gender in the First, Second, 
 AND Third Declensions. — Formation of Latin 
 Nouns. — English Derivatives from Latin 
 Nouns 155 
 
 XXXII. Pronouns, Personal, Reflexive, and Possessive. 
 — Declension. — The Use of Personal Pro- 
 nouns. — Use of the Reflexive Pronoun. — 
 Use of Possessive Pronouns. — Adjectives as 
 Nouns. — The Objective Genitive. — The Geni- 
 tive of the Whole 162 
 
 XXXIII. The Demonstrative Pronouns hie, iste, and ille. — 
 
 The Intensive ipse. — Numae Pompilio Regimm 
 Datur. — Declension. — Use of Demonstrative 
 Pronouns. — Duration of Time 168 
 
 XXXIV. The Demonstrative is and the Relative qui. — 
 
 Tullus Hostilius Rex Creatur. — Declension. — 
 The Use of is. — Agreement of the Relative 
 Pronoun 173 
 
 XXXV. The Perfect Passive Participle.— Inter Albanos 
 et Romanos Bellum. — Principal Parts of Verbs. 
 — Typical Verbs. — Use of the Perfect Pas- 
 sive Participle. — The Ablative Absolute 177 
 
 XXXVI. The Fourth Declension. — Trigemini Arma Capiunt. 
 
 Typical Nouns. — The Dative of Purpose 184 
 
 XXXVII. The Perfect, Past Perfect, and Future Perfect 
 Indicative Passive. — Unum Horatium Tres Curi- 
 atii Circumstant. — Conjugation. — Verbs Used 
 Impersonally. — The Ablative of Manner 189 
 
w 
 
 CONTENTS XV 
 
 CHAPTER PAGE 
 
 XXXVIII. The Fifth Declension. — Rdmani Horatium Vic- 
 torem Accipiunt. — Typical Nouns. — The Ab- 
 lative OF Specification 194 
 
 XXXIX. Interrogative Pronouns, quis and qm. — Pater 
 cum Filio Loquitur. — Movet Horatiiun Complo- 
 ratio Sororis. — Declension of quis. — Interrog- 
 ative Words 198 
 
 XL. Comparison of Adjectives. — Horatius apud ludices 
 Condemnatus Est. — Comparison of Typical Ad- 
 jectives. — Declension of the Comparative. — 
 The Ablative with a Comparative. — The 
 Ablative of Degree. — The Ablative of Sepa- 
 
 , RATION 202 
 
 r 
 
 XLI. Superlatives in -limus and -rimus. — Roma Crescit 
 Albae Ruinis. — Special Forms of Comparison. — 
 Special Meanings in Comparison 207 
 
 XLII. Irregular Comparison. — Comparison of Irreg- 
 ular Adjectives. — Adjectives Denoting a Part 211 
 
 XLIII. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs. — For- 
 mation OF Adverbs. — Comparison of Adverbs. — 
 The Use of Adverbs 214 
 
 XLIV. The Supine Stem. — Ancus Marcius Rex Creatur. — 
 Typical Verbs. — The Perfect Passive In- 
 finitive. — The Future Active Participle. — 
 The Future Active Infinitive. — The Supine. — 
 The Future Passive Infinitive. — The Use of 
 THE Future Active Participle. — The Time 
 Denoted by the Future Infinitive. — The Use 
 OF THE Supine 218 
 
 XLV. Deponent Verbs. — Latinis Belltmi Est Indicttmi. — 
 Principal Parts of Deponent Verbs. — The 
 Ablative with Deponent Verbs. — Idioms 224 
 
 XLVI. Irregular Verbs. — De Rustic© Mure atque Mure 
 Urbano Fabula Horati Poetae. — Conjugation. — 
 Negative Commands 229 
 
XVI 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER PAGE 
 
 XLVII. Review of Verbs. — Urbs atque Ager Finesque 
 Crescunt. — The Formation of Latin Verbs. — 
 English Words Derived from Latin Verbs. — 
 Classification of the Tenses. — The Use of 
 the Tenses of the Indicative. — The Tenses 
 of the Infinitive and the Participle 233 
 
 XLVIII. The Sub.iunctive Mood. — Present and Past 
 Tenses. — Final Clauses. — The Subjunctive in 
 A Subordinate Clause. — The Form of the 
 Present and Past Subjunctive. — The Trans- 
 lation OF the Subjunctive. — Gallina Impavida. — 
 Tarquinius Romam Commigrat. — Conjugation. — 
 The Subjunctive of Purpose. — The Use of 
 the Present and Past Subjunctive. 241 
 
 XLIX. Consecutive Clauses. — Vulpes et Leo. — Tarquinius 
 
 Regnum Petit. — The Subjunctive of Result. .. 249 
 
 L. The Subjunctive Perfect and Past Perfect. — 
 Mures. — Magister cum Discipulo Loquitur. — Tar- 
 quinius Novacula Cotem Secat. — Conjugation. — 
 Indirect Questions. — The Use of the Perfect 
 AND Past Perfect Subjunctive. — Sequence of 
 Tenses. — Substantive Clauses 255 
 
 LI. Clauses with cum. — Agricola et Filii. — Anci Filii 
 Regi Insidias Parant. — Temporal Clauses with 
 cum, Indicative. — Temporal Clauses with cum, 
 Subjunctive. — Casual and Concessive Clauses 
 with cum 262 
 
 LIL The Subjunctive in Independent Clauses. — ^Leo. 
 — The Volitive Subjunctive.— The Optative 
 Subjunctive. — The Potential Subjunctive .... 266 
 
 LIII. Conditional Sentences. — Lupus Sceleratus. — Ser- 
 vius TuUius Regnat. — Conditional Sentences, 
 First Class. — Second Class. — Third Class. — 
 The Dative with Special Verbs 270 
 
CONTENTS xvii 
 
 CHAPTKU PAGE 
 
 LIV. The Future Passive Pauticiple. — The Geuundive 
 AiNTD the Gekund. — Tubiccii. — Vicus Sceleratus. — 
 Typical Verbs. — The Use of the Gerundive. — 
 The Use of the Gerund 276 
 
 LV. The PERirnRASTic Conjugations. — Tarquinius 
 Superbus Regnum Occupat. — Conjugation. — The 
 Active Periphrastic Conjugation. — The Pas- 
 sive Periphrastic Conjugation. — The Dative 
 ^ OF the Agent. — The Subjective Genitive 283 
 
 LVI. idem and the Indefinite Pronouns. — Rege Ex- 
 pulso Consules Sunt Creati. — Declension. — The 
 Use of Indefinite Pronoi^ns. — The Ablative 
 OF Origin 287 
 
 LVII. Indirect Discourse. — Libri Sibyllini. — Main Verbs 
 in the Indirect Discourse. — Dependent Verbs. 
 — Questions. — The Ablative of Price. — The 
 Ablative of. Quality or Description 291 
 
 LVIII. Reading and Translation. — Review of Nouns, 
 Adjectives, and Pronouns. — Senex et Mors. — 
 Parsing. — Models for Parsing. — Formation of 
 Latin Adjectives. — English Derivatives from 
 Latin Adjectives. — The Genitive with Verbs 
 OF Feeling 297 
 
 LIX. Reading and Translation. — Review of Verbs. — 
 Lars Porsena Romam Infesto Exercitu Venit. — 
 Horatius Codes Pontem Defendit. — Models for 
 Parsing Verbs. — Latin Word-formation and 
 English Derivation. — Prefixes. — Ne and ut 
 with Verbs of Fearing. — The Omlssion of ut. 
 — The Subjunctive by Attraction 302 
 
 LX. Review of Indirect Discourse. — Marcus Regulus 
 Redit Carthaginem. — Regulus. — Formation of 
 Compound Words and English Derivatives. . . 312 
 
 LXI. Review of Participles. — Scipio Africanus Hanni- 
 balem Vincit. — English Words from Latin 
 Participles. — Review of Syntax 317 
 
xviii CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTEll PAGE 
 
 LXII. General Review. — Gaius lulius Caesar. — Defec- 
 tive Verbs. — Review of Forms and Syntax. — 
 Review of Word-formation and Derivation. 322 
 
 LXIII. Metrical Reading. — Artes Romanae 329 
 
 Pronunciation 331 
 
 -^ Tables 334 
 
 / \ References to Rules of Syntax 362 
 
 \ List of Latin Words with English Derivatives 365 
 / Vocabulary Drill 377 
 
 ./ 
 
 Latin-English Vocabulary 388 
 
 English-Latin Vocabulary 430 
 
 Index 449 
 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 Arcus TiTi Imperatoris Frontispiece 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Marcus Aurelius, Imperator Facing 1 
 
 Roma Antiqua 3 
 
 Flumen Tiberis et Insula 5 
 
 Via Angusta Urbis Pompeiorum 8 
 
 Amphitheatrum quod Colosseum Appellatur 10 
 
 Templum Castoris et Pollucis 11 
 
 Statua Deae Dianae 13 
 
 Statuae in Museo Vaticano ^ 15 
 
 Roma Antiqua (Map) Facing 16 
 
 Minerva, Dea Sapientiae 17 
 
 Puellae Coronas Facientks 18 
 
 Ara Romana 19 
 
 Statua Deae Veneris . 21 
 
 luNo, RegIna Dearum 22 
 
 Homines in Via Appia • 24 
 
 ludus puerorum 26 
 
 PuER ET Liber 26 
 
 His Rebus Roman! ScrIbebant 27 
 
 hortus romanus ut hodie videtur 30 
 
 Villa Romana 32 
 
 CoLUMNA in Foro Traiano 33 
 
 Castra Romana in Britannia Vallo Fossaque Munita .... 38 
 
 Doctor et Discipuli in Urbe AthenIs 41 
 
 Athenae, Urbs Graeciae Clarissima 43 
 
 Parthenon, Templum Pulcherrimum Orbis Terrarum 44 
 
 Plaustrum 46 
 
 CuRRUs et EquT 48 
 
 Via Appia non Longe ab Urbe Roma 50 
 
 Aeneas cum Patre et FTlio 54 
 
 "Specto" 58 
 
 Flumen Tiberis super Ripas 59 
 
 MiLiTEs Roman! in Itinere 63 
 
 Casa Ant!qua 64 
 
 Pastor 67 
 
 (xix) 
 
XX LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 PAGE 
 TemPLUM FORTUNAE UT DiCITTTR -. 71 
 
 Urbs et Flumen 73 
 
 Cfrrus Cybelae ab Leonibus IunctIs Tractus 75 
 
 Pantheum, Templum Iovis 79 
 
 Interior Pars Panthei gj 
 
 MURUS ROMULI 83 
 
 LUCERNA 85 
 
 Leo atque Homines in Arena 87 
 
 Ampulla Olearia 89 
 
 Statua Lupae 90 
 
 Pugil, Vir Qui in Ludis Caestu Pugnat 92 
 
 Certamen inter NavIs Longas 94 
 
 Forum Romanum et Templum Saturnium • 95 
 
 Colosseum et Arcus Tit! 97 
 
 PucfNA Gladiatorum 100 
 
 Balneae Romanae in Britannia 101 
 
 Frenum 104 
 
 Templum Rotundum 105 
 
 Platea PopulI 108 
 
 Anuli 110 
 
 Armilla 110 
 
 Rupes Tarpeia Ill 
 
 Armillae ex Aere Factae 113 
 
 HORTUS 117 
 
 Forum Romanum ut Quondam Erat 118 
 
 Poculum Graecium 121 
 
 Augustus Caesar, Imperator 123 
 
 luppiTER Optimus Maximus , 124 
 
 Porta AntIqua 125 
 
 DoMUS Tiber! in Palatio 129 
 
 COLUMNAE OCTO TeMPLI SaTURNI! 131 
 
 Forum Romanum 132 
 
 Acus Eburne A 135 
 
 Urbs Roma ut Nunc Videtur 138 
 
 Thermae Caracallae 143 
 
 Certamen Curruum in Circo 148 
 
 CaPitolium ut Hodie Est 149 
 
 Porta Romana Sebastiana Vocata 156 
 
 Ora Italiae 157 
 
 P'lumen et Pons . 159 
 
 Amphitheatrum Pompexanum et Mons Vesuvius 163 
 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS xxi 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Lebes Aeneus 167 
 
 Arcus IanI, Locus Mercatorum 169 
 
 Arcus ConstantInI 170 
 
 MoNTEs SabInI atque Via ad Villam Horati 172 
 
 Miles cum Scuto et Hasta. 173 
 
 MoNTEs IN Etruria 176 
 
 Turris et Murus in Hispania 179 
 
 Italia (Map) Feeing 180 
 
 \'iA Triumphalis IN" MoNTiBuS AlbanIs 182 
 
 PORTUS NeaPOLIS ET MoNS VESUVIUS 183 
 
 Piraeus, Portus Athenarum 185 
 
 Arx Athenarum et Templum Theseum 188 
 
 Gallus Moriens 193 
 
 Cicero 198 
 
 Vergilius 199 
 
 Titus Livius 199 
 
 PalOdamentum 200 
 
 HoRAtlUS, POETA 203 
 
 Homerus 203 
 
 LTctores 203 
 
 Templum Castoris et Pollucis in Sicilia 206 
 
 Columnae Parthenonis, Templi PulcherrimI 208 
 
 Antiquum Cereris Templum 211 
 
 Papyrus in Ripa Fluminis 217 
 
 CiVIS ROMANUS . 219 
 
 Aquaeductus Claudianus ab Via Appia VIsus. 221 
 
 DoMus ViRGiNUM Vestalium 223 
 
 Catapulta, Machina (^[ia Roman! Pugnabant 224 
 
 Navis Longa 226 
 
 Ckna 229 
 
 Lkctus 230 
 
 Mensa 230 
 
 Rkgio Rustica Italiae 232 
 
 Conspectus ab Monte Ianiculo 235 
 
 Mare Inferum non Longe ab Ore Tiberis 240 
 
 Clavis Aerea 241 
 
 Carpentum 246 
 
 CuRRUs Etruscus .w. 248 
 
 Magistratus Romanus .. ,. 252 
 
 Vicus IN Italia Hodieuna 254 
 
 Tintinnabula 256 
 
xxii LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Augur 261 
 
 Templum Apollinis, Pompeii 261 
 
 Arcus ConstantInI et Mons Palatinus 262 
 
 Secures 264 
 
 Regia Caesarum Imperatorum 266 
 
 Imago Aena PuerI RomanI 269 
 
 DoMUS Marci Lucreti in Urbe Pompeiis 272 
 
 Impluvium — Interior Pars Aedium 273 
 
 TuBAE 277 
 
 ViCUS SCELERATUS 279 
 
 Media Rotae Pars cum Capite Medusae 282 
 
 Templum Concordiae in 8icilia 286 
 
 Junius Brutus, Consul 288 
 
 Platea Montis CapitolInI et Statua Marci Aureli 290 
 
 Sibylla 293 
 
 FocuLus 293 
 
 Templum Sibyllae 295 
 
 Sibylla Cumaea cum LibrIs SibyllInTs 296 
 
 Horatius Pontem Defendit 304 
 
 Agricola et Aratrum 306 
 
 Speculum Argenteum 311 
 
 Forceps Ignifer 311 
 
 Aquaeductus Claudianus 313 
 
 Aquaeductus Neronis 315 
 
 Amphora cum Imagine Herculis .316 
 
 Hannibal ' 317 
 
 SciPio Africanus 317 
 
 Hannibal Exercitum trans Alpes Ducit 318 
 
 MiLITES PuGNANTES — IMAGINES IN ArCU CoNSTANTTNI FiCTAE . . 321 
 
 Gnaeus Pompeius 322 
 
 C. luLius Caesar 322 
 
 Via Appia ab Roma ad Brundisium 323 
 
 Marcus Brutus, Conspirator 324 
 
 Antonius Orationem de Caesare Mortuo Habet 327 
 
 In Hoc Loco Antonius Orationem Habuit 328 
 
 MoNlLE EX AuRO ET Amethystis 328 
 
 FoNS Trium Viarum 330 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 The study of the elements of a foreign language, like 
 the study of any other branch of knowledge which the 
 student approaches for the first time, is both easy and 
 difficult. It is easy because the elementary facts are com- 
 paratively simple and readily comprehended; it is difficult 
 because the elements, although simple, are fundamentally 
 important. In acquiring the knowledge of a language 
 every word which the student adds to his vocabulary, every 
 grammatical principle learned, every inflected form remem- 
 bered, and every idiom mastered becomes a part of the 
 material by means of which further progress is made. Thus 
 advancement depends upon the thoroughness with which 
 the work is done. If the elementary principles are really 
 mastered and if a vigorous mental effort is made not only 
 to remember but to understand the matter presented in the 
 successive lessons, the student will surely be conscious of 
 increasing mental power and will enjoy the satisfaction 
 which always comes as a result of successful endeavor. 
 
 Throughout the study, and particularly in the begin- 
 ning, the directions which accompany each lesson should 
 \ye faithfully observed; and by continual repetition and 
 review the material presented for study should be well 
 organized and thoroughly assimilated, so that each forward 
 step may be a positive and permanent advance. 
 
 The illustrations, also, should be used to help the pupil 
 visualize the Roman scenes and objects referred to in the 
 text; for the purpose of the study should be not only to 
 acquire a knowledge of the Latin language, but, as far as 
 possible, to gain acquaintance Wm the Roman people and 
 their life. 
 
 (xxiii) 
 
© Underwood & Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 Marcus Aureijus, Imperator 
 
CHAPTER I 
 PRONUNCIATION 
 
 1. Constant practice is the only way by which the 
 coiTect pronunciation of Latin can be acquired. The 
 sounds of the letters, the quantity of the vowels, the division 
 of the words into syllables, and the* proper placing of the 
 accent may be learned by a careful study of the explanatory 
 matter in sections 536 to 542; but imitation of one who 
 reads and speaks correctly will be of the greatest assistance 
 to the beginner. For this reason the teacher should be sure 
 that his own • pronunciation is correct and should take 
 occasion to read aloud frequently in the hearing of the class 
 so that a perfect model may be constantly before the pupils. 
 The Latin exercises and selections should be read aloud by 
 the pupil also, with sufficient repetition to make the sound 
 of the Latin words familiar. It is important that the 
 student should become accustomed to the muscular move- 
 ments of the vocal organs in pronouncing the words and in 
 reading the sentences. At the very beginning of the study 
 correct habits of pronunciation should be insisted on until 
 they are firmly established. 
 
 2. The sentences in the reading exercise in section 3 con- 
 tain all the letters of the Latin alphabet except K, Y, and Z, 
 which are not often used. They also contain examples of all the 
 long and the short vowels and all varieties of accent. 
 
 Let the sentences in section 3 be read aloud, first by the 
 teacher and then by the pupil, with careful attention to the 
 sound of the letters, the quantity of the vowels, the proper plac- 
 ing of the accent, and the expreslKre grouping of the words. 
 Do not pause between connected words but read the sentences 
 so as to express the meaning. 
 
 (1) 
 
i . . ; : elteMenta prima 
 
 Find the meanings of the words in the special vocabulary, 
 section 573, page 377, and translate the sentences into English. 
 In translating read the Latin sentence first and then give the 
 English equivalent. Translate also from dictation as the Latin 
 sentences are read by the teacher or by some member of the 
 class. Then from the written English translation, or from the 
 dictation of the English by the teacher, let the pupil, with closed 
 book, repeat and write the sentences in Latin. In written Latin 
 the quantity of the long vowels should be indicated as it is in 
 the text. 
 
 The English article, a, an, the, has no exact equivalent in 
 Latin. It is either omitted or is represented by a demonstrative 
 pronoun. The article may be supplied in translating whenever 
 it seems to be needed. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 3. 1. Ro'ma est an-tl'qua urbs. 2. Urbs Ro'ma est 
 in I-ta'li-a. 3. Ro'ma est urbs pul'chra. 4. Urbs Ro'ma 
 lon'ge ab nos'tra pa'tri-a ab'est. 5. Flu'men Ti'be-ris est 
 in I-ta'li-a. 6. Flu'men Ti'be-ris per ur'bem Ro'mam flu 'it. 
 7. In fiti'mi-ne Ti'be-rl est mag'na m'su-la. 8. Ro'ma est 
 pa'tri-a Ro-ma-no'rum. 9. Rex I-ta'li-ae est in ur'be. 
 10. Re-gi'na quo 'que est in ur'be. 11. Rex et re-gl'na sunt 
 in ur'be. 12. In an-ti'quis ur'bi-bus e'rant vi'ae an-gus'tae. 
 13. Mag'ni la'pi-des in vi'is an-ti'quis vi-den'tur. 14. Lin'- 
 gua Ro-ma-no'rum est lin'gua La-ti'na. 15. Mul'ti ho 'mi- 
 nes lin'guam La-ti'nam a'mant. 16. Lin'gua La-ti'na est 
 lin'gua pul'chra. 17. Pu'e-ri et pu-el'lae lin'guam La- 
 tl'nam in hoc li'bro vi'dent. 18. In hoc li'bro mul'ta de 
 Ro'ma an-ti'qua sunt scrip 'ta. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. What letters does the Latin alphabet contain? 
 
 b. In a wjord of two syllables which syllable is accented? 
 
 c. In words of more than two syllables what syllable is accented 
 if the penult is long? What syllable is accented if the penult is short? 
 
 Note. — The questions and notes following the reading exercises 
 
© Underwood & Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 Roma AntIqua et Forum RoMaNUM 
 
4"> . , \. • : KLEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 are exceedingly important and should be used to the fullest extent both 
 in study and in notebook work. 
 
 SYLLABLES 
 
 4. A Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels 
 or diphthongs. The last syllable is called the ultima; the 
 next to the last, the penult; the syllable before the penult, 
 the antepenult. 
 
 A single consonant between two vowels is pronounced 
 with the second; as, Ro'ma, La-ti'na. 
 
 In combinations of two or more consonants the last 
 consonant is generally pronounced with the following vowel; 
 as, an-ti'qua. 
 
 The combinations br, tr, gu and qu are pronounced 
 with the following vowel; as, li'bro, pa'tri-a, lin'gua, quo'que. 
 
 QUANTITY 
 
 5. A syllable is long or short in quantity according to 
 the time required in its pronunciation. A syllable is long 
 if it contains a long vowel or a diphthong; as, Ro'ma^ caelo. 
 
 A syllable is long also if its vowel, whether long or 
 short, is followed by a consonant in the same syllable. Thus 
 the first syllable is long in lin'gua, ur'be stel'la; but short 
 in pa'tri-a. In this book the long vowels are marked. 
 The quantity of syllables is explained in section 541. 
 
 ACCENT 
 
 6. Words of two syllables arc accented on the first 
 syllable. In words of more than two syllables the penult is 
 accented if it is long in quantity; if the penult is short, the 
 antepenult is accented. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 7. Write the following sentences in Latin and repeat them 
 orally, using words found in the preceding Latin exercises. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 5 
 
 The Latin words may be found in the Enghsh-Latin vocabulary, 
 page 428; but the vocabulary should not be consulted until an effort 
 has been made to recall the proper word. 
 
 1. Rome is an ancient city. 2. Rome is in Italy. 3. 
 The river Tiber flows through the city. 4. The river Tiber 
 is far away from om- country. 5. The native city of the 
 Romans is Rome. 6. Many people are in the city (of) Rome. 
 
 
 
 4. 
 
 ft»^.i^ 
 
 ^id.'^l -£ar ■A.,.^^^.:i^^ -■ 
 
 ■/ -k^^mmim^^^^- 
 
 jSwi!-'-"*"-- ■■* ; 1 
 
 
 ^\,-^^ 
 
 ^^^L.L^L-vf^.AHr ...-I 
 
 
 }r" m 
 
 K 
 
 ■m 
 
 © Underwood & Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 Flumen Tiberis et Insula 
 
 7. Boys and girls are seen in the streets. 8. The Latin 
 language is the language of the Romans. 9. The king and 
 queen of Italy love the Latin language. 10. The Latin 
 language is in this book. 
 
 Note. — The exercises for composition offer an effective means 
 of measuring the pupil's progress. The sentences for translation into 
 Latin are based on the exercises which have previously been used for 
 study and for translation into English; and these should be taken as 
 models. The best preparation for writing in Latin is turning back into 
 Latin the sentences which have been translated from Latin into Enghsh. 
 
CHAPTER II 
 
 THE FIRST DECLENSION 
 
 The Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Cases 
 
 8. Some of the nouns and adjectives used in section 
 3 have two or more forms; for example, 
 
 Lingua Latina est lingua Romanorum, the Latin language is 
 the language of the Romans. 
 
 Mulli homines linguam Latinam amant, many -people love the 
 Latin language. 
 
 In the first- sentence lingua Latina is used as the subject 
 of the verb est; in the second sentence linguam Latinam is 
 used as the direct object of the verb amant. These forms 
 are different cases which appear in the declension of Latin 
 nouns and adjectives, and they correspond to the variation 
 in the form of certain words in Enghsh; for example, he, 
 nominative; him, objective. The case of any noun, pronoun, 
 or adjective, in both Latin and EngUsh, depends upon its 
 use in the sentence. 
 
 Three cases are introduced for study in section 10: the 
 Nominative, used Uke the EngUsh nominative as the subject 
 of a verb or as a predicate noun; the Accusative, used like 
 the Enghsh objective as the direct object of a verb or with 
 a preposition; and the Vocative, used in direct address. 
 
 These cases are distinguished from each other partly by 
 the position and use of the words in the sentences and 
 partly by the forms of the words, or the letters in which the 
 words end. In the nominative, accusative, and vocative 
 cases, singular and plural, the endings of nouns and adjectives 
 of the first declension are as follows: 
 
 (6) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 7 
 
 Singular Plural 
 
 Nominative^ -a Nominative, -ae 
 
 Accusative, -am Accusative, -as 
 
 Vocaiive, -a Vocative, -ae 
 
 The nominative and the vocative cases are alike. 
 
 9. Read aloud the sentences in section 10, repeating them 
 until all the words are famiHar. Consult sections 536 to 542 
 for directions on pronunciation. While reading in Latin observe 
 carefully the form and use of each noun and adjective ending in 
 -a, -am, -ae, or as, and determine the case and number. The 
 adjective is always in the same case and number as the noun 
 which it modifies. 
 
 With the aid of the vocabulary, section 573, page 377, trans- 
 late into Enghsh, and from the dictation of the EngHsh write 
 and recite the sentences in Latin. 
 
 Pronounce ae like ai in aisle-, au like ou in out. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 10. 1. Lu'na est puPchra. 2. Lu'na ple'na ter'ram il- 
 lus'trat. 3. Pu-ePla par'va lu'nam puPchram vi'det. 4. 
 Lu'na ple'na est in cae'lo. 5. StePlae cla'rae quo 'que sunt 
 incae'lo. 6. A-gri'co-lalu'nample'nam vi'det. 7. Nau'tae 
 lu'nam ple'nam et stePlas cla'ras vi'dent. 8. StePlae nau'- 
 tis (to sailors) vi'am mon'strant. 9. Pu-ePlae par'vae 
 stePlas muPtas in cae'lo vi'dent. 10. StePlae puPchrae pu- 
 ePlas parVas de-lec'tant. 11. U'bi, pu-ePla par'va, est 
 lu'na? 12. U'bi, pu-ePlae par'vae, sunt stePlae cla'rae? 
 13. Non'nelu'na, a-gri 'co-la, ter'ram il-lus'trat? 14. Non'ne 
 stePlae, nau'tae, vi'am mon'strant? 15. Lu'na ter'ram il- 
 Itis'trat et stePlae nau'tis vi'am mon-strant. 16. Nau'tae 
 mul'tas stePlas sci'unt. 17. Castor et Pollux sunt duae 
 stellae. 18. Hac stellae nau'tis vi'am mon-strant. 19. Lux 
 stel-la'rum (of the stars) in ter'ram ve'nit. 20. Lux lu'nae 
 (of the moon) a-gri'co-lae (to the farmer) vi'am mon'strat. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Make a list of all the nouns a,jid adjectives in this exercise- 
 which nro in the nominative singular, the nominative plural, the accusa- 
 
8 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 tivc singular, the ticcusativc plural, the vocative singular, and the 
 vocative plural. 
 
 b. What is the ending of nouns and adjectives in the nominative 
 singular? in the accusative singular? in the vocative singular? in the 
 nominative plural? in the accusative plural? in the vocative plural? 
 
 © Publishers' Photo Service, N. Y. 
 
 Via Angusta Urbis Pompeiorum 
 
 SYNTAX 
 11. One of the most important things to be considered 
 in the study of the Latin language is the use or construction 
 of words in sentences. The discussion of this subject belongs 
 to the division of grammar which is called syntax. The 
 rules of syntax have been derived from the study of Roman 
 literature and are convenient statements of the ways in 
 which words were used by Roman writers. In many 
 respects the syntax of the English language is similar to 
 Latin syntax; and this is one of the reasons why the study 
 of Latin helps so much in the understanding of EngHsh. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 1) 
 
 For convenience the rules of syntax are numbered con- 
 secutively by numljers in parentheses. They are arranged 
 by titles in the same order in section 571, page 362. 
 
 The Subject of a Finite Verb 
 
 12. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative 
 case. (1) 
 
 Roma est urbs antiqua, Rome is an ancient city. 
 
 The Direct Object of a Transitive Verb 
 
 13. The direct object of a. transitive verb is in the 
 accusative case. (2) 
 
 Luna terram illustrat, the moon lights up the earth. 
 
 The Person Addressed 
 
 14. The name of the person (or thing) addressed is in 
 the vocative case. (3) 
 
 Nonne stellae, nauta, viam monstrant? Do not the stars show the 
 way, sailor? 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 15. Write the sentences in Latin and repeat them orally, using 
 words found in the Latin reading exercise in section 10. 
 
 Great care should be taken to use the proper case forms, and the 
 adjective should always be in the same case and number as the noun 
 which it modifies, 
 
 Mark the quantity of the long vowels. 
 
 1. The moon is full and the stars are bright. 2, The 
 full moon and the bright stars are in the sky. 3. The farmer 
 sees the full moon and the bright stars. 4. The moon lights 
 up the earth. 5. The stars show the way. 6. The beauti- 
 ful stars please the little girls. 7. The full moon pleases the 
 sailors. 8. The little girls see the sailors in the streets (in 
 vils). 9. Little girl, where are the sailors? 10. Do not 
 (nonne) the bright stars please the sailors, little girls? 
 
 3 
 
Amphitheatrum quod Colosseum Appellatur 
 
CHAPTER III 
 
 THE FIRST DECLENSION (Continued) 
 
 The Genitive, Dative, and Ablative Cases 
 
 16. The cases which are presented for study in this 
 chapter are the Genitive, the Dative, and the Ablative. 
 
 The genitive case is 
 equivalent to the Enghsh 
 possessive or to the ob- 
 jective with the preposi- 
 tion of. 
 
 Fflia agricolae, the 
 
 (iniKihlcr of the farvier, the 
 farmer's daughter; coronae 
 puellarum, the girls^ wreaths; 
 urbs Italiae, a city of Italy. 
 
 The dative is the 
 case of the indirect ob- 
 ject. It is used to denote 
 some of the relations 
 which are expressed in 
 
 English by the prepositions to and for, and is thus used 
 frequently with adjectives. 
 
 Stellae nautis viam monstrant, the stars point out the way to sailors 
 (show sailors the way); luna agricolae grata est, the moon is pleasing to 
 the farmer. 
 
 The ablative case is used with certain prepositions. 
 
 Ab Italia, from Italy; a nautis, by the sailors; cum agricola, loilh 
 the farmer; in viis, in the streets. 
 
 (11) 
 
 Templum Castoius et Pollucis 
 
12 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 The preposition a is used before words beginning with 
 a consonant; ab is used before vowels or consonants. 
 
 "The ablative case may also be used without a preposi- 
 tion in Latin ; it is then generally translated with, hy, etc. 
 
 Urbs statuis omatur, the city is adorned with statues; terra luna 
 et stellis illustratur, the earth is lighted up hy the moon and stars. 
 
 In the genitive, dative, and ablative cases, singular and 
 plural, the endings of nouns and adjectives of the first 
 declension are as follows: 
 
 Singular Plural 
 
 Genitive, -ae » Genitive, -arum 
 
 Dative, -ae Dative, -is 
 
 Ablative, -a (long a) Ablative, -is 
 
 Dea, goddess, and filia, daughter, have -abus in the dative and 
 ablative plural. 
 
 The genitive and dative singular are alike and have the 
 same form as the nominative plural. The dative and 
 ablative plural also are alike. Whenever two or more cases 
 have the same form, the case of the noun in any given sen- 
 tence is determined by its use. 
 
 17. Read the following sentences aloud, with frequent 
 repetition. Observe the form of each noun and adjective and 
 point out those which are in the genitive, the dative, or the 
 ablative case. 
 
 Translate into English, and from the dictation of the English 
 translation or from the written translation write and recite the 
 sentences in Latin. 
 
 The article and the possessives, his, her, their, and your, 
 may be supplied where the sense requires them. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 18. 1. In I-ta'h-a sunt a-gri'co-lae et nau'tae. 2. A- 
 gri 'co-la ter-ram a 'rat; nau'tae a 'rant a'quam. 3. Ter'ra 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 13 
 
 a-gri'co-lae pe-cu'ni-am dat. 4. A 'qua nau'tis di-vi'ti-as 
 dat. 5. Ter'ra a-gri-co-lae gra'ta est. 6. A 'qua nau'tis est 
 gra'ta. 7. Fi'li-a a-gri'co-lae sil'vam a'mat. 8. Fi'li-ae 
 nau-ta'rum lu'nam et stel'las 
 a'mant. 9. Sil'va fl'li-ae 
 a-gri'co-lae gra'ta est. 
 
 10. Stel'lae fi-li-a^us nau- 
 ta'rum sunt gra'tae. 
 
 11. Lu'na ter'ram il-lus'trat. 
 ,12. Stel'lae nau'tis vi'am 
 
 mon'strant. 13. Fl'li-a 
 a-gri'co-lae men'sam ro'sis 
 or'nat. 14. Ro'sae sunt 
 a-gri'co-lae et fi'li-ae gra'tae. 
 
 15. Fi'li-ae nau-ta'rurn 
 naVem co-ro'nis or'nant. 
 
 16. Co-ro'nae nau'tis et 
 fi-li-a'bus gra'tae sunt. 
 
 17. Di-a'na est de'a sil- 
 va'rum. 18. Lu'na est re- 
 gl'na stel-la'rum. 19. In 
 ur'be est sta'tu-a Di-a'nae. 
 
 20. Pu-el'lae sta'tu-am Di- 
 a'nae co-ro'nis or'nant. 
 
 21. Sta'tu-a Di-a'nae a pu- 
 el'lls a-ma'tur. 22. Sunt'ne 
 co-ro'nae, pu-el'lae, de'ae 
 gra'tae? 23. Ho'mi-nes 
 mul'tas sta'tu-as de-a'rum 
 in ur'be vi'dent. 24. Sunt'ne sta'tu-ae et co-ro'nae, Di-'ana, 
 gra'tae de-a 'bus? 25. Ab a-gri 'co-la sil'vaa-ma'ur; a nau 'tis 
 stel'lae a-man'tur. 26. A-gri 'co-la in sil'va cum fi-li-a'bus 
 est. 27. Pu-el'lae in sil'va cum a-gri 'co-la sunt. 28. Fi'li-ae 
 nau-ta'rurn lu'nam cum stel'lis in cae'lo vi'dent. 
 
 Photo lirown Brothers, N. Y. 
 
 Statua Deae Dianae 
 
14 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the nouns and adjectives used above which 
 are in the genitive singular, the genitive plural, the dative singular, 
 the dative plural, the ablative singular, and the ablative plural. 
 
 b. What is the ending of these nouns and adjectives in the 
 genitive singular? in the dative singular? in the ablative singular? 
 in the genitive plural? in the dative plural? in the ablative plural? 
 
 c. What case denotes possession? What case is used as the 
 indirect object? What case is used with the prepositions a, ab, cum, 
 in? What case is translated by the preposition loithf 
 
 d. Point out the nouns and adjectives in section 18 which are 
 in the nominative, the accusative and the vocative cases, singular and 
 plural. 
 
 e. W>ite out and repeat orally all of the cases of nauta and 
 Stella, singular and plural. Arrange in the following order: Nomina- 
 tive, Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Vocative, Ablative. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Genitive Qualifying Another Noun 
 
 19. A noun used to qualify another noun, and not 
 denoting the same person or thing, is in the genitive case. (4) 
 
 Diana est dea silvarum, Diana is the goddess of the woods. 
 a. This qualifjnng genitive frequently denotes possession. 
 Pecunia agricolae, the farmer's wealth. 
 
 The Indirect Object 
 
 20. The indirect object of a verb is in the dative case. 
 
 (5) 
 
 Stellae nautis viam monstrant, the stars shoiv (to) sailors the way. 
 
 The Ablative of Means or Instrument 
 
 21. The means or the instrument by which or with 
 which anything is done is denoted by the ablative case. (6) 
 
 Puellae statuam coronis omant, the girls adorn the statue with 
 garlands. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 15 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 22. Write the following sentences in Latin, observing the di- 
 rections given in sections 7 and 15. 
 
 1. Diana is the goddess of the forest. 2. The forest is 
 pleasing to Diana. 3. The streets of Rome are adorned with 
 statues. 4. Rome is adorned with the statues of goddesses. 
 5. Are statues pleasing to goddesses? 6. The statue of 
 Diana is adorned with garlands. 7. The statue is adorned 
 by the little girls. 8. Are the garlands of the little girls 
 pleasing, Diana? 9. Diana loves the forests. 10. Do god- 
 desses love (amantne) Httle girls? 
 
 Statuae in Museo Vaticano 
 
CHAPTER IV 
 THE FIRST DECLENSION (Continued) 
 
 23. The change in the form of a noun, pronoun, or 
 adjective to denote case and number is called declension. 
 Nouns, pronouns, and adjectives are regularly declined in 
 the six cases which have been discussed in the two preceding 
 chapters. 
 
 Nouns- are declined in five different ways, which are 
 known as the First, the Second, the Third, the Fourth, and the 
 Fifth Declensions. The nouns whose endings have thus far 
 been considered belong to the First Declension. 
 
 24. In addition to the cases previously described, a 
 few nouns have a form called the locative case, which is 
 used to denote place or location. In the first declension the 
 locative case has in the singular the same form as the genitive, 
 and in the plural the same form as the ablative. 
 
 Romae, in Rome; militiae, in war, in military service; Athenis, 
 in Athens. 
 
 25. In the following exercise observe closely the forms of 
 all the nouns and adjectives which belong to the first declension, 
 and determine the case and number as indicated by the endings 
 and by the use of the nouns in the sentences. 
 
 Translate the sentences into English and apply the rules of 
 syntax. ^ 
 
 In the general Latin-English vocabulary (section 574, 
 page 388) the nominative case of each noun is followed by the 
 ending of the genitive case. The ending -ae (plural, -arum) 
 shows that the noun belongs to the first declension. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 26. 1. Roma antiqua erat in Italia. 2. Troia quoque 
 erat urbs antiqua. 3. Troia antiqua erat in Asia. 4. Troia 
 
 (16) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 17 
 
 longe ab Roma aberat. 5. Nou loiige ab oris Troiae eraiit 
 insulae multae, 6. Nautae ab oris Troiae ad Insulas veiiiunt. 
 7. Incolae insularum nautae et agricolac sunt. 8. Aqua 
 nautis pecuniam dat. 9. Agricolae divitias ex terra agricul- 
 tui'a petunt. 10. Unde, agri- 
 cola, pecunia tua venit? 11. 
 Unde, nautae, divitiae tuae 
 veniunt? 
 
 12. Incolae Italiae et 
 Graeciae deas multas hab- 
 ent. 13. Diana est dea 
 silvarum; Minerva dea 
 sapientiae est. 14. luno et 
 Venus erant quoque deae 
 antiquae. 15. luno incolas 
 Graeciae amabat; Venus 
 amabat incolas Troiae. 16. 
 Inter has deas magna dis- 
 cordia venit. 17. Propter dis- 
 cordiam dearum erant in 
 oris Troiae pugnae multae 
 et magnae. 18. Denique 
 Troia deleta est. 19. Vir- 
 clarus Troiae erat Aeneas. 
 20. Venus dea erat mater 
 Aeneae. 21. Aeneas cum 
 
 multis Troiae incolis ex oris Asiae in Italiam venit. 22. Mater 
 dea et stellae nautis et Aeneae viam monstrant. 23. Aeneas 
 et nautae stellls et deae gratias dant. 24. Romae et Athenis 
 multae dearum statuae sunt. 25. Arae dearum coronis 
 ornantur. 26. Suntne arae et coronae deabus gratae? 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Tell the case and number of each noun and adjective of the 
 first declension as used in this exercise. 
 
 Photo Brown Bros., N. Y. 
 
 Minerva, Dea Sapientiae 
 
18 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 b. Write out in full and repeat orally the declension in the 
 singular of aqua, sapientia, Roma antiqua; and in the singular and 
 plural of ora, incola, and insula magna. Give the names of the cases 
 as well as the forms of the Latin words, and arrange the cases in the 
 following order: Nonmiative, Genilive, Dative, Accusative, Vocative, 
 
 Ablative. 
 
 c. Write out the declen- 
 sion of Aeneas and dea. 
 See section 548, page 338. 
 
 d. Give the rule of 
 syntax which applies to each 
 of the following: Roma (1), 
 incolae (12): pecuniam (8), 
 deas (12); agricola (10), 
 nautae (11); Asiae (21), 
 insulanmi (7); Aeneae (22), 
 stellis (23); agricultura (9), 
 coronis (25). 
 
 PuELLAE Coronas Facientes 
 
 GENDER 
 
 27. Latin nouns are masculine, feminine, or neuter. 
 The gender of Latin nouns is best learned by observation 
 since the grammatical gender does not always correspond 
 with the natural gender. In the general vocabulary the 
 gender of each noun is indicated by the letter ni., /., or n. 
 Most nouns of the first declension are feminine; as, Stella, 
 aqua, sapientia : but nouns which denote males are mascu- 
 line; as, nauta, agricola^ incola. 
 
 THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS 
 
 28. In a Latin sentence the arrangement of the words 
 differs somewhat from the English order. The subject is 
 usually placed at the beginning and the verb at the end of 
 the sentence. The indirect object generally precedes the 
 direct object and the adjective follows the noun which it 
 modifies. Considerable variety in the arrangement of words 
 is possible in Latin because the use of words is denoted by 
 their form as well as by their position in the sentence. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 19 
 
 Notice the variation in the following: 
 
 Stellae clarae nautis viam monstrant. 
 Nautis stellae clarae viam monstrant. 
 Viam stellae clarae monstrant nautis. 
 Monstrant nautis viam clarae stellae. 
 
 Each word has the same construction . or use in all of 
 these sentences; e. g., stellae is the subject, viam is the 
 direct object, and nautis is the indirect object. In the first 
 sentence the words are arranged in the normal or usual order. 
 The effect of placing any word except the subject first is to 
 give that word more emphasis than it would have in its 
 usual, position. Thus the third 
 sentence means, The bright stars 
 show the way to sailors. The adjec- 
 tive is generally emphatic when it 
 precedes its noun. Thus the fourth 
 sentence above may be translated, 
 The stars when bright show sailors the 
 way. 
 
 The Roman writers display great t ^ ^ 
 
 , ,„ . • .1 1 . Ara Romana 
 
 skill m arrangmg the words so as to 
 
 produce artistic effects, and the beauty of Latin style 
 is due in part to the pleasing variety in the arrangement 
 of the words. 
 
 The best way to overcome the apparent difficulty due 
 to the unfamiliar arrangement of words is continued practice 
 in reading the Latin aloud or silently with a definite effort 
 to get the meaning of the Latin words as they are read in 
 the Latin order, without first making the transposition 
 which is necessary in translating into Enghsh. Practice 
 of this kind, continued until the Latin order seems famil- 
 iar, will develop an appreciation of the Latin arrangement 
 which will be an invaluable aid in all subsequent study of 
 the Latin language and literature. 
 
20 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 
 29. The tables of declension and conjugation are called 
 paradigms. These should be learned as they are introduced 
 and this work should be done with absolute thoroughness 
 and accuracy. The student should commit the paradigms 
 to memory. He should recite them orally and write them 
 out repeatedly until the form of each inflected word and its 
 meaning can be recognized without the slightest hesitation. 
 Whatever time and effort may be necessary should be given 
 in order that the forms may be completely mastered. The 
 faithful observance of these directions will result in much 
 economy of time and will cause increasing satisfaction as the 
 work proceeds. 
 
 
 
 TYPICAL 
 
 NOUN 
 
 
 30. 
 
 Nominative, 
 
 Stella ; 
 
 genitive, stellae; feminine 
 
 gender; star. 
 
 
 
 
 Case 
 
 Declension 
 
 Case-ending 
 
 Meaning 
 
 Sing. Nom. 
 
 Stella 
 
 -a 
 
 
 a (the) star 
 
 Gen. 
 
 stellae 
 
 -ae 
 
 
 of a (the) star 
 
 Dal. 
 
 stellae 
 
 -ae 
 
 
 to, for a (the) star 
 
 Ace. 
 
 stellam 
 
 -am 
 
 
 a (the) star 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Stella 
 
 -a 
 
 
 star 
 
 AM. 
 
 Stella 
 
 -a 
 
 
 ivith, from, by a (the) star 
 
 PL Nom. 
 
 stellae 
 
 -ae 
 
 
 (the ) stars 
 
 Gen. 
 
 stellarum 
 
 -arum 
 
 of (the) stars 
 
 Dal. 
 
 stellis 
 
 -is 
 
 
 to, for (the) stars 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Stellas 
 
 -as 
 
 
 (the) stars 
 
 Voc. 
 
 stellae 
 
 -ae 
 
 
 stars 
 
 Abl. 
 
 steUis 
 
 -is 
 
 
 with, from, by (the) stars 
 
 a. Base and stem. The base of a noun is that part which is the 
 same in all the cases; or, it is that part of the noun to which the case- 
 endings are joined. Thus the base of Stella is stell-. In the first 
 declension the case-endings include, sometimes in a modified form, 
 the characteristic vowel a, which added to the base gives a form which 
 is called the stem. Thus the stem of stella is stella-. The first de- 
 clension is sometimes called the a-declension, 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 21 
 
 h. Special forms. Dea, goddess, and fflia, daughter, in the dative 
 and ablative plural have the forms deabus and ffliabus. 
 
 c. Locative case. In the 
 singular the locative case has the 
 same form as the genitive; in the 
 plural it has the same form as the 
 ablative. Romae, in Rome; mili - 
 tiae, in war; Athenis, in Athens. 
 
 d. The ending of the genitive 
 singular is given in the vocabulary 
 to indicate the declension to which 
 a noun belongs. If the noun has 
 no singular form, the ending of 
 the genitive plural is given. Thus 
 pecunia, -ae, and divitiae, -arum, 
 belong to the first declension and 
 are declined respectively like 
 Stella, -ae, and stellae, -arum. 
 
 e. Learn the declension of 
 Stella, giving careful attention to 
 the case-endings and to the quan- 
 tity of the vowels. 
 
 /. Make a similar table for 
 the noun nauta. 
 
 g. Dechne puella, corona, 
 Clara; decline together puella 
 parva. Practice the declension of 
 nouns of the first declension until 
 the declension of any noun or 
 adjective can be given orally or 
 in writing without hesitation and 
 with absolute accuracy. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 Photo Brown Bros,, N, Y. 
 
 Statua Deae Veneris 
 
 Predicate Noun or Adjective 
 
 31. A predicate noun or adjective belonging to the 
 subject agrees with the subject in case. (7) 
 
 Incolae insulraiun sunt nautae et agricolae, the inhabitants of the 
 islands are sailors and farmers ; arae et coronae deabus sunt gratae, 
 altars and garlands are acceptaJjle to the goddesses. 
 
22 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 The Locative Case 
 
 32. The locative case of a few nouns is used to denote 
 the place where. (8) 
 
 Romae et Athenis multae deariun statuae sunt, in Rome and in 
 Athens there are many statues of goddesses. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 33. 1. Ancient Troy was 
 in Asia. 2. Rome was far 
 away from Troy. 3. Not far 
 from the shores of Asia are 
 many islands. 4. The inhabi- 
 tants of the islands are sailors. 
 
 5. Sailors obtain (petunt) 
 wealth from the water. 
 
 6. Whence, O farmer, do your 
 riches come (veniunt)? 7. 
 Minerva was the goddess of 
 wisdom. 8. Discord came 
 (venit) between two (duas) 
 goddesses. 9. On account of 
 the quarrel of the goddesses 
 Troy was destroyed. 10. 
 Aeneas comes from the shores 
 of Troy to Italy. 11. A god- 
 dess shows (to) Aeneas the 
 way. 12. Stars show sailors 
 the way. 13. The stars are 
 
 pleasing to the sailors' daughters. 14. In Rome and in 
 Athens there are many statues of goddesses. 15. The in- 
 habitants (of) Greece love the ancient statues. 16. The 
 city of Rome is adorned with many statues. 17. Do you 
 like (amasne) the beautiful statues? 
 
 UNO Re(;Ina Deauum 
 
CHAPTER V . 
 
 THE SECOND DECLENSION 
 
 Masculine Nouns 
 THE NOMINATIVE, ACCUSATIVE, AND VOCATIVE CASES 
 
 34. In the second declension the endings of mascuUne 
 nouns in the nominative, accusative, and vocative cases are 
 as follows: 
 
 Singular Plural 
 
 Nominative, -us, -er, -ir Nominative, -i 
 
 Accusative, -um Accusative, -6s 
 
 Vocative, -e, -er, -ir Vocaiive, -i 
 
 Nouns whose nominative ends in -us have the ending 
 -e in the vocative singular, but filius, son, has the vocative 
 fili, son, my son; and proper nouns ending in -ius in the 
 nominative singular have the ending -i in the vocative. 
 Cassius (nom.) Cassius; Cass! (voc.) Cassius. In the 
 singular of all other nouns, and always in the plural, the 
 vocative case has the same ending as the nominative. On 
 account of this similarity the vocative case may be omitted 
 from the paradigms. 
 
 Many adjectives have the endings of the first and the 
 second declensions. An adjective used with a feminine 
 noun has the forms of the first declension; an adjective used 
 with a masculine noun has the forms of the second declen- 
 sion. Adjectives of the third declension will be discussed in 
 ccnnection with nouns of the third declension. 
 
 35. Read aloud the sentences in the following exercise and 
 translate into English. From the English translation, either 
 written or dictated, write and recite the sentences in Latin. 
 
 (23) 
 
24 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Study the nouns and adjectives and determine the case of 
 each noun from its use in the sentence. Observe the endings of 
 the nouns in the nominative, the accusative, and the vocative 
 cases. 
 
 In the vocabulary the nominative singular of each noun is 
 given, or the nominative plural if the singular is lacking, and the 
 ending of the genitive. If the ending of the genitive singular is 
 -ae, the noun belongs to the first declension; if the genitive 
 ending is i, the noun belongs to the second declension. 
 
 HoMiNfis IN Via Appia 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 36. 1. In urbe Roma est dominus. 2. Dominus est 
 bonus. 3. Dominus bonus malum servum habet. 4. Servus 
 malus dominum bonum habet. 5. Dominus est agricola. 
 6. Dominus et nauta sunt amici. 7. Agricola et nauta sunt 
 viri validi. 8. Agricola validus validum filium habet. 9. 
 Filius agricolae et malus servus sunt amici. 10. Filius 
 agricolae est puer malus. 11. Puer malus malos amicos 
 habet. 12. AgrI agricolae non longe ab urbe absunt. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 25 
 
 13. Dominus flliuin ot scTVum in agios niiltit. 14. Fuvrl 
 mail non in agios scd in urbeni voniunt. 15. Puer malus et 
 serviis miser sunt saepe in vils. 16. Ubi, serve, est filius 
 agricolae? 17. Filius, domine, est in via. 18. Ubi, fill, est 
 servus? 19. Serviis est in via. 20. Cassius est nomen 
 domini. 21. Erant-ne, CassI, pueri in agrls? 22. Non in 
 agris sed in viis pueri erant. 23. Laudat-ne dominus, pueri, 
 malum filium et servum malum? 24. Malos pueros dominus 
 non laudat. 25, Mali servi dominos bonos non amant. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the nouns and adjectives of the second 
 declension used in this exercise which are in the nominative singular, 
 the nominative plural, the accusative singular, the accusative plural, 
 the vocative singular, and the vocative plural. 
 
 h. What nouns are used as the subjects of verbs? as direct objects 
 of verbs? 
 
 c. Tell the case and number of each noun of the first declension 
 found in this e.xercisc. 
 
 THE GENITIVE, DATIVE, AND ABLATIVE CASES 
 
 37. The endings of the genitive, the dative, and the 
 ablative cases in the second declension are as follows: 
 
 Singular Plural 
 
 Genitive, -i Genitive, -drum 
 
 Dative, -6 Dative, -is 
 
 Ablative, -6 Ablative, -is 
 
 The endings of the dative and ablative cases are the 
 same; and in the plural these cases have the same endings 
 as in the first declension. In any sentence if a noun has a 
 case-ending which belongs to two different cases, the case 
 is determined by the use of the noun as in English. 
 
 For the use of the genitive, dative, and ablative cases, 
 see sections 19, 20, and 21. 
 
 4 
 
26 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 38. Read aloud the sentences in section 39 and translate 
 into English. From the written English translation or from 
 dictation write and recite the sentences in Latin, testing the 
 accuracy of the forms by the Latin original. Imitate the arrange- 
 ment of the words in the 
 Latin sentences. 
 
 Review the first de- 
 clension of nouns and 
 compare the endings of 
 the first declension with 
 those of the second in each 
 case. Review also the 
 nominative, accusative, 
 and vocative cases of the 
 second declension, sections 
 34, 35, and 36. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 39. 1. Marcus est 
 agricola Romanus. 
 2. Marcus hortum 
 pulchrum habet. 3. Liberi 
 
 Photo Brown Brothers, N. Y. 
 LUDUS PUERORTJM 
 
 Marci in horto cum amicis ludunt. 
 amicis amantur. 5. Ludi liberorum 
 
 6. Liberis quoque ludi sunt grati. 
 
 7. Ludi a llberis amantur. 8. Filii 
 domini non semper ludunt ;interdum 
 in horto laborant. 9. Servi in agris 
 domini laborant. 10. Dominus 
 magnum servorum numerum habet. 
 
 11. Servi non semper laborant; 
 interdum cum llberis domini ludunt. 
 
 12. Ludi servis grati sunt. 13. Boni 
 servi a domino laudantur. 
 14. Dominus bono servo praemium 
 dat. 15. Magister discipulis libros 
 
 dat. 16. A multis pueris boni libri amantur. 
 
 4. Liberi Marci ab 
 Marco sunt grati. 
 
 PuER ET Liber 
 
 17. Pueri et 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 27 
 
 puellae libros bonos amant. 18. Magister magnum librorum 
 bonorum numerimi habet. 19. Liber Latinus a magistro 
 discipulo bono datur (is given). 20. Hie liber est bonus. 
 21. Latina lingua est in hoc libro. 22. In libris poetarum 
 boni viri laudantur. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all tlie nouns and adjectives of the second 
 declension in these sentences which are in the genitive singular, the 
 genitive plural, the dative singular, the dative plural, the ablative 
 singular, and the ablative plural. 
 
 h. Tell the case and number of all the nouns and adjectives of 
 the first and second declensions which are found in this exercise. 
 
 c. Write and repeat orally all of the cases of servus, puer, and 
 liber (book). Find the genitive singular in the vocabulary. Arrange 
 the cases in the same order as in section 30. 
 
 His Rebus Romani Scribebant 
 
28 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 GENDER IN THE SECOND DECLENSION 
 
 40. Nouns of the second declension ending in -us, -er, 
 and -ir are masculine. 
 
 TYPICAL NOUNS 
 
 41. Nom., amicus; gen., amici; m.; friend. 
 
 Nom., puer; gen., pueri; m.; hoy. 
 
 Nom., liber; gen., libri; m.; hook. 
 
 Nom., vir; gen., viri; m.; man. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Nom. 
 
 amicus 
 
 puer 
 
 liber 
 
 vir 
 
 -us,- 
 
 Gen. 
 
 amici 
 
 pueri 
 
 libri 
 
 viri 
 
 -i 
 
 Dal. 
 
 amico 
 
 puero 
 
 libra 
 
 viro 
 
 -6 
 
 Ace. 
 
 amicum 
 
 puerum 
 
 librum 
 
 vinrni 
 
 -um 
 
 Voc. 
 
 amice 
 
 puer 
 
 liber 
 
 vir 
 
 -e, — 
 
 Abl. 
 
 amico 
 
 puero 
 
 P] 
 
 libro 
 
 LUKAL 
 
 viro 
 
 -6 
 
 Nom. 
 
 amici 
 
 pueri 
 
 libri 
 
 viri 
 
 -i 
 
 Gen. 
 
 amicorum 
 
 puerorum 
 
 librorum 
 
 virorum 
 
 orum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 amicis 
 
 pueris 
 
 libris 
 
 viris 
 
 -is 
 
 Ace. 
 
 amicos 
 
 pueros 
 
 libros 
 
 viros 
 
 -OS 
 
 Voc. 
 
 amici 
 
 pueri 
 
 libri 
 
 viri 
 
 -i 
 
 Abl. 
 
 amicis 
 
 pueris 
 
 libris 
 
 viris 
 
 -is 
 
 a. The stems of nouns of the second declension end in o ; amico-, 
 puero-, libro-, viro-. The final vowel, o, of the stem is modified by 
 the letter following and in some cases it seems to have disappeared. 
 In its modified form it is included in the case-ending. It is supposed 
 that originally the nominative singular was formed by adding -s to 
 the stem, and the accusative by adding -m to the stem; nom., amicos; 
 ace, amicom. On account of the tendency to substitute easier sounds 
 for those more difficult the nominative finally became amicus, and the 
 accusative amiciun. 
 
 b. Special forms. Filius, son, and proper nouns whose nomina- 
 tives end in -ius form the genitive singular with -i instead of -ii; 
 fili for filii; Cassi for Cassii. These nouns also have the ending -i 
 instead of -ie in the vocative singular: fill for filie ; Horati for Horatie. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 29 
 
 The accent is retained on the same syllable as in the nominative; 
 Hora'tius (nom.), Hora'ti (gen.). Such changes are called phonetic 
 changes. They are due to the tendency to substitute easier sounds 
 for those which are more difficult to pronounce. 
 
 c. For the declension of deus, god, see section 548. 
 
 d. Locative. The noun domus, home, whose declension is irreg- 
 ular (section 548), has the locative form domi, at home. 
 
 e. In nouns like puer, stem puero-,' the nominative singular is 
 formed by dropping the final o of the stem; but in nouns like liber, 
 stem libro-, the vowel e is developed before r in the nominative singular. 
 The vowel e is more easily pronounced than any other before r, and 
 for this reason it is said to be the favorite vowel before the consonant r. 
 
 /. The genitive singular of all nouns of the second declension 
 ends in -i, and this ending is given in the vocabulary as a guide to the 
 declension. 
 
 g. Learn the declension of amicus, puer, liber, and vir, giving 
 careful attention to the case-endings and to the quantity of the vowels. 
 WTiat vowels in the case-endings are marked long? What cases have 
 the same endings as the corresponding cases of the first declension? 
 
 h. Decline dominus, hortus, and magnus like amicus; miser 
 (gen., miseri) like puer; ager (gen., agri), magister (gen., magistri), 
 and pulqher (gen , pulchri) like liber. Decline together liber Latinus, 
 vir bonus, servus miser, hortus pulcher, validus agricola, and ludus 
 gratus. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 42. Write the following sentences in Latin and recite them 
 orally, using the words and con.structions which have been introduced 
 in the preceding exercises. 
 
 Consider the gender of nouns. All of the nouns of the first declen- 
 sion used thus far are feminine except agricola, nauta, and poeta. 
 All nouns of the second declension used thus far are masculine. 
 
 Adjectives must bo in the same case, number, and gender as the 
 nouns which they modify. If an adjective is used with a masculine 
 noun, it has the endings of the second declension; if it is used with a 
 feminine noun, it has the endings of the first declension. 
 
 Review the declension of typical nouns of the first and the second 
 declensions, sections 30 and 41. 
 
 Review the rules of syntax, sections 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 31, 
 and 32. 
 
 In writing mark the long vowels. 
 
30 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 1. The farmer's son has a bad friend. 2. The boy's 
 friend is a. bad slave. 3. The boy and the slave are friends. 
 4. The boy and (his) friend are often in the streets. 5. 
 Books are not pleasing to the farmer's bad son. 6. The 
 bad boy does not please the farmer. 7. The master (domi- 
 nus) does not praise the bad slave. 
 
 8. The strong sons of Marcus work in the fields. 9. The 
 boys work in the fields with the slaves. 10. The boys play 
 in the garden with (their) friends. 11. The master's children 
 love sports. 12. The master is delighted with the sports of 
 (his) children. 13. The master sees the slaves in the field. 
 14. The sports of the slaves are not pleasing to (their) 
 master. 
 
 15. The master (magister) gives good books to (his) 
 pupils. 16. Master, do the pupils like their books? 17. (My) 
 friend, the books are pleasing to the pupils. 18. Children, 
 where are the master's books? 19. The master has the 
 books at home (domi), Cassius. 20. My son, the master's 
 book is good. 21. The master loves the Latin language. 
 22. In (their) books the poets praise the city (urbem) Rome. 
 
 HORTUS ROMANUS UT HoDIE ViDETUR 
 
CHAPTER VI 
 NEUTER NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION 
 
 43. Neuter nouns and adjectives of the second declen- 
 sion have the same endings as mascuHne nouns except in 
 the nominative and vocative singular, where the ending is 
 -um; and in the nominative, accusative, and vocative 
 plural, where the ending is -a. 
 
 In all neuter nouns the nominative, accusative, and 
 vocative cases are alike; and in the plural these three cases 
 end in -a. 
 
 44. Read the sentences aloud and translate into English. 
 Then turn the sentences back into Latin, verifying the forms by 
 comparison with the Latin text. 
 
 Remember that the adjective always has the same case 
 and number as its noun. 
 
 Review the first declension, section 30, and masculine nouns 
 of the second declension, section 4L Review also all the rules 
 of syntax which have been given. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 45. L Luna et stellae sunt in caelo. 2. Caelum est 
 clarum. 3. Nautae semper caelum vident. 4. Caelum est 
 super; Infra est terra. 5. Aqua de caelo in terram venit. 
 6. Frtimentum mattirum est in agris. 7. Agricolae frtimen- 
 tum in oppida portant. 8. Copia frumenti mox in oppidis 
 erit. 8. Aurum est in terra. 9. Argentum quoque est in 
 terra. 10. Est-ne in oppido argenti et auri copia? 
 
 11. Pater filio praemium dat. 12. Domini servis dona 
 dant. 13. A magistro praemium discipulo datur. 14. Dona 
 dominorum servos delectant. 15. Discipulus praemio magis- 
 
 (31) 
 
32 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 tii delcctatur. 10. Libii Latini discipulos delcctant. 17. 
 Liberi ludls, donis servi delectantur. 18. Ludi liberos, dona 
 servos delcctant. 19. Pater Horati villani in Apulia habebat. 
 20. Horatius villain pulchram et agros pulchros amabat. 
 
 Villa Romana 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Nam. 
 
 donum 
 
 -um 
 
 Gen. 
 
 doni 
 
 -i 
 
 Dal. 
 
 dono 
 
 -6 
 
 Ace. 
 
 doniun 
 
 -um 
 
 Voc. 
 
 donum 
 
 -um 
 
 AM. 
 
 dono 
 
 -6 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Write and recite the 
 declension of caelimi in the 
 singular, and of oppidum in 
 the singular and plural. 
 
 GENDER 
 
 46. Nouns of the 
 second declension whose 
 nominative ends in -um 
 are neuter. Caelum, 
 argenttun, donum. 
 
 TYPICAL NOUN 
 
 47. Nom., donum; 
 gen,, dom; neuter; gift. 
 
 Plural 
 
 Nom. dona -a 
 
 Gen. donorum -drum 
 
 Dat. donis -is 
 
 Ace. dona -a 
 
 Voc. dona -a 
 
 Ahl. donis -is 
 
 a. The stem ends in o; dono-. 
 
 b. Nouns whose nominative ends in -ium have the genitive 
 ending in -i instead of -ii, with the accent on the syllable which is 
 accented in the nominative case. Inge'nium, nom., inge'ni (for ingenii), 
 gen. 
 
 c. The neuter of all adjectives of the second declension is declined 
 like dontmi. 
 
 d. In the same way decline oppidtim, magnum, and praemixmi 
 gratum. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 33 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 48. Write the sentences in Latin and recite them orally. 
 
 1. Tliere are many large (many and large) towns in Italy. 
 
 2. In the towns of Italy there are many beautiful temples. 
 
 3. The master (of slaves) is in the town to-day. 4. Marcus 
 the farmer brings grain into the town. 5. The farmers 
 bring grain into the towns. 6. The men bring gold and 
 silver into the towns. 7. Gold and silver are in the earth. 
 8. The master (teacher) gives many gifts to his son. 9. 
 Marcus gives a large reward to his servant. 10. Beautiful 
 gifts are pleasing to boys and girls. 11. The sailors see the 
 stars in the sky. 12. Water copaes down from the sky upon 
 the earth. 
 
 CoLUMNA IN FOIIO TrAIANO 
 
CHAPTER VII 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND 
 DECLENSIONS 
 
 49. If an adjective of the first and second declensions 
 is used with a masculine noun, it is declined like amicus, 
 puer, or liber (section 41); if the adjective is used with a 
 feminine noun, it is declined like Stella (section 30) ; if the 
 adjective is used with a neuter noun, it is declined like 
 donum (section 47). 
 
 An adjective is always in the same case, number, and 
 gender as the noun which it modifies, but it does not always 
 have the same case-ending; for example, agricola bonus, 
 nom., sing., masc; servus miser, nom., sing., masc; 
 nautam validum, ace, sing., masc. 
 
 50. Read the following exercise aloud in Latin and translate 
 into English; then from the English translation recite and write 
 the sentences in Latin, verifying the accuracy of the work by 
 comparison with the Latin text. 
 
 Study the forms of the adjectives and observe the agreement 
 of adjectives with the nouns which they modify. 
 
 When looking for a noun in the vocabulary always observe 
 the gender as indicated by the letter m., f., or n. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 51. 1. Roma antiqua est urbs pulchra. 2. Populus 
 Romanus urbem Romam amat. 3. Poetae Roman! urbem 
 Romam laudant. 4. In Italia sunt multa oppida. 5. Fru- 
 mentum maturum in oppida portatur. 6. Agricolae frumen- 
 tum maturum ex agrls portant. 7. Marcus agricola est 
 vir vahdus. 8. Agricola vahdus hortum pulchrum habet. 
 9. In horto pulchro servus miser laborat. 10. Malus servus 
 
 (34) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 35 
 
 est miser quod laborat. 11. Boni servi miseri sunt non 
 quod laborant sed quod non liberi sunt. 12. Validus vir 
 et validus puer quod laborant laeti sunt. 13. Validus 
 agricola filios validos habet. 14. Multi viri validi et 
 laeti sunt. 15. Ego sum laetus et validus. 16. Tu quoque 
 es laetus et validus. 17. Ego et tti sumus laeti et validi. 
 18. Tu et amicus tuus laeti et validi estis. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Tell the case, number, and gender of each noun and adjective 
 found in this exercise, and point out the noun which each adjective 
 modifies. 
 
 b. Dechne together amicus bonus, oppidum magnum, vir liber, 
 hortus pulcher, servus miser, puer parvus, puella pulchra, nauta 
 validus. 
 
 52. 
 
 
 TYPICAL ADJECTIVES 
 
 
 
 Bonus, 
 
 bona, bonimi ; good. 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 bonus 
 
 bona 
 
 bonimi 
 
 Gen. 
 
 boni 
 
 bonae 
 
 boni 
 
 Dat. 
 
 bono 
 
 bonae 
 
 bono 
 
 Ace. 
 
 bonum 
 
 bonam 
 
 bonum 
 
 Voc. 
 
 bone 
 
 bona 
 
 bonimi 
 
 AM. 
 
 bono 
 
 bona 
 Plural 
 
 bono 
 
 Nom. 
 
 boni 
 
 bonae 
 
 bona 
 
 Gen. 
 
 bonorum 
 
 bonarum 
 
 bonorum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 bonis 
 
 bonis 
 
 bonis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 bonds 
 
 bonas 
 
 bona 
 
 Voc. 
 
 boni 
 
 bonae 
 
 bona 
 
 Ahl 
 
 bonis 
 
 bonis 
 
 bonis 
 
 a. Bonus is declined like amicus, bona like stella, and bonum like 
 donum. The stems are bono-, bona-, and bono-. 
 
36 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 53. 
 
 Miser, 
 
 misera, misenim ; 
 
 Singular 
 
 unhappy. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 miser 
 
 misera 
 
 miserum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 miseii 
 
 miserae 
 
 miseri 
 
 Dat. 
 
 misero 
 
 miserae 
 
 misero 
 
 Ace. 
 
 miserum 
 
 miseram 
 
 miseriim 
 
 Voc. 
 
 miser 
 
 misera 
 
 miserum 
 
 Abl 
 
 misero 
 
 misera 
 Plurat, 
 
 misero 
 
 Norn. 
 
 miseri 
 
 fhiserae 
 
 misera 
 
 Gen. 
 
 miseronim 
 
 miserarum 
 
 miseronun 
 
 Dat. 
 
 miseris 
 
 miseris 
 
 miseris 
 
 Ace. 
 
 miseros 
 
 miseras 
 
 misera 
 
 Voc. 
 
 miseri 
 
 miserae 
 
 misera 
 
 AM. 
 
 miseris 
 
 miseris 
 
 miseris 
 
 a. Miser is declined like puer, misera like stella, miserum like 
 donum. The stems are misero-, misera-, and misero-. 
 
 54. 
 
 Pulcher, 
 
 pulchra, pulchrum ; 
 Singular 
 
 beautiful. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 pulcher 
 
 pulchra 
 
 pulchrum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 pulchri 
 
 pulchrae 
 
 pulchri 
 
 Dat. 
 
 pulchro 
 
 pulchrae 
 
 pulchro 
 
 Ace. 
 
 pulchrum 
 
 pulchram 
 
 pulchriun 
 
 Voc. 
 
 pulcher 
 
 pulchra 
 
 pulchrum 
 
 Abl. 
 
 pulchro 
 
 pulchra 
 Plural 
 
 pulchro 
 
 Nom. 
 
 pulchri 
 
 pulchrae 
 
 pulchra 
 
 Gen. 
 
 pulchronim 
 
 pulchranun 
 
 pulchronmi 
 
 Dat. 
 
 pulchris 
 
 pulchris 
 
 pulchris 
 
 Ace. 
 
 pulchros 
 
 pulchras 
 
 pulchra 
 
 Voc. 
 
 pulchri 
 
 pulchrae 
 
 pulchra 
 
 AM. 
 
 pulchris 
 
 pulchris 
 
 pulchris 
 
 a. Pulcher is declined like liber, pulchra like stella, pulchrum like 
 ddnum. The stems are pulchro-, pulchra- and pulchro-. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 37 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Agreement of Adjectives 
 
 55. An adjective agrees with its noun in case, number, 
 and gender. (9) 
 
 Populus Romanus, the Roman people; liber bonus, a good book; 
 stellae clarae, bright stars; donis pulchris, with beautiful gifts. 
 
 The Dative with Adjectives 
 
 56. With adjectives denoting quahty the dative is used 
 to denote the person or thing towards which the quaUty is 
 directed. (10) 
 
 Ludi liberis grati stmt, sports are pleasing to children. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 57. \\'ritc and recite in Latin. 
 
 1. The full moon is in the clear sky. 2. The sailor sees 
 the full moon and the bright stars. 3. The city of Rome is 
 praised by the Roman poets. 4. The poets love the language 
 of the Roman people. 5. The language of the Roman people 
 is the Latin language. 6. The books of the Roman poets 
 are pleasing to the master. 7. The farmer gives his son a 
 large field. 8. The field is pleasing to the farmer's son. 
 9. Healthy boys love the fields. 10. The sick boy is unhappy. 
 
 11. A good friend gives a beautiful gift to the sick boy. 
 
 12. The beautiful gift is acceptable to the sick boy. 13. 
 Strong boys are entertained with many sports. 14. You 
 are well and happy. 15. I am well and happy also. 16. We 
 are happy because we are well. 
 
 Note. — The utmost attention should be given to the correct use 
 of adjectives. Accuracy or the lack of accuracy in this one particular 
 will make or mar the excellence of the pupil's work and will help or 
 hinder his future progress. 
 
CHAPTER VIII 
 REVIEW 
 
 English Words Derived from Latin 
 
 58. The matter presented in the preceding chapters 
 should be learned with absolute accuracy. Future progress 
 will be far easier, more rapid, and much more satisfactory 
 if these preliminary chapters are completely mastered; but 
 if there is any degree of uncertainty in the mind of the 
 student, progress will be slow and difficult, and it will be 
 necessary continually to interrupt the work and to go back 
 to the beginning in order to fix clearly in the mind the forms 
 and principles which have been slighted. 
 
 59. In the following outline the points are specified which 
 should be the basis for a thorough review before a further advance 
 is attempted. 
 
 (1) Reading and 'pronunciation. The exercises should be 
 read with sufficient repetition to enable the student to pronounce 
 all the Latin words correctly and to read the Latin sentences 
 mthout hesitation and with appropriate expression. In pro- 
 nouncing words of more than one syllable attention should be 
 given to the placing of the accent with precision. 
 
 (2) Vocahidary. It should be possible for the student to 
 give readily the English equivalent of any Latin word or sentence 
 found in the preceding pages, and also to translate at sight or 
 hearing simple original sentences composed by the teacher or by 
 the members of the class. In order that the memory of a con- 
 siderable number of Latin words in common use may be made 
 definite and certain, a list of 600 words, selected from this book, 
 has been prepared for vocabulary drill. This list will be found 
 in section 573, page 377, where the words are arranged by groups 
 in the order of their first occurrence in this book. Thus the drill 
 
 (39) 
 
40 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 iiKiy be commenced early in tlic .study and may be continued at 
 convenient intervals. Ordinarily only one English equivalent of 
 each Latin word is given, and that the most characteristic, but 
 other meanings may be supplied. The entire list should be 
 thoroughly learned before the study of this book is completed. 
 
 With each noun should be associated the declension to which 
 it belongs and the gender. Let the student give the English 
 definition when the Latin word is pronounced, and the Latin 
 word on hearing the English. By covering each column alter- 
 nately each member of the class may profitably drill himself on 
 the vocabulary. 
 
 (3) Translation. The meaning of the Latin sentences should 
 be represented clearly and correctly in the English translation; 
 but it is not always possible nor desirable to reproduce the Latin 
 constructions. The pupil should cultivate original and expres- 
 sive ways of translating, and should avoid awkward and ungram- 
 matical English phraseology. 
 
 (4) Declension. The paradigms should be memorized so 
 that the declension of nouns and adjectives may be repeated 
 rapidly and written without errors. The case, number, and 
 gender of any noun or adjective of the first and second declen- 
 sions should be recognized at sight and the proper case supplied 
 in a rapid test on the forms which have been learned. 
 
 (5) Quantity. As a guide to the pronunciation the quantity 
 of the vowels, particularly of the vowels in the case-endings, 
 should be definitely learned. In ^vritten exercises the long vowels 
 should be marked. 
 
 (6) Syntax. The uses of words as explained in the rules of 
 syntax should be fully understood ; and the pupil should be tested 
 by questions on the rules themselves and the illustrative sentences. 
 In connection with each exercise there should be sufficient practice 
 in parsing to impress on the mind the principles of syntax and 
 their application. 
 
 (7) Corn-position. To some extent the exercises provided 
 for Latin composition are review exercises since they furnish an 
 opportunity for the application of all the knowledge which has 
 previously been acquired. Latin composition will be an interest- 
 ing and attractive exercise if there is sufficient practice on sentences 
 which are not too difficult. It will encourage the beginner if 
 he is permitted to attempt original composition; and rudimentary 
 efforts in this direction should not be too severely criticised. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 41 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 Note. — In the study of this exercise give particular attention 
 to the points specified in section 59. No special attention need be 
 given at this time to the words and expressions the translation of 
 which is given in parentheses. 
 
 60. 1. In Italia antiqua erat quondam puer parvus 
 cuius (whose) nomen erat Horatius. 2. Flaccus, pater 
 
 Doctor et Discipuli in Urbe Athenis 
 
 Hora'ti, quondam erat servus. 3. Postea Flaccus erat liber 
 et agros. in Apulia habebat. 4. Agri Flacci non longe ab 
 Roma aberant. 5. Horatius agros latos et caelum darum 
 et silvas pulchras amabat. 6. Diana, dea silvarum, puerum 
 amabat et curabat. 7. In silva Apuliae columbae quondam 
 Horatiimi ludo fessum (tired with play) folils novis texerunt 
 (covered). 8. Horatius decem annos natus (ten years old, 
 at ten years o{ age) ad urbem portatur. 
 
 9. Pater ipse (the father himself) magister primus flli 
 
42 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 erat. 10. Postea Flaccus paeclagogus crat ct fllium ad ma- 
 gistrum iterum-que domum ducebat (led, conducted, took). 
 
 11. Saepe Flaccus cum filio sic loquebatur (used to talk). 
 
 12. Hie vir, flli, bonus est; ille (that) vir est malus. 13. 
 Hoc factum (this deed) est bonum; illud (that) est malum. 
 14. Haec (this) statua antiqua est pulchra; illud templum 
 novum non est pulchrum. 15. Haec doctrina vera est; ilia 
 (that) non vera est. 16. Hie liber bonus, ille malus est. 
 17. Hoc modo (in this manner) puer discit quid sit pulchrum 
 (what is beautiful), quid sit bonum, quid sit verum. 
 
 18. Horatius iuvenis (when a young man) Athenis erat 
 ibique optimos doctores habebat. 19. In ilia urbe clarissima 
 Parthenonem templum pulcherrimum orbis terrarum (of the 
 world) videbat. 20. Adultus (when grown to manhood) 
 Horatius ipse poeta iucundus erat. 21 . Libri Hora'ti poetae 
 pueris et puellis grati sunt. 22. Discipuli libiis poetae 
 delectantur. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Recite and write the declension of the foflowing nouns and 
 adjectives: silva, columba, sapientia (sing.), dea, statua pulchra, 
 Horatius (sing.), filius, servus bonus, puer parvus, discipulus, magister 
 primus, poeta iucundus, vir bonus, ager latus, caelum clanun (sing.), 
 templimi pulchrum, foliiun novimi. 
 
 h. Recite and write in three genders the declension of primus, -a, 
 -imi, pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum; liber, libera, libenmi. 
 
 c. Tell the case, number, and gender of all the nouns and adjectives 
 of the first and second declensions found in the reading exercise above. 
 
 d. What is unusual in the genitive and vocative cases of Horatius? 
 in the genitive and vocative of filius? in the dative and ablative plural 
 of dea? 
 
 e. Explain the construction (use) of all the nouns and adjectives 
 in this exercise to which the rules of syntax already given apply. 
 
 ENGLISH WORDS DERIVED FROM LATIN 
 61. More than one-half of the words in the English 
 language have been derived from the Latin. Some of these 
 

 r 1 
 
 ^^i^ 
 
 
 
 BL 
 
 c^^ 
 
 M^ 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 pi 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 1 
 
 ^F^ 
 
 % 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 j^ 
 
 HHi 
 
 HlHHHiiHH 
 
 HB 
 
44 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 have been transferred from Latin to English with Httle or 
 no change in form or meaning; as, praemium (Latin), pre- 
 mium (Enghsh). Sometimes the resemblance is not quite 
 so obvious on account of a change in some of the letters 
 or the dropping of a syllable or ending; as, clarus (Latin), 
 cZear (English) ; templum (Latin), temple (Enghsh). Other 
 
 Brown & Dawson, N. Y, 
 
 Parthenon, Templitm Pulcherrimum Orbis Terrarum 
 
 words have come into the English language through the 
 French, into which they were first introduced from the 
 Latin; as, lingtia (Latin), langage (French), language 
 (English). 
 
 Even a limited knowledge of the Latin source of English 
 words is an invaluable aid to a proper understanding of the 
 English language; and it will be exceedingly profitable for 
 the student to begin early to observe the relationship between 
 those English and Latin words whose resemblance is most 
 apparent. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 45 
 
 In connection with the review lessons material is 
 provided to illustrate the derivation of EngUsh words from 
 the Latin; and the illustrations, which are necessarily 
 restricted in this book, may be extended indefinitely by the 
 aid of an unabridged English dictionary. 
 
 All the Latin words used in this book to illustrate deriva- 
 tion will be found in an alphabetical Ust with the correspond- 
 ing English equivalents in section 572, page 365. 
 
 WORD LIST 
 
 62. It should be observed that the English derivative is not 
 always an accurate translation of the Latin original^ but in most cases it 
 is not difficult to detect the common element both in the form of the 
 words and in their meaning. 
 
 agricultura, agriculture. maturus, mature. 
 
 antiquus, antique. miser, miser. 
 
 clams, clear. nimierus, number. 
 
 corona, crown. poeta, poet. 
 
 discipulus, disciple. populus, people. 
 
 discordia, discord. praemium, premium. 
 
 doctrina, doctrine. primus, prime. 
 
 foliimi, foliage. scripta, script. 
 
 insula, isle. statua, statue. 
 
 lingua, language. templum, temple. 
 
 magister, master. validus, valid. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. To what Latin words in the above list may the origin of the 
 following English words be traced? 
 
 antiquity maturity populace 
 
 discipline misery primer 
 
 magistrate peninsula scripture 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 63. Explain the construction (use) of all the nouns and adjec- 
 tives in section 60, to which the rules of syntax given apply. 
 
 Quote the proper rule in explanation of the case of Flaccus 
 
46 
 
 ELEMENTA PRBIA 
 
 (section 60, sentence 3), agros (.3), Apuliae (7),^oliis (7), bonus (12), 
 antiqua and novum (14), pueris and puellis (21), fill (12). 
 Does any one of the rules given apply to dea (6) ? 
 
 Apposition 
 
 64. A noun used to describe another noun and denoting 
 the same person or thing, if not a predicate noun, is an 
 appositive and is in the same case as the noun which it 
 describes. (11) 
 
 Diana, dea silvanun, Diana, the goddess of the woods; libri Horati 
 poetae, the books of Horace the poet. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 65. Write the following sentences in Latin, justifying the form 
 of each noun and adjective by reference to the rules of syntax. 
 
 1. The poet Horace was the son of Flaccus, a farmer. 
 2. Flaccus the farmer had fields in ApuHa. 3. Flaccus was 
 once a slave. 4. The woods of Apulia were pleasing to the 
 
 boy Horace. 5. The 
 boy's wisdom was won- 
 derful. 6. Flaccus came 
 (venit) with his son from 
 Apulia to the city of 
 Rome. 7. Flaccus gives 
 his son a teacher. 8. 
 In Athens Horace saw 
 many beautiful temples. 
 
 9. The ancient temples are adorned with beautiful statues. 
 
 10. My friend, does your son like (amatne) books? 11. The 
 boy is good but he does not care for (like) books. 12, My 
 son, do you like (amasne) the books of the poet Horace? 
 13. 1 like (amo) books but I like the woods also. 
 
 PlAU STRUM 
 
CHAPTER IX 
 VERBS 
 
 Personal Endings of the Active Voice 
 
 66. In Latin as in English verbs agree with their sub- 
 jects in person and number. The person and number of the 
 Latin verbs are indicated by terminations which are called 
 personal endings. 
 
 In all tenses of the indicatives mood except the perfect, 
 the personal endings of the active voice with their mean- 
 ings are as follows : 
 
 Singular Plural 
 
 First person -m, -6 I -mus we 
 
 Second person -s you -tis you 
 
 Third person -t he, she, it -nt they 
 
 Sometimes the subject of a verb is not expressed by a 
 separate word. The endmg of the verb then tells whether 
 the subject is /, you (sing.), he {she, it), we, you (pi.), or they. 
 The nominatives of the personal pronouns are regularly not 
 expressed unless they are emphatic or contrasted. 
 
 67. In the reading exercise in section 68 observe the form 
 of the verb which is used with each personal pronoun and with 
 subjects of the third person, singular and plural. 
 
 Notice the personal endings meaning /, we, you (sing, and 
 pL), he, she, it, they. 
 
 Read the sentences aloud in Latin and translate into Eng- 
 lish. Then recite and write the sentences in Latin from the 
 dictation of the English or from the written translation. 
 
 Note. — Too great emphasis can not be given to the importance 
 of reading aloud in the Latin as a preparation for translation. Let it 
 be understood that such reading should always precede translation. 
 There should be daily practice also in reproducing the sentences both 
 orally and in writing, using the Enghsh translation as a basis. 
 
 (47) 
 
48 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 68. 1. Ego sum agricola. 2. Tu es nauta. 3. Hora- 
 tius est poeta. 4. Nos sumus amicT. 5. Vos estis amlcl. 
 6. Agricola et nauta sunt amIcT. 7. Ego sum aeger sed tu 
 es validus. 8. Nos sumus aegri sed vos estis validi. 9. 
 Servl sunt laeti quod dominus est benignus. 
 
 CURRUS ET EqUI 
 
 10. Ego silvam amo. 11. Tu stellas amas. 12. Marcus 
 ludum puerorum amat. 13. Ego et tu libros magistri 
 amamus. 14. Tu et Marcus statuas pulchras amatis. 
 15. Liberi Marci linguam Romanam amant. 
 
 16. Ego amico donum do. 17. Tu amlco donum das. 
 18. Dominus servo praemium dat. 19. Nos amicls dona 
 damus. 20. Vos amlcIs dona datis. 21. Patres liberls dona 
 dant. 
 
 22. (Ego) equos video. 23. (Tu) equos vides. 24. 
 Discipulus equos videt. 25. (Nos) equos videmus. 26. 
 (Vos) equos videtis. 27. Discipuli equos vident. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 49 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the forms of sum, amo, do, and video. Care- 
 fully observe the terniinations which are used with subjects of ditTerent 
 I)ersons. Notice the quantity of the vowels. 
 
 b. What terminations are found with subjects of the first, second, 
 and third persons, respectively, singular and plural? 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 69. Sum, / am; amo, / love; do, / give; video, / see. 
 
 Singular 
 
 sum, / am amo, / love do, / give video, / see 
 
 es, you are amas das vides 
 
 est, he is amat dat videt 
 
 Plural 
 
 sumus, wc are amamus damus videmus 
 
 estis, you are amatis datis videtis 
 
 sunt, they are amant dant vident ' 
 
 a. That part of the verb which precedes the personal endings 
 remains unchanged, or nearly so, throughout the conjugation. 
 
 h. In the verb do the vowel a is short in the first and second per- 
 sons of the plural. In this respect it is irregular and differs from amo, 
 in which the corresponding vowel is long. 
 
 c. Learn the conjugation of simi, amo, do, and video. Loam 
 also the personal endings with their meanings (section 66). 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Agreement of Verb 
 
 70. A finite (predicative) verb agrees with its subject 
 in person and number. (12) 
 
 Ego simi agricola, / am a farmer; tu es nauta, you are a sailor; 
 Horatius est poeta, Horace is a poet; nos simius aegri, we are sick; 
 vos estis validi, you are well; stellae simt clarae, the stars are bright. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 71. The exercises for composition should be used for both oral 
 and written translation into Latin. The words should be arranged 
 in the Latin order and, in writing, the long vowels should be marked. 
 
50 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 1. I am in the city (of) Rome. 2. You are in the field. 
 3. Marcus is in the garden. 4. We are friends. 5. You 
 (pi.) are friends of the master. 6. The boy and the slave 
 are friends. 
 
 7. I love the city (of) Rome. 8. You love the ancient 
 temples. 9. Horace loves the beautiful temples. 10. We love 
 the poet's books. 11. You (pi.) love the statues of Diana. 
 12. The Romans love Italy. 
 
 13. The master gives gifts to his son. 14. The little 
 girls give gifts to their friends. 15. You and I (I and you) 
 give gifts to the little boys. 16. You, masters, give books 
 to the pupils. 17. I give my friend a new book. 
 
 18. (I) see the narrow street of the ancient town. 19. 
 (You) see the beautiful statue of the goddess. 20. The boy 
 sees the master's beautiful garden. 21. (We) see the broad 
 fields. 22. (You, pi.) see the master with his children. 
 23. The children see the full moon and the bright stars in 
 the sky. 
 
 Via Appia non Longe ab Urbe Roma 
 
CHAPTER X 
 THE PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 
 
 Four Conjugations 
 
 72. There are four types in the conjugation of Latin 
 verbs, which are designated as the First, the Second, the 
 Third, and the Fourth Conjugations. These conjugations 
 are distinguished from each other chiefly by the vowel which 
 precedes the personal ending in the present tense. In the 
 first conjugation the characteristic vowel is a; in the second, 
 e; in the third, e (i, u) ; in the fourth, i (iu). 
 
 73. In the following exercise, verbs of the four conjuga- 
 tions are given in the present tense, indicative mood, active 
 voice. Concentrate the attention on the verbs and notice par- 
 ticularly the vowel before the personal ending in each verb, and 
 observe the forms which are used with subjects of the first, second, 
 and third persons, singular and plural. 
 
 When there is no subject expressed, the personal ending of 
 the verb indicates of what person the subject is. If the subject 
 is a personal pronoun of the first or the second person (/, we, 
 you), it is frequently omitted: but if the verb is in the third 
 person, the subject is generally expressed unless it is readily 
 understood from the preceding sentence. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 74. 1. (Ego) amo, video, mitto, audio. 2. (Tu) amas, 
 vides, mittis, audls. 3. (Ille) amat, videt, mittit, audit. 
 4. (Nos) amamus, videmus, mittimus, audimus. 5. (Vos) 
 amatis, videtis, mittitis, audltis. 6. (lUi) amant, vident, 
 mittunt, audiunt. 
 
 7. ''Quid agis, fill?" pater flHum rogat. 8. ''Epistulam 
 scribo," fllius respondet. 9. "Ad quem (whom) epistulam 
 scrlbis?" 10. "Ad amicum scribo, quem maxime amo." 11. 
 Pater laetus est quod memoria amici in animum fili venit. 12. 
 
 51 
 
52 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 In epistula puer multa (many things) de libris et de ludis 
 scribit. 13. Et ludi et libii puerum delectant. 14. Amicus 
 pueri delectatur quod epistula bona ad eum (him) venit. 
 
 15. Audis-ne ventum, puer? Timesne ventum? 16. 
 Ventum audio sed non timeo. 17. Nonne ventum, puellae, 
 auditis? Nonne ventum timetis? 18. Ventum audimus et 
 timemus. 19. Num nautae ventum audiunt et timent? 
 20. Nautae semper ventum audiunt atque maxime amant. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write out the conjugation of rogat (rogo), timeo, scribo, and 
 venit (venio), imitating tjie arrangement in section 69. As a guide to 
 the conjugation consult the forms of amo, video, mitto, and audio, in 
 sentences 1-6. 
 
 h. What does the verb end in if the subject is I? you (sing.)? hef 
 we? you (pi.)? they? 
 
 SELECTIONS FOR READING 
 
 75. The student has now proceeded far enough in the 
 study of the simplest elements of the Latin language to make it 
 profitable for him to apply his knowledge in reading connected 
 paragraphs. Beginning with section 77 short paragraphs with 
 Latin titles will be introduced at intervals, which will furnish 
 material for reading and translation and for the application of 
 the principles which have previously been presented; and they 
 will also give the student an opportunity to become acquainted 
 with some of the legends of early Rome as they were written for 
 the Romans themselves by one of the most interesting of the 
 Roman writers. Under the title Vin Romae the stories of the 
 legendary kings of Rome were selected from the first book of the 
 Roman historian Livy, and arranged for the use of beginners in 
 Latin by Charles Francois Lhomond, a professor in the University 
 of Paris, who died in 1794. 
 
 In this book, Elementa Prima, some of the same stories are 
 used with such modifications as are necessary to adapt them to 
 the student's advancement. For example, in the first selection, 
 section 77, all the verbs are in the present tense of the active 
 voice; and with few exceptions, the nouns and adjectives are 
 those which belong to the first and second declensions. The 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 53 
 
 constructions, also, are usually such as are explained by the 
 preceding rules of syntax or by the rules introduced in the 
 chapter in which the selection is found. Forms and construc- 
 tions which have not been previously developed are occasionally 
 introduced, but the attention of the pupil need not be specially 
 directed to these. When the proper place for their discussion 
 is reached, it will be found that the partial familiarity, gained 
 incidentally, has given the mind a pre-disposition to receive the 
 more complete explanation. 
 
 76. In preparation for the lesson it is recommended that 
 the selections for reading and translation be read aloud in Latin 
 several times before they are translated. It is important that 
 the learner become familiar with the sound of the Latin words 
 and phrases. Fluency and accuracy of speech depend largely 
 upon the readiness with which the images of sound arise in the 
 mind ; and it is not reasonable to expect freedom in the recita- 
 tion unless the pupil has become accustomed to the sound of the 
 words as they are pronounced by his own voice. 
 
 Reading in Latin should also be with proper expression. 
 Connected words should be grouped together and the accent and 
 emphasis should be rightly placed. Good Latin reading will 
 add much to the pupil's interest and will help to make his pro- 
 gress certain and satisfactory. 
 
 The passages for translation may also be made the basis 
 for review questions and for drill on forms and constructions; 
 but this should not be carried too far. Grammar is the means, 
 not the end of instruction; and the chief purpose of the reading 
 lesson is not to illustrate grammar but to awaken interest and 
 to arouse thought. 
 
 AENEAS IN ITALIAM VENIT 
 
 77. Aeneas, vir clarus, ab oris Troiae in Italiam venit. 
 Patrem ex Troia in umeris portat. Fllium Ascanium secum 
 ducit. Multos socios quoque Aeneas secum in Italiam ducit. 
 Latlnus in his locis regnat. Inter Latinum et Aenean (ace.) 
 est amicitia. Latlnus Aeneae flliam in matrimonium dat. 
 Aeneas ur])em Lavinium aedificat. Postea Ascanius, fllius 
 Aeneae, regnum halxit. Ille Albam Longam condit. Ascan- 
 ius est primus rex Albanorum. 
 
54 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Aeneas cum Patre et FIlio 
 a. For the declension of Aeneas see section 548. 
 6. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of hicTnerus, malrimony, 
 reign (noun and verb). 
 
 THE PRESENT STEM 
 
 78. The present stem is that part of the verb which 
 forms the basis of the present, the past (imperfect), and the 
 future tenses. The present active infinitive contains the 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 55 
 
 present stem with the characteristic vowel unchanged; and 
 therefore this form is given in the vocabulary immediately 
 following the present indicative to designate the conjugation 
 to which the verb belongs. 
 
 The present stem may be found by dropping the ending 
 -re of the present active infinitive. 
 
 The following table contains the present active indica- 
 tive, the present active infinitive, and the present stem of 
 typical verbs of the four conjugations. 
 
 CON.JUGATION 
 
 Present 
 
 Present 
 
 Present 
 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 Stem 
 
 I. 
 
 amo 
 
 amare 
 
 ama- 
 
 II. 
 
 video 
 
 videre 
 
 vide- 
 
 III. • 
 
 mitt 6 
 
 mittere 
 
 mitte- 
 
 IV. 
 
 audio 
 
 aiidire 
 
 aiidi- 
 
 a. What is the characteristic vowel of the first conjugation? of 
 the second? of the third? of the fourth? What is the quantity of each 
 of these vowels in the present infinitive? 
 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 
 79. Amo, 
 
 / love; video, / see; mittd 
 
 , I send, 
 
 hear. 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 amo 
 
 video 
 
 mitto 
 
 audio 
 
 am as 
 
 vides 
 
 mitt is 
 
 audis 
 
 amat 
 
 videt 
 
 mittit 
 Plural 
 
 audit 
 
 amamus 
 
 videmus mittimus 
 
 audimus 
 
 amatis 
 
 videtis 
 
 mittitis 
 
 auditis 
 
 amant 
 
 vident 
 
 mittunt 
 
 audiunt 
 
 audio. 
 
 a. The personal endings are the same in all the conjugations. 
 What is the personal ending of each person, singular and plural? 
 
 h. In the first person singular of amo and mitto the characteristic 
 stem vowel has di.sappeared by uniting with the personal ending -o 
 (amao, amo; mitteo, mitto). In video, audio, and audiunt the stem 
 vowel is shortened. Before the endings -t and -nt the vowel is always 
 
56 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 short. In the third person {)lural stern of mitto the vowel becomes u; 
 and before the other endings in mitto the vowel i is found instead of e. 
 These are phonetic changes, the effect of which is to make the words 
 easier to pronounce or more agreeable to hear. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of the Present Indicative 
 
 80. The present tense is used (1) to represent an act 
 as going on at the time of speaking; (2) to express a general 
 truth; (3) like the historical present in English, to represent 
 a past event vividly, as if it were present. (13) 
 
 (1) Puer epistulam scribit, the hoy is ivriting (writes) a letter: 
 (2) liberi ludum amant, children love play; Aeneas urbem aedificat, 
 Aeneas builds a city. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 81. 1. (I) ask, reply, write, come. 2. (You, sing.) 
 ask, reply, write, come. 3. (He) asks, replies, writes, comes. 
 4. (We) ask, reply, write, come. (You, pi.) ask, reply, write, 
 come. 6. (They) ask, reply, write, come. 
 
 7. The boy is writing (writes) a letter. 8. (He) sends 
 the letter to his friend. 9. The boy's letter pleases his 
 friend. 10. (We) are sending^ (send) gifts to our friends. 
 11. (Our) friends see and hke (love) the gifts. 12. You (pi.) 
 are writing (write) many letters. 13. The letters which 
 (quas) you (sing.) write please your friends. 14. The boys 
 and girls are coming (come) home (domum). 15. They are 
 bringing (bring) their books. 16. I see the books which 
 (quos) the boys and girls are bringing home. 
 
 17. Ascanius comes to Italy with Aeneas. 18. Many 
 companions of Aeneas come to Italy. 19. Latinus has a 
 kingdom in Italy. 20. Aeneas leads his companions to 
 Italy. 21. Ascanius, the son of Aeneas, builds the city of 
 Alba Longa. 22. Ascanius is the first king of Alba Longa. 
 23. Latinus the king gives his daughter Lavinia in marriage 
 to his friend Aeneas. 
 
CHAPTER XI 
 THE PRESENT INDICATIVE PASSIVE 
 
 82. The present indicative passive is disting;uished 
 from the active by the personal endings, which, as in the 
 active voice, are joined to the present stem of the verb. 
 
 The personal endings of the passive voice with their 
 meanings are as follows : 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 First person -r 
 Second person -ris, -re 
 Third person -tur 
 
 / 
 
 you 
 
 he, she, it 
 
 -mur we 
 -mini you 
 -ntur they 
 
 83. Review the conjugation of verbs in the present indica- 
 tive active, section 79, and study the verbs in section 84 which 
 are in the passive voice. With the subject of the verb as a guide 
 to the person and number, determine what is the personal ending 
 of each person of the verb in the present indicative passive. 
 Notice also the quantity of the characteristic stem vowel in 
 each form of the verb. 
 
 These sentences should be read and translated rapidly, with 
 attention directed chiefly to the forms of the verbs. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 84. 1. Marcus amicum amat et ab amico amatur. 
 2. Ego amicum amo et ab amico amor. 3. Tu amicum 
 amas et ab amico amaris (or amare) . 4. Nos amicos amamus 
 et ab amicis amamur. 5. Vos amicos amatis et ab amicis 
 amamini. 6. Amici nos amant et a nobis amantur. 
 
 7. Ego te video et a te videor. 8. Tu me vides et a 
 me videris (videre). 9. Marcus amicum videt et ab amico 
 videtur. 10. Nos liberos videmus et a liberis videmur. 
 « (57) 
 
58 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 11. Vos pueros videtis et a pucris videmini. 12. Pueri 
 socios vident et a sociis videntur. 
 
 13. Marcus ad Corneliam servum cum epistula mittit. 
 14. Servus ad Corneliam cum epistula mittitur. 15. Unde 
 quo-que, serve, mitteris (mittere)? 16. A Marco domino 
 ad Corneliam cum epistula mittor. 17. Hoc in epistula 
 scribitur: ^'Nuntium ad te, Cornelia, cum epistula mitto." 
 18. Domini servos in agros mittunt. 19. Quo, servi, mitti- 
 minl? 20. Mittimur in agros. 21. Servi a dominis in agros 
 mittuntur. 
 
 22. Ventus nautam impedit. 23. Nauta vento impedi- 
 
 tur. 24. Nonne vento, 
 nauta, impedlris (impe- 
 dire)? Vento impedior. 
 25. Venti nautas impe- 
 diunt. 26. Nonne ven- 
 tis, nautae, impedimini? 
 Ventis impedimur. 
 
 27. Multi socii ab 
 
 Aenea in Italiam du- 
 
 cuntur. 28. In oris 
 
 Ttaliae Latinus rex ab Aeneae sociis videtur. 29. Urbs 
 
 Lavinium ab Aenea aedificatur. 30. Aeneas vir clarus 
 
 habetur. 31. Ab Ascanio Alba Longa conditur, 
 
 " Specto • 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Arrange all the passive forms of amo, video, mitto, and impedio 
 in tables of conjugation with section 79 as a model. 
 
 b. In the present indicative passive what is the personal ending 
 if the subject is If you (sing.)? he, she, itf we? you (pi.)? theyf 
 
 LtJDUS QUI "SPECTO" APPELLATUR 
 85. Liberi ludum habent qui ''Specto" appellatur. 
 Unus ex liberis deligitur qui dux appellatur. Dux oculos 
 velat dum reliqui discurrunt atque se celant. Cum omnes 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 59 
 
 taciti sunt dux clamat, "IJnus, duo, ties! Me cavete! venio! 
 Vos omnes qui non parati estis 'Ego!' clamate." Deinde si 
 nihil auditur dux socios petit. Mox unum ex sociis videt 
 at que "Te specto!" clamat. Alter qui non videtur accurrit 
 at que clamat, ''Adsum! Ipse me specto!" Mox omnes 
 aut spectantur aut se spectant. Puer qui primus spectatur 
 dux habetur. Reliqui iterum se celant et a duce iterum 
 petuntur. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write out and repeat orally the conjugation of all the verbs 
 used above in the present indicative active or passive. 
 
 ROMULUS ET REMUS IN TIBERIM MITTUNTUR 
 
 86. Post multos annos Proca erat rex Albanorum. 
 Proca duos filios habet, Numitorem et Amulium. Numitori 
 (to Numitor), qui natu maior (the elder) erat, regnum rehn- 
 quitur sed Amulius regnum occupat atque filios fratris (of 
 his brother) obtmncat. Filia autem Numitoris (of Numitor), 
 Rhea Silvia, Romulum et Remum geminos habet. Filii 
 
 Flumen Tiberis super RiPAS 
 
60 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Silviae ab Amtilio timentur. Silvia in custodiam datur 
 atque pueri parvi in Tiberim mittuntur. Forte flumen erat 
 super ripas. Aqua pueros in sicco loco relinquit. Ab lupa 
 pueri audiuntur et curantur. 
 
 a. Tell the person, number, and voice of each verb and conjugate 
 at least one verb of each of the four conjugations in the present tense, 
 active and passive: e. g., obtnmco, habeo, relinquo, audio. 
 
 h. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of cure, custody. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 Amor, / am loved; videor, / a7n seen; mittor, / am sent; 
 audior, I am heard. 
 
 87. 
 
 Singular 
 
 amor 
 
 videor 
 
 mittor 
 
 audior 
 
 a maris (-re) 
 
 videris (-re) 
 
 mitteris (-re) 
 
 audiris (-re) 
 
 amatur 
 
 videtur 
 
 mittitur 
 Plural 
 
 auditur 
 
 amamur 
 
 videmur 
 
 mittimur 
 
 audimur 
 
 amamini 
 
 videmini 
 
 mittimini 
 
 audimini 
 
 amantur 
 
 videntur 
 
 mittuntur 
 
 audiuntur 
 
 a. The first person singular of the present passive is formed by 
 adding r to the first person of the active and shortening the vowel o. 
 Video, / see; videor, / am seen. 
 
 b. Except in the first person singular, the personal endings are 
 joined directly to the present stem; but in the third person plural the 
 long stem vowel becomes short, and in the fourth conjugation the 
 vowel u is inserted before the ending -ntur. 
 
 c. In the third conjugation the stem vowel becomes i in the third 
 person singular and in the first and second persons plural, and becomes 
 u in the third person plural. 
 
 d. Write and repeat orally the conjugation of curat, timet, 
 relinquit, and impedit in the present passive indicative, and review the 
 conjugation of these verbs in the present indicative active. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 61 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 The Agent with Passive Verbs 
 
 88. The agent or person by whom anything is done, 
 
 if the verb is in the passive voice, is denoted by the ablative 
 
 ease with a or ab. Ab is used before vowels and consonants, 
 
 a before consonants only. (14) 
 
 Sem a dominis in agros mittuntur, the slaves are sent, into the 
 fields by their 7nasters; Silvia ab Amulio in custodiam datur, Silvia is 
 put into custody by Amulius. 
 
 a. Remember that the means op the instrument by which or with 
 which anything is done is expressed by the ablative case without a 
 preposition. Nauta vento impeditur, the sailor is hindered by the wind. 
 Animals personified may be regarded grammatically as persons. Pueri 
 ab lupa curantur, the boys are cared for by a she-wolf. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 89. 1. I am praised, feared, led, hindered. 2. You 
 (sing.) are praised, feared, led, hindered. 3. He is praised, 
 feared, led, hindered. 4. We are praised, feared, led, hin- 
 dered. 5. You (pi.) are praised, feared, led, hindered. 
 6. They are praised, feared, led, hindered. 
 
 7. Marcus is praised by his friend. 8. Beautiful 
 temples are seen in the ancient city. 9. The sailors are 
 hindered by the wind. 10. A letter is sent by the boy 
 to his friend. 11. The friend is deHghted with the boy's 
 letter. 12. Good books are written by the Roman poets. 
 
 13. Many companions are led to Italy by the famous 
 Aeneas. 14. Ascanius reigns at Alba Longa (loc). 15. 
 Proca is king of the Albans. 16. Amuhus and Numitor are 
 sons of Proca. 17. The kingdom is not left to Amulius but 
 Amulius reigns. 18. -Silvia and her sons are feared by 
 Amulius. 19. The twin sons are thrown (sent) into the 
 Tilxir (in Tiberim). 20. Romulus and Remus are heard and 
 cared for by a she-wolf. 
 
CHAPTER XII 
 THE THIRD DECLENSION 
 
 Stems in c, d, g, p, and t 
 
 90. The nouns in sections 92, 93, and 94, whose end- 
 ings differ from those of the first and second declensions, 
 belong to the third declension. The stems of these nouns 
 end in the consonant a, c, d, g, p, or t, and the different cases 
 are formed by adding the case-endings to the stem. 
 
 The case-endings of the third declension are as follows: 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nominative, 
 
 -s 
 
 — 
 
 -es 
 
 -a 
 
 Genitive, 
 
 -is 
 
 -is 
 
 -um 
 
 -um 
 
 Dative, 
 
 -i 
 
 -i 
 
 -ibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 Accusative, 
 
 -em 
 
 — 
 
 -es 
 
 -a 
 
 Vocative, 
 
 -s 
 
 — 
 
 -es 
 
 -a 
 
 Ablative, 
 
 -e 
 
 -e 
 
 -ibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 91. The case of a noun can generally be determined by its 
 use in the sentence; but after the declension has been learned, 
 the case can be recognized by the case-ending except in those cases 
 which have the same form as other cases. An adjective of the 
 first and second declensions, which may be used with a noun of the 
 third declension, is often a guide to the case, number, and gender 
 of the noun which the adjective modifies. 
 
 By observing the use of the nouns and with the aid of the 
 suggestions made above, determine the case of the nouns which 
 belong to the third declension. 
 
 The nominative and the genitive cases of all nouns are given 
 in the vocabulary. The gender also is indicated. 
 
 Read and translate rapidly, giving attention chiefly to the 
 nouns of the third declension. 
 
 r62) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 03 
 
 READING EXERCISES 
 
 92. 1. Rex est in urbe Roma. 2. Ubi est rex? 3. Rex 
 
 in ui]:>e est. 4. Regis flliiis est in via. 5. Ubi est filius 
 
 ? 0. Filius regis est in via. 7. Agricola reginae rosas 
 
 8. Regi poeta libruni dat. 9. Quid pocta regi dat? 
 
 regis 
 dat. 
 
 MiLiTEs Roman! in Itinere 
 
 10. Poeta regi librum dat. 11. Nuntius regi et reginae 
 epistulas dat. 12. Video regem in via. 13. lustitiam tuam, 
 magne rex, video et laudo. 14. Filius regis est cum rege 
 in urbe. 
 
 15. Multi reges sunt in terra. 16. Facta magnorum 
 regum non semper sunt bona. 17. Boni viri regibus sunt 
 grati. is. Bonos reges homines semper amant. 19. Vic- 
 torias vestras, magni reges, laudamus. 20. Reginas cum 
 regibus in viis videmus. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Arrange the forms of rex in a table of declension. 
 
64 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 93. 1. Rex populi Roman! multos milites habet. 2. 
 Mllites Romani ducem bonum habent. 3. Dux militum 
 Romanorum est vir fortis. 4. Virtus militum et ducis est 
 magna. 5. Dux in capite pilleum habet. 6. Mllites in 
 capitibus galeas habent. 7. Arma militum sunt hastae et 
 scuta. 8. MlHtes in sinistrls scuta portant. 9. Hastae in 
 dextrls portantur. 10. Gladius est in dextra ducis. 11. Dux 
 
 bono militi equum pulchrum 
 dat. 12. Caput equi est album. 
 13. Equus mllitis album caput 
 et pedes albos habet. 14. 
 Mllites qui equos habent equi- 
 tes appellantur. 15. Equi qui 
 equites portant capita alta 
 tenant. 16. Et pedites et 
 equites in castrTs cum duce 
 sunt. 17. Bellum nunc a 
 militibus non geritur. 18. Pax 
 et militibus et populo est grata. 
 19. Amulius est regis fiHus. 20. Ascanius et Proca sunt 
 filii regum. 21. Fihi Silviae ab Amiilio rege timentur. 
 22. Proca filio regnum relinquit. 23. Romulus et Remus 
 in Tiberim mittuntur. 24.. Ab lupa audiuntur et curantur. 
 25. Fratres in silvis aetatem agunt. 
 
 Casa Antiqua 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Tabulate by cases all the forms of the nouns of the third 
 declension used above and supply any forms which are needed to com- 
 plete the declension, 
 
 h. With miles as a guide write the declension of virtus (gen., 
 virtutis), aetas (gen., aetatis), and pes (gen., pedis). 
 
 c. What is the case of caput in sentence 12? in sentence 13? of 
 capita in sentence 15? What three cases of neuter nouns are alike? 
 What is the ending of all neuter nouns in the. nominative, accusative, 
 and vocative plural? What case besides the nominative is given in the 
 vocabulary? With these suggestions decline caput. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 65 
 
 PASTOR PUEROS INVENIT 
 94. Faustulus, pastor regis, pueros cum lupa invenit, 
 atque eos (them) in casam portat et Accae Larentiae coniugi 
 dat.- Adultl deinde Romulus et Remus- inter pastores 
 aetatem agunt. Silvas peragrant et latrones a rapina pro- 
 hibent. Apud socios illl (they) erant principes. 
 
 a. {Notebook.) Explain the derivation of advlt, prince, rapine. 
 
 TYPICAL NOUNS 
 
 1 
 
 •5. Nom., 
 
 rex; 
 
 gen. 
 
 , regis ; 
 
 m., king. 
 
 
 Nom., 
 
 princeps ; 
 
 gen. 
 
 , principis; 
 
 m., chief. 
 
 
 Nom., 
 
 mfles; 
 
 gen. 
 
 , militis ; 
 
 m., soldier. 
 
 
 Nom., 
 
 caput; 
 
 gen. 
 
 , capitis ; 
 
 n., head. 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 rex 
 
 princeps 
 
 
 miles 
 
 caput 
 
 Gen. 
 
 regis 
 
 principis 
 
 
 militis 
 
 capitis 
 
 Dat. 
 
 regi 
 
 pnncipi 
 
 
 militi 
 
 capiti 
 
 Ace. 
 
 regem 
 
 principem 
 
 
 militem 
 
 caput 
 
 Voc. 
 
 rex 
 
 princeps 
 
 
 miles 
 
 caput 
 
 Abl. 
 
 rege 
 
 principe 
 
 
 milite 
 
 capite 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 reges 
 
 principes 
 
 
 milites 
 
 capita 
 
 Gen. 
 
 regum 
 
 principum 
 
 
 militum 
 
 capitum 
 
 Dot.. 
 
 regibus 
 
 principibus 
 
 
 militibus 
 
 capitibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 reges 
 
 principes 
 
 
 milites 
 
 capita 
 
 Voc. 
 
 reges 
 
 principes 
 
 
 milites 
 
 capita 
 
 Abl. 
 
 regibus 
 
 principibus 
 
 
 militibus 
 
 capitibus 
 
 a. For the 
 
 case-endings of nouns of the 
 
 third declension see 
 
 section 90. 
 
 h. The stem of any noun of the third declension is found by 
 dropping the case-ending -is in the genitive singular; for example, 
 nom,, rex; gen., regis; stem, reg-. Sometimes there is a variable 
 vowel in the stem ; as, caput, capit-is ; miles, milit-is. 
 
 c. When s is added to g or c, the two consonants unite and form 
 x; as, regs, rex; dues, dux. When s is added to d or t, the d or t 
 
66 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 disappears and the preceding vowel is sometimes modified; as, mile(t)s, 
 militis, pe(d)s, pedis. 
 
 d. In the neuter caput there is no case-ending iii the nominative, 
 accusative, or vocative singular; and the t of the stem is retained. 
 In all other cases of caput the vowel i is found before the case-endings. 
 
 e. Decline dux and aetas, observing that in aetas there is no 
 change in the vowel a. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Place to Which 
 
 96. With verbs of motion, the place' to which is regu- 
 larly denoted by the accusative case with the preposition ad 
 or in. Domiun, homeward, home, rus, to the country, and 
 names of towns and small islands are used in the accusative 
 without a preposition to denote the place whither. (15) 
 
 Milites ad oppidum veniunt, the soldiers come to the town; Aeneas 
 socios in Italiam ducit, Aeneas leads his companions to Italy; pater 
 Horati fflium Romam portat, the father of Horace brings his son to 
 Rome. 
 
 The Place in Which 
 
 97. The place in which is regularly denoted by the 
 ablative case with the preposition in. Domi, at home, 
 humi, on the ground; militiae, in war, and ruri, in the coun- 
 try, are locative forms. 16 
 
 Dtix milites in oppido tenet, the leader keeps the soldiers in the 
 town; Romae erant reges, In Rome there were kings; pastores domi 
 milites militiae aetatem agunt, shepherds spend their time {life) at home; 
 soldiers, in military service. 
 
 The Place from Which 
 
 98. The place from which is regularly denoted by the 
 ablative case with the preposition a, ab, de, e, or ex. Domo, 
 from home, rure, from the country, and names of towns and 
 small islands are used in the ablative without a preposition 
 to denote the place whence. (17) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 67 
 
 Servi ex oppido in agios mittuntur, the slaves are sent, out of the 
 town into the fields : Troia longe ab Italia abest, Troy is far away from 
 Italy; aqua de caelo in terram venit, water comes down from the sky 
 to the earth; Aeneas Troia Romam venit, Aeiieas comes from Troy to 
 Rome. 
 
 . COMPOSITION 
 
 99. 1. Now the leader of the soldiers is in the town. 
 
 2. A messenger comes to Rome from the leader of the soldiers. 
 
 3. The king praises the leader 
 and the soldiers. 4. The valor 
 of the soldiers is pleasing to their 
 leader. 5. The son of the king 
 is sent to the camp as a mes- 
 senger. 6. The brave leader is 
 in the camp with the cavalry 
 and the infantry. 7. We are at 
 home but the soldiers are in 
 military service with their leader. 
 8. Peace is loved by the leader 
 and the soldiers. 
 
 9. A game of Roman chil- 
 dren is called " I spy." 10. One of the children is the leader. 
 11. The eyes of the leader are covered. 12. The other chil- 
 dren hide themselves (se). 13. Then (tum) the leader calls, 
 "One, two, three! I am coming! " 14. If the children are 
 not ready, they call out. 15. When (cum) the leader sees 
 one of his companions, he calls, ^'l spy you!" 16. The 
 children who are not se(Mi by the leader run up and call 
 out, " Here (hic) we are." 
 
 17. Faustulus is the shepherd of the king. 18. The 
 wife of Faustulus is Larentia. 19. The shepherd Faustulus 
 finds the little boys and gives them (eos) to his wife 
 Larentia. 20. Romulus and his brother pass their life 
 (aetas) in the forests. 
 
 Pastok 
 
CHAPTER XIII 
 THE THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) 
 
 Nominatives in / and r 
 
 100. In nouns whose stems end in 1 or r the nomina- 
 tive and vocative singular have the same form as the stem ; 
 as, nom., sol; gen., solis; stem, sol-; nom., pastor; gen., 
 pastoris; stem, pastor-. 
 
 In nouns like pater (gen., patris; stem, patr-) e is de- 
 veloped before r in the nominative and vocative, pater being 
 more easily pronounced than patr. Hence e is said to have 
 been developed between t and r for the sake of euphony. 
 
 101. While reading in Latin observe the case of each noun 
 of the third declension, and recall also the case forms of nouns and 
 adjectives of the first and second declensions. Notice the number 
 and the gender of all nouns and adjectives. Review the conjuga- 
 tion of verbs in the present tense of the indicative, both active 
 and passive. Apply all the rules of syntax which are illustrated 
 in these exercises. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 102. 1. Luna et stellae sunt in caelo. 2. Sol quoque 
 est in caelo. 3. Videsne solem in caelo? 4. Calor solis est 
 magnus. 5. Calor de sole in terram incidit. 6. Sol terrae 
 lucem et calorem dat. 7. Aestate calor solis est maximus. 
 8. Die solem, noctu lunam et Stellas in caelo videmus. 9. 
 Noctti solem videre non possumus. 
 
 10. Quidam homo quattuor llberos habet; duo filii, 
 duae filiae sunt. 11. tjnus ex filiis fratrem unum, duas 
 sorores habet. 12. Quaeque (each) filia duos fratres, sororem 
 unam habet. 13. Neque fratres nequc sorores habeo; sed 
 
 (68) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 69 
 
 pater huius viri est mei patris filius. (Quis est ''hie vir"?) 
 
 14. Pater et mater liberos amant et a llberis amantur. 
 
 15. Liberi verba patris et matris audiunt. 16. Verba nos- 
 trorum patrum et matrum audire debemus. 17. Bona 
 facta liberorum sunt patribus et matribus grata atque a 
 patribus et matribus laudantur. 18. Memoria patrum est 
 llberls cara. 
 
 19. In urbe Roma a principio erant reges. 20. Postea 
 Romae (loc.) erant consules. 21. Uno anno (in one year) 
 erant duo consules. 22. Consules erant imperatores militum. 
 23. Nomen prlmi consulis erat lunius Brutus. 
 
 24. Fortima parvos pueros servat et coniunx pastoris 
 eos curat. 25. Pastores silvas peragrant. 26. Pastorum 
 aetas in silvis agitur. 27. Regnum Nuniitoii a patre 
 relincjuitur. 28. Numitor erat Rheae Silviac pater. 29. 
 Inter pastores Romulus et Remus erant principes. 30. 
 Remus erat matri similis. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Tabulate all the forms of the nouns of the third declension 
 which are used above, and complete the declension of sol in the singular 
 and of pater, sorer, and consul in the singular and plural. 
 
 h. What is the usual case-ending of the nominative singular in 
 the third declension? How does the nominative compare with the 
 stem if the stem ends in I or r ; How does the nominative case differ 
 from the stem in mater, pater, and frater? 
 
 REMUS A PRAEDATORIBUS EST CAPTUS 
 103. Praedatores cum Romulo et Remo in silvis pug- 
 nant. Remus captus est; Romulus armis se (himself) 
 defendit. Turn Faustulus pastor, necessitate compulsus, 
 R6mul5 dicit: ''Numitor est tuus avus; Rhea Silvia est tua 
 mater." Romulus statim pastores armat et Albam properat. 
 
 a. Albam, to Alha. See section 96. 
 
 b. (Notebook). Explain the derivation of arm (noun and verb), 
 defend, necessity, pastor. 
 
70 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 
 
 TYPICAL NOUNS 
 
 
 
 104. Nom., 
 
 consul; gen., consulis 
 
 ; m.; 
 
 consul. 
 
 
 Nom., 
 
 pastor; gen., pastoris 
 
 ; m.; 
 
 shepherd. 
 
 • 
 
 Nom., 
 
 pater; gen., patris; 
 Singular 
 
 m.; 
 
 father. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 consul 
 
 pastor 
 
 pater 
 
 — 
 
 Gen. 
 
 consulis 
 
 pastoris 
 
 patris 
 
 -is 
 
 Dat. 
 
 consul! 
 
 pastori 
 
 patri 
 
 -i 
 
 Ace. 
 
 consulem 
 
 pastorem 
 
 patrem 
 
 -em 
 
 Voc. 
 
 consul 
 
 pastor 
 
 pater 
 
 — 
 
 Abl 
 
 consule 
 
 pastSre 
 
 Plural 
 
 patre 
 
 -e 
 
 Nom. 
 
 consules 
 
 pastSres 
 
 patres 
 
 -es 
 
 Gen. 
 
 consulum 
 
 pastorum 
 
 patrum 
 
 -um 
 
 Dal. 
 
 consulibus 
 
 pastoribus 
 
 patribus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 consules 
 
 pastores 
 
 patres 
 
 -es 
 
 Voc. 
 
 consules 
 
 pastores 
 
 patres 
 
 -es 
 
 Ahl 
 
 consulibus 
 
 pastoribus 
 
 patribus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 a. The stems are found by dropping the ending -is in the genitive 
 singular. They are consul-, pastor-, and patr-. 
 
 h. The genitive plural of sol, sun, is not found in the classical 
 writings, but the omission may be accidental. Nouns which lack 
 one or more cases are called defective nouns. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Ablative of Time 
 
 105. The time when or the time within which an 
 event occurs is denoted by the ablative case without a 
 preposition. (18) 
 
 Aestate calor solis est magnus, in Ihe summer the heat of the sun 
 is great. 
 
 The Ablative of Accompaniment 
 
 106. Accompaniment is regularly denoted by the 
 ablative case with the preposition cum. (19) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 71 
 
 Praedatores cum Romulo pugnarit, the robbers Jiyht with Romultis. 
 
 a. The instrument or the means with which or by which anything 
 is done is expressed by the ablative without a preposition. Romulus 
 armis se defendit, Romulus finds himself xcith his arms. (See section 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 107. 1. I see the sun and the moon in the sky. 2. The 
 sun gives great heat. 3. At night we do not see the sun. 
 4. In the summer the heat of the sun is greatest. 5. The 
 consul comes into the city with the soldiers. 6. The boys 
 see the soldiers with the consul in the street. 
 
 7. Romulus and Remus are brothers. 8. The brothers 
 fight with the robbers in the woods. 9. The robbers capture 
 (capiunt) the brother of Romulus. 10. Rhea Silvia is the 
 daughter of Numit or and the mother of Remus. 11. Remus 
 was Uke (to) his mother. 12. The shepherds are armed at 
 once by Romulus. 13. Romulus leads the shepherds to 
 Alba. 14. The brothers are protected by fortune. 
 
 Photo by Henry V. Steams 
 
 Templum Fortunae ut DTcitur 
 
CHAPTER XIV 
 
 THE THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) 
 Stems in n 
 
 108. Many masculine and feminine nouns of the third 
 declension have the nominative ending in -6, with the 
 genitive singular ending in -onis or -inis; as, led, leonis; 
 imago, imaginis. The genitive form shows that the stem 
 ends in n, but this letter does not appear in the nominative 
 singular. There are many neuter nouns with stems in n 
 which have the nominative in n also; as, flumen, fluminis 
 (stem, flumin-). 
 
 109. Study the nominative, the genitive, and the gender 
 of each noun. From the genitive case find the stem by dropping 
 the case-ending, and compare the stem with the nominative case. 
 Notice the omission of the case-ending and the dropping of the 
 final letter of the stem (n) in the nominative and vocative singular. 
 Observe also the variation in the vowel which precedes n in the 
 other cases. 
 
 Review the declension of rex, mfles, princeps, and caput 
 (section 95); consul, pastor, and pater (section 104). 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 110. 1. Homo magnum leonem in silva videt. 2. Leo 
 est rex bestiarum. 3. Leo hominem timet et ab homine time- 
 tur. 4. Non longe a silva est altum flumen. 5. Cotidie leo 
 ad flumen venit. 6. Imaginem suam (his own) in aqua videt. 
 7. Si leo videtur, in silvam celeriter redit. 8. Timor homi- 
 num leonem in silvam mittit. 9. In silva leo aetatem agit et 
 libertatem amat. 10. Cybele, magna deorum mater, curru 
 ab leonibus tracto vehebatur. 
 
 11. Flumen non longe ab urbe Roma abest. 12. Nomen 
 fluminis est Tiberis. 13. In Italia sunt multa flumina. 
 
 (72) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 73 
 
 14. Multos homines in viis Romae video. 15. Multi hiomines 
 sunt agricolae, multi sunt nautae, multl sunt pastores, pauci 
 sunt reges. 
 
 16. Romulus et Remus fratres in flumen Tiberim ab 
 Amulio rege mittimtur. 17. Dum lupa saepe ad pueros 
 venit, pastor eos invenit. 18. Inter pastores fratres aetatem 
 agunt. 19. Dum silvas peragrant, latrones cum pastor ibus 
 
 Underwood cf-' Underwood, N. F. 
 
 Urbs et Flumen 
 
 pugnant. 20. Remus captus est; Romulus Albam properat. 
 21. Facta Faustuli pastoris regis semper laudantur. 
 
 a. (Notebook.) Write the declension of leo, homo, and nomen. 
 
 NUMITOR REMUM NEPOTEM AGNOSCIT 
 
 111. Interea Remum latrones ad Amulium regem per- 
 
 ducunt. Ita eum (him) accusant: "Hie (this man) Numi- 
 
 toris agros semper vastat." Sic Remus Numitori ad 
 
 supplicium a rege datur. At Numitoris in animum, dum 
 
74 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 in custodia Remiun habet, memoria nepotuin veiiit. Nam 
 Remus matri similis erat. Repente Romulus cum armatis 
 pastoribus venit ot fratrem liberal. Amulium legem 
 obti-uncat et Numitorem avum regem salutat. Ita beneficio 
 nepotum Numitor erat Albae rex. 
 
 a. Write the declension of rex and nepos (stems in g and i); 
 pastor and frater (stems in r) ; latro (stem in n). 
 
 h. (Notebook). Explain the derivation of accuse, liberate, memory, 
 salute, similar. 
 
 TYPICAL NOUNS 
 
 112. Nom., leo; gen., leonis; m.; lion. 
 
 Nom,, imago; gen., imaginis; f.; inage. 
 
 Nom., flumen; gen., fluminis; n.; riro . 
 
 I 
 
 
 SlNOULAR 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 leo 
 
 imago 
 
 flumen 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 Gen. 
 
 leonis 
 
 imaginis 
 
 fluminis 
 
 -is 
 
 -is 
 
 Dat. 
 
 leoiii 
 
 hnagini 
 
 flumini 
 
 -i 
 
 -i 
 
 Ace. 
 
 leonem 
 
 imaginem 
 
 flumen 
 
 -em 
 
 — 
 
 Voc. 
 
 leo 
 
 imago 
 
 flumen 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 Abl. 
 
 leone 
 
 imagine* 
 
 flumine 
 
 -e 
 
 -e 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 
 Nom 
 
 leones 
 
 imagines 
 
 flumina 
 
 -es 
 
 -a 
 
 Gen. 
 
 leonum 
 
 imaginmn 
 
 fluminum 
 
 -tun 
 
 -um 
 
 Dat. 
 
 leonibus 
 
 imaginibus 
 
 fluminibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 leones 
 
 imagines 
 
 flumina 
 
 -es 
 
 -a 
 
 Voc. 
 
 leones 
 
 imagines 
 
 flumina 
 
 -es 
 
 -a 
 
 Abl. 
 
 leonibus 
 
 imaginibus 
 
 fluminibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 a. The stems are leon-, imagin- and flumin-. 
 
 b. In masculine and feminine nouns o'f this type the nominative 
 singular is regularly formed from the stem by dropping n and changing 
 the preceding i to o. The usual ease-ending -s is omitted. All neuter 
 nouns with stems ending in n have -en in the nominative, which becomes 
 -in before the case-endings. This variation in the vowel is an illustra- 
 tion of the phonetic changes which are continually taking place. 
 
 c. Like imago decline homo, gen., hominis. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 75 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Two Accusatives 
 
 113. Verbs of making, calling, choosing, regarding, etc., 
 may take two accusatives denoting the same person" or 
 thing. The second accusative may be an adjective. (20) 
 
 Numitorem regem salutat, he salutes Numitor as king; Scriptor 
 Aenean clarum habet, the writer regards Aeneas as famous. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 114. 1. The wild beasts have the lion as king. 2. 
 The car of Cybele, the mother of the gods, was drawn by 
 lions, 
 
 3. Amuhus is the name of the. king. 4. The names of 
 the shepherds are Romulus and Remus. 5. The robbers 
 accuse the shepherds. 6. Numitor recognizes Remus as 
 his grandson. 7. Remus is set free by his brother. 8. Then 
 Numitor is saluted as king. 
 
 Courtesy of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, N. Y. 
 
 CuRRUS Cybelae ab Leonibus IunctIs Tractus 
 
CHAPTER XV 
 
 THE PAST (IMPERFECT) INDICATIVE ACTIVE 
 
 115. The action of a verb may be represented as 
 present, past, or future. It may also be represented as going 
 on or as completed. In Latin the tense denotes both the 
 time and the completeness or the incompleteness of the 
 action. Thus the present tense represents the action as 
 incomplete and the time as present : as, 
 
 Liberi ludunt, the children are playing (play). 
 
 The past tense of the indicative represents the action 
 as incomplete and the time as past; as, 
 
 Liberi ludebant, the children were playing (played) . 
 
 In regular verbs the letters -ba- (-ba-) which appear 
 between the present stem and the personal ending form 
 the tense-sign. of the past tense of the indicative mood; as, 
 Lude-ba-nt, they were playing. 
 
 The past tense of sum is eram, / was; eras, you were; 
 erat, he was; etc. 
 
 The term imperfect tense was formerly used to designate 
 the form which is here called the past tense. 
 
 116. Study the form of each verb in the following exercise 
 and compare the new forms with those which have previously 
 been learned, and translate so as to express the meaning naturally. 
 
 Rapidly review the conjugation of verbs in the present tense, 
 and recall the personal endings of the active and the passive 
 (sections 79 and 87). 
 
 READING EXERCISE ' 
 
 117. 1. Hodie sum in agrls; heri eram in urbe. 2. Tti 
 heri ubi eras? 3. Ubi erat Marcus? 4. Ego et Marcus in 
 
 (76) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 77 
 
 urbe eramus. 5. Cur non tu et Marcus domi eratis? 
 6. Patres nostri in urbe erant; nos pueri cum iis (them) 
 eramus. 
 
 7. Quid herl, magister, discipulis dabas? 8. Libros 
 Latinos discipulis dabam. 9. Magister discipulis libros 
 Latinos dabat. 10. Nonne ludo, pueri, heri operam dabatis? 
 IL Non liido sed libris operam dabamus. 12. Heri fortasse 
 pueri librTs operam dabant; hodie Itidunt. 
 
 13. Heri dum in silva eram, leonem vidi (I saw) et 
 maxime timebam. 14. Tu leonem timebas atque leo te 
 timebat. 15. Pater erat mecum; ego et ille ambo leonem 
 timebamus. 16. Quid! Num tu atque pater tuus leonem 
 timebatis? 17. Venatores in silva erant; illl leonem non 
 timebant. 18. Ego leonem non timeo si non magnus est. 
 19. Sed ille leo erat maximus et me maxime terrebat. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Arrange all the past forms of sum (eram), do (dabam), and 
 timed (timebam) in tables of conjugation. 
 
 h. What two letters are found before the personal endings in the 
 imperfect tense of do and timed? 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 118. Eram, I was; dabam, / was giving, I gave; time- 
 bam, / was fearing, I feared. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Tense-sign Ending 
 
 eram, 
 
 / was 
 
 dabam 
 
 timebam 
 
 -ba- 
 
 -m 
 
 eras, 
 
 you were 
 
 dabas 
 
 timebas 
 
 -ba- 
 
 -s 
 
 erat, 
 
 he tvas 
 
 dabat 
 
 timebat 
 Plural 
 
 -ba- 
 
 -t 
 
 oramus, 
 
 we were 
 
 dabamus 
 
 timebamus 
 
 -ba- 
 
 -mus 
 
 eratis, 
 
 you were 
 
 dabatis 
 
 timabatis 
 
 -ba- 
 
 -tis 
 
 erant, 
 
 they were 
 
 dabant 
 
 timebant 
 
 -ba- 
 
 -nt 
 
 a. The tense-sign of the past (imperfect) tense of the indicative 
 mood is -ba-, shortened to -ba- before -m, -t, and -nt. 
 
78 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 b. Sum is an irregular verb and its forms ililTer considerably from 
 the corresponding forms of other verbs. These forms occur very 
 frequently and should be thoroughly memorized. 
 
 c. Do has a short vowel (a) before the tense-sign -ba- and in 
 this respect differs from the regular verbs of the first conjugation. 
 
 d. Conjugate the past tense of sum, laudo, and video. Commit 
 the forms to memory so that they may be recited rapidly and written 
 correctly. 
 
 FOUR CONJUGATIONS 
 
 119. The past tense of the active voice, formed in the 
 same manner in each of the four conjugations, is composed 
 of three elements: (1) the present stem, with the character- 
 istic vowel changed from e to e in the third conjugation, and 
 from i to ie in the fourth conjugation; (2) the tense-sign 
 -ba-, shortened to -ba- before -m, -t, and -nt; (3) the 
 regular personal endings of the active voice. Ama-ba-s, 
 vide-ba-t, mitte-ba-tis, audie-ba-nt. 
 
 120. Find the present infinitive of each verb in the vocab- 
 ulary and from the ending of the infinitive determine to what 
 conjugation each verb belongs. 
 
 Notice how the past tense is formed in verbs of each of the 
 four conjugations and translate each verb in the past tense so 
 as to represent the action as incomplete and the time as past. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 121. 1. Herl hbros ad magistrum portabam. 2. Quid 
 trans viam heri portabas? 3. Nihil portabam; ego cum 
 Marco eram; ille rosas ad filias Corneliae port aba t. 4. 
 Certe! hodie hbros portamus; heri rosas ad puellas porta- 
 bamus. 5. Ego vos spectabam; tu et Marcus rosas trans 
 viam ad filias Corneliae portabatis. 6. Portabant puerl 
 rosas ad puellas. 
 
 7. In antiquis urbibus erant mult a templa deorum. 
 
 8. Homines in templa deorum multa dona portabant. 
 
 9. Multas deorum imagines in templis pulchrTs videbamus. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 79 
 
 10. Multi liberl in viis ludebant. U. Multi homines in 
 Italia antlqua pro patria pugnabant. 
 
 12. Latrones in agris Numitoris erant. 13. Cum latron- 
 i]3us Romulus et Remus saepe pugnabant. 14. Romulus 
 fortiter se armis defendebat. 15. Remum latrones ad 
 
 Photo Brown Bros., N. Y. 
 
 Panpheum, Templum loVIft 
 
 Amulium perducebant. 16. Ita eum accusabant. 17. ''Regis 
 agros vastabas." 18. Sic Rex Remum ad supplicium 
 Numitorl dabat. 19. Romulus cum armatis pastoribus 
 veniebat. 20. Romulus magnum amicorum numerum 
 habebat. 21. Amid Romuli Numitorem regem saltitabant. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. What verbs are in the past tense? Separate each past form 
 into three elements: stem, tense-sign, and personal ending. 
 
80 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 h. Write and repeat orally the conjugation of pugnabant, habe- 
 bant, ducebant, and veniebant in the past indicative active. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 122. Amabam, / was loving, I loved; videbam, I was 
 seeing, I saw; mittebam, I was sending, I sent; audiebam, 
 
 / wa^ hearing, 1 heard. 
 
 amabam 
 
 amabas 
 
 amabat 
 
 amabamus 
 
 amabatis 
 
 amabant 
 
 videbam 
 
 videbas 
 
 videbat 
 
 videbamus 
 
 videbatis 
 
 videbant 
 
 Singular 
 
 mittebam 
 
 mittebas 
 mittebat 
 
 Plural 
 
 mittebamus 
 
 mittebatis 
 
 mittebant 
 
 audiebam 
 
 aiidiebas 
 
 audiebat 
 
 audiebamus 
 
 audiebatis 
 
 audiebant 
 
 a. The vowel preceding the tense-sign -ba- is always long except 
 in the verb do. (See section 118, c.) 
 
 The vowel a in the tense-sign -ba- is long except when it is fol- 
 lowed by -m, -t, or -nt. In the fourth conjugation the characteristic 
 vowel h changed from i to ie. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of the Past Tense 
 
 123. The past tense represents action as going on in 
 the past and may be called the past descriptive. (21) 
 
 Fratres cum latronibus pugnabant, the brothers were fighting 
 (foiight) with the robbers. 
 
 a. The past tense of the indicative is used to describe particulars 
 and to represent habitual or attempted action. Romulus cum pastori- 
 bus veniebat, Romulus was coming (came) with the shepherds; cum 
 latronibus saepe pugnabant, they used to fight often with robbers; libris 
 operam dabamus, we tried to give {were giving) attention to our books. 
 
 124. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 1. The leader was sending the soldiers into the 
 
 fields. 2. The soldiers were bringing grain from the fields 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 81 
 
 into the camp. 3. The grain which the soldiers are bringing 
 into the camp was in the fields. 4. The gods used to have 
 (were having) many temples in the ancient city. 5. People 
 (homines) used to see (were seeing) many images of the gods 
 in the ancient temples. 
 
 6. Robbers were fighting with Romulus and Remus in 
 the woods. 7. Romulus was defending himself with his 
 arms. 8. Numitor was the grandfather of Romulus and 
 Remus. 9. Numitor had Remus in custody. 10. By the 
 kindness of the shepherds Numitor was king. 
 
 Interior Pars PantheI 
 
C^HAPTER XVI 
 THE PAST INDICATIVE PASSIVE 
 
 125. The past indicative passive is formed from the 
 same tense of the active by changing the personal endings 
 from -m, -s, -t, etc., to -r, -ris (-re), -tur, etc. (See section 
 82.) Before the endings -r and -ntur the tense-sign -ba- is 
 shortened to -ba-. This tense is formed in the same manner 
 in verbs of all the conjugations. 
 
 Active Passive 
 
 dabam, / was giving, I gave. dabar, / ivas given. 
 
 timebat, he was fearing, he feared. timebatiir, he was feared. 
 
 mittebamus, loe were sending, we mittebamur, we were sent. 
 
 sent. 
 
 impediebant, they were hindering, impediebantur, they were hindered, 
 they hindered. 
 
 126. In reading tlie following exercise give attention chiefly 
 to the passive forms of the verbs in the past tense. Recall the per- 
 sonal endings of tlie passive voice and the tense-sign of the past 
 tense. 
 
 Review the conjugation of the past indicative active, section 
 122. Review also the conjugation of the present indicative, 
 active and passive, sections 79 and 87. 
 
 The declension of nouns and adjectives should be reviewed 
 occasionally, and also the rules of syntax. 
 
 Before the vocabulary is consulted, an effort should be made 
 to recall the meanings of words previously used. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 127. 1 . Her! ego Itidis operam dabam ; tu libris operam 
 dabas. 2. Tu a magistro laudabaris (-re) ; ego a patre 
 culpabar. 3. Puerl in horto laborabant; servl in agrls 
 luflebant. 4. A puerTs labor!, ludo a servTs opera dabatur. 
 "). ServT a domino videbantur dum in agris ludebant. 6. 
 
 (S2) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 83 
 
 Posteii sfi'Vl in ]K)eiiain chibiiiitur; puori fi patribus in urlxin 
 mittebantur. 7. Pueri a socils beat! habebantur quod in 
 urbem a patribus mittebantur. 8. Discipull libros noctii 
 luce lucernae legebant; .9. .sed lucerna lucem non clarani 
 dabat. 10. Itaquo discipuli in vias veniebr.nt et in viis cum 
 amIcTs ludebant. 
 
 11. Romus ad regcm 
 porducebatur. 12. A lat- 
 ronibus accusabatur. 13. Ad 
 supplicium Numitori da}:a- 
 tur. 14. Repcnte fratervenit 
 ot eum (him) liberat. 15. A 
 pastoribus armatis Numitor 
 lex salutabatur. 16. Beno- 
 ficio nepotum Numitor orat 
 
 IQX. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Find a verb in each per- 
 son of the past ind icati ve pass! ve. 
 
 h. Orally and in writiri? 
 conjugate dabatur (dabar), habe- 
 bantur (habebar), ducebantur 
 (ducebar), and audiebantur 
 audiebar). 
 
 c. What time is denoted by 
 the past tense? Is the action 
 represented as completed or as 
 incomplete? 
 
 MtJRUS ROMULI 
 
 ROMULUS URBEM ROMAM VOCAT 
 128. Deinde Romulus et Remus urbem aliam in Palatio 
 condunt. Sed inter fratres certamen a parvo principlo erat. 
 Uterque novae urbi nomen dare (to give) volebat. It^que 
 auspicium constituunt adhibere. Remus prior sex vultures, 
 Romulus postea duodecim videt. Sic Romulus victor augurio 
 urbem suo nomine Romam vocat. Ad novae urbis tutelam 
 
S4 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 vallum satis esse videbatur. Remus angustum vallum 
 inndebat et id (it) transiliebat. Propterea fratrem iratus 
 Romulus ob:runcat. Itaque solus Romulus regnabat. 
 
 a. Suo nomine, from his own name; videbatur, seemed. 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of augury, principle, sole 
 (alone), victor, vulture, wall. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 129. Amabar, / was (being) loved; 
 (being) see7i; mittebar, / was (being) sent; 
 (being) heard. 
 
 Singular 
 amabar videbar mittebar 
 
 amabaris (-re) videbaris (-re) mittebaris (-re) 
 amabatur videbatur mittebatur 
 
 videbar, / was 
 audiebar, I urns 
 
 audiebar 
 audiebaris (-re) 
 audiebatur 
 
 amabamur 
 arnabamini 
 aniabantur 
 
 videbamur 
 videbamini 
 videbantur 
 
 Plural 
 mittebamur 
 mittebamini 
 mittebantur 
 
 audiebamur 
 audiebamini 
 audiebantur 
 
 a. The vowel preceding the tense-sign -ba- is long; and the vowel 
 he tense-sign -ba- is long except when it is followed by the ending 
 
 a in the tense-sign 
 -r or -nttu". 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Voice 
 
 130. The active voice represents the subject of the 
 verb as acting or being. The passive" voice represents the 
 subject of the verb as acted upon. (22) 
 
 Remus vallum transiliebat, Remus was leaping over the rampart; 
 Remus ab irato fratre obtruncatur, Remus is killed by his angry brother. 
 
 Transitive and Intransitive Verbs 
 
 131. A transitive verb represents the action as directed 
 towards some person or thing which is called the direct 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 85 
 
 object. An intransitive verb represents an action or a state 
 which is not directed towards a direct object. (23) 
 
 Urbem aedificat, he builds a oily; Romulus solus regnat, Romulus 
 reigns alone. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 132. 1. Yesterday I was fortunate because I was 
 praised by my teacher. 2. You were praised also because 
 you were giving your attention to your books. 3. Marcus 
 was praised by his father because he was working in the 
 field. 4. Books were being read by the pupils at night by 
 the light of the lamp. 5. You were heard by your com- 
 panions when you were giving your attention to play. 6. 
 Your companions were unhappy because they were (being) 
 sent to the fields while you were playing at home (domi, 
 locative) . 
 
 7. Augury was employed by the brothers. 8. Six 
 \^ltures were seen by Remus, twelve by Romulus. 9. Thus 
 the city was called Rome from the name of Romulus. 
 10. Remus was laughing at the small rampart. 12. On this 
 account he is slain by his angry brother. 
 
 Courtesy of The Metropolitin Museum of Art, N. Y. 
 LUCERNA 
 
CHAPTER XVII 
 
 THE THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) 
 Stems in s 
 
 133. In most of the nouns of the third declension the 
 case-endings are joined directly to the stem; as, rex (reg-s); 
 milit-is, consul-em, soror-es, etc. But in the declension of 
 nouns whose stems end in s the case-ending is omitted in 
 the nominative singular, which therefore has the same end- 
 ing as the stem; and whenever the s of the stem occurs 
 ])etween two vowels it is changed to r, the sound of which 
 in this position is more agreeable. Thus flos instead of 
 floss is the nominative, and floris instead of flosis is the 
 genitive of flos ; temporis instead of temposis is the genitive 
 of tempus ; and moribus rather than mosibus is the ablative 
 plural of mos. 
 
 The declension of any of these nouns can easily be 
 completed by joining the usual case-endings to that form of 
 the stem which appears in the genitive case. 
 
 134. Re\iew the nouns of the third declension found in 
 sections 95, 104, and 112, and study the nouns of the third declen- 
 sion found in the following reading exercise. Particularly observe 
 those nouns whose nominatives and stems end in s. Observe 
 the case-endings and consider the use of each noun, and thus 
 determine the case. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 135. Rosa est flos pulcher. 2. Color floris est allms. 
 3. Puella florem album habet. 4. Puella parva fiore pulchro 
 delectatur. 5. Nomina multorum florum puellae sunt not a. 
 6. In horto agricolae sunt multi flores. 7. Flores multorum 
 generum sunt in horto. 8. Multa genera florum sunt in 
 terra. 9. Heri nostra mensa floribus pulchris ornabatur. 
 
 (86) . 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 87 
 
 10. AiitkiuTs t(nnp()iibiis multi homines vvimi barban. 
 11. Nostro tempore noii omnes homines sunt m'})am. 12. 
 Tempora patrum nostrorum erant clara. 13. Nostra tempora 
 sunt quoque bona. 14. Senex tempora patrum laudat; 
 nostrum tempus culpat. 15. Romae antlquls temporibus 
 homines cum leonibus in arena pugnabant . 1 6. Multi Roma- 
 norum mores boni erant, sed non omnes eorum mores lauda- 
 mus. 17. Multa de moribus hominum antlquorum audln^jis. 
 
 From tir ' 
 
 Leo atque Homines in Arena 
 
 18. Roma in Palatio ab Romulo et Remo condebatur. 
 
 19. A Remo sex, a Romulo duodecim vultures videbantur. 
 
 20. Augurio Romulus erat victor. -21. Remus parvuni 
 vallum novae urbis inrldebat. 22, Propterea Romulus 
 Iratus fratrem obtruncat. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write and recite the declension of mos, moris ; tempus, tem- 
 poris; and genus, generis. 
 
 h. Decline all the other nouns of the third declension which arc 
 found in this exercise. For the declension of senex see section 548. 
 
88 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 INCOLAE URBi NOVAE DE-ERANT 
 136. Romulus imaginem urbis magis quam urbem 
 habebat; incolae de-erant. Erat in proximo lucus. In hoc 
 loco asylum aperit. Eo multitudo multorum generum, 
 latronum pastorumque, liberorum atque servorum venit. 
 Id erat prmcipium magnitudinis populi Roman!. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Explain the derivation of asylum, image, magnitude, multitude. 
 
 TYPICAL NOUNS 
 
 137. Nom.jflos; gen., floris; m.; flower. 
 
 Noin., tempus; gen., temporis; n.; time. 
 
 Nom., genus; gen., generis; n.; kind. 
 
 Singular 
 
 tempus genus 
 
 temporis generis 
 
 tempori generi 
 
 tempus genus 
 
 tempus genus 
 
 tempore genere 
 
 Plural 
 
 tempora genera 
 
 temporum generum 
 
 temporibus generibus 
 
 tempora genera 
 
 tempora genera 
 
 temporibus generibus 
 
 a. The stems of these nouns are found by comparing the forms 
 in the nominative and genitive singular. They are flos-, tempos-, 
 and genus- (genes-). The case-ending is omitted in the nominative 
 singular, and between two vowels the s of the stem is changed to r. 
 This is in accordance with the general law of phonetic change, the sound 
 of r being easier to pronounce between two vowels. 
 
 h. In the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular of tempus 
 and genus the vowel o is weakened to u ; and in all other cases of genus 
 o is weakened to e. Thus we find tempus for tempos, and generis for 
 genesis or generis. 
 
 c. Many neuter nouns are declined like tempus and genus. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 fios 
 
 Gen. 
 
 floris 
 
 Dai. 
 
 flori 
 
 Ace. 
 
 florem 
 
 Voc. 
 
 flos 
 
 Abl. 
 
 flora 
 
 Nom. 
 
 floras 
 
 Gen. 
 
 florum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 floribus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 flores 
 
 Voc. 
 
 floras 
 
 Abl. 
 
 floribus 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 89 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Genitive of Quality 
 
 138. A noun modified by an adjective may be used in 
 
 the genitive case to denote kind or quality. (24) 
 
 Multitude multorum genenim, a multitude of many kinds. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 139. 1. In Rome there are many temples of the gods. 
 2. Rome is a city of many temples. 3. In the time of the 
 ancient Romans men 
 
 fought with hons in the 
 arena. 4. Many cus- 
 toms of ancient people 
 (men) were not good. 
 5. The customs of our 
 fathers were of a good 
 kind. 6. Our fathers 
 were people (men) of 
 good customs. 7. Cus- 
 toms are of many kinds. 
 8. Many kinds of flow- 
 ers are seen in the 
 farmer's garden. 
 
 9. Romulus was 
 the first king of Rome. 
 10. The new city did 
 not have (was not hav- 
 ing) inhabitants. 11. 
 In the vicinity an asy- 
 lum is opened. 12. A 
 multitude of many 
 
 slaves and freemen comes to the new city. 13. The number 
 of the Roman people was not large. 14. The beginning of 
 Rome was small. 
 
 Courtesy ofihe Metropolitan Museurtiof Art, N. Y. 
 
 Ampulla Olearia 
 
CHAPTER XVIII 
 
 THE THIRD DECLENSION (Continued) 
 Stems in i 
 140. All of the nouns of the third declension whose 
 stems end in i have the ending -ium in the genitive plural. 
 
 Statua Lupae 
 
 Broton Bros., N. Y. 
 
 MascuUne and feminine nouns with i-stems have either -es 
 or -is in the accusative plural, and a few have the ending -im 
 instead of -em in the accusative singular and -i instead of 
 -e in the ablative singular. All neuter nouns with i-stems 
 have -i in the ablative singular and -ia in the nominative, 
 accusative, and vocative plural. These endings, which at 
 first seem pecuhar, are due to the presence of the vowel i 
 in the stem. 
 
 (90) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 91 
 
 141. Continue the study of the nouns of the third declen- 
 sion, observing especially the peculiar endings which belong to 
 the i-stems. The position and the use of the noun in the sentence 
 and the form of a modifying adjective are usually sufficient to 
 enable the student to determine the case of any noun although 
 its form may be the same in several different cases. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 142. 1. Urbs Roma est in Italia. 2. Roma est nomon 
 antiquae urbis. 3. Multae urbes sunt in Italia. 4. Roma 
 est maxima urbium Italiae. 5. Hostes quondam copias in 
 multas m-bis (urbes) ItaUae mittebant. 6. Hostes popull 
 Ron^^ni multas navis habebant. 7. Milites hostium navibus 
 veniebant. 8. Terra marlque hostes magno cum numero 
 mllitum veniebant. 9. Roman! quoque navis longas in marl 
 habebant. 11. His (with these) navibus oras Italiae al) 
 hostibus defendebant. 12. Gives Romani cum hostibus 
 pro patria pugnabant. 13. Carthaginienses erant hostes 
 Romanomm. 14. Hannibal erat dux hostium. 15. Trans 
 iiiga Alpium, montium altissimorum, copias in Italiam 
 diixit (he led). 16. Tandem erat finis long! belli et Romani 
 erant victores. 
 
 17. ItaHa est inter duo maria, quoi*um (of which) Mare 
 Inferum et Mare Superum sunt nomina. 18. Flumen 
 Tiberis in Mare Infenmi influit. 19. In Italia sunt aiti 
 montes. 20. Urbs Roma est in septem collibus sita. 21. Urbs 
 septem collium est Roma. 22. Mons laniculum non longe 
 ab flumine Tiber! aberat. 23. In flumen Tiberim antiquis 
 temporibus fllii Rheae Silviae mittebantur. 
 
 24. In principio incolae novae urbis erant pauci, 
 25. Mult! autem in asylum veniebant. 26. Latrones pas- 
 toresque erant piimi cives Romani. 27. In principio urbis 
 animalia quoque partem habebant. 28. Lupa Romulum 
 Remumque servabat et vultures *Romulo regnum dabant. 
 29. Est in urbe statua lupae. 
 
92 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write all the forms of mons, coUis, navis, and mare which are 
 found in this exercise and complete the declension by supplying any 
 omitted forms. 
 
 b. What is the ending of these nouns in the genitive plural? 
 
 c. What are the accusative and the ablative cases of Tiberis? 
 
 ROMULUS SOCIETATEM 
 POPULO NOVO PETIT 
 
 143. Romulus ipse 
 populusque uxores non 
 habebant. Itaque legates 
 circa vicinas gentes mit- 
 tit. Societatem conubi- 
 um que novo populo petit. 
 Nusquam benigne audi- 
 tur legatio. FinitimT 
 novam urbem et sperne- 
 bant et timebant. A 
 multis rogabatur, ''Ctir 
 ron feminis quoque asy- 
 lum aperis?'' Romulus 
 aegritudinem animi dis- 
 simulans Itidos parat . 
 IndlcT (to be announced) 
 finitimis spectaculum 
 iubet. Multi undique 
 conveniunt. Sabinorum 
 omnis multitudo cum 
 
 Photo Brown Bros., N. Y. 
 . PUGIL 
 VIR QUI IN LUDIS CAESTU PUGNAT 
 
 liberis ac coniugibus venit. 
 
 a. Explain the derivation of cotivenc, legation, socieiy, spectacle. 
 
 TYPICAL NOUNS 
 144. Norn, urbs; gen., urbis; f.; city. 
 
 Nom., hostis; gen., hostis; 
 Nom., navis ; gen., navis ; 
 
 Nom., mare; gen., maris; 
 
 m.; 
 
 f.; 
 
 enemi/ 
 ship. 
 
 n.; 
 
 sea. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 93 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 Xom. 
 
 urbs 
 
 hostis 
 
 navis 
 
 mare 
 
 Gen. 
 
 urbis 
 
 host is 
 
 navis 
 
 maris 
 
 Dnt. 
 
 urbi 
 
 host! 
 
 navi 
 
 mari 
 
 Ace. 
 
 urbem 
 
 host em 
 
 navem 
 
 mare 
 
 Voc. 
 
 urbs 
 
 hostis _ 
 
 navis 
 
 mare 
 
 AhL 
 
 urbe 
 
 hoste 
 
 Plural 
 
 navi (-e) 
 
 marij 
 
 Xom. 
 
 urbes 
 
 hostes 
 
 naves 
 
 maria 
 
 den. 
 
 urbium 
 
 hostium 
 
 navimn 
 
 mariiun 
 
 Dat. 
 
 urbibus 
 
 hostibus 
 
 . navibus 
 
 maribus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 urbis (-es) 
 
 hostis (-es) 
 
 navis (-es) 
 
 maria 
 
 Voe. 
 
 urbes 
 
 hostes 
 
 naves 
 
 maria 
 
 Abl. 
 
 urbibus 
 
 hostibus 
 
 navibus 
 
 maribus 
 
 a. The stems of these nouns are urbi-, hosti-, navi-, and mari-. 
 
 b. Nouns like urbs are ^aid to have mixed stems. In the singular 
 they are dechned like nouns with consonant stems, but in the phiral 
 they have the endings which are characteristic of the i-stems. 
 
 r. Nouns ending in -es, gen., -is, are declined Hke hostis. 
 
 d. Navis has -i or -e in the ablative singular. 
 
 e. Mare and all neuter nouns with stems in i have -i in the abla- 
 tive singular and -ia in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural. 
 
 /. A few nouns have -im in the accusative singular and -i in the 
 ablative. Tiberis (ace, Tiberim; abl., Tiberi) is one of these. 
 g. Nouns with i-stems are of these three classes: 
 
 (1) Nouns who.se nominative ends in -es or -is and whose genitive 
 has the same number of .syllables as the nominative. Hostes, navis, 
 and nubes, cloiirL belong to this class. 
 
 (2) Neuter nouns whose nominative ends in -e, -al, or -ar. Mare 
 and animal belong to this class. 
 
 (3) Nouns in -ns and -rs and monosyllables ending in -s or -x 
 following a consonant. Mons, pars, and urbs are examples. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 145. 1. Enemies were coming to the cities of Italy. 
 2. The enemies were coming on the sea in ships. 3. The 
 enemy had a large number of ships. 4. The ships of the 
 enemy (pi.) were being sent to the shores of Italy. 5. From 
 the mountains were seen the ships which (quae) were }:>ringing 
 
94 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 the forces of the enemy. 6. Rome is not far away from the 
 sea into which (quod) the river Tiber flows. 7. Across the 
 river Tiber is Mount Janiculum, and in the river there is 
 an island. 
 
 
 ,iS^3l3^^^^BPIp '" 
 
 I^^^^^H 
 
 
 iiiSESSlSBi^^B^HBE-*^^9BH^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^BI 
 
 
 ^-li*-d5!^^^^^^L „ 1 
 
 Certamen inter Navls Longas 
 
 8. Bad people came to the asylum of Romulus. 9. The 
 citizens of the new city seemed (were seen) to be (esse) bad 
 people. 10. The neighboring tribes feared the inhabitants of 
 the new city. 11. The inhabitants of new cities are not 
 always bad. 12. The neighboring tribes were not giving 
 wives to the men of the new city. 13. Romulus concealed 
 his disappointment (grief of mind). 14. Games are pre- 
 pared and announced to the neighbors. 15. The wives and 
 children of the Sabines were coming to the spectacle. 
 
CHAPTER XIX 
 
 REVIEW OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 
 
 English Nouns Derived from Latin Nouns 
 
 146. Nouns of the third declension are classified in 
 groups according to the endings of their stems. The char- 
 
 Uri'lerwood & Underuood, N. Y. 
 
 Forum Romanum et Templum Saturnium 
 
 acteristics of each group have been pointed out in connec- 
 tion with the paradigms in sections 95, 104, 112, 137, and 
 144. The paradigms should be reviewed as often as may 
 bo necessary until the student is able to write them readily 
 
 (or,) 
 
96 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 and to repeat them without hesitation ; and the typical nouns 
 should serve as models for the identification of the cases of 
 any other nouns of the third declension. 
 
 147. In studying the following exercise give attention 
 particularly to the nouns of the third declension. Find the 
 nominative and the genitive cases in the vocabulary and observe 
 the gender of each noun. Classify the nouns, according to the 
 endings of the stems, in the groups represented by the typical 
 nouns whose declension is given in the paradigms. A few irregular 
 nouns will be found which will require special consideration, but 
 whose case forms can easily be identified by the aid of the vocab- 
 ulary and the usual case-endings. 
 
 Determine the case, number, and gender of each noun and 
 explain the use of the case- by reference to the proper rule of 
 syntax (section 571, 1-24). 
 
 Read the Latin sentences aloud, grouping the words properly 
 and giving the right expression, and translate into idiomatic 
 English. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 148. 1. Roma est caput ItaUae. 2. Antiquis tempori- 
 bus Roma erat caput orbis terrarum. 3. Flumen Tiberis 
 urbem in duas partes dividit. 4. Aqua fltiminis flava est. 
 5. Multi pontes super flumen sunt. 6. Urbs Roma in 
 septem collibus est sita. 7. Nomina collium sunt haec : Mons 
 Capitolinus, Palatinus, Aventinus, Quirinahs, Viminahs, Es- 
 quilinus, CaeHus. 8. In monte Capitollno Romulus asylum 
 aperit quod (because) incolae urbi novae deerant. 9. In hoc 
 monte quoque erat arx atque templum lovis. 10. Ab una 
 parte huius montis erat rtipes Tarpeia, undo sceleratl ad mor- 
 tem mittebantur. 11. Inter Capitohum et Palatium erat 
 forum Roman um. 12. In foro Romano ruinae templorum 
 magnorum videntur. 13. Columnae octo tempi! Saturnii 
 etiam nunc a viatore videntur. 14. Non longe ab foro 
 est Colosseum. 15. In hoc loco antiquis temporibus ferae 
 cum hominibus pugnabant. 16. Homines cum leonibus et 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 97 
 
 homines cum hominibus contendebant . 17. Consules et 
 imperatores ludis et spectaculls populum delectabant. 
 18. Romani semper bellum et gloriam amabant. 19. Viri 
 Romani erant magnae virtutis. 20. Et domi et mllitiae virtus 
 erat populo Romano cara. 21. Romani in extremas partes 
 orbis terrarum terra marique milites miserunt (sent) atque 
 Itilius Caesar milites etiam ad insulam Britanniam duxit(led). 
 
 Colosseum et Arcus Titi 
 
 22. Urbs Roma monumentis gentium victarum et imaginibus 
 imperatorum clarorum ornatur. 23. Cum nos iter in Italiam 
 faciemus (shall make), urbem, fltimen, pontes, montes, forum, 
 templa, Colosseum, imagines videbimus (we shall see). 
 
 a. Tell the case, the number, and the gender of all the nouns 
 of the third declension used in this exercise, and give the nominative 
 and the genitive cases and the gender of each, as well as the ending of 
 the stem. 
 
 h. Decline several nouns in full, using the typical nouns declined 
 in the paradigms as models. 
 
 r. For the declension of luppiter, iter, and vis see .section .54S. 
 
98 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 CLASSIFICATION OF NOUNS OF THE THIRD 
 DECLENSION 
 
 149. Nouns of the third declension are classified in the 
 following groups according to the ending of the stems. 
 
 (1) Mute stems ending in c, g, d, t, or p. Dux fduc-), rex (reg-), 
 pes (ped-), mfles (milit-), caput (capit-), pnnceps (princip-). 
 
 (2) Liquid stems ending in 1 or r. Consul (consul-), pastor 
 (pastor-), pater (patr-). 
 
 (3) Nasal stems ending in n. Leo (Icon-), imago (imagin-), 
 flumen (flumin-). 
 
 (4) Stems ending in s. Flos (flos-, flor-), tempus (tempos-, 
 temper-), genus Cgenos-, gener-). 
 
 (.5) .Stems ending in i. Urbs (urbi-), hostis (hosti-), navis 
 (navi-), mare (mari-). 
 
 (6) Irregular nouns. luppiter, iter, and vis are examples. 
 
 ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN NOUNS 
 OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 
 
 150. Many English nouns have been derived from 
 Latin nouns of the third declension. These derivatives are 
 based on the stem rather than on the nominative case, and 
 in many instances they have the form of the Latin stem 
 without change; as, 
 
 legatio, legation-is, legation. 
 pars, part-is, part. 
 
 If the Latin nominative is the same as the stem, the 
 English noun is identical with the Latin; as, 
 
 consul, consul-is, consul. 
 pastor, pastor-is, pastor. 
 
 Some characteristic endings occur with great frequency; 
 as, the English -ion in legation from the Latin legatio, legation- 
 is ; and the English -ty for the Latin -tas in society frcm 
 societas, humanity from humanitas, etc. 
 
 Frequently the English ending shows th(^ general ten- 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 90 
 
 dency to siinj)lify woiils l^y substituting sounds easier to 
 pronounce for those which are more difficuh; as, virtue from 
 virtus (virtut-is), host from hostis, etc. 
 
 LATIN NOUNS AND ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 
 151. In the following list are included several Latin nouns not 
 previously used in this book, but formed from Latin nouns or other 
 words which have been used. This illustrates the process of w^ord- 
 formation in Latin, which will be described later, a single word often 
 serving as the basis for the formation of several other Latin words from 
 each of which English words may have been derived. EngHsh deriva- 
 tives from Latin nouns include not only nouns but verbs and adjectives. 
 
 animal, animal. infinitas (in-finis), infinity. 
 
 civitas (civis), dhj. leo, leon-is, lion. 
 
 finis, fine. magnitude, maqnilude. 
 
 hostis, host (army). mons, mont-is, mount. 
 
 hostilitas (hostllis from hostis), navis, nave (in architecture), navy. 
 
 hostility. necessitas, necessity. 
 humanitas (humanus from homo), orbis, orb, orbit. 
 
 humanity. pax, pacis, peace. 
 
 imperator, emperor. • sorer, sorority (as if from sororitas) . 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a: Trace the following English nouns to Latin nouns of the third 
 declension. 
 
 art fraternity navigation 
 
 charity image victor 
 
 florist liberty virtue 
 
 Note. — An unabridged English dictionary will furnish additional 
 material for studies of this kind. Practice in observing the connection 
 between Latin and English words in the lists given will develop an 
 intelligent interest in the subject of word-formation and will prepare 
 the way for more extended study. This study need not be confined to 
 the review lessons but may bo continued at convenient intervals. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 152. 1. The capital of Italy is an ancient city. 2. The 
 yellow Tiber flows through the city of Rome. 3. Tell me 
 (Die mihi) the names of the seven hills of Rome. 4. The 
 
100 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 pupil tells (to) his master the names of the seven hills of 
 Rome. 5. The Roman citadel was on the Capitohne hill. 
 6. Romulus, the first king of Rome, had an asyhim on the 
 mountain where the temple of Jupiter now is. 7. In ancient 
 times criminals were thrown from the Tarpeian rock. 8. The 
 
 PUONA GlADIATORUM 
 
 ruins of the forum are seen between the Capitol and the 
 Palatine. 9. In the temples the people offered (savie) gifts 
 to their gods. 10. In the great colosseum the ancient 
 Romans used to see (were seeing) sports and exhibitions. 
 11. Men used to fight in the arena with wild beasts. 12. Ex- 
 hibitions were pleasing to the ancient Romans. 13. Armies 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 IC'l 
 
 were led by the generals to the distant parts of the world. 
 14. By their valor and strength the Romans conquered their 
 enemies. 15. From distant places the soldiers came (venerunt) 
 home by land and sea. 16. The Roman generals were (men) of 
 great valor both at home and in military service. 17. We 
 call Rome the capital of the world. 18. Shall we not make 
 (Nonne faciemus) a journey to Italy and see (videbimus) the 
 monuments of the famous city? 
 
 Photo by F. Frith & Co., Ltd., Reigate, 
 
 Balneal Romanae in Britannia 
 
CHAPTER XX 
 THE FUTURE TENSE 
 
 153. The future tense has the same significance in 
 Latin as in Enghsh, but in Latin it is used with somewhat 
 greater exactness ; for example, 
 
 Discipulus laetus erit si magister eum laudabit, the pupil will he 
 happy if the master shall praise (praises) him. 
 
 In the first and second conjugations the future tense is 
 distinguished by the tense-sign -bi- (changed to -bo- in the 
 first person singular, and to -bu- in the third person plural. 
 
 lauda-bi-t, he will praise; habe-bu-nt, they mil have; da-bo, / will 
 {shall) give. 
 
 The future tense of siun is ero, / shall he; eris, you will he; 
 exit, he will he, etc. 
 
 154. Review the active forms of the verbs which have 
 previously been learned: the present tense (sections 69, 79), 
 and the past (imperfect) tense (sections 118, 122). 
 
 In the following exercise study the future forms and observe 
 how they differ from the present and the past tenses. Compare 
 the tense-sign -ba- of the past tense with the tense-sign -bi- of 
 the futui-e, and notice the modifications of the future tense-sign 
 in the first person singular and the third person plural. 
 
 At first it will be well to translate the Latin future literally; 
 but after its use is thoroughly understood, the Latin future may 
 sometimes be translated by the Enghsh present, as in the illus- 
 trative sentence above. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 155. 1. Heri eram in agris; hodie sum domi; eras 
 iterum in agris ero. 2. Ubi tu eras eris? 3. Ego cum 
 Marco in horto ero. 4. Eritne Marcus tecum? 5. Ego et 
 Marcus in horto erimus. 6. Eritisne tu et Marcus in horto? 
 7. In horto erimus; amid nostri nobiscum in horto erunt. 
 
 (102) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 103 
 
 8. Hodie ma^istc^r cliscipulos laudat ; hori eos ciilpabat ; 
 eras fortasse eos iterum laudabit. 9. "Nonno nos laudabis," 
 discipull ex magistro rogant, "si dlligenter laborabimus?" 
 10. "Libenter vos laudabo," magister respondet, "si dlli- 
 genter laborabitis." 11. Si discipull dlligenter laborabunt, 
 magister eos libenter laudabit. 
 
 12. Quid, puer, in dextra habes? 13. Pilam nunc habeo. 
 sed mox earn non habebo. 14. Cur non dititius pilam habebis? 
 Quis eam habebit? 15. Magister pilam mox habebit. Me 
 in poenam dabit si non librum Latmum in dextra habebo. 
 16. Fortasse pilam parvis pueris dabo; magister non Tratus 
 erit si pueri parvi pilam habebunt. 17. Eritisne laeti, pueri, 
 si pilam habebitis? 18. "Laeti erimus," pueri respondent, 
 "si pilam habebimus." 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Write out the conjugation of sum (ero), laudo (laudabo), 
 do (dabo), and habeo fhabebo) in the future tense, giving the meaning 
 of each form. Observe that in dabo the vowel a is short. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 156. Ero, / shall be; dabc, / shall give; habebo, 7 
 shall have. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Tense- Personal 
 sign ending 
 ero, I shall be dabo habebo -bo (-6) 
 
 eris, you will be dabis habebis -bi- -s 
 
 erit, he will be dabit habebit -bi- -t 
 
 Plural 
 
 erimus, we shall be dabimus habebimus -bi- -mus 
 
 eritis, you will be dabitis habebitis -bi- -tis 
 
 erunt, they vrill be dabunt habebunt -bu- -nt 
 
 a. The tense-sign -bi (-bo, -bu-) belongs to the first and second 
 
 conjugations only. 
 
104 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 h. In do the vowel a is short before the tense-sign. See also 118, c. 
 
 c. All the tense forms of sum should be learned as they are intro- 
 duced, 
 
 d. Commit to memory the future of sum, laudo, do, and habeo. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of the Future Tense 
 
 157. The future indicative represents action as going 
 on in the future. (25) 
 
 Romulus novae urbi nomen dabit, Romulus nrill give a name to 
 the new city. 
 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 158. 1. Yesterday I was in the forest; to-day I am at 
 home; to-morrow I shall be in the city. 2. If you are 
 
 (shall be) in the city to-morrow, 
 
 ^^ I you will see the soldiers in the 
 
 |i7' I itiTiii r I Ij^ffr^^j^^k streets. 3. The general will be 
 
 ^^ ff % in the city with a large number 
 
 ^\ 1 I ^^ soldiers. 4. We shall be 
 
 happy when we see (shall see) 
 
 our friends again. 5. The boys 
 
 will be happy if they see (shall 
 
 see) the soldiers. 6. Boys, 
 
 Frenum shall you be happy if you see 
 
 the soldiers? 
 
 7. Who will give a name to the new city? 8. Will the 
 
 neighbors give wives to Romulus and the Roman people? 
 
 9. The messengers of Romulus are sent to the neighboring 
 
 tribes. 10. The messengers ask, ''Will you (pi.) give wives 
 
 to Romulus and the Romans?" 11. The neighbors reply, 
 
 ''We will not give wives to the Romans." 12. Romulus will 
 
 conceal his disappointment and will prepare games and 
 
 exhibitions. 
 
 Courtesy of the Metrojiolitan Mu- 
 seum of Art, N. Y. 
 
CHAPTER XXI 
 
 THE FUTURE INDICATIVE ACTIVE 
 Four Conjugations 
 
 159. In the first and second conjugations the sign of 
 the future tense is -bi- (bo, -bu-) ; in the third and fourth 
 conjugations the tense- 
 sign of the future is -e- 
 (long e) , which is changed 
 to -a- in the first person 
 singular and to -e- (short 
 e) in the third person 
 singular and plural. 
 
 In verbs of the third 
 and fourth conjugations 
 the future forms should 
 be carefully distinguished 
 from the present. Mittit, 
 he sends; mittet, he will 
 semi. Venitint, they cmne; 
 venient, they will come. 
 
 Underwood & Underwood, N. Y. 
 TEMPLU^f ROTUNDUM 
 
 160. Study the verbs in the following exercise. Find the 
 present infinitive in the vocabulary and from this determine to 
 what conjugation each verb belongs according to the direc- 
 tions given in section 78. Notice particularly the form of the 
 present stem. 
 
 Find all the verbs which are in the future tense and separate 
 them into their elements: present stem, tense-sign, personal 
 ending. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 161. 1. Urbem Romam laudo et semper laudalo, 
 2. Numquam, spero, hostes eam (it) delebunt. 3. Multi 
 ' (105) 
 
106 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 homines Romam iindique venient atquo i))i templa antlqua 
 et imagines claromm Romanorum videbunt. 4. Aliquand5 
 ego ipse fortasse Romam veniam et monumenta temporis 
 antiqui videbo. 5. Nonne tu aliquando in Italiam venies? 
 6. Fortasse tu atque pater tuus una venietis. 7. Laeti 
 veniemus si poterimus (if we shall be able, if we can). 
 
 8. Nonne ad me, dum in urbe Roma eris, epistulam mittes? 
 
 9. Si ad me tu scribes, ad te ego scribam. 10. Mihi erit 
 gratum si ad me cotidie epistulam mittes. 
 
 11. In urbe quam Romulus regebat erant pauci incolae. 
 12. Unde urbs incolas habebit? 13. Romulus populusquo 
 uxores non habebant. 14. Num vicinae gentes fihas uxores 
 mittent? 15. Filias non mittent quod novam urbem timent. 
 16. Legati circa vicinas gentes. mittuntur. 17. Nusquam 
 benigne auditur legatio. 18. Itaque a Romulo Itidi parantui-. 
 19. Sabini finitimi cum filiis atque filiabus ad spectaculuni 
 veniunt. 20. Nonne Romani filias Sabinorum uxores habc- 
 bunt? Fortasse. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Distinguish carefully and explain the difference between the 
 present tense in the second conjugation and the future tense in the 
 third. Habent, they have; mittent, they will send. 
 
 h. Write out the conjugation of paro (parabo), deleo (delebo), 
 rego (regam), and audio (audiam) in the future indicative active. 
 
 ROMANi VIRGINES SABINORUM RAPIUNT 
 162. Ubi spectaculi tempus venit et in Itidos conversae 
 mentes cum oculis sunt, tum signum datur et Romani dis- 
 currunt atque virgines rapiunt. Haec (this) erat statim 
 causa belli. Sabini enim ob virgines raptas bellum adversus 
 Romanes siimunt. Dum Romae appropinquant Tarpeiam 
 virginem vident, quae aquam extra muros petebat. Tarpeiae 
 pater Romanae praeerat arci. Titus Tatius, Sabinorum 
 dux, Tarpeiae dicit, "Tibi optionem dabo miineris si Sabinos 
 in Capitolium duces." 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 107 
 
 'I. Ob virgines raptas, on accounl of the seized viaidcns, on account 
 of the .seizing of the maidens: praeerat arci, was in command of the citadel. 
 
 h. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of capital, cause, extra, 
 oculist, option, sign, virgin. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 163. Amabo, I shall love; videbo, I shall sec; mittam 
 / shall send; audiam, / shall hear. 
 
 Singular 
 
 amabo 
 
 videbo 
 
 mittam 
 
 audiam 
 
 aniabis 
 
 videbis 
 
 mittes 
 
 audies 
 
 ainabit 
 
 videbit 
 
 Plural 
 
 mittet 
 
 audiet 
 
 amabimus 
 
 videbimus 
 
 mitt emus 
 
 audiemus 
 
 amabitis 
 
 videbitis 
 
 mittetis 
 
 audietis 
 
 amabimt 
 
 videbunt 
 
 mittent 
 
 audient 
 
 a. In verbs of the first and second conjugations the tense-sign 
 -bi-, is changefl to -bo in the first person singular and to -bu- in tlio 
 third person plural. The vowel preceding b is long except in the verb 
 do (dabo), and the vowel following b is short except 6 in the first person 
 singular. 
 
 b. In the third and fourth conjugations the sign of the future 
 tense is -e, which becomes -a- in the first person singular and -e- before 
 the endings -t and -nt. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Dative with Certain Compoimd Verbs 
 
 164. The dative case is used with many verbs com- 
 poiiiKl(d with the prepositions ad, ante, circum, con, in, 
 inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, or super. (26) 
 
 Romae appropinquant (ad-propinquant), they approach (to) Rome; 
 Tarpeiae pater arci prae-erat, Tarpeia's father was in command of the 
 citadel. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 165. The Sabines fear the inhabitants of the new city 
 l)ut they will come to the sports. 2. The Romans will have 
 
108 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 wives from the Sabines. 3. When it is (shall be) time for 
 the spectacle, Romulus will give the signal. 4. The Romans 
 will run-to-and-fro. 5. The Romans will have the maidens 
 as wives. 6. This (haec) will be a cause for (of) war. 7. The 
 Sabines will undertake the war. 8. They will approach (to) 
 the city. 9. The maiden Tarpeia was going-to-fetch water. 
 
 10. The maiden's father was in-command-of the citadel. 
 
 11. The Sabines see Tarpeia outride the walls. 12. Tarpeia 
 will have (her) choice of a reward if she will lead the Sabines 
 into the city. 13. Tarpeia, you will not lead the Sabines 
 into the city, will you? 
 
 Plate A PopulI 
 
CHAPTER XXII 
 
 THE FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE 
 Four Conjugations 
 
 166. The passive forms of the future tense differ from 
 those of the active chiefly in the personal ending;s. 
 
 Active Passive 
 
 amabo, / shall love amabor, / shall be loved 
 
 tenebit, hr. urill hold tenebitur, he will he held 
 
 mittes, ijou unll send mittens, you urill he sent 
 
 impedient, they will hinder impedientur, they will he hindered 
 
 Any modifications in the vowel of the tense-sign are due 
 to the laws of phonetic change. Future active, amabis; 
 passive, amaberis (for amabiris), e being the favorite vowel 
 before r. 
 
 167. Study particularly the verbs that are in the future 
 tense. Compare each passive form with the corresponding 
 active, and try to become perfectly famihar with the active and 
 the passive forms of the three tenses which have been presented, 
 the present, the past, and the future. . 
 
 What are the personal endings of the active voice? of the 
 passive? What is the tense-sign of the future tense in the first 
 and tiie second conjugations? in the third and the fourth? 
 \\'hat stem of the verb is found in the present, the past, and the 
 future tenses? 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 167. 1. Servus a domino ad flumen mittetur. 2. Ex 
 flumine aqua ad dominum portabitur. 3. In viis fortasse 
 servus a puerTs mails impedietur. 4. Pueri mail a patribus 
 in poenam dabuntur. 5. Dum boni cum amIcTs in campo 
 ludent, vos, mail pueri, tenebimini domi. 
 
 G. Cum in ludos mentes erunt conversae, flliae Sabfn- 
 (109) 
 
no 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 oriiin a Uomanis rapientur. 7. lioniaiil discurrent atqiio 
 virgines rapient. 8. Ob filias raptas erit statim bellum. 
 9. Bellum adversus Romanos a patribus raptarum flliarum 
 sumetur. 10. Si Tarpeiae optio mtineris dabitur, Sabini 
 in Capitolium dticentur. 11. Num dticet Tarpeia in urbem 
 Sabjnos? 12. Quod mtinus ad id erit satis? 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Write and recite the conjugation of do (dabor), teneo (tenebor), 
 duco (ducar), and impedio (impediar) in the future indicative passive, 
 <riving the meaning of each form. 
 
 Anili 
 
 SABINi TARPEIAM SCUTIS OBRUUNT 
 168. Tarpeia petit quod (that which) Sabini in sinistris 
 manibus (in their left hands) gerebant; nam aureos anulos 
 et armillas magni ponderis gerebant. 
 Deinde Sabinos in arcem perdticit, ubi 
 milites sciitis eam (her) obruunt. Nam 
 scuta quoque in laevis habebant. 
 
 Explain the derivation of 
 
 Armilla 
 
 a. (Notebook.) 
 ponder, fiinifster. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 169. Amabor, / shall be loved; videbor, / shall he seen; 
 mittar, / shall be sent; audiebar, / shall be heard. 
 
RypEs Tarpeia 
 
112 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Singular 
 
 amabor videbor mittar audiar 
 
 amaberis (-re) videberis (-re) mitteris (-re) audieris (-re) 
 
 amabitur videbitur mittetur audietxir 
 
 Plural 
 
 aniabimur videbimur mittemur audiemur 
 
 amabimini videbimini mittemini audiemini 
 
 amabuntur videbuntxir mittentur audientur 
 
 a. The future passive contains the present stem, the tense-sign 
 of the future, and the personal endings of the passive. 
 
 /). Notice the difference between mitteris (present), you are being 
 sent, and mitteris (future), you tvill be sent. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Conjtmctions 
 
 170. Conjunctions are used to connect words, phi-ases, 
 clauses, and sentences. (27) 
 
 Coordinate Conjunctions 
 
 171. Coordinate conjunctions connect words or expres- 
 sions which are of equal rank in the sentence. (28) 
 
 Et, -que, and; et . . . et, both . . . and; atque, ac, and also, 
 and; neque, and not, nor; neque . . . neque, neither . . . nor; sed, 
 bid; nam, enim, /or; etc. 
 
 n. Et is a simple connective; -que is joined to the second of two 
 connected words, or to the first word in the second group when two 
 groups of words are connected, and denotes close relationship between 
 the parts; atque and ac often give prominence to the word or expression 
 which follows the conjunction. 
 
 />. A word attached to another word, like -que in terra manque, 
 by land and sea, is called an enclitic. 
 
 Subordinate Conjtmctions 
 172. Subordinate conjunctions connect dependent 
 clauses with the clauses upon which they depend. (29) 
 
 Ubi, where, when; dimi, while; quod, because; si, if; ctmi, when; 
 etc. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 113 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 173. 1. If Tarpeia shall ask for that which (quod) the 
 Sabines are bearing in their left hands, shields will be given 
 to her (ei). 2. The enemies of her father (eius patris) will 
 be led by Tarpeia to the citadel. 3. The Sabines were 
 coming to the citadel and they had (were having) shields in 
 their left hands. 4. When your reward is given (shall be 
 given), Tarpeia, you will be buried by the shields of the 
 enemy. 6. For rings and shields also are carried by the 
 Sabines. 7. Tarpeia was asking for gold rings and bracelets, 
 but shields were given to her. 
 
 Courtesy of The Metropolitan Museum of Art, N. Y. 
 
 Armillae ex Aere Factae 
 
CHAPTER XXIII 
 VERBS IN io OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION 
 
 174. Many verbs of the third conjugation end in -io 
 in the present indicative active. The ending of the present 
 infinitive, -ere, shows that these verbs belong to the third 
 conjugation; but they have forms similar to those of the 
 fourth conjugation wherever in a verb of the fourth conju- 
 gation the i of the stem is followed by another vowel. With 
 this exception the verbs in -16 of the third conjugation are 
 conjugated like mitto. 
 
 Thus capere is like mittere, capit like mittit, capimus 
 like mittimus, etc.; while capio is like audio, capiunt like* 
 audiunt, capiebam like audiebam, capiam like audiam, etc. 
 
 175. Study the verbs that have -io in the present indica- 
 tive and -ere in the present infinitive and observe their variation 
 from the corresponding forms of mitto. The present infinitive of 
 every new verb should he learned, since this is the form which 
 shows to what conjugation the verb belongs and is the key to the 
 conjugation of all the tenses in which the present stem appears. 
 Thus capio, capere, belongs to the third conjugation; venid, 
 venire, to the fourth. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 176. 1. Latrones Remum capiunt. 2. Remus a latron- 
 ibus capitur. 3. Romulus imaginem urbis magis quam 
 urbem faciebat. 4. Roman! virgines Sabinorum rapiunt. 
 5. Virgines Sabinorum a Romanis rapiuntur. 6. Filiao 
 Sabinorum rapiebantur. 7. Legati ad viclnas gentes mitte- 
 bantur. 8. Legatio non benigne audiebatur. 9. Tarpeia 
 hostes ad arcem ducet. 10. Capientne hostes arcem? 11. 
 Hostes ad arcem venient sed urbem non capient. 12. Sabini 
 cum Romanis bellum gerent sed nova urbs non capietur. 
 
 (114) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 115 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Write and repeat the conjugation of rapid in the present, the 
 l)ast, and the future tenses, active and passive, with translation. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF CAPIO 
 
 Present, Past, and Future Tenses 
 
 177. 
 
 Capio, capere ; take. 
 
 
 Active 
 
 P. 
 
 Present 
 
 >\SSIVE 
 
 capi6 
 
 capimus 
 
 capior 
 
 capimur 
 
 ca'pis 
 
 capitis 
 
 f-aperis (-re) 
 
 capimini 
 
 capit 
 
 capiunt 
 
 capitur 
 
 Pa.s/ 
 
 capiuntur 
 
 capiebam 
 
 capiebamus 
 
 capiebar 
 
 capiebamiu" 
 
 o:ij)iebas 
 
 capiebatis 
 
 capiebaris f-re) 
 
 capiebamini 
 
 ci.piebat 
 
 capiebant 
 
 rai)iebatur 
 Future 
 
 capiebantur 
 
 capiam 
 
 capiemus 
 
 capiar 
 
 capiemur 
 
 capies 
 
 rapietis 
 
 capieris (-re) 
 
 capiemini 
 
 capiet 
 
 capient 
 
 capietur 
 
 capientur 
 
 a. Capio is hke mitto except in those forms in which two vowels 
 occur in succession. Wherever two vowels come together in the endings 
 of the fourth conjugation, the verbs in -io of the third conjugation are 
 conjugated like audio. 
 
 6. In the compounds r,f capio and facio the vowel a of the simple 
 verb is weakened to i ; «s, accipio, concipio, efficio, conficio, perficio, etc. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 178. 1. Romulus and the people seize the maidens of 
 the Sa bines. 2. When the time of the sports comes, the 
 maidens are seized. 3. This was a cause of war between the 
 fathers of the maidens and the Romans. 4. The Romans 
 were doing; that which (id quod) was a cause of war. 5. The 
 Sabines will come to the citadel but they will not take the 
 city. 6. Tarpeia was doing; that which the Sabines wished 
 (volebant), but the city will not be taken. 7. Thus the 
 Romans will keep (will have) the daughters of the Sabines 
 whom (quas) they were seizing. 
 
CHAPTER XXIV 
 THE PRESENT INFINITIVE 
 
 The Present, Past, and Future of Possum 
 
 179. The present active infinitive is formeci by the 
 addition of the ending -re to the present stem. It contains 
 the present stem in its unmodified form and is given in the 
 vocabulary to indicate the conjugation to which a regular 
 verb belongs. (See section 78.) 
 
 The present passive infinitive is formed in verbs of the 
 first, second, and fourth conjugations by adding -ri to the 
 present stem, and in verbs of the third conjugation by 
 changing the final vowel of the stem to -i. 
 
 Including the stem vowel, the endings of the present 
 infinitive, active and passive in the four conjugations are as 
 follows : 
 
 CoNJUCATiON Active Passive 
 
 I. -are -ari 
 
 II. -ere -eri 
 
 III. -ere -i 
 
 IV. -ire -iri 
 
 The meaning of the present infinitive in Latin i^ similar 
 to the meaning of the present infinitive in English. 
 
 180. Possum, 7 am able, I can, is an irregular verb 
 composed of potis, able, and simi, I am. The present, past, 
 and future tenses are formed by combining pes- with those 
 forms of stmi which ])egin with s, and pot- with the forms 
 of sum which begin with a vowel; as, pos-sumus, pot-estis. 
 
 Possum is generally used in connection with the infini- 
 tive of some other verb. 
 
 (116) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 117 
 
 Sabini urbem capere non posstmt, the Sabines can not take the 
 city; arx capi non poterat, the citadel coidd not he taken. 
 
 181. Study the form and the use of the present infini- 
 tive. In the following exercise find the present infinitive, 
 active and passive, of verbs of each of the four conjugations, 
 of a verb in -io of the third conjugation, and of the verb sum. 
 
 In each sentence point out the verb with which each 
 infinitive is connected and study the relationship between 
 the infinitive and the verb with which it is used. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 182. 1. In horto nostro arbores multae et pulchrae 
 videri possunt. 2. Potes-ne in ramis arborum illas avis 
 
 HORTUS 
 
 videre? 3. Avis ipsas non video sed carmina earum (their) 
 audire possum. 4. Cotidie ante Iticem audiri possunt. 
 5. Non talia carmina homines canere possunt. 6. Mihi est 
 gi-atum avis in arboribus videre atque voces, earum audire. 
 7. Quid, tenerae aves, pro carminibus vestris vobis dare 
 potorimus? 8. Amici vestri saltein esse poterimus. 9. Vobis 
 sratias agere possumus et ab horto pueros malos prohibere. 
 10. Num nostra verba intellegere potestis? 11. Verba nostra 
 intellegere aves non possunt sed amicitiam' nostram sentire 
 possunt. 12. Aniici avium esse debemus. 
 
 13. Et Romulus et Remus novae urbi nomen dare 
 volebant. 14. Auspicium constituunt adhibere. 15. Bene- 
 
118 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 ficio avium Romulus urbi nomen dare et solus legnaie 
 poterat. 16. Ad tutelam novae urbis vallum satis esse 
 videbatur (seemed). 17. Romulus societatem cum vicinis 
 gentibus facere non poterat. 18. Itaque ludos finitimis 
 indlcT iubet. 19. Facile erat spectaculum parare. 20. Ro- 
 mulus aegi;itudinem animi dissimulare poterat. 21. Roman I 
 virgines Sabinorum rapere poterunt. 22. Propterea Sabini 
 bellum cum Romanis sument (future). 23. Sed arx capi 
 non poterit. 24. Proditio Tarpeiae laudari non potest. 
 
 . NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Make lists of all the infinitives, active and passive, arranged by 
 conjugations. What is the ending of the present active infinitive? 
 What is the ending of the present passive infinitive in the third conjuga- 
 tion? in the other conjugations? What is the present infinitive of sum, 
 to hef 
 
 Photo Brotim Bros., N. Y, 
 I^ORUM ROMANUM UT QuONDAM ErAT 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 119 
 
 b. Write and recite the conjugation of possum in the present, the 
 past, and the future tenses, giving the translation. 
 
 AD CERTAMEN UTRIMQUE PROCEDUNT 
 
 183. Deinde Romulus ad cert amen procedit, et in eo 
 loco ubi nunc forum Romanum est pugnam committit. 
 Prlncipes utrimque pugnabant, ab Sablnis Mettius Curtius, 
 ab Romanis Hostius Hcstilius. Hostilius fortissime dimi- 
 cans cadit. ConsternatI RomanI fugiebant. Mettius 
 Curtius, ab Sablnis prineeps, clamitabat. ''Vincimus perfi- 
 (los hospites, imbellis hostes; Icnge aliud est virgines rape re, 
 aliud pugnare cum virls." 
 
 (I. Aliud . . . aliud, one thing . . . another thing; different . . . 
 than. 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of commit, forum, proceed, 
 varupiish. 
 
 THE PRESENT INFINITIVE OF TYPICAL VERBS 
 Four Conjugations 
 
 184. 
 
 
 
 Conjugation 
 
 Active 
 
 Passive 
 
 I. 
 
 umare, to love 
 
 amari, to be loved 
 
 11. 
 
 videre, to sec 
 
 videri, to he seen, to seem 
 
 III. 
 
 mittere, to send 
 
 mitti, to be sent 
 
 IV. 
 
 audire, to hear 
 
 audiri, to be heard 
 
 
 Sum and Verbs in -io 
 
 
 esse, to he 
 
 
 
 capere, to take 
 
 capi, to be taken 
 
 a. The present infinitive of sum has the ending -se, which is an 
 irregular termination, and perhaps older than the regular ending, -re. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF POSSUM 
 
 185. Possum, / am able, I can; poteram, / was able, 
 I ('(mid; potero, / Hhall be able, I can. 
 
120 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Present 
 
 Singular 
 Past 
 
 Future 
 
 possiim 
 
 poteram 
 
 potero 
 
 potes 
 
 poteras 
 
 poteris 
 
 potest 
 
 poterat 
 Plural 
 
 poterit 
 
 possumus 
 
 poteramus 
 
 poterimus 
 
 potestis 
 
 poteratis 
 
 potoritis 
 
 posRiint 
 
 poterant 
 
 potenint 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Complementary Infinitive 
 
 186. The infinitive may be used with an intransitive 
 verb to complete the predicate. (30) 
 
 Carmina avium audire posstmi, / can hear the songs of the Jrirds. 
 
 The Infinitive as Subject 
 
 187. The infinitive may be used as the subject of the 
 verb est; a predicate adjective generally follows. (81) 
 
 A^ds audire est gratimi, to hear the birds is pleasant. 
 
 The Infinitive as Object 
 
 188. The infinitive may be used as the direct object of 
 another verb. (32) 
 
 Ludos indici iubet, he orders the games to be proclaimed. 
 
 The Time Denoted by the Present Infinitive 
 
 189. The time denoted by the present infinitive is 
 present with reference to the time of the verb upon which the 
 infinitive depends. (33) 
 
 Societatem facere non poterat, he iva^ not able to make an alliance; 
 arx capi non potest, the citadel can not be taken; Romani virgines rapere 
 poterunt, the Romans iinll be able to seize the maidens. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 121 
 
 The Subject of an Infinitive 
 
 190. The infinitive may take an accusative as its sub- 
 ject. (34) 
 
 Ludds indici iubet, he orders the games to he proclaimed. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 191. 1. I can see the birds in the trees. 2. Can you 
 hear the birds in the trees of the garden? 3- The songs of 
 the birds can be heard before dayhght. 4. Boys and girls 
 ought to be friends of the birds. 5. Yesterday we could 
 (were able to) hear the birds in the branches of the trees. 
 
 6. Tarpeia ought not to be praised. 7. The leader orders 
 the soldiers to bury Tarpeia with their shields. 8. The Sabines 
 were carrying shields in their left hands. 9. The chiefs of 
 the Romans were beginning battle where the Roman forum 
 now is. 10. When Hostilius falls, the panic-stricken Romans 
 flee. 11. The Sabines call out, ''You are treacherous hosts,- 
 cowardly enemies. 12. It is easy to seize maidens. 13. It 
 is hard (difficile) to fight with men." 14. It is one thing 
 (aliud) to look at the sports, very different (longe aliud) to 
 begin battle. 
 
 Courtesy of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, N. Y. 
 
 Pocxji^uM Graecium 
 
CHAPTER XXV 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 
 
 The Present Participle and the Present Imperative 
 
 192. Adjectives of the third declension are declined 
 with the endings of nouns of the third declension, and 
 with few exceptions they have the same endings as nouns 
 with stems in i (section 144): -i in the ablative singular, 
 -imn in the genitive plural, and -is or -es in the accusative 
 plural. 
 
 193. The present participle has the form of an adjec- 
 tive of the third declension. It contains the present stem 
 of the verb and the nominative singular ends in -ns. It is 
 translated by the present active participle in English. 
 Amans, loving; videns, seeing. The Latin has no present 
 passive participle. 
 
 194. The present active imperative is found by drop- 
 ping the ending -re of the present active infinitive. Mittere, 
 to send, mitte, send thou; laudare, to praise, lauda, praise 
 thou. The plural ending is -te. Videte, see ye; audite, 
 hear ye. 
 
 The present passive imperative does not often occur. 
 
 195. Review the case-endings of the third declension, 
 especially the endings of nouns with stems ending in i, section 
 144, and recall the identical forms of neuter nouns in the nomina- 
 tive, accusative, and vocative cases. 
 
 Study the adjectives of the third declension in the following 
 exercises, identifying the cases by the similarity of adjectives to 
 nouns and remembering that an adjective is always in the same 
 case, number, and gender as the noun which it modifies. 
 
 Find the participles and imperatives and translate by the 
 corresponding English forms. 
 
 (122) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 123 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 196. 1. Augustus Caesar erat imporator audax. 2. 
 Mllites iniix'iatoris audacis sunt quoque audaces. 3. Im- 
 {K^rator mllitem audacem semper laudabit. 4. Imperator 
 praemium militi audaei 
 dabit. 5. Hostis ab au- 
 daei mllit en on timebitur. 
 6. Militesaudaces hostem 
 non timent. 7. Virtus 
 mllitum audacium pa- 
 t riam servabit. 8. Bellum 
 niilitibus audacibus non 
 semper gratum est. 
 
 9. Pacem, mllites auda- 
 ces, ct petite et servate. 
 
 10. Aetate Caesaris 
 August! apud omnes 
 gentes erat pax. 
 
 11. Romulus pop- 
 ulusque Romanus circa 
 viclnas gentes legates 
 mittunt. 12. Quod 
 
 Roman! ab omnibus 
 viclnis gentibus time- 
 bantur, legatio nusquam 
 benigne audltur. 13. Ro- 
 mulus aegritudinem 
 animi dissimulans Itidos 
 parabat. 14. Sablnorum 
 omnis multittido cum 
 
 liberls ac coniugibus ad ludos veniunt. 15. Ubi omnes 
 mentes cum oculis in ludos conversae erant, subito Roman! 
 virgines omnes rapiunt. 16. Acres Sabin! ob raptas virgines 
 Ix'llum cum Romams gerunt. 17. Cum omnilms copiis ad 
 
 I'hoUj Brown Bros., N. Y. 
 
 Augustus Caesar, Imperator 
 
124 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 novam urbem contendunt. 18. Ducem Sabinorum cum 
 acribus mllitibus Tarpeia in arcem perdticit. 19. Audax 
 Hostilius, ab Romanis princeps, fortiter dimicans cadit. 
 
 20. Validus puer ludens in via parvam puellam videt 
 quae onus magnum portabat. Statim ad eam venit et ipse 
 onus usque ad finem itineris pro ea portat. Magister forte 
 puerum onus portantem videbat. Poetea audiebam magis- 
 trum puerum laudantem. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the adjectives of the third declension found 
 in this exercise. 
 
 b. Write out the declension of audax in the masculine gender; 
 also write the declension of audax in the neuter gender, remembering 
 
 that the nominative, the accu- 
 sative, and the vocative cases 
 are alike. 
 
 c. With navis and mare as 
 models (section 144) write the 
 declension of omnis (m. and f.), 
 omne (n.). 
 
 d. Make a list of the im- 
 perative forms found in the 
 exercise above. 
 
 e. For the declension of 
 iter see section 548. 
 
 roPPITER ROMANIS 
 TERROREM DEMIT 
 
 197. lam Roman! ad 
 veterem portam Palati 
 fugiebant. Romulus arma 
 ad caelum tollens, 
 'luppiter," inquit, "arcem 
 iam Sabini tenent; indehuc 
 armat i tendent . At tti , pater 
 deum (deorum) hominumque, hinc saltem arce (arceo) 
 hostes, deme terrorem Romanis fugamque foedam siste. 
 
 I'hoto Brown Bros., N. Y. 
 lUPPITER OpTIMUS MaXIMUS 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 125 
 
 Hie ego tibi templum Statori lovi voveo." Post preces, 
 ''Hinc," inquit, ''Romani, luppiter optimus maximus 
 vos resistere atque redintegrare piignam iubet." 
 
 a. For the declension of deus and luppiter, lovis, see section 548. 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of maximum, optimist, 
 re.nst, tend, terror. 
 
 Underwood A Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 Porta Antiqua 
 
 TYPICAL ADJECTIVES 
 198. Audax, audacis; daring. Omnis, omne; all. 
 Singular 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 audax 
 
 audax 
 
 omnis 
 
 omne 
 
 Gen. 
 
 audacis 
 
 audacis 
 
 omnis 
 
 onmis 
 
 Dat. 
 
 audaci 
 
 audaci 
 
 omni 
 
 omni 
 
 Ace. 
 
 audacem 
 
 audax 
 
 omnem 
 
 omne 
 
 Voc. 
 
 audax 
 
 audax 
 
 omnis 
 
 omne 
 
 Abl. 
 
 audaci 
 
 audaci 
 
 omni 
 
 omni 
 
126 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Plural 
 
 Norn. 
 
 audaces 
 
 audacia 
 
 omnes 
 
 omnia 
 
 Gen. 
 
 audacium 
 
 audacium 
 
 omnium 
 
 omnium 
 
 Dat. 
 
 audacibus 
 
 audacibus 
 
 omnibus 
 
 omnibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 aiidaeis (-es) 
 
 audacia 
 
 omnis (-es) 
 
 omnia 
 
 Vor. 
 
 audaoes 
 
 audacia 
 
 omnes 
 
 omnia 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 audafibus 
 
 audacibus 
 
 omnibus 
 
 omnibus 
 
 a. Adjectives like audax have only one form in the nominative 
 singular, the three genders being alike. Adjectives like omnis have 
 two fornis in the nominative singular, the masculine and the feminine 
 being the same. 
 
 /). Vetus, veteris, has one form in the nominative singular.' It 
 is declined like the nouns with consonant stems; gen. plu., veterum. 
 
 199. 
 
 Acer, acris, acre ; eager. 
 Singular 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 acer 
 
 acris 
 
 acre 
 
 Gen. 
 
 acris 
 
 acris 
 
 jlcris 
 
 Dat. 
 
 acri 
 
 acri 
 
 fieri 
 
 Acr. 
 
 acrem 
 
 acrem 
 
 acre 
 
 Vor. 
 
 acer 
 
 acris 
 
 acre 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 fieri 
 
 acri 
 Plural 
 
 ilcri 
 
 Nom. 
 
 acres 
 
 acres 
 
 jlcria 
 
 Gen. 
 
 dcrium 
 
 acriiun 
 
 acrixmi 
 
 Dal. 
 
 acribus 
 
 acribus 
 
 acribus 
 
 Ac: 
 
 acris (-es) 
 
 acris (-es) 
 
 ficria 
 
 Voc. 
 
 acres 
 
 acres 
 
 acria 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 acribus 
 
 acribus 
 
 acribus 
 
 a 
 
 . Acer has three forms in the nominative singii 
 
 liar. The feminin 
 
 is like omnis and the neuter like omne. 
 
 h. Notice the cases which are alike in the three genders, and 
 tho.se which are the same in the masculine and the feminine. 
 
 Note. — The use of adjectives of the first and second declensions 
 has become familial ; in like manner adjectives of the third declension 
 may be used with nouns of any other declension. The essential thing 
 to remember is that an adjective must agree with its noun in case, 
 number, and gender. 
 
ELEiMEISTA PKIMA 
 
 127 
 
 DECLENSION OF THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE 
 
 
 200. 
 
 Amans, amantis ; 
 
 loniKj. 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Pluiial 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. \ F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N(rtn 
 
 . anians 
 
 amaus 
 
 amantes 
 
 amantia 
 
 Gen . 
 
 amantis 
 
 amantis 
 
 amantium 
 
 amantium 
 
 Dai. 
 
 amanti 
 
 amanti 
 
 amantibus 
 
 amantibus 
 
 Arc. 
 
 amantem 
 
 amans 
 
 amantis (-es) 
 
 amantia 
 
 Voc. 
 
 amans 
 
 amans 
 
 amantes 
 
 amantia 
 
 Abl. 
 
 amante (-i) 
 
 amante (-i) 
 
 amantibus 
 
 amantibus 
 
 0. The present participle is formed from the present stem by 
 tlic addition of -nt- with the case-endings of the third declension. 
 \'erbs in -io of the third conjugation and regular verbs of the fourth 
 conjugation have -ent- as the suffix. The vowel before -ns in the 
 nominative and vocative singular is long. In the nominative and 
 vocative singular t is dropped as usual before s. Ama-, amantis ; vide-, 
 videntem ; audi- audientes ; capio, capi^ns. 
 
 h. Adjectives of the third declension ending in -ns are declined 
 like amans except in the ablative singular, where the adjective has the 
 ending -i. The participle also has the ending -i in the ablative singular 
 when it is used as an adjective; but when it is used strictly as a parti- 
 ciple, it has the ending -e. 
 
 CONJUGATION OF THE PRESENT IMPERATIVE 
 201. Ama, love thou; vide, see thou; mitte, send thou; 
 audi^ hear thou; es, he than; cape, take thou. 
 
 
 
 Active 
 
 
 
 Siny. 
 
 ama, looe thou 
 
 vide 
 
 mitte 
 
 audi 
 
 PL 
 
 amate, hue ye 
 
 videte 
 Passive 
 
 mittite 
 
 audite 
 
 Siiuj. 
 
 amare, he thou loved 
 
 videre 
 
 niittere 
 
 audire 
 
 PL 
 
 amamini, he ye loved 
 Active 
 
 videmini 
 
 mittimini 
 Passive 
 
 audimini 
 
 Sing. 
 
 es, he thou 
 
 cape 
 
 
 capere 
 
 PL 
 
 este, be ye 
 
 capite 
 
 
 capimini 
 
 n. The present imperative is used in the second person only. 
 h. The present imperatives of dico, duco, facio, and fero arc die, 
 due, fae, arjd fer, the final vowel being dnji)pcd. 
 
128 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 c. The conjugation of the future imperative may be found in 
 sections 562-570, where the conjugation of the verb is given in full. 
 
 THE PRESENT STEM 
 
 202. All of the forms of the verb which have thus far 
 been described are based on the present stem. The present 
 stem is that part of the verb which remains the same through- 
 out the conjugation of the present, the past, and the future 
 tenses. These tenses in all the moods, both active and 
 passive, comprise the present system in the conjugation of 
 verbs, and they represent action as incomplete or as going 
 on in present, past, or future time. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of the Participle 
 
 203. The participle is a verbal adjective. It agrees in 
 case, number, and gender with the substantive to which it 
 belongs, and it may govern the same case as any other form 
 of the verb. (35) 
 
 Videbam puenun onus portantem, / saw the boy carrying the 
 burden. 
 
 a. The time denoted by the present participle is present with- 
 reference to the time of the verb upon which the participle depends. 
 
 The Use of the Imperative 
 
 204. The imperative is used in commands. (36) 
 
 Arce hostes, keep off the enemy; redintegrate, Roman!, pugnam, 
 Romans, renew the fight. 
 
 The Dative with Verbs of Separation 
 
 205. With verbs of separation, especially with verbs 
 compounded with a, ab, de, e, or ex, the person concerned is 
 denoted by the dative case. (37) 
 
 ^ Deme terrorem Romanis, take away fear from the Romam. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 129 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 206. 1. All the Sabines were coming to the sports. 
 2. Romulus sees the Sabines coming to the games. 3. The 
 daughters of the Sabines are seized (while) looking at the 
 games. 4. The Romans fight with the daring chiefs of the 
 Sabines. 5. When the Romans see Hostilius falling, they 
 flee panic-stricken to the old gate of the Palatine. 
 
 6. Romulus, raising his arms towards the sky, vows a 
 temple to Jupiter. 7. "Keep away the enemy from the old 
 gate," said Romulus. 8. Take away fear from the Romans 
 (dat.). 9. Stop the shameful retreat. 10. Romans, resist 
 and renew the fight. 11. Jupiter was the father of gods 
 and men. 12. Jupiter, the greatest and best, takes away 
 fear from the Romans. 13. The father of the gods stops 
 the shameful flight. 
 
 DoMU8 Tiber! Imperatoris in Palatio 
 
CHAPTEK XXVI 
 NUMERALS 
 
 Adjectives with Genitive in -ius 
 
 207. The only cardinal numerals which are declined 
 are unus, -a, -um, one; duo, duae, duo, two; tres, tria, three; 
 and milia, milium, thousands. 
 
 Unus is oiie of nine adjectives which have the ending 
 -ius in the genitive singular and -i in the dative singular in 
 all genders. Alius, other, another, has the form aliud in the 
 nominative and accusative singular in the neuter gender. 
 In all other cases these adjectives have the regular endings 
 of the first and second declensions. 
 
 Alius and alter when repeated have special meanings. Alius . . . 
 
 alius, one . . . another (of an indefinite number); alii . . . alii, some 
 
 . . . others; alter . . . alter, 07ie . . . the other (of two) ; alteri . . . 
 alteri, so?ne (one party) ... the others (the other party). 
 
 208. Study the numerals and observe the forms of those which 
 are declined. Notice particularly the unusual endings in the genitive 
 and dative singular of certain adjectives. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 209. 1. Homo tinum caput, duas manus, duos pedes 
 habet. 2. Dextra et laeva sunt duarum manuum nomina. 
 3. Dextra manus quinque digit os habet. 4. Ambae manus 
 habent digitos decem. 5. tJnus digitus et alter digitus sunt 
 duo digitl. 6. Duo et tinus sunt tres; tres et unus sunt 
 quattuor; quattuor et unus sunt quinque; quinque et 
 quinque decem sunt. 7. Si uni digito quinque digit! addun- 
 tur, summa est sex. 8. Si uni digito sex adduntur, septem 
 sunt. 9. Duo de decem octo, tinus de decem novem sunt. 
 
 (130) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 131 
 
 10. Parvl discipuli ita numerant: 11. tJnus, duo, tres, 
 quattuor, quinque, sex, septem, octo, novem, decern: 12. 
 Undecim, duodecim, tredecim, quattuordecim, quindecim, 
 sedecim, septendecim, duodevTginti, undeviginti, vigintl. 
 
 13. Unius corporis sunt multae partes. 14. tJnlus 
 partis nomen est caput; alterius partis nomen est manus; 
 alii parti corporis nomen pes- datur. 15. In uno corpore 
 sunt multa membra. 16. Omnia membra non idem nomen 
 
 © Undervv/od & Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 Column AH Octo 'IV.mpli .SatuuniI 
 
132 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 habent. 17. Alia (one) pars corporis aliud (one) nomen 
 habet, alia (another) pars aliud (another) nomen habet. 
 
 Forum Roman um 
 
 18. Alia pars aliud, alia pars aliud nomen habet. 19. Alia 
 pars corporis aliud nomen habet. 
 
 20. Urbs Roma ab ore Tiberis circiter milia passuum 
 vigintl abest. 21. Roma in septem collibus aedificatur. 
 22. Inter duos montes, Capitolium et Palatium, erat Forum 
 Roman um. 23. Forum Romanum erat sescentos triginta 
 pedes longum et centum pedes latum. 24. Duo fratres, 
 Romulus et Remus, erant urbis Romae conditores. 25. Du- 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 133 
 
 orum fratrum uterque novae urbi nomen dare volebat. 
 26. Uter fratrum urbi nomen dedit (gave)? 27. Romulus 
 erat prirnus Romanorimi rex. 28. Romulus et Remus erant 
 duo nomina apud Romanes clara. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write the Roman numerals to twenty. 
 
 b. What numerals are declined? To what declensions do they 
 belong? 
 
 c. W^hat adjectives in this exercise have unusual endings in the 
 genitive and dative singular? What are these endings? 
 
 d. Complete the declension of unus, alius, and alter in the singular. 
 
 MULIERES INTER TELA VENIUNT 
 
 210. Resistunt Roman! tamquam caelesti voce iussl. 
 RomanI Sabinique in media valle duorum montium proe- 
 lium redintegrant. Tum Sablnae mulieres crinibus passis 
 inter tela volantia veniunt, dirimere iras hinc patres hinc 
 viros orantes. ''In nos vertite Tras; nos causa belli, nos 
 (causa) vulnerum ac caedium viris ac parentibus sumus; 
 sine alterls vestrum viduae aut orbae vivemus." 
 
 a. Crinibus passis, unlh dishevelled hair; sine alteris vestrum, 
 vrithout either (i. e., the one or the other) of you. 
 
 h. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of ire, mount, parent, 
 vale, valley, voice. 
 
 DECLENSION OF NUMERALS 
 
 211. Unus, -a, -imi ; one. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 unus 
 
 una 
 
 unum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 unius 
 
 unius 
 
 unius 
 
 Dal. 
 
 imi 
 
 uni 
 
 uni 
 
 Ace. 
 
 unum 
 
 unam 
 
 unmn 
 
 Abl. 
 
 un6 
 
 una 
 
 uno 
 
 a. In the plural unus is declined like bonus, and is used in the 
 sense of only, alone. 
 
134 
 
 ELEMENTA PKIMA 
 
 212. 
 
 Duo, duae, duo; lioo. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 duo 
 
 duue 
 
 duo 
 
 Gen. 
 
 duorum 
 
 duarum 
 
 duorum 
 
 Dal. 
 
 duobus 
 
 duabus 
 
 duobus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 duos (duo) 
 
 duas 
 
 duo 
 
 AM. 
 
 duobus 
 
 duabus 
 
 duobus 
 
 a. Ambo, ambae, ambo, both, is declined like duo. 
 
 213. Tres, tria, three; milia, mfliuin, thousands. 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nam. 
 
 tres 
 
 tria 
 
 milia 
 
 Gen. 
 
 triuin 
 
 trium 
 
 milium 
 
 Dot. 
 
 tribus 
 
 tribus 
 
 milibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 tres (-is) 
 
 tria 
 
 milia 
 
 Abl. 
 
 tribus 
 
 tribus 
 
 milibus 
 
 a. In the singular mille, a thousand, is an indeclinable adjective. 
 In the plural it is used as a noun and is followed by another noun in the 
 genitive case. Mille homines, a tho^isand men; duo milia hominum, 
 txoo thousands of men, two thousand men. 
 
 214. Alter, altera, altenmi, the other. 
 
 Nom. alter altera alterum 
 
 Gen. alterius alterius alterius 
 
 Dat. altcri alteri alteri 
 
 Ace. .•dtervmi alteram altenmi 
 
 Abl. altero altera altero 
 
 a. The ending -ius is sometimes shortened to -ius, especially in 
 alterius (alterius). 
 
 b. The nine adjectives which have -ius in the genitive and -i in 
 the dative are: 
 
 alius, other, another nullus, no 
 solus, alone ullus, any 
 
 totus, whole unus, 07ie 
 
 alter, the other 
 uter, which (of tioo) 
 neuter, neither (of two) 
 
 a. In the plural these adjectives are declined like bonus. 
 
 b. Alius has aliud in the nominntivc and nccusntivc singular 
 neuter. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 135 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Accusative of Extent 
 
 215. Extent in space is denoted by the accusative 
 case. (38) 
 
 Centum pedes latum, one hundred fe^ wide; 'nginti milia passuum 
 ab man, tw&ily thousands of paces (twenty miles) from the sea. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 216. 1. Italy is between two seas. 2. I know (scio) 
 the names of three cities of Italy. 3. The mouth of the 
 Tiber is twenty miles (thousands of paces) from Rome. 
 4. Ascanius was the first king of the Albans. 5. Of the two 
 sons of Proca one was king, the other was driven away 
 (pulsus est) by his brother. 6. Another city is built by 
 Romulus and Remus. 7. Each of the brothers wished to 
 give a name to the new city. 8. Remus saw six vultures; 
 Romulus saw twelve. '9. On account of the augury (augurio) 
 Romulus called the city Rome. 
 
 10. The Romans, commanded by the voice of Romulus, 
 renew the battle. 11. Romulus commands the Romans to 
 renew the battle. 12. The Sabine women with dishevelled 
 hair come between the fighting men. 13. On this side (hinc) 
 they entreat their fathers, on the other side (hinc) their 
 husbands, to put away their wrath. 14. We have been the 
 cause of wounds. 15. Without husbands we shall be widows; 
 without fathers we shall be orphans. 16. Without either 
 falterTs) of you (vestrum) we shall be widows or orphans. 
 
 Courtesy of The Metropolitan Museum of Art, N. Y. 
 
CHAPTER XXVII 
 THE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 
 
 217. The present, past, and future tenses represent 
 action as incomplete or as going on in present, past, and 
 future time, respectively; as, 
 
 Romulus et Remus urbem novam aedificabant, Romulus and 
 Remus were building a new city. (The work of building was going on.) 
 
 The perfect tense represents action as completed now 
 or as completed at the time of speaking: as, 
 
 Vidi urbem quam Romulus aedificavit, / have seen the city which 
 Romulus built. (Both verbs represent completed action.) 
 
 The perfect tense, indicative active, is formed by 
 joining the personal endings of the perfect tense to the 
 perfect stem. 
 
 Vid-i, aedificav-it, fu-isti (sum). 
 
 In the vocabulary the third form of a regular verb 
 is the first person singular of the perfect tense. From this 
 the perfect stem is found by dropping the ending -i ; as, 
 
 amo, amare, amavi (amav-i) ; perfect stem, amav-. 
 
 video, videre, vidi (vid-i) ; perfect stem, ^d-. 
 
 sum, esse, fm (fu-i) ; perfect stem, fu-. 
 
 The personal endings of the perfect indicative active 
 are, 
 
 Singular Plural 
 
 First person, -i -imus 
 
 Second person, -isli -istis 
 
 Third person, -it -enmt (-ere) 
 
 , 218. Review the present, past, and future tenses, sections 
 79, 122, 163, and recall the personal endings of those tenses in 
 
 (136) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 137 
 
 the active voice. Consider also the statements concerning the 
 use of the past tense in section 123. 
 
 Study the verbs in the following exercise. Find the perfect 
 tense in the vocabulary, distinguish the stem and the personal 
 endings, and translate the perfect tense so as to represent the 
 action of the verb as completed. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 219. 1. Quondam ego Romae fui; tune umquam ibi 
 fuisti? 2. Pater meus quondam in Italia fuit, sed ego et 
 fratres mei numquam ibi fuimus. 3. Domi, spero, non 
 miseri fuistis; multi homines sunt qui numquam in Italia 
 fuerunt. 
 
 4. Ubi est liber quem heri tibi dedl? 5. Librum quem 
 mihi dedisti domi habeo. 6. Alios libros quoque habeo, 
 quos magister mihi dedit. 7. Quis istos libros scripsit? 
 8. Titus Livius fuit scriptor. 9. Legistine libros Titi Livi? 
 
 10. Non omnes libros sed partem eorum (of them) legi. 
 
 11. Quam partem librorum legist i? 12. Eam (that) partem 
 leg! quae de antiqua Roma est seripta. 13. Fuitne Livius 
 scriptor bonus? 14. Scriptor optimus fuit. 
 
 15. Ubi sunt imagines quas puellae tibi fratribusque 
 heri dederunt? 16. Imagines quas puellae nobis dederunt 
 sororibus dedimus. 17. Quid! Num sororibus dedistis 
 imagines quas puellae vobis dederant (had given)? 
 
 18. Heri in silvis leonem vidi. 19. Num tu leonem 
 vidisti? Fuistine solus? Nonne leo te terruit? 20. Pater 
 erat me-cum; ille leonem vidit; nos ambo leonem vidimus; 
 venatores quoque qui nobiscum erant leonem viderunt. 
 21. Quid faciebat leo quem vidistis? 22. Vidimus leonem 
 aquam ex flumine bibentem. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the perfect forms of siim (fui), leg6 (legi)f 
 and video (vidi), arranging them in the usual order and giving the 
 translati^. 
 11 
 
© Underwood & Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 Urbs Roma ut Nunc Videtur 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 139 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 220. Fui, I was, I have been; dedi, I gave, I have 
 given; vidi, / saw, I have seen. 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Endings 
 
 fui, 
 
 / was {have been) 
 
 dedi 
 
 vidi 
 
 -i 
 
 fuisti, 
 
 you were 
 
 dedisti 
 
 vidisti 
 
 -isti 
 
 fuit, 
 
 he was 
 
 dedit 
 
 vidit 
 
 -it 
 
 Plural 
 
 fuimus, we were dedimus vidimus -imus 
 
 fuistis, ijou were dedistis vidistis -istis 
 
 fuerunt (-ere), they were dederunt (-ere) videnmt (-ere) -erunt (-ere) 
 
 a. Learn the conjugation of these verbs and the personal endings 
 of the perfect tense. 
 
 h. Conjugate the perfect tense of scribo (scripsi) and terreo 
 (temii). 
 
 THE PERFECT TENSE IN THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS 
 
 221. Find the present tense of each verb and learn the 
 first three forms given in the vocabulary. Recall the character- 
 istic form of the present infinitive in each of the four conjuga- 
 tions, and observe that in the perfect tense all verbs are conju- 
 gated alike. Translate the perfect tense according to the direc- 
 tions given in section 217. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 222. 1. Aeneas ab oris Troiae in Italiam venit. 2. 
 Mult OS comites secum in Italiam duxit. 3. Filius Aeneae 
 Albam Longam condidit. 4. Postea Proca fuit rex Alban- 
 omm. 5. Ille Numitorl regnum reliquit, sed Amulius 
 regnum occupavit. 6. Amulius rex filios Silviae in Tiberim 
 misit. 7. Aqua in sicco loco pueros reliquit atque lupa eos 
 curavit. 8. Faustulus pueros invenit coniugiquc eos dedit. 
 9. Adultl Romulus et Remus novam urbem condiderunt, 
 quam Romulus Romam vocavit. 10. Postea Romulus 
 
140 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 fratrem obtruncavit solusque regnavit. 11. RomanI uxores 
 non habebant; itaque virgines Sabinorum rapuerunt. 
 12. Haec (this) fuit statim causa belli. 13. Tarpeia 
 Sabinos in arcem perduxit. 14. Mllites earn scut is obrue- 
 runt. 15. Ubi Hostilius, ab Romanis prlnceps, cecidit 
 (cado), Mettius Curtius, ''Vicimus," clamitavit. 16. 
 Tunc Romulus, anna ad caelum tollens, lovi templum 
 vovit et Romanes pugnam redintegrare iussit (iubeo). 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Conjugate the perfect tense of several verbs, writing the trans- 
 lation of some of them. For the same verbs write the first three forms 
 given in the vocabulary observing that the third form is the perfect 
 tense. 
 
 h. What part of the verb mdicates the conjugation to which it 
 belongs? Is the perfect tense conjugated in the same way or differently 
 in the four conjugations? What arc the personal endings? 
 
 DUCES FOEDUS FACIUNT 
 
 223. Preces mulierum et multitudinem et duces 
 movent. Repentinum silentium est. Deinde foedus duces 
 faciunt; nee pacem modo sed civitatem unam ex duabus 
 faciunt. Ex bello tam trlsti laeta pax cariores Sablnas 
 viris ac parentibus et ante omnes Romulo ipsi fecit (facio). 
 Centum deinde ex senibus elegit, quos senatores nominavit 
 propter senectutem. Eorum consilio omnia agebat. Tres 
 equitum centurias constituit, populum in triginta curias dis- 
 tribuit. Inde conamtine regnum duobus regibus fuit. 
 
 a. Cariores, comparative degree of cams; pax cariores Sabinas 
 fecit, peace made the Sabine women dearer: Romulo ipsi, to Romvlus 
 himself. 
 
 h. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of cent, century, city, 
 common, counsel, distribute, move, nominate, senator, silence, 
 
 THE PERFECT STEM 
 
 224. That part of the verb to which the personal 
 endings of the perfect tense are joined is called the perfect 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 141 
 
 stem. The perfect stem is found by dropping the ending -i 
 of the perfect active indicative. 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF VERBS 
 
 225. The first person singular of the present indicative 
 active, the present active infinitive, and the first person 
 singular of the perfect indicative active are the first three 
 of the principal parts of regular verbs. These are called 
 principal parts because they must be known in order that 
 the verb may be conjugated in its various tenses. 
 
 The following table contains the first three of the 
 principal parts and the perfect stems of typical verbs of the 
 four conjugations, of a verb in -io, and of the verb sum. 
 
 CONJ. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Inf. 
 
 Per. 
 
 Per. Stem 
 
 I. 
 
 amo 
 
 amare 
 
 amavi 
 
 amav- 
 
 II. 
 
 video 
 
 videre 
 
 vidi 
 
 vid- * 
 
 III. 
 
 mitto 
 
 mittere 
 
 mM 
 
 mls- 
 
 IV. 
 
 audio 
 
 audire 
 
 audlvi 
 
 audiv- 
 
 Verb in -io 
 
 capio 
 
 capere 
 
 cepi 
 
 cep- 
 
 Sum 
 
 sum 
 
 esse 
 
 fui 
 
 fu- 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Arrange the verbs occupo, iubeo, ago, venio, facio, and possum 
 in a table similar to that above. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 226. Amavi, / loved, have loved; vidi, I saw, have seen; 
 misi, / sent, have sent; audivi, I heard, have heard. 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 amavi 
 
 vidi 
 
 mIsi 
 
 audivi j V. 
 
 amavisti 
 
 vidisti 
 
 misisti 
 
 audlvisti 
 
 ninavit 
 
 vidit 
 
 mlsit 
 
 [audivit 
 
 Plural 
 aniavimus vidimus mlsimus> audlvimus 
 
 amavistis vidistis misistis ^audivistis 
 
 amaverunt f-ere) viderunt (-Sre) miserunt (-ere) audlvenint (-ere) 
 
142 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 a. The perfect tense and all of tlie tenses \Vhich contain the perfect 
 stem are inflected in the same way in all of the conjugations. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of the Definite Perfect 
 
 227. The definite perfect, or the present perfect tense, 
 represents action as completed at the present time, or at 
 the time of speaking. (39) 
 
 Libros Livi legi, I have read the hooks of Livy. 
 
 The Use of the Indefinite Perfect 
 
 228. The indefinite perfect, or the historical perfect 
 tense, represents action as completed at some indefinite time 
 in the past. (40) 
 
 Pax mtilieres cariores fecit, -peace made the women dearer. 
 
 The Ablative of Cause 
 
 229. The ablative case is used to denote that because 
 of which, on account of which, or in accordance with which 
 anything is done. (41) 
 
 Senatorum consilio omnia agebat, he did {was doing) everything 
 according to the advice of the senators. 
 
 The Dative Denoting Possession 
 
 230. The dative case with the verb sum is used to 
 denote possession, the thing possessed being the subject. 
 (42) 
 
 Commune regnum duobus regibus fuit, two kings had the kingdom 
 in common (the common kingdom was to two kings). 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 231. 1. The entreaties of the Sabine women have 
 moved the multitude. 2. The leaders of the Romans and 
 the Sabines make peace. 3. Out of two states they made 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 143 
 
 one. 4. After so sad a war peace made the leaders glad. 
 
 5. Peace made the Sabine women dearer to their husbands. 
 
 6. Peace was acceptable (grata) to Romulus above (ante) 
 all. 7. Romulus selected one hundred senators. 8. He 
 was conducting all things in accordance with the advice of 
 the senators. 8. Romulus and Tatius had the kingdom 
 in common (to Romulus and Tatius there was a common 
 kingdom) . 
 
 Thermae Caracallae 
 
CHAPTER XXVIII 
 
 THE PAST PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 
 
 232. The past perfect tense (sometimes called the 
 pluperfect), like the corresponding tense in English, repre- 
 sents action as completed at some time in the past. 
 
 Romani virgines Sabinas quas rapuerant uxores habebant, The 
 
 Romans kept as wives the Sabine maidens whom they had seized. 
 
 The past perfect tense of the indicative mood, active 
 voice, contains the perfect stem, the tense-sign -era-, and 
 the usual personal endings of the active voice. 
 
 Amav-era-m, vid-era-t, mis-era-mus, audiv-era-nt, fu-era-s. 
 
 233. In the following exercises find the verbs which are in 
 the past perfect tense, learn and recite the first three of the 
 principal parts of each verb, and translate so as to express the 
 exact meaning. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 234. 1. Heri te in via ambulantem vidi. Ubi fueras? 
 
 2. Apud amicum Marcum fueram; namque ille erat aeger. 
 
 3. Ita timebam; namque eum cum ceteris puerls non 
 videram. Nempe Marcus nimis diligenter librls operam 
 dederat. 4. Non libris sed ludls operam dederat; namque 
 in flumine Tiber! Marcus fuerat dum frigus erat magnum. 
 
 5. Num tu atque frater cum Marco in . flumine fueratis? 
 
 6. In aqua cum eo non fueramus; namque omnes qui illo 
 die in flumine fuerant heri erant aegri. 7. Multos dies 
 solem non videramus ; itaque aqua erat gelida. 8. Maximos 
 imbres quoque habueramus atque mensis est Aprihs. 9. 
 Valens te valentem laetus video. 10. Et ego laetus sum 
 te valentem videns. 
 
 (144) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 145 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Make a list of all the past perfect forms. Write out iii the past 
 p<»rfect tense the conjugation of sum (fueram), do (dederam), and video 
 (videram), with the translation of eacli fonn. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 235. 1. Tarpeia, virgo Romana, Sabinos in arcem 
 peiduxerat. 2. Sabini earn sctitis obruerunt; namque 
 Tarpeia petierat quod (that which) Sabini in sinistris 
 gerebant, et scuta in sinistris habebant. 3. Principes 
 utrimque pugnabant. 4. lam ad veterem portam Palati 
 venerant. 5. Vox caelestis Romanos resistere iussit; 
 itaque proelium redintegrabant, 6. Mulieres quae causa 
 belli fuerant proelium videbant. 7. Inter tela volantia 
 mulieres venerunt. 8. Neque viduae neque orbae esse vole- 
 bant; itaque dirimere Iras et patres et viros orabant. 
 
 9. Preces mulierum duces moverunt. 10. Deinde 
 muUerum consilio foedus et pacem fecerunt. 11. Pax erat 
 laeta quod bellum tam triste fuerat. 12. Sabinae virTs ac 
 parentibus et ante omnes Romulo ipsi erant carae. 13. 
 Centimi senes quos elegerat Romulus senatores nominavit. 
 14. Ex duabus civitatibus unam fecerunt atque commune 
 regnum duobus regibus fuit. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Write out and learn the first three of the principal parts of 
 each verb, and name the tens<; of each verb in the sentences above, 
 giving the translation of the form used. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 236. Fueram, / had been; amaveram, I had loved; 
 videram, / had seen; miseram, / had sent; audiveram, / 
 had heard. 
 
 Singular Plural 
 
 fueram, / had been fueramus, we had been 
 
 fueras, you had been fueratis, you had been 
 
 fuerat, he had been fuerant, they had been 
 
146 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 amaveram 
 
 amaveras 
 
 amaverat 
 
 amaveramus 
 
 amaveratis 
 
 amaverant 
 
 Singular 
 vlderam miseram 
 
 videras miseras 
 
 viderat mlserat 
 
 Plukal 
 videramus mlseramus 
 
 vlderatis miseratis 
 
 viderant miserant 
 
 audlveram 
 
 jiiidiveras 
 
 audlverat 
 
 audiveramus 
 
 audlveratis 
 
 audlverant 
 
 a. The quantity of a in the tense-sign -era- is short when followed 
 by m, t, or nt, and long before the other endings. 
 
 h. The past perfect tense in the indicative active is conjugated in 
 the same way in all the conjugations. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of the Past Perfect Tense 
 
 237. The past perfect tense is used to represent action 
 as completed at some time in the past. (43) 
 
 Senes quos elegerat Romulus senatores nominavit, the old men 
 whom he had selected Romidus called senators. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 238. 1. The boy Marcus was sick because he had 
 been in the river. 2. The water was cold because it was 
 the month of April. 3. There had also been very great 
 rains. 4. The boys had given their attention too much 
 to sport. 5. The master had told (ordered) the boys to 
 give attention to their books. 6. The master had been a 
 boy himself and had loved the water. 7. Therefore the 
 sports of the boys were pleasing to the master. 
 
 8. The seizing of the maidens (the maidens seized) had 
 been the cause of war. 9. The Sabine women had come 
 between the weapons of their husbands and fathers. 
 
 10. The entreaties of the women had moved the leaders. 
 
 11. The women had been dear to their parents and hus- 
 bands, but peace made them dearer. 
 
CHAPTER XXIX 
 THE FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 
 
 239. The future perfect tense in Latin, if translated 
 literally, is equivalent to the same tense in English. 
 
 Cum Tarpeia hostes in arcem perduxerit, munus habebit, when 
 Tarpeia shall have conducted the enemy to the i-itadel, she iirill have her 
 reward. 
 
 The tenses are used with greater exactness in Latin 
 than in Enghsh, and hence the Latin future perfect may 
 sometimes be translated by the English present. 
 
 Si muiieres inter tela venerint, patres et viri iras diriment, if the 
 women come (literally, shall have come) between the weapons, their fathers 
 and husbands urill put aumy their urrath. 
 
 The futm-e perfect tense of the indicative active con- 
 tains the perfect stem, the tense-sign -eri- (first person, -ero), 
 and the personal endings of the active voice; as, 
 Fu-ero, ded-eri-t, ^ad-eri-mus. 
 
 240. Review the perfect and the past perfect tenses, sec- 
 tions 226, 236. 
 
 In the following exercises translate the future perfect tense 
 literally, and again in accordance with the English idiom. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 241. L Filius cuiusdam (a certain) oppidani erat mali 
 servl amicus. 2. Pater id intellexit sed amicitiam eorum 
 prohibere non poterat. 3. Filium monebat, servum terrebat. 
 
 4. Servus minas domini timebat et haec (this) amico dixit: 
 
 5. "Si tuorum consiUorum fuero particeps, pater tuuS me in 
 poenam dabit; 6. si me in poenam dederit, ero miserrimus." 
 
 (147) 
 
148 
 
 EI.EMENTA PRIMA 
 
 7. Turn fllius"^! pater," inquit, ''propter me tibi fuerit saevus, 
 pro te ego poenam dabo. 8. NunKiuam, cum mihi fidus 
 fueris, te miserum videbo. 9. Si autem ambo in maleficio 
 fuerimus, aut una supplicium dabimus aut una periculum 
 vitabimus." 10. Postea pater pueros in agros misit. 11. 
 "Si impigri," inquit, *'hodie fueritis, eras in circo ludos 
 videbitis." 12. Nempe ita putavit: ''Si hodie pueri dili- 
 gent es fuerint, ils (to them) praemium dabo." 13. Sic 
 
 ( 'f.kta.mkx ('rRRrr.M i\ 
 
 Cii;. 
 
 in agros veniunt. 14. Vesperl cum pater nihil factum 
 viderit, quid puerl sperabunt? 
 
 15. Cum mulieres inter pugnantes mllites venerint, 
 repentlnum silentium erit. 16. Si RomanI cum hostibus 
 foedus fecerint, ex duabus civitatibus erit una. 17. Cum 
 Romulus senatores elegerit, eorum consilio omnia aget. 
 18. ()mni])us pax erit laeta. 19. Duo reges commune 
 legnum hal)ebunt. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the future perfect forms. Write the conjuga- 
 tion in the future perfect tense of siim (fuero), do (dedero), video 
 (videro), eligo (elegero), and venio (venero), giving the translation of 
 the first person singular. 
 
Underwood d* IJnderv^ood , N . F. 
 
 Capitolium ut Hodie Est 
 
150 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 h. At what time does the future perfect tense represent action as 
 completed? 
 
 TEMPESTAS AB TERRIS ROMULUM AUFERT 
 
 242. Post aliquot annos Tatius, alter regum, inter- 
 ficitur. Romulus, solus iterum rex, multitudim et patribus 
 gratus fuit atque maxime acceptus mllitum animls. Postea 
 dum contionem in campo habet, subita tempestas cum 
 magno fragore tonitribusque denso regem operuit nimbo; 
 nee inde in terris Romulus fuit. Proculus Itilius, gravis 
 vir, contionem venit. ''Romulus," inquit, ''Quirltes, 
 parens huius urbis, prima hodierna luce caelo repente 
 delapsus se mihi obvium dedit. 'Mea Roma,' inquit, 'caput 
 orbis terrarum erit; nullae opes humanae armis Romanis 
 resistere poterunt.' " Deinde deum et regem parentemque 
 urbis Romae salvere universi Romulum iubent. 
 
 «. Cum magno fragore tonitribusque, with a great peal of thunder 
 (literally, ivith a great noise and thunder); prima hodierna luce, at dawn 
 to-day (lit., at to-day's first light); se mihi obviimi dedit, met me (lit., 
 put himself in the way to me, in my way); salvere universi Romulum 
 iubent, all hail Romidus (lit., all hid Romulus hail). 
 
 h. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of accept, camp, dense, 
 grave (adj.), human, tempest, universe. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 243. Fuero, I shall have been; amavero, I shall have 
 loved; videro, 7 shall have seen; misero, I shall have sent; 
 audivero, I shall have heard. 
 
 Singular Plural 
 
 fuero, / shall have been fuerimus, we shall have been 
 
 fueris, you urill have been fueritis, you will have been 
 
 fuerit, he will have been fuerint, they vdll have been 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 amavero 
 
 videro 
 
 misero 
 
 audivero 
 
 amaveris 
 
 videris 
 
 miseris 
 
 audiveris 
 
 amaverit 
 
 viderit 
 
 miserit 
 
 audlverit 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 151 
 
 1'lural 
 
 amaverimus viderimus miserimus audiverimus 
 
 amaveritis videritis miseritis audiveritis 
 
 amaverint viderint miserint audlverint 
 
 a. Both vowels in the tense-sign -eri- are short; in the first person 
 singular o in -ero is long. 
 
 h. In the future perfect tense, and in all tenses which contain the 
 perfect stem, all verbs are conjugated alike. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of the Futiire Perfect Tense 
 
 244. The future perfect tense represents action as 
 completed at some future time. (44) 
 
 Si diligentes fueritis, vobis praemium dabitur, if you shall have 
 been (are) diligent, a reward will he given to you. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 245. 1. When the prayers of the women shall have 
 moved the multitude, there will be silence. 2. When the 
 leaders make (shall have made) a treaty, there will be peace. 
 
 3. When Romulus chooses (shall have chosen) one hundred 
 senators, he will do all things according to their advice. 
 
 4. If the leaders make (shall have made) a treaty, two kings 
 will have the kingdom in common (a common kingdom 
 will be to two kings). 
 
 5. When a thick cloud covers (shall have covered) 
 Romulus, he will not be longer on earth. 6. ''If my 
 Rome," said Romulus, ''shall be the capital of the world, 
 no human power will be able to withstand Roman arms." 
 7. The city which Romulus founded was the capital of the 
 world. 8. Hail (imperative), Romulus (voc), king and 
 father of the Roman city. 9. Romulus, we bid you hail 
 (to hail). 10. All hailed Romulus as father and king (bade 
 to hail). 11. I bid you hail. 
 
CHAPTER XXX 
 THE PERFECT ACTIVE INFINITIVE 
 
 246. The perfect active infinitive is formed by joining 
 the ending -isse to the perfect stem; as, 
 
 Fu-isse, to have been; regnav-isse, to have reigned. 
 
 The present and the perfect tenses of the infinitive 
 denote, respectively, time that is relatively present or past; 
 that is, time that is present or past with reference to the 
 time of the verb upon which the infinitive depends. 
 
 Magister dicit Romam esse urbem pulchram, the master says that 
 Rome is {says Roine to he) a beautiful city. 
 
 Magister dicit Romam caput orbis terrarum fuisse, the rruister 
 
 says that Rome was {says Rome to have been) the capital of the world. 
 
 These two sentences illustrate one of the most common 
 uses of the Latin infinitive, following a verb denoting saying 
 or thinking, or some similar expression, and having its own 
 subject in the accusative case. In translating such sen- 
 tences into EngHsh the conjunction that is generally used 
 and the English verb is in the indicative mood rather than 
 in the infinitive. 
 
 247. Review the present infinitive, sections 179, 184; and 
 the uses of the infinitive, sections 186-190. 
 
 Study the verbs that are used in the perfect infinitive in 
 the following reading exercise and find the present indicative of 
 each verb in the vocabulary. It is important that the first 
 three of the principal parts of each verb should be learned. 
 
 Notice the meaning of the verbs and expressions which are 
 followed by an infinitive with its accusative subject. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 248. 1. Vesperl pater filium ad se vocat. 2. "Quid 
 hodie,"- pater rogat, ''a magistro didicisti?" 3. "PlUrima," 
 
 (152) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 153 
 
 puer respondet. 4. "Didici Romam fuisse ui'bem antiquam 
 Italiae, atque multa- alia mihi magister dixit." 5. "Quid 
 aliud dixit?" 6. ''Dixit Romuliun et Remum fratres urbem 
 condidisse atque postea Roniulum suuni fratrem interfecisse 
 solumque regnavisse. 7. Fabulam autem delectantissimam 
 magister mihi narravit." 8. '^Quae est ista fabula?" 9. 
 ''Dixit se quondam in silva fuisse magnumque leonem ibi 
 vidisse atque eum ad flumen venisse." 10. "Nonne 
 magister leonem timuit?" 11. "Dixit se piimo magnopere 
 timuisse, sed mox leonem ex conspectu suo in silvam effti- 
 gisse." 12. ''Eratne fabula vera?" 13. Nescio, sed 
 susplcionem habeo magistrum fabulam finxisse." 
 
 14. Dicitur Romulum multittidini et patribus gratum 
 fuisse. 15. Livius scribit subitam tempest atem regem 
 denso operuisse nimbo. 16. Proculus Julius dixit se 
 parentem urbis caelo delapsum vidisse. 17. Omnes clami- 
 tabant, "Deus et rex parensque urbis, salve." 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the verbs which are in the perfect infinitive. 
 Write the first three of the principal parts of each verb. 
 
 b. Make a list of all the words and expressions which are followed 
 by an infinitive with its subject in the accusative case. 
 
 TYPICAL VERBS 
 249. The perfect active infinitive of typical verbs of 
 the four conjugations, of the irregular verb sum, and of 
 verbs in -io, is shown in the following table : 
 
 Present Perfect Stem Perfect Infinithte 
 
 I. 
 
 amo 
 
 amav- 
 
 amavisse 
 
 II. 
 
 video 
 
 vid- 
 
 vidisse 
 
 III. 
 
 mitto 
 
 mis- 
 
 misisse 
 
 IV. 
 
 audio 
 
 audlv- 
 
 audivisse 
 
 Sum 
 
 sum 
 
 fu- 
 
 fuisse 
 
 Verb in -io 
 
 capio 
 
 cep- 
 
 cepisse 
 
 12 
 
154 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 a. Tlic perfect uctive infinitive is formed in the same way in 
 verbs of all the conjugations, and in all irregular verbs, by adding the 
 ending -isse to the perfect stem. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Infinitive with Verbs of Saying 
 
 250. The infinitive with a subject in the accusative 
 case is used after verbs of saying and thinking, and after 
 expressions which imply saying or thinking. (45) 
 
 Dixit fratres urbem condidisse, he said that the brothers had 
 founded the city; suspicionem habeo fabulam non veram fuisse, / have 
 a suspicion that the story was not true. 
 
 The Time Denoted by the Perfect Infinitive 
 
 251. The time denoted by the perfect infinitive is past 
 with reference to the time of the verb upon which the 
 infinitive depends. (46) 
 
 Dicit leonem venisse, he says that a lion came {has come); dixit 
 leonem venisse, he said that a lion had come (came). 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 252. 1. What have you learned to-day? 2. I have 
 learned that after the death of Tatius, Romulus reigned 
 alone again. 3. Livy says that Romulus was very accept- 
 able to the soldiers; 4. that a sudden tempest covered the 
 king with a thick cloud; 5. and that Romulus was no 
 longer on earth. 6. It is said (dicitur) that Romulus 
 descending from the sky met Proculus at dawn. 7. It is said 
 that Rome was the capital of the world; 8. and that no 
 power was able to resist Roman arms. 9. I have heard 
 that the Romans called (voco) Romulus a god and king and 
 the father of the city. 10. Do you think that Romulus 
 was a god? 11. Did you say that Rome was the capital 
 of the world? 
 
CHAPTER XXXI 
 REVIEW OF NOUNS 
 
 Gender 
 
 FORMATION OF LATIN NOUNS AND ENGLISH 
 DERIVATIVES 
 
 253. In Latin the gender of names of persons and animals 
 is the same as in EngUsh, nouns denoting males being 
 mascuhne and nouns denoting females being feminine. 
 Other nouns may be mascuhne, feminine, or neuter in Latin, 
 although the corresponding nouns in English are neuter. 
 
 The gender of some Latin nouns may be determined 
 by the following general rules, although there are exceptions: 
 
 (1) Names of rivers, winds, and months are masculine. 
 Tiberis, the Tiber; Auster, the south wind; Aprilis, April. 
 
 (2) Names of cities, countries, islands, and trees are 
 feminine. 
 
 Italia, Italy; Roma, Rome; Sicilia, Sicily; ulmus, the elm. 
 
 (3) Indeclinable nouns, infinitives, clauses, etc., are 
 neuter. 
 
 Nihil, nothing; audire avis gratum est, to hear the birds is pleasing. 
 
 The gender of nouns is also indicated by the ending 
 of the nominative singular, certain endings being generally 
 found in masculine nouns, certain others in feminine nouns, 
 and still others in neuter nouns. 
 
 254. In the following exercise find the gender of each noun 
 by consulting the general rules in section 253 or the vocabulary; 
 and notice particularly the endings of nouns of each gender in 
 the nominative singular. 
 
 155 
 
156 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Review the first three declensions of nouns. Learn the 
 declension of the typical nouns, and find a model for the declen- 
 sion of each noun in the reading exercise which follows. 
 
 FiLIA SALtJTEM DIGIT MATRI CORNELIAE 
 (A letter to Cornelia from her daughter.) 
 255. 1. Ex longa navigatione ego et pater Romam 
 pervenimus. 2. Navis quae nos hue vexit e.rat bona et 
 
 I *--r: 
 
 Porta Romana Sebastiana Vocata 
 
 pulchra. 3. Mare, dum per f re turn Siciliae vehebamur, 
 erat placidum. 4. Lenis Auster vela tendebat. 5. Nullae 
 nubes sed interdiu sol, nocte luna et stellae in caelo vide- 
 
ELEMENTA PRIIMA 
 
 157 
 
 bantui'. 6. Pater comitesque longos sermones habuerunt, 
 quos libenter audivT. 7. Alius de animalibus floribusque 
 omnium generum multa narrabat. 8. Ab alio multa de 
 bellls atque de virtute mllitum Romanorum dicebantur. 
 9. Magnae partis sermones erant de tempestate; nunc 
 calorem nunc frigus culpabant. 10. Nihil eos delectabat. 
 1 1 . Nautae saepe carmina 
 canebant. 
 
 12. Denique oras 
 Italiae ac portimi Nea- 
 polis montemque Vesu- 
 vium vidimus. 13. lam 
 navem relinquimus et ad 
 urbem Romam prope- 
 ramus. 14. lam in viTs 
 antiquTs vestigia poni- 
 mus. 15. Magna cum 
 voluptate url)em anti- 
 quam video. 16. Fltimon 
 et pontes atque forum et 
 templa videil possunt. 
 
 17. Sunt quoque imagines 
 multae clarorum civium 
 et imperatorum atque 
 deorum et dearum. 
 
 18. Mihi certum est Ro- 
 manos antiques urbem 
 suam maxime amavisse. 
 
 19. In collibus et in hortis sunt arbores pulchrae, et ulml 
 altae et latae quercus. 20. Hominum multitudinem omnium 
 gentium in urbe invenio. 21. Pompeii, illud oppidum 
 clarum quod eruptione Montis Vesuvl opertum est, non 
 longe absunt; id quoque videbimus. 22. Romam vidisse 
 semper erit gratum. 23. Mox iterum scribam. Vale. 
 Romae April! scrips!. 
 
 Or A Italiae 
 
158 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Decline typical nouns and learn the nominative, the genitive, 
 and the gender of each. 
 
 h. Make separate lists of all the masculine, feminine, and neuter 
 nouns belonging to each declension, writing the forms in the nominative 
 singular. 
 
 c. Make a table to show what nominative endings belong to each 
 gender in the first, the second, and the third declensions. 
 
 GENDER IN THE FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD 
 DECLENSIONS 
 
 256. The gender of nouns, if not determined by the 
 rules in section 253, can best be learned by observation. 
 The following general statements may be made but there 
 are exceptions. 
 
 (1) In the first declension nouns ending in -a, except names of 
 males and words which refer to males, are feminine. Stella, star. 
 
 (2) In the second declension nouns ending in -er, -ir, -us are 
 mascuhne. Puer, hoy; vir, man; amicus, friend. Nouns in -lun arc 
 neuter. Donum, gijl. 
 
 (3) In the third declension nouns ending in -or (gen., -oris), -6 
 (-onis), -er (-ris), -as (-itis), are masculine. Scriptor, writer; sermo 
 (sermonis), speech; pater (patris), father; mfles (militis), soldier. 
 
 Nouns ending in -tas (-tatis), -tus (-tutis), -es (-is), -go or -do 
 (-inis), -id (-ionis), and -is (-is) are feminine. Tempestas (tempestatis), 
 weather; virtus (virtutis), valor; nubes (nubis), cloud; imago (imaginis), 
 image: multitude (multitudinis), multitude; navigatio (navigationis), 
 voyage; navis, ship. 
 
 Collis (-is), hill; ignis (-is), fire; mensis (-is), month; and orbis 
 (-is), circle, a^e masculine. 
 
 The most common endings of neuter nouns of the third declension 
 are -en, -us, -e, -al. Flumen, river; genus, kind; mare, sea; animal, 
 animal. 
 
 FORMATION OF LATIN NOUNS 
 
 257. Latin nouns have been formed by the use of certain 
 suffixes from verbs, from other nouns, and from adjectives; 
 and many Latin nouns thus formed have been transferred 
 with Uttle or no change into the Enghsh language. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 159 
 
 Flumen et Pons 
 
 (1) Nouns denoting the agent or the doer of an act 
 are formed by adding the suffix -tor to roots or to stems of 
 verbs. 
 
 auditor (audio), auditor. 
 
100 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 (2) Nouns denoting action or the result of action are 
 formed by the suffixes -io, -tio, -tura, -ium. 
 
 legio, legionis (lego), legion. 
 oratio, orationis (oro), oration. 
 scriptura (scribo, scrip tiiiii), scriplure. 
 imperium (iinpero), empire. 
 
 (3) Nouns denoting state or condition are formed by 
 the suffix -or. 
 
 terror (terreo), terror. 
 
 (4) Nouns denoting quahty or condition are formed 
 from nouns and adjectives by the suffixes -ia, -tia, -tas, -tudo. 
 
 custodia (custos, custodis), custody. 
 iustitia {m^ins), justice. 
 societas (socius), society. 
 multitudo (multus), multitude. 
 
 ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN NOUNS 
 
 258. The following list contains examples of English nouns 
 derived from Latin nouns. Notice the Latin nouns which have been 
 formed from verbs, adjectives, and nouns, as explained in section 257. 
 
 agricultura (ager and cultura, from imperator (impero), emperor. 
 
 colo, cultum), agriculture. libertas (liber), liberty. 
 
 arma, arm^. littera (lino), letter. 
 
 auguriiim (augur), augury. magnitudo (magnus), mngnilude. 
 
 avis, aviation (as if from aviatio). regnum (rex), reign. 
 
 captor (capio), captor. religio, religion. 
 
 causa, cause. sermo (sero), sermon. 
 
 condicio (con-dico), condition. similitudo (similis), similitude. 
 
 corpus, corps, corpse. tempestas (tempus), tempest. 
 
 corpusculiim (diminutive from templmn, temple. 
 
 corpus), corpuscle. verbuin, verb. 
 
 cura (caveo), cure. victoria (victor), victory. 
 
 curator (euro), curator. virgo, virginis, virgin. 
 
 dux (duco), duke. vox, vocis (voco), voice. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Find the Latin noun from which each of the following English 
 nouns has been derived ; and if possible, trace the Latin noun to a more 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 161 
 
 primitive Liitiii word (verb, noun, Or adjective) from which it was 
 formed. Notice especially any examples of word-formation similar 
 to the illustrations in section 257; for example, inalron, matrona 
 (mater). 
 
 arena flower memory principle 
 
 camp glory militia solitude 
 
 capitol horticulture motor spectacle 
 
 digit humanity option spectator 
 
 REVIEW OF SYNTAX 
 
 259. Review the rules of syntax, 1-46, section 571, and 
 find as many illustrations as possible in sections 242, 248, and 255. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 260. 1. Cornelia's daughter sends (says) greeting to 
 her mother. 2. After a long voyage the daughter and her 
 father are in Home. 3. They were sailing (were being 
 carried) through the strait of Sicily. 4. No clouds were 
 in the sky and the sea was quiet. 5. Many companions 
 were with Corneha's daughter on the good ship. 6. There 
 were long conversations about many things. 7. The valor 
 of Roman soldiers was spoken of (dicebatur). 8. The 
 Roman soldiers were of great valor. 9. By some the 
 great heat was complained of. 10. Others complained of 
 the great cold. 
 
 11. They were approaching Italy when they saw Mount 
 Vesuvius. 12. Soon they had set foot in the streets of the 
 ancient city. 13. They could see (were able to see) the 
 forum and temples. 14. Statues of gods and goddesses were 
 in the city. 15. People (men) of many races can be seen in 
 Rome. 16. The girl and her father were in Rome in April. 
 17. Can you write a letter in the Latin language? 18, Soon 
 we shall be able to write letters in the Latin language. 
 
 19. It is pleasing to see the letter of Cornelia's daughter. 
 
 20. Cornelia will be glad to see (glad will see) her daughter 
 returning home. ^ 
 
CHAPTER XXXII 
 PRONOUNS 
 
 Personal, Reflexive, and Possessive 
 
 261. The Latin personal pronouns are the following: 
 
 First 'person: ego (mei), /; nos (nostrum or nostri), loe. 
 Second person: tu (tui), you (sing.); vos (vestnim or vestri), you 
 (pl.). 
 
 There is no special personal pronoun of the third person 
 in Latin, but its place is supplied by the demonstrative is, 
 he; ea, she; id, it; or by some other demonstrative pro- 
 noun. The subject of a verb, when it is not expressed, is 
 implied in the personal ending, which thus becomes a substi- 
 tute for a personal pronoun. 
 
 The reflexive pronoun of the third person is sm (gen.), 
 of himself, of herself, of itself, of themselves y the singular and 
 plural forms being the same. 
 
 For each personal and reflexive pronoun there is a 
 corresponding possessive : 
 
 meus (-a, -um), my, mine; noster, (nostra, nostrum), our. 
 
 tuus (-a, -lun), yoiir (sing.); vester (vestra, vestnun), your (pi.). . 
 
 suus (-a, -imi), his, her, its; suus (-a, -lun), their. 
 
 262. Study the case forms of tlie personal, reflexive, and 
 possessive pronouns. Observe the use of the personal and reflex- 
 ive pronouns as nouns, and the use of the possess! ves as adjectives. 
 
 Notice the position of the preposition cum when it is used 
 with a personal pronoun; as, mecum, with me. 
 
 Several forms of the pronouns will be readily recognized on 
 account of their use in preceding "exercises. 
 
 (162) 
 
© Underwood d' Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 Amphitheatrum Pompeianum et Mons Vesuvius 
 
164 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 263. 1. Meus pater est egens sed tuus pater est dives. 
 2. Ego sum egens sed tu es dives. 3. Mihi sunt paucae 
 res, tibi sunt multae. 4. Omnes (homines) me measque 
 for tunas spernunt; te tuasque fortunas laudant. 5. 
 Homines immemores mel, tui memores sunt. 6. Tecum 
 copia, mecum inopia est. 7. Nonne tu ex tuis bonis mihi 
 aliquid dabis? 
 
 8. Nos in adversis fortunis sumus sed non sumus 
 miseri. 9. Vos in fortunis estis secundis sed non estis beati. 
 10. Vobis sunt et divitiae et curae; nobis neque divitiae 
 neque curae sunt. 11. Nos saepe, vos non semper boni 
 laudant. 12. Non a nobis sed a vobis commutatio fortii- 
 narum timetur. 13. Quis nostrum (gen.) fortunam vestram 
 laudat? Quis vestrum (gen.) laudat fortunam nostram? 
 14. Vestri amici, dum in secundis fortiinis eritis, vestrT 
 (gen. pi.) erunt memores. 15. Nostri amici semper nostri 
 (gen. pi) memores erunt. 16. Vestri (gen. pL), dum in 
 secundis fortunis eritis, nostri (gen. pi.) semper amici erunt 
 memores. 
 
 17. Malus homo sui est amator. 18. Se suasque 
 fortunas semper laudat. 19. Sibi est carus et ab se amatur. 
 20. Mali homines sunt amatores sui. 21. Se suasque 
 fortunas semper laudant. 22. Sibi sunt cari et al) sese 
 amantur. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write the declension of ego (pi., nos) and tii (pi., vos). Write 
 also all the forms of sui, singular and plural. 
 
 h. Decline the possessive pronouns, meus, noster, tuus, vaster, 
 and suus in the nominative and genitive singular in all genders. 
 
 c. How does the Latin differ from the English in the use of 
 personal pronouns as subjects of verbs? 
 
 DECLENSION. 
 
 264. Ego, I; tu, you; sm, of himself, of herself, etc. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 165 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Pl. Sing. 
 
 Pl. Sing. & Pl. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 ego 
 
 nos tu 
 
 vos — 
 
 Gen. 
 
 mei 
 
 nostrum, nostri tui 
 
 vestrum, vestri sui 
 
 Dat. 
 
 mihi, mi 
 
 nobis tibi 
 
 vobis sibi 
 
 Ace. 
 
 me 
 
 nos te 
 
 vos se, sese 
 
 Voc. 
 
 — 
 
 — tii 
 
 vos — 
 
 Ahl. me nobis te vobis s 
 
 a. The reflexive sui has the same forms in the singular and in the 
 plural. 
 
 b. The possessive pronouns are declined like adjectives of the 
 first and second declensions. Meus, -a, -um (vocative, mi) ; noster, 
 nostra, nostnmi; tuus, -a, -vim; vaster, vestra, vestrum; suus, -a, 
 -imi. 
 
 c. With the ablative of the personal and reflexive pronouns the 
 preposition cimi is an enclitic. Mectmi, ivith me; tecum, with you; 
 nobisctmi, with us; vobiscum, ivith you; secum, with himself, with 
 themselves. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of Personal Pronoims 
 
 265. The personal pronouns are generally used like 
 nouns, but the nominative case is not expressed as the sub- 
 ject of a verb unless it denotes emphasis or contrast. (47) 
 
 a. The genitives mei, tui, nostri, vestri, sui, are generally used as 
 objective genitives (sec. 269) ; nostrum and vestnun are used as genitives 
 of the whole (sec. 270). 
 
 h. The demonstrative, is, ea, id, or some other demonstrative 
 pronoun supphes the place of a personal pronoun of the third person, 
 which is lacking in Latin; and the genitive case of the same pronoun" 
 supphes the place of a possessive of the third person. Eius, of him, of 
 her, of it (his, her, its); eorum, eanun, of them (their). 
 
 The Use of the Reflexive Pronoun 
 
 266. The reflexive pronoun and the corresponding 
 possessive refer to the subject of the verb. (48) 
 
 Malus homo se laudat, the bad mmi praises himself; Omnes su6s 
 amicos amant, all love their mim friends. 
 
166 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 a. The personal pronouns may be used reflexively; as, ipse me 
 laudo, 7 praise mi 
 
 The Use of Possessive Pronouns 
 
 267. The possessive pronouns are used like adjectives 
 and agree with the nouns which they modify, not with their 
 antecedents, in case, number, and gender. (49) 
 
 Meus pater, my father; tua mater, your mother; nostrae fortunae, 
 our fortunes; pater noster, our father. 
 
 a. Noster and vester are in the same case, number, and gender 
 as the thing possessed ; as, nostra patria, our country. 
 
 b. The possessive pronoun is often omitted if the meaning is 
 clear without it; as, parentes llberos amant, parents love their children. 
 
 Adjectives as Noims 
 
 268. Some adjectives, generally in the plural, are used 
 as substitutes for nouns. In the masculine and feminine 
 such adjectives denote persons; in the neuter they denote 
 things. (50) 
 
 Omnes, all (people); boni, the good; bona, good (things), goods; 
 nostn, our friends; nostra, our possessions. 
 
 The Objective Genitive 
 
 269. With nouns denoting action or feehng, and with 
 adjectives denoting desire, memory, participation, etc., the 
 genitive is used to represent the object of the action or 
 feeling. (51) 
 
 Amator sui, a lover of himself; amici sunt nostri (gen.) memores, 
 our friends are mindful of us. 
 
 The Genitive of the Whole 
 
 270. The genitive of the whole is used to modify a 
 word denoting a part. (52) 
 
 Quis nostrum, who of us? Roma est maxima urbitmi Italiae, Rome 
 is the largest of the cities of Italy. 
 
 a. This is sometimes called the partitive genitive. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 167 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 271. 1. I am a brave soldier but you are not brave 
 2. The leader will praise me but you he will blame. 3. To 
 me a reward will be given, to you punishment. 4. The 
 citizens will always have memory of me, but memory of 
 you will not come to mind. 5. Our country will be saved 
 by me, but by you the country is not loved. 6. Be thou 
 brave and fight for thy country. 
 
 7. While we are playing ball (pila ludere), you (pi.) are 
 reading your books. 8. One (alter) of us throws (sends) the 
 ball; the other catches (accipere) it (eam). 9. Some 
 (alteri) of you are read- 
 ing the books of Caesar, 
 the others (alteri) are 
 reading Vergil's (Vergi'- 
 ll). 10. Soon you will 
 play ball (with the ball) 
 and we will read our 
 Latin books. 11. We 
 will give you the ball. 
 
 12. Give us the books. 
 
 13. The master tells (or- 
 ders) us to read our 
 Latin books; he tells 
 
 you to play ball. 14. The master will be praised by you. 
 15. Will he also be praised by us? 
 
 16. The brave soldier is forgetful of himself. 17. Brave 
 soldiers are forgetful of themselves. 18. Romulus sought a 
 wife for himself. 19. The Romans sought wives for them- 
 selves. 20. Romulus was bravely defending himself. 21. 
 The Romans were bravely defending themselves. 22. 
 The brave do not praise themselves. 23. The good are 
 praised by all. 24. Our own (things) are dear to us, yours 
 to you. 
 
 Courtesy of The Aletropolitan Museum of Art, 
 
 Lebes Aeneus 
 
CHAPTER XXXIII 
 
 THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS HIC, ISTE, 
 AND ILLE 
 
 The Intensive /j&se 
 
 272. The demonstrative pronouns hie, this, iste, that, 
 and ille, that, are used chiefly to designate some definite 
 person or thing. They may be used as adjectives agreeing 
 in case, number, and gender with the nouns defined, or they 
 may be used to represent their antecedents. 
 
 Hie generally refers to something connected in time, 
 place, or thought with the person speaking; iste refers to 
 something connected with the person addressed; ille refers 
 to something remote from both. 
 
 The intensive ipse (ipsa, ipsum), himself (herself, itself), 
 is used for emphasis and should be carefully distinguished 
 from the reflexive sui. 
 
 273. Study the pronouns found in section 274 and observe 
 the use of each as adjective or substantive (noun). If the pro- 
 noun is used as an adjective, notice its agreement with the 
 modified noun in case, number and gender; if it is used as a 
 noun, compare its gender and number with the gender and 
 number of its antecedent, and to explain the case apply the rules 
 for the syntax of nouns. Compare the genitive and dative forms 
 in the singular with the corresponding cases of unus, sections 211. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 274. 1. Hie libei^ est meus, iste liber est tuus, ille liber 
 est magistri. 2. Qui hbros magistrl scripserunt? 3. lUlus 
 Caesar, istius Vergilius, huius Horatius erat scriptor. 4. 
 Quibus de rebus (on what subjects) Horati fiber est scriptus? 
 5. Multa in illo libro de sapientia atque de hominibus sunt 
 
 (168) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 169 
 
 scripta. G. Pluriinos aiulcos Honitius habebat ; liuic 
 Maecenas, amicus August! Caesaris, agi-os in inontibus 
 Sabinis dedit. 7. In his locis Horatitis villam pulcherrimam 
 habebat atque hie maxmia cum voluptate partem aetatisvixit. 
 8. Haec epistula a patre meo, ista a tuo patre, ilia a 
 filia Corneliae est scripta. 9. Verba huius epistulae mihi 
 sunt cara; suntne verba 
 istius epistulae tibi cara? 
 nonne verba illius epistu- 
 lae cara erant Corneliae? 
 10. In hac epistula 
 multa Latinis verbis sunt 
 scripta. 11. Suntne in 
 ista epistula verba 
 Latina? 12. In ilia 
 epistula quam filia Cor- 
 neliae scripsit multa sunt 
 de urbe Roma. 13. 
 Nonne tu ipse epistulam 
 Latinis verbis scribere 
 potes? 14. Arcus lani in foro Romano erat. 15, Hie arcus 
 quattuor frontes et adittis quattuor habebat. 16. In hoc loco 
 mercatores negotium gerebant. 17. Templum quoque lani 
 in foro erat. 18. Hoc templum pace apertum, bello clausum 
 erat. 19. Romulus ipse populusque virgines Sabinas rapue- 
 runt. 20. Haec fuit statim causa belli. 21. Tarpeia ipsa, 
 virgo Romana, hostes ad arcem perduxit. 22. Huic enim 
 dux hostium optionem muneris dederat. 23. Sed Sabini 
 ipsi illam scutis obruerunt; nam haec in sinistris habebant. 
 24. Inter volantia tela virgines ipsae venerunt. 25. Hae 
 viros ac parentes iras dirimere orabant. 26. Ex bello 
 tristi pax Romulo ipsi erat grata. 27. Et bello et paci 
 Romulus operam dedit; illud (the former) triste, haec (the 
 latter) laeta fuit. 
 
 Arcus IanT, Locus Mercatorum 
 
170 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write the names of the cases in a column and complete the 
 declension of each pronoun as far as is possible with the forms used 
 above. 
 
 h. Notice the special meaning of illud and haec in sentence 22. 
 
 NUMAE POMPILIO REGNUM DATUR 
 275. Inclita iustitia religioque illo tempore Numae 
 Pompili erat. Curibus Sabinis habitabat, consultissimus 
 
 vir omnis dlvini atque 
 humani iuris. Huic pat- 
 res Roman! omnes reg- 
 num dari volebant. 
 Numa rex creatus urbem 
 novam, vi et armis con- 
 ditam, lure legibusque ac 
 moribus de integro con- 
 dere parat. Annum in 
 duodecim menses ad cur- 
 sum lunae descrlpsit. 
 lanum indicem pacis 
 bellique fecit; apertusin 
 armis esse civitatem, 
 clausus pacatos circa 
 omnes populos significabat. Leges quoque plurimas et 
 utiles tulit. Ita duo deinceps reges alius alia via, ille bello 
 hie pace, civitatem auxerunt. Romulus septem et triginta 
 regnavit annos, Numa tres et quadraginta. 
 
 a. Ciiribus Sabinis (loc), in Cures of the SaMnes; Numa . . . 
 parat, When Numa had been elected Icing (lit., Numa elected king), the new 
 city founded by force of arms (lit., by force and arms), he prepared to 
 found anew with justice and laws and good morals also: alius alia via, 
 one in one way the other in another. (See section 207.) 
 
 b. For the declension of vis see section 548. 
 
 c. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of close, create, describe, 
 divine, index, integer, justice, religion, signify, mm. 
 
 Arcus Constantini 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 171 
 
 DECLENSION 
 276. Hie, haec, hoc, this; ille, ilia, illud, that. 
 
 
 
 
 SiNGULAH 
 
 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 hie 
 
 haec 
 
 hoc 
 
 ille 
 
 ilia 
 
 illud 
 
 Gen. 
 
 huius 
 
 huius 
 
 huius 
 
 illius 
 
 illius 
 
 illius 
 
 Dot. 
 
 huic 
 
 huic 
 
 huic 
 
 iUi 
 
 illi 
 
 illi 
 
 Ace. 
 
 hunc 
 
 hanc 
 
 hoc 
 
 ilium 
 
 illam 
 
 illud 
 
 Abl. 
 
 hoc 
 
 hac 
 
 hoc 
 Plural 
 
 iUo 
 
 ilia 
 
 iUo 
 
 Nom. 
 
 hl 
 
 hae 
 
 haec 
 
 illi 
 
 illae 
 
 ilia 
 
 Gen. 
 
 horum 
 
 harum 
 
 horum 
 
 illorum 
 
 illarum 
 
 illonun 
 
 Dot. 
 
 his 
 
 his 
 
 his 
 
 illis 
 
 illis 
 
 illis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 hos 
 
 has 
 
 haec 
 
 iUos 
 
 iUas 
 
 Ula 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 his 
 
 his 
 
 his 
 
 illLs 
 
 illis 
 
 illis 
 
 a. Iste, that of yours, is declined like ille. Ipse, self, is dechned 
 like ille except in the nominative and accusative singular neuter, 
 where ipse has ipsum, the regular fonn of adjectives. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of Demonstrative Pronouns 
 
 277. Demonstrative pronouns may be used as sub- 
 stantitives or as adjectives in agreement with nouns. (53) 
 
 Hie, this (man), he; haec, these things; ista epistula, that letter 
 {of yours); ilia tempora, those times; virgines ipsae, the maidens them- 
 selves. 
 
 a. Hie and ille are sometimes contrasted, ille meaning the former 
 and hie the latter of two objects. Duo reges, ille bello hie pace, civi- 
 tatem auxerunt, two kings, the former by war the loiter by peax^e, advanced 
 the stale. 
 
 Duration of Time 
 
 278. Duration of time is expressed by the accusative 
 case. (54) 
 
 Rdmulus septem et triginta regnavit annos, Romulus reigned 
 thirty-seven years. 
 
172 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 279. 1. The new king is Numa Pompilius. 2. The 
 piety of this king is celebrated. 3. He was not living in 
 the city of Rome itself, but at Cures (loc). 4. That (man) 
 was very learned in divine and human law. 5. For this 
 reason (hac de causa) the Romans themselves gave the 
 kingdom to Numa. 6. This was Nmna's plan. 7. I will 
 found the city anew by means of right, laws, and morals. 
 8. That plan of yours, Numa, will advance the state. 9. 
 (The temple of) Janus was the sign of peace and war. 10. 
 Open, (the temple of) Janus is the sign qf war. 11. When 
 (the temple of) Janus is closed, the state is not in arms. 
 12. Romulus advanced the state by war, Numa Pompihus 
 by peace. 13. The former reigned thirty-seven years, the 
 latter forty-three. 
 
 Photo by M'u„ A. Grant, Ph.D. 
 
 MoNTES SabinI atque Via ad Villam HoratI 
 
CHAPTER XXXIV 
 
 THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS AND THE RELATIVE QUI 
 
 280. The demonstrative pronoun is, ea, id, this, that 
 (he, she, it), and the relative qui, quae, quod, who, which, are 
 the pronouns which occur most frequently in Latin, and 
 many of their forms have already been used. They are 
 declined in three genders, singular and plural. 
 
 Is is used as a substitute for a personal pronoun of the 
 third person, and the genitive singular, eius, his, her, its, 
 and the genitive plural, eonun, earum, eonim, their, are 
 used in the place of possessives of the third person. 
 
 281. Determine the ease of each pronoun by its use in the 
 sentence, and the gender and number by the gender and number 
 of the antecedent of the pronoun. Notice 
 
 the peculiar forms of the genitive and fi?_ 
 
 dative singular. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 282. L Ad spectaculum quod Ro- 
 mulus indici finitimis iusserat (iubeo) 
 Sablni cum muheribus suis venerunt. 
 2. Sabinorum fllias quae ad spectaculum 
 venerant Roman! rapuerunt. 3. Sabinl, 
 quorum fllias Roman! rapuerant, arma 
 ceperunt et ad novam urbem conten- 
 debant. 4. Tarpeia, cuius pater arc! 
 praeerat, Sablnos in arcem perdiixit. 
 5. Sab!ni scuta quae in laev!s habebant 
 e! dederunt. 6. Sabinae muheres de 
 
 quibus bellum erat inter armatos venerunt. 7. Tum Ro- 
 man! cum i!s quibuscum bellum gesserant pacem fecerunt. 
 8. Post bellum cum Sab!n!s erant duo reges, quorum alter 
 (173) 
 
 MlLES CUM SCUTO 
 ET HasTA 
 
174 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Tatius Sabinus, alter Romulus erat. 9. Post mortem Tati 
 Romulus solus iterum fuit rex; is omnibus, patribus atque 
 militibus, fuit acceptus. 10. Post aliquot annos tempestas 
 eum denso nimbo operuit. 11. Proeulus, cui Romulus se 
 obvium dederat, haec in contione dixit: 12. '^Romulus, qui 
 parens fuit huius m-bis, est in caelo. 13. Eius Roma caput 
 orbis terrarum erit. X4. NuUae opes humanae armis 
 Romanis resistere poterunt." 15. Salve, Romule, rex atque 
 parens urbis Romae. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Arrange the different forms of is and qui in tables of declension, 
 supplying, as far as possible, the forms which do not appear in the above 
 sentences. 
 
 TULLUS HOSTiLroS REX CREATUR 
 
 283. Numae morte TuUum Hostllium, nepotem Hostili 
 cuius pugna ad versus Sablnos fuerat clara, regem populus 
 creavit. Hie non solum proximo regl dissimilis, sed ferocior 
 etiam quam Romulus fuit. Cum aetas viresque tum avita 
 quoque gloria animum stimulavit. Materiam igitur belli 
 undique quaerebat. Forte pastores RomanI ex Albano 
 agro, Albani ex Romano praedas agebant. Utrimque 
 legati missi sunt sed Tullus ferox pacem facere nolebat. 
 Bellum igitur paratum est. 
 
 a. Numae morte, at the death of Numa; proximo regi dissimilis, 
 unlike the last king (sec. 56) ; cimi . . . timi, 7iot only . . . but also. 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of dissimilar, ferocious, 
 glory, prey, stimulate. 
 
 DECLENSION 
 
 284. Is, that, he; qui, who, which. 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nam. 
 
 is 
 
 ea 
 
 id 
 
 ii, el 
 
 eae 
 
 ea 
 
 Gen. 
 
 eius 
 
 eius 
 
 eius 
 
 eorum 
 
 earum 
 
 eorum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ei 
 
 ei 
 
 ei 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 eum 
 
 earn 
 
 id 
 
 eos 
 
 eas 
 
 ea 
 
 AM. 
 
 eo 
 
 ea 
 
 eo 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 iis, eis 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 175 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 m 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Num. 
 
 qui 
 
 quae 
 
 (luod 
 
 qui 
 
 quae 
 
 quae 
 
 Gen. 
 
 cuius 
 
 cuius 
 
 cuius 
 
 quorum 
 
 quarum 
 
 quorum 
 
 Dal. 
 
 cui 
 
 cui 
 
 cui 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 Acr. 
 
 queiii 
 
 quad 
 
 quod 
 
 quos 
 
 quas 
 
 quae 
 
 Abl. 
 
 quo 
 
 qua 
 
 quo 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 a. Compare the genitive and dative singular with the same 
 cases of hie, iste, and ille, section 276. 
 
 b. With quibus the preposition cum is an enchtic. Quibuscum, 
 toUh whom. Compare mecum, tvith me; teciun, vnth you; nobiscum, 
 vrith us; vobisciun, with yon; secum, urith him, with them, etc. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of Is 
 
 285. The prdnoun is may be used (1) as a definitive 
 adjective; (2) as a demonstrative to supply the place of a 
 personal pronoun of the third person, meaning he, she, it, 
 they; or (3) it may stand as the antecedent of the relative 
 qui. (55) 
 
 (1) In eo loco urbem aedificant, they build a city in this place; 
 (2) populus Numam regem creavit ; is pace civitatem auxit, the people 
 ynade Numa king; he advanced the state by peace: (3) is quern populus 
 regem creavit civitatem auxit, he whom the people mmie Jang advanced 
 the state. 
 
 Agreement of the Relative Pronoun 
 
 286. The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent 
 in gender and number; its case is determined by its use in 
 the sentence. (56) 
 
 Urbs quam Romam vocSvit, the city which he called Rome. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 287. 1. On the death (abl. of time) of Numa the 
 people made TuUus Hostihus king. 2. He was the grandson 
 of Hostius Hostilius who had fought against the Sabines. 
 3. That fight which had been against the Sabines was 
 
176 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 famous.^ 4. Tullus was different from (to) Numa, who had 
 been the last king. 5. He was even more warUke (ferocior) 
 than Romukis. 6. The king, whose age and strength aroused 
 his spirit, was seeking an occasion for war. 7. The renown 
 of his grandfather aroused the spiiit of Hostihus. 
 
 Photo by Mary A. Grant, Ph.D. 
 MONTES IN EtRURIA 
 
CHAPTER XXXV 
 
 THE PERFECT PASSIVE PARTICIPLE 
 The Ablative Absolute 
 
 288. The perfect passive participle has the form of an 
 adjective of the first and second declensions. In the vocab- 
 ulary it is given as the fourth of the principal parts of a 
 regular verb. Like an adjective a participle agrees with the 
 noun which it modifies in case, number, and gender. 
 
 The time denoted by the perfect passive participle is 
 relatively past; that is, it is past with reference to the time 
 of the main verb in the clause containing the participle. 
 
 Raptae mulieres erant causa belli, the seized women (the women 
 who had been seized) were the cause of the war. 
 
 A noun and a participle, a noun and an adjective, or 
 two nouns are often used together in the ablative case to 
 express some such relation as may be expressed by a noun 
 in the ablative case or by a clause; as, 
 
 Numa rege, Numa {being) king, while Numa is {was) king 
 
 Numa regnante, Numa reigning, while Numa is (was) reigning. 
 
 Numa sepulto, Numa having been buried, after Numa had been 
 buried, when Numa had been buried, etc. 
 
 This use of the ablative case is called the ablative 
 absolute. It is somewhat like the nominative absolute in 
 English. It is found very frequently and considerable skill 
 is required to translate it into idiomatic English. 
 
 289. In the following exercise find all the perfect passive 
 participles, notice with what noun the participle agrees, and 
 study the translation of the expressions containing a noun and 
 a participle in the ablative case. 
 
 Review the form and the use of .the present active participle, 
 sections 200, 203. 
 
 (177) 
 
178 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 290. 1. Sabiiii statiiu ob virgines rapt as bellimi 
 advcisus llonianos suinpseriint. 2. Armatl hostes Romae 
 ap})ropinquabant. 3. Mllites in arccin i)ei'diicti Tarpeiaiii 
 sc'utis obruunt. 4. Dcinde principes utrinique fortissime 
 pugnabant. 5. Sed raptae mulieres crinibus passis inter 
 tela volantia venerunt. 6. Et hinc patres hinc viros orantes 
 multitudinem moverunt. 7. Foedere a ducibus facto 
 mulieres et virls et patribus erant cariores. 
 
 8. Urbe septem et triginta annos ab Romulo regnata 
 populus Numam regem creavit. 9. Qui urbem vl et armis 
 conditam, legibus ac moribus de integro condere volebat. 
 10. lanum indicem pacis bellique fecit. 11. lanus apertus 
 belium, clausus pacem esse significabat. 12. Morte Numae 
 audita populus Tullo regnum dedit. 13. TuUus animo 
 avita gloria stimulate materiam belli quaerebat. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the perfect passive participles together with 
 the nouns which they modify, and tell the case, number, and gender. 
 
 h. Make a list of all the expressions in which a noun and a parti- 
 ciple are in the ablative case (the ablative absolute), and write out the 
 best possible translation of each of these expressions. 
 
 c. Write and recite orally the first three of the principal parts of 
 the verbs, and add the nominative singular masculine of the perfect 
 passive participle as given in the vocabulary; as, 
 
 condo, condere, condidi, conditus. 
 
 INTER ALBANOS ET ROMANOS BELLUM 
 
 291. Tullo Hostllio regnante bellum inter Albanos et 
 Romanos erat. Ducibus Hostllio et Fufetio placuit cer- 
 tamen paucorum pugna flnirl. Forte erant apud Romanos 
 trigemini fratres Horatii, tres apud Albanos CuriatiT. Cum 
 his agunt reges ut pro sua quisque patria dimicent ferro. 
 Foedus his legibus RomanI et Albanl faciunt: ibi imperium 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 179 
 
 erit unde victoria fiierit ; cuius populi elves hoc certamine 
 vicerint, is alter! populo cum bona pace imperabit. 
 
 a. Ducibus, dative, indirect object of placuit; certamen, ace, 
 subject of finiri; Horatii, Curiatii, apposition with fratres ; ut . . 
 dimicent, that they fight each for his own country; his legibus, under 
 
 TURRLS ET MURUS IN HiSPANIA 
 
 Oiese conditions; cuius . . . imperabit, the people ivhose citizens shall 
 fuive conquered in this contest shall rule over the other in peace. 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of empire, finish, please, 
 victory. 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF VERBS 
 
 292. Regular verbs have four principal parts: the 
 
 present indicative active, the present infinitive active, the 
 
 perfect indicative active, and the perfect passive participle. 
 
 Certain verbs lack the perfect passive participle; and of 
 
180 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 these the future active participle, when there is such a form, 
 is given as the fourth of the principal parts. 
 
 These forms are called the principal parts because they 
 contain the stems upon which is based the conjugation of 
 the verb in all the moods and tenses. 
 
 TYPICAL VERBS 
 293. Amo, video, mitto, audio, sum, capio. 
 
 Pres. Indic. Pres. Inf. Per. Indic. Per. Part. 
 
 amo amare amavi amatus 
 
 video videre vidi visus 
 
 mitto mittere misi missus 
 
 audio audire audivi audltus 
 
 sum 
 capio 
 
 esse 
 capere 
 
 fui 
 cepi 
 
 futurus (future) 
 captus 
 
 a. The present indicative is the form under which the verb is 
 found in the vocabulary. 
 
 b. The present infinitive shows to what conjugation the verb 
 belongs and contains the present stem, upon which are based the 
 present, past, and future tenses. 
 
 c. The perfect indicative active contains the perfect stem, upon 
 which are based the perfect, past perfect, and future perfect tenses of 
 the active voice. 
 
 d. The perfect passive participle (or the future active participle) 
 contains the participial or supine stem. This stem is found by dropping 
 the case-ending -us of the perfect participle (or -urus of the future 
 participle). The tenses of the indicative which are based upon the 
 participial or supine stem are discussed in sections 304-313. 
 
 e. Write and recite the principal parts of paro, moved, duco, 
 aperio, and rapid. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 The Use of the Perfect Passive Participle 
 
 294. The perfect passive participle agrees in gender, 
 number, and case with the noun to which it belongs; and it 
 represents action as completed at the time of the verb upon 
 which the participle depends. (57) 
 
f>)n(fitnde 10 
 
 V4 Gifi-nwKh 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 181 
 
 Morte Niimae audita populus Tullo regnum dedit, the death of 
 Numa having been heard of {having heard of the death of Numa, after 
 they had heard of the death of Numa), the people gave the kingdom to 
 Tidlus. 
 
 a. The Latin perfect passive participle is often best translated 
 into English by a clause or by the active past participle, which is lacking 
 in Latin. 
 
 The Ablative Absolute 
 
 295. A noun or a pronoun in the ablative case, with a 
 participle, adjective, or noun in agreement, may be used 
 in an undefined adverbial relation with the predicate. This 
 construction is called the ablative absolute. (58) 
 
 a. The relation between the ablative absolute and the rest of the 
 sentence can be determined only by the context. The following exam- 
 
 ■ pies will suggest various ways of translating. 
 
 Numa rege, Numa (being) king, while Numa in {wan) king. 
 
 Tullo regnante, Tullus reigniruj, while Tidlus is (urns) reigning, 
 daring (he reign of Tullus. 
 
 Foedere facto duces bellvun finiunt, a treat!/ having been made 
 {when a treaty has been made, having nuidc a treaty), the leaders end the 
 war; or, the leaders make a treaty and end the war. 
 
 Altero populo victo alter populus imperium habebit, one people 
 huving been conquered (when one people has been conquered, if one people 
 shall have been conquered), the other urill have dominimi. 
 
 Fratre interfecto Romulus solus regnavit, his brother having been 
 killed (having killed his brother, when he h/ul killed his brother), Romulus 
 reigned alone; or, Romulus killed his brother ami reigned alone. 
 
 b. In a typical Latin sentence the main thought is presented in 
 the principal clause and the thoughts of secondary importance are often 
 made subordinate by the use of a participle; while in English such 
 subordination is generally indicated by the use of subordinate clauses. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 296. 1. In the reign of Tullus (Tullus reigning) there 
 was war. 2. An occasion for (of) war having been sought, 
 Tullus undertook (sumo) war against the Albans. 3. 
 Hostilius and Fufv'tius (being) leaders, there was war between 
 the Romans and the Albans. 4. When an agreement has 
 
182 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 been made (an agreement having been made), a few fight 
 with swords. 5. Among the Romans there were three 
 brothers, the Horatii; among the Albans the three Curiatii. 
 6. The Horatii fight for Rome with swords; the Curiatii 
 fight for Alba. 
 
 7. Each one (quisque) fights for his own country. 8. 
 The supremacy will be there where (whence) the victory 
 shall have been. 9. If the Curiatii shall have conquered, 
 the Albans will rule over the Romans. 10. If the Curiatii 
 are conquered (the Curiatii having been conquered), the 
 Romans will have the supremacy (the' supremacy will be 
 to the Romans). 11. The leaders make an agreement on 
 these terms. 12. When the fight is finished (the fight 
 having been finished) , the victors will rule over the conquered 
 (dative of participle). 13. The people whose citizens 
 conquer (shall have conquered) will rule over the other in 
 peace (with good peace). 
 
 Photo by Mary A. Grant, Ph.D. 
 
 Via Triumphalis in Montibus AlbanTs 
 
b'ndtrwood ^^ (.Jiuhrwuod, A, Y. 
 
 PoRTUS Neapolis et Mons Vesuvius 
 
CHAPTER XXXVI 
 
 THE FOURTH DECLENSION 
 
 297. In the fourth declension the nominative singular 
 of mascuUne nouns ends in -us, and the nominative singular 
 of neuter nouns in -u. The genitive singular ends in -us. 
 The case-endings are not very different from those of the 
 third declension except as they are modified by the charac- 
 teristic stem vowel u. 
 
 298. In how many ways are nouns declined? How many 
 declensions have been studied? What is the ending of the geni- 
 tive singular in the first declension? in the second? in the third? 
 
 Study the nouns of the fourth declension having the nomina- 
 tive ending in -us or -u, and the genitive in -us. Determine the 
 case of each noun by its use in the sentence. Remember that an 
 adjective is often a guide to the case, number, and gender of the 
 noun which it modifies. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 299. 1. Salve, amice, quid agis hodie? 2. Te ipsum 
 salvere iubeo. Da mihi manum tuam. 3. Unde venTs? 
 Quid in manu habes? 4. A portu venio. Habeo in manu 
 hbros quos Athenis portavl. 5. Ex longa navigatione 
 iterum domi mox eris. Tuo adventu gaudeo. 6. Et ego 
 tuo conspectu gaudeo. Domum veniens sum laetissimus. 
 
 7. Urbs Roma ab ore Tiberis circiter miha passuum 
 viginti abest. 8. Romae nuUus portus erat. 9. Urbs 
 Ostia erat portus Romae; eum portum Ancus Marcius 
 aedificavit. 10. Ostia erat Romanis portul. 11. Portus 
 Ostiae erat magno usul Romanis. 12. Naves a portu 
 solvunt atque in portum ex longa navigatione veniunt. 
 13. Ex longa navigatione conspectus portus est gratissimus. 
 
 (184) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 185 
 
 14. Homaiii scicntiam port mini J^iilaimiaii iidii liahebaiit 
 diim Caesar Insiilaiii exploravit. Jo. IVr oriis Italiae sunt 
 multl portus. 16. Viatores e portibus Graeciae solvunt et 
 in portus Italiae veniunt. 
 
 17. Roman! t^ellum saepe gerebant. 18. Magnos exer- 
 citus habebant. 19. Reges ipsi Romanos exercitus duce- 
 bant. 20. Postea consules erant exercituum Romanorum 
 duces. 21. In exercitu Romano erant et pedites et equites. 
 
 Photo Brown Bros. N. Y. 
 
 Piraeus, Portias Athenarum 
 
 22. In itinere exercitus agmen appellabatur. 23. ExercituI 
 instructo nomen acies dabatur. 24. Exercitus instructi 
 erant partes tres, quarum una acies, alia cornu dextrum, 
 tertia sinistrum cornu appellabatur. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the nouns in the exercise above whose genitive 
 singular ends in -us, arranging the different cases in the usual order. 
 
 b. Write the declension of exercitus. What are the case-endings? 
 
 TRIGEMINI ARMA CAPIUNT 
 300. Foedere icto trigeminl arma capiunt et in medium 
 inter duos exercitus procedunt. Consederant utrimque pro 
 
 14 
 
186 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 castiis duo exorcitus, pericull inagis praesentis quam curae 
 expertes; nam imperium in tarn paucorum virtute erat 
 positum. Datur signum infest Isque armis terni iuvenes, 
 magnorum exercituum animos gerentes, concurrunt. Ut 
 prlmo concursti increpuere (perf.) arma micantesque fulsere 
 gladil, horror ingens spectantes perstringit, et neutris erat 
 vox spTritusque. 
 
 a. Foedere icto, ablative absolute (translate several ways); 
 in medium, into the midst; periculi . . . expertes, free from immediate 
 danger rather than from anxiety; neutris . . . spiritusque, neither (side) 
 had voice or breath (to neither urns there voice and breath). 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of concourse, concur, 
 horror, neuter, peril, spirit. 
 
 TYPICAL NOUNS 
 301. Nom., portus; gen., portus; m.; harbor. 
 
 
 Nom 
 
 ., cornu ; gen., comus ; n. ; 
 
 horn, unng (( 
 
 )f an arn 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 M. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 portus 
 
 cornu 
 
 -US 
 
 -U 
 
 Gen. 
 
 portus 
 
 comus 
 
 -US 
 
 -us 
 
 Dat. 
 
 portui 
 
 cornu 
 
 -ui 
 
 -u 
 
 Ace. 
 
 portum 
 
 cornu 
 
 -um 
 
 -u 
 
 Voc. 
 
 portus 
 
 cornu 
 
 -us 
 
 -u 
 
 AN. 
 
 portu 
 
 cornu 
 
 Plural 
 
 -u 
 
 -u 
 
 Nom. 
 
 portus 
 
 cornua 
 
 -us 
 
 -ua 
 
 Gen. 
 
 portuum 
 
 comuum 
 
 -uum 
 
 -uimi 
 
 Dat. 
 
 portibus 
 
 cornibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 portus 
 
 cornua 
 
 -us 
 
 -ua 
 
 Voc. 
 
 portus 
 
 cornua 
 
 -us 
 
 -ua 
 
 AbL 
 
 portibus 
 
 cornibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 -ibus 
 
 a. The stems of noims of the fourth declension end in u. 
 
 b. Most nouns of the fourth declension ending in -us are mas- 
 culine; all ending in -u are neuter. Manus, hand, domus, house, and 
 a few others arc feminine. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 187 
 
 c. Domus is declined like portus, but it has also some forms which 
 belong to the second declension. For the complete declension of domus 
 see section 548. The following forms are most frequently used: Nom. 
 domus, house; ace, domum, homeward; abl., domo. /rom liome; loc, 
 domi, at home. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Dative of Purpose 
 
 302. A noun in the dative case is sometimes used to 
 denote purpose; a second noun in the dative denoting the 
 person affected often accompanies the dative of purpose. 
 (59) 
 
 Portus Ostiae erat magno usui Romanis, the harbor of Ostia was 
 of great use (for great use) to the Romans. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 303. 1. Good-da}^, Marcus, how do you do? 2. Are 
 you coming from the harbor? 3. I am coming home. 
 4. To-mori-ow I shall come to the harbor. 5. Shall you 
 have (will there be to you) a long voyage? 6. I shall make 
 a voyage to Athens (ace, sec. 96). 7. From Athens (abl., 
 sec. 98) I shall come to Rome. 8. What will you see 
 in Athens? 9. I shall see the city, the Acropolis (arx), 
 and the temple of Theseus. 
 
 10. The Horatii and the Curiatii take arms and advance 
 between the two armies. 11. The brothers, arms having 
 been taken, advance. 12. The armies were free from danger 
 rather than from anxiety. 13. When the signal was given 
 (the signal having been given), the youths, threc-on-each- 
 side, rushed together. 14. The arms clash and the flashing 
 swords gleam. 15. The spectators were speechless and 
 breathless (to the spectators was neither voice nor breath). 
 16. Neither side (neutrl) was (were) free from danger. 17. 
 The supremacy depended upon the valor of the three chiefs. 
 
© Undrrwnod ct Ufidrnroo,!, N. Y. 
 
 Arx Athenarum et Templum Theseum 
 
CHAPTER XXXVII 
 
 THE PERFECT, PAST PERFECT, AND FUTURE 
 PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE 
 
 304. In English certain tenses are formed by the use 
 of auxiliary verbs; as, / am praised, you have been advised, 
 etc. In a similar way the Latin perfect, past perfect (or 
 pluperfect), and future perfect tenses in the passive voice 
 are formed by combining respectively the present, the past, 
 and the future tenses of the verb sum with the perfect passive 
 participle. 
 
 Tullus rex creatus est, Tidlus loas elected king. 
 Materia belli quaesita erat, an occasion for war had been sought. 
 Si Horatii victi enint Albanis imperium erit, if the Horatii shall 
 have been conquered the supremacy loill belong to the Albans. 
 
 In these tenses the participle agrees in case, gender, 
 and number with the subject of the verb. 
 
 305. In the study of the compound tenses of the passive 
 voice it is necessary to give particular attention to the principal 
 parts of the verbs since the form of the participial or supine stem 
 is not always suggested by the present; for example, quaero, 
 quaesitus ; vinco, victus ; pono, positus. 
 
 Study the principal parts of the verbs in the following exer- 
 cise and notice the form of the participle in the perfect, past 
 perfect, and future perfect tenses of the passive voice, and the 
 agreement of the participle with the subject of the verb. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 306. 1 . Numae morte Tullus Hostllius rex creatus est. 
 
 2. Hostius Hostlhus avus eius apud Romanos clarus fuerat. 
 
 3. Tullus dissimilis Numae, atque ferocior quam Romulus 
 fuit. 4. Cum aetate viribusque turn avita gloria animus 
 
 (189) 
 
190 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 stiinulatus erat. 5. Materia igitur Ix^lli undique quaes! ta est. 
 
 6. Utrimque legatls missis Tullus ferox pacem facere nolebat. 
 
 7. Belluin igitur utrimque paratum est. 8. Ducibus tamen 
 placuit certamen sine magna clade paucorum pugna finiri. 
 
 9. His legibus igitur foedus factum est. 10. Utrimque 
 trigemini fratres, apud Romanes Horatii apud Albanos 
 Curiatii, pro sua quisque patria dimicabunt ferro. 11. Si 
 Horatii victi erunt, Albani Romanis imperabunt; si Curiatii 
 victi erunt, Roman! Albanis imperabunt. 12. Foedere icto 
 fratres arma capiunt. 13. Imperium in eorum virtute erat 
 posit um. 14. Ubi signum datum est, increpuere arma et 
 fulsere gladil. 15. Spectantibus erat neque vox neque 
 spiritus. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Write the principal parts of the verbs and conjugate each in 
 the tense in which it is found in the sentences above. 
 
 tJNUM HORATIUM TRES CURIATU CIRCUMSTANT 
 307. Consertis deinde manibus statim duo Roman! 
 alius super alium exsplrantes ceciderunt; tres Alban! 
 vulnerati sunt. Ad easum Romanorum conclamavit gaudio 
 exercitus Albanus. Romanos iam spes tota deserebat. 
 IJnum Horatium tres Curiatii circumsteterant. Forte is 
 integer fuit; sed quia tribus impar erat, ut distraheret 
 hostes, fugere coepit. Iam aliquantum spat! ex eo loco ubi 
 pugnatum est aufugerat, cum respiciens videt unum Curia- 
 tium ndn longe 'Ah sese abesse. In eum magno impetu 
 i(^dit, et duin Allmnus exercitus inclamat Curiatiis ut opem 
 feiant frfitri, iam Horatius caeso hostc victor secundam 
 pugnam petebat. 
 
 n. Consertis manibus, abl. abs.; alius super alium, one upon 
 another; gaudio, abl. of cause, for joy; ut distraheret hostes, tliat he 
 might separate the enemy; aliquantiun spati, somewhat of space, a con- 
 siderahle distance; magno impetu, with great fury; ut opem ferant 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 191 
 
 fratri, that they ahoidd hntuj aid to their brother; caeso hoste, the enemy 
 hdvinif been slain, having slain his enemy, after slaying his enemy. 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of case, distract, exfnre, 
 impetus, integer, second, simcc. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 Perfect Tense 
 
 308. Amatus stun, / have been loved; visus sum, / 
 have been seen; missus sum, I have been sent; auditus sum, 
 / have been heard. 
 
 Singular 
 
 amatus sum vLsus sum missus stun auditus siun 
 
 amatus es vTsus es missus es auditus es 
 
 amatus est vIsus est missus est auditus est 
 
 Plural 
 
 amati stunus visi stunus missi sumus audit! stmius 
 
 amati estis visi estis missi estis auditi estis 
 
 amati sunt visi sunt missi sunt auditi sunt 
 
 Past Perfect Tense 
 
 309. Amatus eram, / had been loved; visus eram, I 
 had been seen; missus eram, I had been svnt; auditus eram, 
 / had been heard. 
 
 Singular 
 
 amatus eram visus eram missus eram auditus eram 
 
 amatus eras visus eras missus eras auditus eras 
 
 amatus erat visus erat missus erat auditus erat 
 
 Plural 
 
 amati eramus visi eramus missi eramus auditi eramus 
 
 amati eratis visi eratis missi eratis auditi eratis 
 
 amati erant visi erant missi erant auditi erant 
 
 Future Perfect Tense 
 310. Amatus ero, / shall have been loved; visus ero, 
 I shall have been seen; missus ero, I shall have been sent; 
 auditus ero, I shall have been heard. 
 
192 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 amalus ero 
 amatus eris 
 amatus erit 
 
 aiiiati erimus 
 aiiiati eritis 
 amati erunt 
 
 Singular 
 visus ero missus ero 
 
 visus eris missus eris 
 
 visus erit missus erit 
 
 Plural 
 visi erimus missi erimus 
 
 visi eritis missi eritis 
 
 visi erunt missi erunt 
 
 auditus ero 
 aiidltus eris 
 auditus erit 
 
 auditi erimus 
 aiiditi eritis 
 auditi erunt 
 
 a. The perfect, the past perfect, and the future perfect tenses of 
 the passive voice are conjugated alike in all the conjugations. 
 
 h. In the compound tenses of the passive voice the participle 
 agrees with the subject of the verb in gender and number. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Verbs Used Impersonally 
 
 311. In the third person singular of the passive voice a 
 verb is sometimes used impersonally, with no subject except 
 that which is implied in the meaning of the verb. (60) 
 
 Pugnatur, there is fighting, a battle is going on. 
 
 a. If the impersonal verb is in a compound tense of the passive, 
 the participle is neuter. Pugnatum est, a (the) battle took place. 
 
 The Ablative of Manner 
 
 312. The manner of an action is denoted by a noun 
 in the ablative case with or without the preposition cum. 
 With nouns in very common use, and when the noun is 
 modified by an adjective, the preposition may be omitted. 
 (61) 
 
 Magna cum voluptate, tvith great pleasure; hoc modo, in this 
 manner; magno impetu, luith great fury. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 313. 1. War had been prepared by the Romans and 
 the Albans. 2. An agreement has been made between the 
 leaders. 3. These (hae) are the terms (laws) of the treaty 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 193 
 
 which was made between the two kings. 4. That people 
 whose citizens shall have been conquered by the sword shall 
 give the supremacy to the other (dative of alter). 5. Having 
 joined in hand to hand combat (hands having been joined) 
 two Romans fell. 6. They fell on6 upon the other. 7. The 
 Alban army shouted for joy. 8. By chance one Horatius 
 was uninjured. 9. One was unequal to three. 10. The 
 fight took place (it was fought) a considerable distance 
 (somewhat of space) from the city. 11. Horatius flees, but 
 one Curiatius is not far from him. 12. Him with great fury 
 Horatius attacks (seeks). 13. Now one enemy had been 
 slain and Horatius was victor (one enemy having been 
 slain, etc.). 
 
 Photo from Gram dor ff Bros., Maiden, Mass. 
 
 Gallxjs Moriens 
 
CHAPTER XXXVIII 
 
 THE FIFTH DECLENSION 
 
 314. In nouns of the fifth declension the nominative 
 singular ends in -es and the genitive in -ei. The endings of 
 the other cases are similar to those of the third declension, 
 except the ending of the genitive plural (-erum), which more 
 closely resembles the genitive plural of the first and second 
 declensions (-arum, -orum). 
 
 The similarity of the cases in the different declensions, 
 6. gf., the final s in the nominatives hortus, hostis, portus, 
 dies, and the final m in the accusatives stellam, hortum, 
 donum, hostem, portum, diem, is an indication that the five 
 declensions are only variations of a single type, modifications 
 having been introduced before the language had taken 
 permanent form in written literature. 
 
 315. In the following exercise determine the case of each noun 
 by its use, and thus discover the endings of the different cases. 
 Compare the case-endings with those of the other declensions. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 316. 1. "Onus dies quattuor et viginti horas habet. 
 2. In uno die sunt horae viginti quattuor. 3. Apud Romanes 
 dies duodecim horas habebat. 4. Nox quoque duodecim 
 habebat horas. 5. Horae die! ab oriente sole ad occasum 
 sohs pertinebant. 7. Aestate horae diel longae, noctis horae 
 breves erant. 8. Hieme noctis horae longae, diei breves 
 erant. 9. Hieme breves, aestate long! sunt dies. 10. Diem 
 sol, luna noctem regit. 11. Horae diel erant prima, secunda, 
 tertia, quarta, qulnta, sexta, septima, octava, nona, decima, 
 undecima, duodecima. 12. Noctis horae ilsdem (same) 
 nominibus vocatae sunt. 13. Nox est divisa in vigilias 
 quattuor, quarum quisque (each) tres horas habebat. 
 
 (194) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 195 
 
 14. In uno mense sunt dies triginta aut triginta unus. 
 15. Febriiarius minorem dierum numerum habet. 16. Annus 
 duodecim mensis habet. 17. Sunt in anno dies trecenti 
 sexaginta quinque. 18. Apud Romanos nomina dierum non 
 eadem erant quae nobis sunt nota. 19. Roman! nomen 
 Kalendas primo mensis diel dederunt. 20. Ultimus dies 
 mensis pridie Kalendas vocatus est. 21. In mensibus 
 Martio, Maio, lulio, Octobri, Septimus dies Nonae, quintus 
 decimus Idus est vocatus. 22. In reliquls mensibus, lanu- 
 ario, Februario, April!, lunio, Augusto, Septembri, Novem- 
 bri, Decembri, Nonae in diem qu!ntum, Idus in diem tertium 
 decimum inciderunt. 
 
 23. Duobus Horatiis eaesis Romanos iam spes tota 
 deserebat. 24. Romanis eaesis Alban! gaudio conclamave- 
 runt. 25. In unum Horatium tres Curiati! impetum faciunt. 
 26. Ille sensit se tribus esse imparem. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write the declension of dies and res. What is the gender of 
 these nouns? What are the case-endings? What vowel appears in all 
 the case-endings? 
 
 h. Make a table showing the Roman names of all the days of 
 the months of January and March, ^observing the statements made in 
 sentences 19-22, section 316, and the following note. 
 
 c. Write the Latin for July fourth, December twenty-fifth, and 
 the day on which this work is done. 
 
 Note. — The Romans designated the days of the months by num- 
 bers, counting backwards from the Nones, the Ides, and the Kalends, 
 respectively. The day immediately pre<'eding the Nones (Ides, Kal- 
 ends) was called pride Nonas fldus, Kalendas) lanuarias, Septembres, 
 etc. (the name of the month being used as an adj(^ctive). The second 
 day (as we count) before the Nones (Ides, Kalenrls) was called by the 
 Romans ante diem tertium Nonas (Idus, Kalendas) Julias, Decembres, 
 etc. In counting backward the Romans, contrary to our custom, 
 called the Nones, the Ides, or the Kalends number one; and hence the 
 twentieth day of March- (the twelfth day before the first of April as 
 
196 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 we count) in the Roman calendar is ante diem tertium decimum 
 Kalendas Apriles. 
 
 In dates we should expect to find the ablative case, die tertio 
 decimo ante Kalendas; but the Latin idiom is ante diem, etc., which 
 is usually abbreviated as follows: a. d. XIII Kal. Apr. The Nones, 
 Ides, and Kalends used as dates are in Latin Nonis, Idibus, Kalendis. 
 
 The Romans designated the j'ear by counting from the founding 
 of Rome, ab urbe condita, or by using the names of the consuls in the 
 ablative absolute with the noun consulibus: as. Bruto Tarquinio con- 
 sulibus. We use the calendar prescribed by Julius Caesar, and the 
 common abbreviation A. D. represents the Latin words Anno Domini. 
 
 A table of Roman numerals is given in section 555. 
 
 ROMAN! HORATIUM VICTOREM ACCIPIUNT 
 317. Tunc clamore Roman! adiuvant militem suum, 
 et ille altenim Curiatium conficit. lamque aequato Marte 
 singull supererant sed nee spe nee viribus pares. Alter erat 
 intactus ferro et geminata victoria atrox; alter fessum 
 vulnere, fessum cursu trahebat corpus. Nee illud proelium 
 fuit. Romanus exsultans male sustinentem arma Curiatium 
 conficit; iaeentem spoliat. Roman! ovantes Horatium ac- 
 cipiunt et domum deducunt. 
 
 a. Clamore, abl. means (sec. 21); aequato Marte, abl. abs. (sec. 
 295); spe, iJi hope; viribus, in strength; victoria, vulnere, cursu, abl. 
 of cause (sec. 229) ; iaeentem, in agreement with pronoun not expressed 
 referring to Curiatixim; domum, place to which (sec. 96). 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of atrocious, clamor, 
 course, par, single, spoil (verb), sustain. 
 
 TYPICAL NOUNS 
 
 4 
 
 118. 
 
 Nom., dies; 
 
 gen., 
 
 , diei; 
 
 m.; day. 
 
 
 
 
 Norn., res; 
 
 gen. 
 
 , rei; 
 
 f . ; thing. 
 
 
 
 Sing 
 
 Pl. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Pl. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Pl. 
 
 Nam. 
 
 dies 
 
 dies 
 
 res 
 
 res 
 
 -es 
 
 -es 
 
 Gen. 
 
 diei 
 
 dierum 
 
 rei 
 
 rerum 
 
 -ei (-ei) 
 
 -erum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 diei 
 
 diebus 
 
 rei 
 
 rebus 
 
 -ei (-ei) 
 
 -ebus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 diem 
 
 dies 
 
 rem 
 
 res 
 
 -em 
 
 -es 
 
 Voc. 
 
 dies 
 
 dies 
 
 res 
 
 res 
 
 -es 
 
 -es 
 
 Abl. 
 
 die 
 
 diebus 
 
 re 
 
 rebus 
 
 -e 
 
 -ebus 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 197 
 
 a. Dies and res are the only nouns of the fifth declension which 
 are found in all the cases. Some others have the singular entire and 
 the nominative and the accusative plural. 
 
 6. The nouns of the fifth declension are feminine except dies, 
 which is regularly masculine in the singular and always masculine in 
 the plural; but dies may be feminine when it means time or an ap- 
 pointed day. 
 
 c. In the fifth declension the stem ends in e. 
 
 d. In the genitive and dative singular -ei (long e) is found after a 
 vowel, and -ei (short e) after a consonant. Diei, rel. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Ablative of Specification 
 
 319. A noun may be used in the ablative case to specify 
 in what respect the meaning of a verb or an adjective ap- 
 pUes. (62) 
 
 Nee spe nee ^m•ibus pares, equal neither in hope nor in strength. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 320. 1. This month has thirty-one days. 2. The next 
 month (proximus) will have thirty days. 3. All the months 
 do not have the same (eundem) number of days. 4. The 
 months are not equal in (respect to) the number of days. 
 5. My friend will be with me three days (ace). 6. In three 
 days (abl.) he will go to Athens. 7. He will remain in 
 Athens (loc.) two months. 8. In two months he will come 
 home. 9. I shall be at home on the Kalends of July. 10. We 
 will go home at sunset (the setting of the sun). 
 
 11. In one day three Albans were slain. 12. That was 
 a sad day for the Albans. 13. Horatius and Curiatius were 
 not equal in hope. 14. They were not equal in strength. 
 15. One was uninjured by the sword; the oth(u- was weak 
 from a wound. 16. One was fierce because of his victory; 
 the other with difficulty held up his arms. 17. The exulting 
 Horatius strips the prostrate enemy. 18. His enemies hav- 
 ing been slain, Horatius was conducted home by the Romans. 
 
CHAPTER XXXIX 
 
 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 
 Quis and Qui 
 
 321. The interrogative pronouns are quis, who? and 
 qui, what? Of these quis is used as a substantive and qui 
 as an adjective. The interrogative qui is dechned Uke the 
 relative qui (sec. 284); quis differs from the relative in the 
 
 nominative singular masculine 
 and feminine (quis), in the accu- 
 sative singular feminine (quern), 
 and in the nominative and accu- 
 sative singular neuter (quid). 
 
 322. In the following exercise 
 study the interrogative pronouns 
 quis and qui and the other inter- 
 rogative words. Observe the man- 
 ner in which questions are asked 
 and answered in Latin. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 323. 1. Pater. Quis venit? 
 2. Fllius. Ego, filius 
 
 tuus, venio. 
 
 Cicero 3. P. Unde venis, fill? 
 
 4. F. A magistro venio. 
 
 5. P. Quid est quod in manibus te habere video? 
 Num libros habes? . 
 
 6. F. Libros habeo quos magister mihi hodie dedit. 
 
 7. P. Quot hbros habes? 
 
 8. F. Habeo libros ab scriptoribus magnis quattuor. 
 
 9. P. Qui simt istorum hbrorum scriptores? 
 
 (198) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 199 
 
 10. F. tJnius Caesar, alterius Cicero, tertii Vergilius, 
 quart! Livius est scriptor. 
 
 11. P. Quibus de rebus isti libri scrTpti sunt? 
 
 12. F. Caesaris liber est de bello Gallico; Ciceronis 
 liber habet orationes quattuor 
 de coniuratione Catilinae ; Vergi- 
 lius duodecim libros scripsit de 
 illo viro qui primus ab oris 
 Troiae in Italiam venit; Livius 
 raulta de Roma antiqua scripsit. 
 
 13. P. Qui vir primus ab 
 oris Troiae in Italiam venit? 
 
 14. F. Aeneas cum multls 
 comitibus in Italiam venit atque 
 ibi urbem Lavinium aedificavit. 
 
 15. P. Num tu istos libros 
 omnes legistl? 
 
 16. F. Non omnes sed 
 partem oorum magna cum vo- 
 
 luptate legl; mox reliquos legam. 
 
 17. P. Cuius libros maxima 
 cum voluptate legist!? 
 
 18. F. IllI libri mihi optimi 
 esse videntur qui a Livio script! 
 sunt. 
 
 19. P. Nonne Caesaris libri 
 quoque boni sunt? 
 
 20. F. Caesar est scriptor 
 bonus sed Livius mihi melior esse 
 videtur. 
 
 21. P. Uter est melior scrip- 
 tor, Cicero an Vergilius? 
 
 22. F. Nescio. Cicero clarus orator, Vergilius iu- 
 cundus poeta fuit. 
 
 Vergilius 
 
 TiTi s Livius 
 
^00 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Make u list of all the interrogative pronouns and other inter- 
 rogative words used above, 
 
 MOVET HORATIUM COMPLORATIO SORORIS 
 ^ 324. Princeps Ibat Horatius trium fratrum spolia prae 
 se gerens. Cui obvia fuit soror, quae desponsa fuerat uni 
 ex Curiatils, visoque super umeros fratris 
 paludamento sponsi, quod ipsa confecerat, 
 flere et crines solvere coepit. Mo vet 
 ferocis iuvenis animum comploratio soro- 
 ris in tanto publico gaudio; atque stricto 
 gladio transflxit puellam simul earn 
 verbis increpans: ^'Abi hinc cum imma- 
 ttiro amore ad sponsum, obllta fratrum, 
 obllta patriae. Sic eat quaecumque 
 Romana lugebit hostem." 
 
 a. Cui . . . soror, whom his sister met, who 
 was met hy his sister; abi hinc, go hence; eat, 
 m^y she go; quaecumque Romana, ivhetever 
 Roman woman. 
 
 h. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of 
 immature, solve, spoil (noun), strict, transfix, verb. 
 
 Paludamentum 
 
 325. 
 
 DECLENSION OF QUIS 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural, 
 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 quis 
 
 quid 
 
 qui 
 
 quae 
 
 quae 
 
 Gen. 
 
 cuius 
 
 cuius 
 
 quorum 
 
 quarum 
 
 quorum 
 
 Dal. 
 
 cui 
 
 cui 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 quem 
 
 quid 
 
 quos 
 
 quas 
 
 quae 
 
 Abl. 
 
 quo 
 
 quo 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 a. The interrogative qui is declined like the relative qui. 
 section 284.) 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 (See 
 
 Interrogative Words 
 326. Quis and qui are interrogative pronouns; quis is 
 generally used as a substantive, qui as an adjective. (63) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 201 
 
 Quis venit; who is comimj^ qui vir venit? What man came? 
 
 a. Besides the interrogative pronouns the following interrogative 
 words are in common use: 
 
 (1) Uter, irhuh? is used with reference to two persons or things. 
 Fratrum uter nomen urbi dedit; which of the (two) brothers gave the 
 name to the city^ 
 
 (2) Quot, how many? is an indeclinable adjective. Quot libros 
 habes ; how many books have you? 
 
 (3) Num implies the answer no; nonne implies the answer yes; 
 the enclitic -ne implies nothing about the answer to the question asked. 
 Num omnes libros legisti; you have not read all the books, have you? 
 nonne Caesar magnus fuit imperator; was not Caesar a great general? 
 legistine libros Caesaris ; have you read the books of Caesar? 
 
 (4) Cur, why? is an interrogative adverb. Cur Horatius sororein 
 increpuit? why did Horatius upbraid his sister? 
 
 {')) Quantus, how large? qualis, of what kind? quotus, which 
 (numerically, first, second, etc.)? are interrogative adjectives. Quanta 
 insula est Britannia? how large an island is Britain? qualis scriptor fuit 
 Livius ; what kind of a writer was Livy? quota hora est; what hour is it? 
 
 b. Instead of the simple yes or no in answering questions, the verb 
 is often repeated. Legistine librum? legi; have you read the book? 
 I have. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 327. 1. What brothers were fighting on the side of the 
 Romans? 2. Who were fighting for the Albans? 3. Who 
 survived as victor? 4. One of (from) the Horatii was victor. 
 5. What was Horatius carrying before him (self)? 6. Hora- 
 tius was carrying in his hands the spoils of the three Curiatii. 
 
 7. Whose cloak (the cloak of whom) was over his shoulders? 
 
 8. Over his shoulders he had the cloak which his sister had 
 made for her betrothed. 9. Seeing the cloak which she had 
 made, Horatius' sister weeps. 10. The fierce youth is moved 
 by his sister's lamentation. 11. The fierce youth upbraids 
 his weeping sister. 12. Had not the girl forgotten her 
 brothers? 13. She had not forgotten her betrothed, had 
 she? 14. How many enemies had Horatius slain? 15. Why 
 did Horatius upbraid his sister? 16. What kind of a brother 
 was Horatius? 17. How much (quantus, -a, -um) love did 
 he have for (of) his sister? 
 
CHAPTER XL 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 
 
 328. The Latin adjective, like the adjective in EngHsh, 
 has different forms to denote the different degrees of com- 
 parison. The degrees of comparison are the positive, the 
 comparative, and the superlative; and they are distinguished 
 by characteristic terminations. The ordinary form of the 
 adjective is the positive degree; in the comparative degree 
 the nominative case ends in -ior, masculine and feminine, 
 and -ius, neuter: in the superlative degree the nominative 
 endings are generally -issimus, -issima, -issimum. The 
 comparative degree is dechned Uke adjectives of the third 
 declension and the superlative like adjectives of the first 
 and second declensions. 
 
 Following an adjective in the comparative degree quam 
 is sometimes used as the equivalent of the Enghsh than; 
 sometimes quam is omitted and the comparative is followed 
 by a noun or pronoun in the ablative case. 
 
 329. Study the adjectives which illustrate the different 
 degrees of comparison and use the English than to denote the 
 comparison, whether the adjective in the comparative degree is 
 accompanied by quam or by a noun or pronoun in the ablative case. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 330. 1. Vergilius fuit clarus poeta; Horatius fuit 
 clarior; omnium poetarum antlquorum Homerus fuit 
 clarissimus. 2. Horatius fuit clarior quam Vergihus; 
 Homerus clarior Horatio fuit. 3. Roma est urbs antlqua; 
 Carthago est antiquior; Troia est antiquissima. 4. Troia 
 est Carthagine antiquior. 5. Inter Galliam et Hispaniam 
 sunt Pyrenaei montes. 6. Illi montes sunt altl, sed altiores 
 
 (202) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 203 
 
 HORATIUS, POETA 
 
 illis sunt Alpes, quos Hannibal magno cum exercitu super- 
 
 avit. 7. Omnium montium quos Hannibal viderat Alpes 
 
 erant altissimi. 8. Flumen Tiberis est 
 
 altum. 9. Omnium fluminum Italiae 
 
 Tiberis est altissimus. 10. Mare 
 
 autem est fltimine Tiber! multo altius. 
 
 11. Vldistine flumen Tiberl altius? 
 
 12. Ingenium Romuli erat ferox. 
 
 13. Tullus ferocior quam Romulus 
 
 fuit. 14. Trium hominum is qui 
 
 ^ suam sororem 
 
 transfixit fuit fero- 
 
 cissimus. 15. Pu- 
 
 gna cum Sabinis 
 
 erat tristis. 16. Trlstius erat proelium 
 inter Horatios et Curiatios. 17. Ille 
 dies erat tristissimus quo (on which) 
 kHK f rater sororem transfixit. 18. Omnia 
 
 |wB^^ ■ . beUa sunt tristissima. 19. Ex bello tristi 
 " ' pax est omnibus . 
 
 carior. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Write the com- 
 parison in the nomina- 
 tive singular masculine 
 
 of clams, antiquus, altus, ferox, and tristis. 
 
 In what declensions are the comparative and 
 
 the superlative declined? 
 
 HORATIUS APUD itJDICES CONDEM- 
 NATUS EST 
 
 331. • Atrox id visum est lacinus 
 patribus plebique; quare raptus est in 
 ius Horatius et apud iiidices condemnatus (est). lam ac- 
 cesserat lictor iniciebatque laqueum. Tum Horatius ad 
 
 HOMERUS 
 
 LiCTORES 
 
204 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 populum provocavit. Interea pater eius ojabat populum ne 
 se orbum llberis faceret. Non tulit populus patris lacrimas 
 iuvenemque absolvit admiratione magis virttitis quam iure 
 causae. 
 
 a. Ne . . . faceret, not to make him childless; admiratione, abla- 
 tive of cause (sec. 229); liberis, ablative of separation (sec. 336); 
 non . . . -que, not . . . hut. 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of absolute, absolve, accede, 
 admiration, condemn, judge, provoke, virtue. 
 
 COMPARISON OF TYPICAL ADJECTIVES 
 332. The comparative degree is regularly formed by 
 dropping the final vowel from the stem of the positive and 
 adding -ior for the masculine and feminine, and -ius for the 
 neuter. 
 
 The sui)erlative is formed by adding to the same base 
 -issimus, -issima, -issimum, for the masculine, feminine, 
 and neuter respectively. 
 Positive Stem Comparative 
 
 altus alto- altior, -ius 
 
 antlquus antique- antlquior, -ius 
 
 clarior, -ius 
 ferocior, -ius 
 tristior, -ius 
 
 a. Some adjectives are compared by prefixing magis, more, and 
 maxime, most, to the positive. Most adjectives ending in -osus and in 
 -us preceded by a vowel are compared in this manner: bellicosus, 
 magis bellicosus, maxime bellicosus, tvarlike, more warlike, most ivarlike. 
 
 DECLENSION OF THE COMPARATIVE 
 
 clarus 
 
 claro- 
 
 ferox 
 
 feroci- 
 
 tristis 
 
 tristi- 
 
 Superlative 
 altissimus, -a, -um 
 antiquissimus, -a, -um 
 clarissimus, -a, -um 
 ferocissimus, -a, -mn 
 tristissimus, -a, -um 
 
 
 333. 
 
 Altior, altius ; 
 
 higher, deeper. 
 
 
 
 Singular • 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 . N. 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 , altior 
 
 altius 
 
 altiores 
 
 altiora 
 
 Gen. 
 
 altioris 
 
 altioris 
 
 altiorum 
 
 altionmi 
 
 Dat. 
 
 altiori 
 
 altiori 
 
 altioribus 
 
 altioribus 
 
 All. 
 
 altiorem 
 
 altius 
 
 altiores (-is) 
 
 altiSra 
 
 Voc. 
 
 altior 
 
 altius 
 
 altiores 
 
 altiora 
 
 Abl. 
 
 altiore 
 
 altiore 
 
 altioribus 
 
 altioribus 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 205 
 
 a. Tho siiporl.-itivc is declined like adjectives of the first and second 
 declensions. Altissimus, -a, -um; highest, deepest. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 The Ablative with a Comparative 
 
 334. An adjective in the comparative degree may be 
 followed ])y a noun or pronoun in the ablative case. (G4) 
 
 Homenis clarior Vergilio fuit, Horner was more famous than Vergil. 
 
 a. Quam, than, may be used after the comparative, and is regu- 
 larly used if the first of the nouns compared is in any case except the 
 nominative or the accusative. The two nouns compared are then in 
 the same case. Tullus ferocior quam Romulus fuit, Tullus was more 
 fierce than Romulus. 
 
 The Ablative of Degree 
 
 335. The degree of difference denoted by the com- 
 parative is expressed by the ablative case. (65) 
 
 Multd altiores sunt Alpes quam Pyrenaei, the Alps are much 
 higher than the Pyrenees. 
 
 The Ablative of Separation 
 
 336. Verbs and adjectives denoting separation may be 
 followed by the ablative without a preposition. (66) 
 
 Pater Horati orabat populiun ne se orbiun llberis faceret, the 
 father of Horatius entreated the people that they should not make him 
 childless (bereft of children) . 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 337. 1. The deed of Tarpeia was cruel. 2. The murder 
 of Remus was more cruel. 3. The crime of Horatius seems 
 (videtur) most cruel of all. 4. The times of the ancient 
 Romans were more cruel than ours. 5. Rome is a famous 
 city. 6. Rome is more famous than Alba. 7. Of all the 
 cities of Italy Rome is the most famous. 8. I have not seen 
 the most famous cities of the world. 
 
206 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIIVIA 
 
 9. The crime of Horatius seemed to the fathers cruel. 
 10. The judges condemned Horatius, who had been hurried 
 to trial (having l^een hurried to trial). 11. "I shall be 
 bereft of all my children." Horatius' father said. 12. The 
 people did not make him childless (bereft of children). 
 13. Horatius was acquitted more on account of his father's 
 tears than because of the justice of his cause. 
 
 Photo by Mary A. Grant, Ph.D. 
 
 Templum Castoris et Pollucis in Sicilia 
 
CHAPTER XLI 
 SUPERLATIVES IN -LIMUS AND -RIMUS 
 
 338. Certain adjectives have superlative forms ending 
 in -limus or -rimus. 
 
 Adjectives which end in -er in the positive have the 
 termination -rimus in the superlative; as, 
 
 miser, -era, -enim; miserior, -ius; 'miserrimus, -a, -um. 
 
 Six adjectives ending in -lis form the superlative by 
 adding -limus to the stem of the positive after dropping the 
 final vowel; as, 
 
 facilis, -e ; facilior, -ius ; facillimus, -a, -um. 
 
 339. Review the regular comparison of adjectives (sec. 
 332) and the declension of the comparative (sec. 333); and in 
 the following exercise study the adjectives whose superlatives 
 end in -limus or -rimus. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 340. 1. QuTdam discipulus magistro hodie miserrimus 
 esse videbatur. 2. ''Quam ob rem," magister rogat, 
 "miserior es quam herl fuisti?" 3. ''HerT," inquit puer, 
 ''librum Horati poetae legere poteram; hodie non possum." 
 
 4. "Cur non hodie," magister rogat, "eum legere potes?" 
 
 5. "Ilia pars," respondet, "quam heri legebam facilis erat; 
 haec quam hodie legere non possum est difficilhma; 6. sen- 
 tentiam repeftre non possum." 7. Magister, "Cras fortasse," 
 inquit, "Horatius iterum facilior erit si eius pulcherrimos 
 versus legere conaberis (you try)." 
 
 8. Horatius miles fuit multo ferocior quam Horatius 
 poeta. 9. Romulus fratrem, Horatius sororem interfecit; 
 
 207 
 
©Brown & Dawson, N. Y, 
 COLUMNAE PaRTHENONIS, TeMPU PuLCUEliRIMI 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 209 
 
 hoc facinus mult5 ferocius quam illud fuit. 10. Horatius ab 
 iudicibus condemnatus ad populum provocavit. 11. Pater 
 eum in poenam darl nolebat. 12. Si Horatius in poenam 
 datus erit, pater orbus llberls erit. 13. Pugna tarn tristi 
 facta Horatius patrl multo carior fuit quam antea fuerat. 
 14. Horatius et Tullus ingenio erant siniillimi. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. What adjectives used above have the ending -rimus in the 
 sui)erlative? What adjectives have the ending -limus? 
 
 b. W>ite out the comparison of difficilis, pulcher, similis, ferox, 
 tristis, and cams. 
 
 c. Write the declension of cams in the comparative degree. 
 
 ROMA CRESCIT ALBAE RUINIS 
 
 341. Roma interim crescit Albae ruinis; duplicatur 
 civium numerus, mons Caelius urbi additur, et eam sedem 
 Tullus regiae capit ibique deinde habitavit. Principes 
 Albanorum in patres legit; equitum decem turmas ex 
 Albanls legit; legiones et veteres explevit et novas scripsit. 
 Haud multo post pestilentia venit. Nulla tamen ab armis 
 quies dabatur. Credebat enim rex bellicosus saliibriora 
 mllitiae quam doml esse iuvenum corpora, donee in ipsuni 
 longinquus venit morbus. NullI rei posthac nisi sacrls 
 operam dabat. Tullus magna gloria belli regnavit annos 
 duos et triginta. 
 
 a. Ruinis, ablative of cause (sec. 229) salubriora with corpora, 
 predicate adjective; militiae and domi, locative; corpora subject of 
 esse; magna gloria, ablative of manner (sec. 312). 
 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of atUl, bellicose, credit, 
 creed, duplicate, lefjion, militia, number, opera, pestilence, quiet, ruin, 
 scribe, script. 
 
 SPECIAL FORMS OF COMPARISON 
 
 342. Positive ill -er; .siipcrhitivc in -rimus. 
 l*ositivc ill -lis; superlative in -limus. 
 
210 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Positive 
 
 Comparative 
 
 Superlative 
 
 miser 
 
 miserior, -ius 
 
 miserrimus, -a, -um 
 
 pulcher 
 
 pulchrior, -ius 
 
 pulcherrimus, -a, -um 
 
 facilis 
 
 facilior, -ius 
 
 facillimus, -a, -um 
 
 difficilis 
 
 difficilior, -ius 
 
 difficillimus, -a, -\xm 
 
 similis 
 
 similior, -ius 
 
 simillimus, -a, -um 
 
 dissimilis 
 
 dissimilior, -ius 
 
 dissimillimus, -a, -um 
 
 humilis 
 
 humilior, -ius 
 
 humillimus, -a, -um 
 
 gracilis 
 
 gracilior, -ius 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 gracillimus, -a, -um 
 
 
 Special Meanings in 
 
 Comparison 
 
 343. The comparative degree of the adjective is some- 
 times equivalent to rather or too, and the superlative to 
 very. (67) 
 
 Meus liber difficilior, tuus facillimus est, my book is rather hard, 
 yours is very easy. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 344. 1. There are many beautiful cities in Italy. 2. Of 
 all the ancient cities in Italy, Rome was the most beautiful. 
 3. It was not very difficult to conquer the Albans. 4. Rome 
 grew because of the fall of Alba. 5. The palace of TuUus was 
 on mount Caelius, which had been added to the city. 
 
 6. The chiefs of the Albans were chosen among the senators. 
 
 7. The Albans filled ten troops of cavalry and two new legions. 
 
 8. A pestilence which came not long (much) after did not give 
 rest from war. 9. The bodies of the soldiers were more 
 healthy in mihtary service than at home. 10. Finally a 
 lingering disease came upon the warlike king himself. 11. 
 After this he gave his attention to rehgion. 12. Tullus 
 reigned with great renown thirty-two years. 13. Because of 
 a lingering disease Tullus was very unhappy. 14. His nature 
 was too fierce. 15. Tullus sought an occasion for war and 
 he was unwilling (nolebat) to make peace. 
 
ciiAPrEK xi.ir 
 
 IRREGULAR COMPARISON 
 
 345. A few adjectives in very common use are com- 
 pared in an irregular manner by changing the form of the 
 
 Pho'o Brown Bros., N. y. 
 
 AntTquitm Cereris Templum 
 
 stem or by substituting a different stem for the stem of the 
 positive; for example, 
 
 magnus, large; maior, maius, larger; maximus, largest. 
 
 bonus, good; melior, melius, belter; optimus, best. 
 
 The English good, better, best, affords an illustration. 
 
 346. What are the degrees of comparison? What is the 
 regular ending of the comparative in the nominative case? What 
 
 211 
 
212 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 is tlie regular ending of the superlative? What is the superlative 
 ending of adjectives in -er? What is the superlative ending of 
 adjectives in -lis? How is than expressed in a Latin sentence 
 with the comparative? 
 
 Study the comparison of bonus, magnus, malus, and multi. 
 
 Notice the idiom summus mons, the top of the mountain. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 347. 1. Roma est magna urbs. 2. Roma est maxima 
 iirbs Italiae. 3. Urbs Roma rehquls Itahae urbibus est 
 maior. 4. Situs Romae est superior quam Ostiae. 5. Italia 
 est inter duo maria; una ex parte est Mare Superum, altera 
 ex parte est Mare Inlerum. 6. Mare Superum est minus 
 quam Mare Inferum. 7. In Itaha sunt multl montes 
 quorum summus est Apennlnus. 8. Summus mons procul 
 videri potest. 
 
 9. Apud Romanes erant multi qui boni cives erant. 
 10. Cicero melior civis quam Catilma fuit. 11. Malus civis 
 in poenam darl debet. 12. Malus civis peior habetur quam 
 acerrimus hostis. 13. PessimI sunt ii qui bonI videntur et 
 mali sunt. 14. Plures bonl videri quam esse boni volunt. 
 15. Optimi elves patriam maxime amant. 16. Multi cives 
 sunt divites, plures sunt egentes, plurimi neque egentes 
 neque divites sunt. 17. Erantne temporibus maiorum 
 nostrorum plures boni quam temporibus nostris? 18. De 
 rebus maiorum multa audivimus; de nostris rebus minores 
 audient multa. 19. Ab maioribus nostris multa accepimus; 
 minoribus nostris nos dabimus multa. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Write the comparison of bonus, magnus, malus, multi, and 
 parvus, and the declension of maior, -ius. 
 
 COMPARISON OF IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 
 
 348. In the comparison of these adjectives the form of 
 the stem is changed, or a different stem is substituted for the 
 stem of the positive. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 213 
 
 Positive 
 
 Comparative 
 
 Superlative 
 
 bonus 
 
 melior, melius 
 
 optimus, -a, -um 
 
 magiuis 
 
 maior, maius 
 
 maximus, -a, -um 
 
 mains 
 
 peior, peius 
 
 pessimus, -a, -um 
 
 multus 
 
 -, plus 
 
 plurimus, -a, -um 
 
 multi 
 
 plures, plura 
 
 plurimi, -ae, -a 
 
 parvus 
 
 minor, minus 
 
 minimus, -a, -um 
 
 superus 
 
 superior, superius 
 
 supremus, -a, -um 
 summus, -a, -um 
 
 iiiferus 
 
 inferior, inferius 
 
 infimus, -a, -um j 
 imus, -a, -um 
 
 
 prior, prius 
 
 primus, -a, -um 
 
 a. Superus and inferus have two irregular forms in the superlative. 
 Prior has no positive. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Adjectives Denoting a Part 
 349. Certain adjectives are used to denote a part of 
 the thing modified by the adjective. (68) 
 
 Siunmus mons, the highest part of the mountain, the top of the 
 mountain; media aestate, i?i mid-summer; prima luce, at dawn. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 350. 1. The moon is large, the earth is larger, the sun 
 is the largest. 2. At midnight very many stars can be seen. 
 3. There are more trees in my garden than in yours. 4. 
 There were many good poets among the Romans. 5. Of all 
 the Roman poets Horace seems to me to be the best. 6. Livy 
 was a better writer than Caesar, but Caesar was a very great 
 general. 7. An unfaithful friend is worse than an enemy. 
 8. Those who are worst often seem to be good. 9. The tree 
 tops (the highest trees) are higher than the house. 10. 
 Romulus first built a wall around (circumdo with dative) 
 the city of Rome. 11. At dawn I can hear the birds singing. 
 
CHAPTER XLIII 
 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 
 
 351. Many adverbs are formed from adjectives, nouns, 
 and pronouns by the use of adverbial terminations; for 
 example, 
 
 benignus, kind; benigne, kindly. 
 celer, quick; celeriter, quickly. 
 ^ fors, chance: forte, by chance. 
 
 An adverb formed from an adjective is generally com- 
 pared if the adjective admits of comparison. The com- 
 parative of the adverb regularly ends in -ius and the super- 
 lative in -e. 
 
 Bene (bonus), well; melius, heller; optime, best. 
 Celeriter (celer), quickly; celerius, 7nore quickly; celerrime, 
 most, or very quickly. 
 
 352. Study the forms of the adverbs and observe the 
 ending of each adverb which is formed from an adjective. 
 Notice also the numerous adverbs in common use, sic, nunc, 
 tam, non, semper, saepe, etc., which are not derived from 
 other words and are not compared. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 353. 1. Ubi magister pueros hodie dimisit, Marcus 
 celeriter domum venit. 2. Cum eo pater sTc loquitur: 3. 
 ''Quid, fill, hodie egisti?" 4. ''Optime," fTlius respondit. 
 "Herl bene egl, sed multo melius hodie." 4. "Quid," pater 
 rogat, "hodie fecisti?" 6. "Librum Latmum legebam, qui 
 me maxime delectabat." 7. "Quid! num hber magis quam 
 ludus te delectabat?" 8, "Certe, nam in eo plui'ima magna 
 
 214 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 215 
 
 cum voliiptatc legi." 9. ''Quae sunt ista? Die mihi." 
 10. ''Libenter tibi dicam. 11. Hoc primum legl: 12. III! 
 Romanl bellum maxinie anial^ant." 13. ''Num semper 
 pugnabant?" 14. ''Non semper sed saepe bella gerebant. 
 15. Tullus Hostilius fuit rex * bellicosissimusM" 16. ''Nonne 
 'maxime bellicosus' melius sonat?" 17. 'Tortasse. lUe rex 
 Ix^llicosus iuvenes in armis tenebat etiam cum pestilent ia 
 venit." 18. ''Nonne id atrociter faciebat?" 19. "Non tam 
 atrociter quam benigne. Bellum credebat corporibus militum 
 salubrius esse quam pax; benigne igitur eos in armIs tenebat." 
 20. "Eratne bellum reg^ ipsi salubre?" 21. "Minime. In 
 regem ipsum longinquus morbus venit. Nulli bello postea 
 Tullus operam dedit." 22. ''Num plui'a hodie legistl?" 
 23. "Alio tempore dicam; nunc meum corpus salubrius erit 
 sT ludis operam dedero.'^ 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Make a list of all the adverbs in this exercise. Write the 
 comparison of all the adverbs which are compared, and show from 
 what adjectives they are formed. 
 
 , FORMATION OF ADVERBS 
 354. Many adverbs are formed from adjectives, nouns, 
 and pronouns. 
 
 (1) Adverbs are formed from adjectives of the first and second 
 declensions by changing the ending -us to -e. Benignus, kind, benigne, 
 kindly; certus, certain, certe, certainly; maximus, greatest, maxime, 
 most, very greatly. 
 
 (2) Adverbs are also formed, chiefly from adjectives of the third 
 declension, by dropping the final vowel of the stem and adding the 
 adverbial termination -ter or -iter. If the stem ends in -nt, t is dropped 
 before the ending -ter. Celer, quick, celeriter, quickly; atrox, cruel, 
 atrociter, cruelly; libens, willing, libenter, urillinqly. 
 
 (.3) Certain cases of nouns and adjectives are used as adverbs. 
 Fors, chance, forte, by chance; facilis, easy, facile, easily; primum, first, 
 primo, at first. 
 
21G 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 (4) Some adverbs are formed from pronouns. From hie, this, are 
 formixl hie, here, hue, to this place, hither, hine, froin here, hence: from 
 is, this, eo, in this place, there: from qui, who, quo, whither: from ille, 
 that, illo, in that place, thither: etc. 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 
 
 355. An adverb which is formed from an adjective is 
 generally compared if the adjective admits of comparison. 
 If the adjective is irregular in comparison, the adverb has 
 the same peculiarity. 
 
 The comparative of the adverb is the accusative singular 
 neuter of the comparative degree of the adjective. 
 
 The superlative degree of the adverb is formed by 
 changing -us in the adjective to -e. 
 
 Positive 
 
 Comparative 
 
 Superlative 
 
 alte (altus) 
 
 altius 
 
 altissime 
 
 audacter (audax) 
 
 audacius 
 
 audacissime 
 
 celeriter (celer) 
 
 celerius 
 
 celerrime 
 
 facile (facilis) 
 
 facilius 
 
 facillime 
 
 mi sere (miser) 
 
 miserius 
 
 miserrime 
 
 bene (bonus) 
 
 melius 
 
 optime 
 
 — (magnus) 
 
 magis 
 
 maxime 
 
 male (mains) 
 
 peius 
 
 pessime 
 
 multum (multus) 
 
 plus 
 
 plurimiun 
 
 panim (parvus) 
 
 minus 
 
 minime 
 
 diu 
 
 diutius 
 
 diutissime 
 
 saepe 
 
 saepius 
 
 saepissime 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of Adverbs 
 
 356. Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, and other 
 adverbs. (69) 
 
 Romani bellmn maxime amabant, the Romans loved war very much. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 357. 1. The river Tiber is not far from the city of 
 Rome. 2. We are very far from Italy. 3. To-day we enjoy 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 217 
 
 oui- Latin book (our book delights us) very much. 4. Yes- 
 terday we did well but to-day we are doing much better. 
 
 5. Sometimes we give attention to books, not always to play. 
 
 6. Our bodies will be more healthy if we sometimes give 
 attention to play. 7. I will gladly give attention to my 
 books to-day if I can (shall be able to) play to-morrow. 
 
 8. The warlike king kindly kept the young men in arms. 
 9. Tullus Hostilius reigned a long time. 10. Romulus reigned 
 five years longer (longer by five years) than Tullus. 11. 
 Numa reigned the longest of them all. 12. Another day we 
 shall read about Ancus Marcius. 13. The days come very 
 quickly. 
 
 Photo by Mary A. Grant, Ph.D. 
 
 Papyrus in Ripa Fluminis 
 
 10 
 
CHAPTER XLIV 
 
 THE SUPINE STEM 
 
 Several Latin verb forms have as their common 
 base the participial or supine stem. The supine stem is 
 found in the perfect passive participle by dropping the case- 
 ending -us, or, in the future active participle, by dropping 
 the case-ending -urus ; as, perfect passive participle, amatus, 
 supine stem, amat-; future active participle, futurus, supine 
 stem, fut-. 
 
 The verbal forms here introduced are the perfect passive 
 infinitive, ending in -us, (-a, -um) esse; the future active 
 participle, ending in -urus, -a, -um ; the future active infini- 
 tive, -urus (-a, -um) esse; the supine, ending in -um or -u; 
 and the future passive infinitive, ending in -um iri. 
 
 The supine is a verbal noun with the endings of the 
 fourth declension in the accusative and ablative cases. 
 Petittun, to seek; auditu, to hear. 
 
 359. Find examples of the perfect passive participle, the 
 perfect passive infinitive, the future active participle, tlie future 
 active infinitive, the supine in -um and -u, and the future passive 
 infinitive. Translate these forms so as to express their meaning 
 in idiomatic English. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 360. 1. Tarpeia extra muros aquam petitum venerat. 
 2. Ea Sablnos in arcem Roman orum ductur^t, petit aureos 
 anulos quos in sinistris manibus gerebant. 3. Illius proditio 
 impia incredibiUs est auditu. 4. Dux Sabinorum dolose 
 polhcitus est (promised) anulos Tarpeiae datum irl. 5. Sa- 
 
 (218) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 219 
 
 blnls in arcem perductis Tatius scutTs Tarpeiam obmi iussit. 
 
 6. Sic fertur (it is said) impiam proditionem vindicatam esse. 
 
 7. Melius est patriam amai'e quam impie prodere. 8. 
 Romulus dixit suam patriam caput orbis terrarum futuram 
 esse. 9. Dixit nuUas opes humanas urbem 
 Romam superaturas esse. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. What form of the verb is petitiim? 
 ductura? auditu? datmn iri? perductis? vindica- 
 tam esse? futuram esse? superaturas esse? 
 
 b. What case is used as the subject of an 
 infinitive? What nouns are used in this exercise 
 as subjects of infinitives? 
 
 ANGUS MARCIUS REX CREATUR 
 
 361. Mortuo Tullo An cum Marcium 
 regem populus creavit. Numae Pompili 
 regis nepos- Ancus Marcius erat, et Civis Komanus 
 aequitate et religione avo similis. Igitur 
 Latini, quibuscum Tullo regnante ictum foedus erat, 
 sustulerant animos et incursionem in agrum Romanum 
 fecerunt, Romanum regem bellum non gesturum (esse) rati. 
 Medium erat in Anco ingenium, et Numae et Romuli memor, 
 et credebat sine iniuria pacem se baud facile habitiirum 
 (esse); temporaque esse Tullo regi aptiora quam Numae. 
 Legatum tamen misit cui superbe responsum est a Latinis; 
 quare bellum iis indictum est. 
 
 a. Mortuo Tullo, ablative absolute, after the death of Tulius; 
 aequitate, religione, ablative of specification (sec. 319); avo, dative 
 with similis (sec. 56); Romanvmi . . . rati, thinking that the Roman 
 king would not wage war; se . . . habiturum, that he would not easily 
 have peace; tempora esse aptiora, object of credebat; Numae, dative 
 following quam, than (sec. .334, a); responsum est, impersonal (sec. 
 311, a). 
 
 h. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of apt, equity, habit, 
 incursion, injury, superb. 
 
220 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 TYPICAL VERBS 
 The Perfect Passive Infinitive 
 362. amatus (-a, -um) esse, lo have been loved. 
 visus (-a, -um) esse, to have been seen. 
 missus (-a, -mn) esse, to have been sent. 
 auditus (-a, -imi) esse, to have been heard. 
 captus (-a, -imi) esse, to have been taken. 
 
 a. Tlie p(n-fect passive infinitive is formed by joining the infinitive 
 esse to the perfect passive participle. The participle agrees in case, 
 number, and gender with the subject of the infinitive, which is in the 
 accusative in accordance with section 190. Fertur proditionem vin- 
 dicatam esse, it is said that the treason was punished. 
 
 The Future Active Participle 
 amaturus, -a, -imi, about lo love. 
 visurus, -a, -mn, about to see. 
 missurus, -a, -mn, about to send. 
 auditurus, -a, -mn, about to hear. 
 futufus, -a, -ima, about to be. 
 capturus, -a, -um, about to take. 
 
 a. The future active participle is formed by substituting the 
 ending -urus (-a, -imi) for the ending -us (-a, -um) of the perfect passive 
 participle. Sabinos in arcem ductura, about to lead the Sabines to the 
 citadel. 
 
 The Future Active Infinitive 
 364. amaturus (-a, -um) esse, to be about to. love. 
 visurus (-a, -mn) esse, to be about to see. 
 missurus (-a, -um) esse, to be about to send. 
 auditurus (-a, -um) esse, to be about to hear. 
 futurus (-a, -mn) esse, to be about to be. 
 capturus (-a, -um) esse, to be about to take. 
 
 a. The future active infinitive is formed by joining the infinitive 
 esse to the future active participle. The participle agrees in case, 
 number, and gender with the subject of the infinitive. Esse is often 
 omitted. Credebat sine iniuria pacem se baud facile habitiinmi (esse), 
 he believed that he would not easily have peace without injury. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 221 
 
 The Supine 
 365. amatum, to lore; amatu, to love. 
 visum, to see; visu, to sec, 
 missum, to send: missu, to send. 
 auditum, /(; hmr: auditu, to hear. 
 captum, lo Idlcc: captu, to take. 
 
 a. The supine is a verbal noun which has the accusative and 
 ablative cases, singular, in the forms of the fourth declension. 
 
 Aquaeductus Claudianus ab Via Appia Visus 
 
 The Future Passive Infinitive 
 366. amattun iri, to he about to he loved. 
 visum iri, to he about, to he seen. 
 missum iri, to be about to be sent. 
 auditum iri, to be about to be heard. 
 captum iri, to be about to he taken. 
 
222 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 a. The future passive infinitive is formed by adding the infinitive 
 form iri to the accusative of the supine. The supine is not changed to 
 agree with the subject. Dux poUicitus est anulos datum iri, the leader 
 promised that the rings would he given. 
 
 h. The future passive infinitive is not in very conunon use. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of the Future Active Participle 
 
 367. The future active participle represents action as 
 about to take place or as intended at the time of the verb 
 upon which the participle depends. (70) 
 
 Sabinds in arcem ductura Tarpeia petiit anulos, about to lead the 
 Sabines to the citadel, Tarpeia asked for their rings. 
 
 The Time Denoted by the Future Infinitive 
 
 368. The time denoted by the future infinitive is future 
 with reference to the time of the verb upon which the infini- 
 tive depends. (71) 
 
 Romulus dixit Romam caput orbis terrarum futuram esse. Romu- 
 lus said that Rome would he the capital of the world. 
 
 The Use of the Supine 
 
 369. (1) The accusative of the supine is used after 
 verbs of motion to denote purpose. (72) 
 
 Tarpeia aquam petitimi venerat, Tarpeia had come to fetch water. 
 
 (2) The ablative" of the supine is used with adjectives 
 as an ablative of specification. (73) 
 
 Tarpeiae proditio est incredibilis auditu, Tarpeia's treason is 
 incredible to hear (in respect to hearing). 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 370. 1. After the death of Tullus, Ancus Marcius was 
 made king by the people. 2. Numa Pompilius was the 
 grandfather of king Ancus. 3. Ancus was like Numa in 
 
ELEMENT^ PRIMA 
 
 223 
 
 justice and piety. 4. Tullus had made a treaty with the 
 Latins. 5. The Latins thought (rati sunt) that Ancus would 
 not wage war. 6. But Ancus remembered (was mindful of) 
 both Numa and Romulus. 7. He believed that peace would 
 not be without injury. 8. He beheved that the times were 
 more suitable for war than for peace. 9. About to declare 
 war, he sent an ambassador to the Latins. 10. It was 
 answered that war was about to be declared. 11. The 
 ambassador was sent to declare (supine) war. 12. The times 
 of Tullus are dreadful to hear (of). 
 
 
 
 i mSk %m^ -VJfli • 
 
 •ui» 
 
 &m^ 
 
 ^-ii_ 
 
 z\ 
 
 DOMUS ViRGINUM VeSTAHUM 
 
CHAPTER XLV 
 DEPONENT VERBS 
 
 371. Some Latin verbs have the forms of the passive 
 voice with the meanings of the active. These are called 
 deponent verbs. 
 
 Certain deponent verbs in very conmion use, although 
 apparently transitive, do not have a direct object in the 
 accusative case, but have an object in the ablative case. 
 
 :wnBros., \. Y. 
 
 Catapulta, Macula Qua KOaiani I'lunabant 
 (224) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 225 
 
 Puer ludo fniitur, a hoij enjoys sport; Romani lingua Lalina usi 
 sunt, the Romans used the Latin language. 
 
 372. In the vocabulary deponent verbs may be recognized | 
 by their passive forms and the principal parts consisting of thel 
 present indicative, the present infinitive, and the perfect indica- 
 tive. Learn the principal parts of the deponent verbs as they 
 are given in the vocabulary, translate by the corresponding 
 activp forms, and notice particularly the deponent verbs utor, 
 fungor, and potior, which are accompanied by a noun in the 
 ablative case. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 373. 1. Puor hbrum Horati poetae legere conatur sed 
 legere non potest. 2. Latina lingua non utitur. 3. Librum 
 poetae difficilem esse arbitratur. 4. Primum, puer, dlligenter 
 elementis primls opc^ramda (imper.) ; turn tibi polUceor Horati 
 librum facilhrnum futtii-um (esse). 5. Ego maxime Horatio 
 fruor; ille multas et pulchras sententias locutus est. 6. 
 Nonne Latina hngua potM conaberis ut tti quoque Horatio 
 fruaris (may enjoy)? 7. Si puer laborem patietur, praemio 
 potietur. 8. Ad astra per aspera aliquando veniet. 
 
 9. Fratre interfecto solus potitus est imperio Romulus. 
 10. Postquam Tullus mortuus est (morior), populus Ancum 
 Marcium regem croavit. 11. Ancus Marcius rehgione erat 
 Numae Pompilio simihs. 12. Ancus Numae quam Tullo 
 erat similior. 13. Tull5 regnante Romani cum Latinis 
 foedus fecerant. 14. Anco rege (abl. abs.) Latinl animos 
 sustulerunt. 15. Incursionem in agrum Romanum fecerunt. 
 16. Num rex Romanus cum Latinis bellum geret? 17. lUl 
 regem bellum non gesturum esse rati sunt. 18. Ancus ratus 
 est pacem haud facile se habitumm (esse). 19. Tempora 
 lx?llo apta arljitraljatur. 20. Legato quem Ancus mlserat 
 supcrbe responsum est a Latinis. 21. Latinis igitur bellum 
 Ancus indixit. 22. Arbitrarisne id IxiUum longum esse 
 futurum? 
 
226 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Write or recite the principal parts of the deponent verbs and 
 also the conjugation of the tenses which are found in this exercise. 
 
 LATINiS BELLUM EST INDICTUM 
 374. Bellum autem hoc modo indicebatur. Legatus, 
 ubi ad fines eomm venit a quibus res repetuntur, capite 
 
 Navir Longa 
 
 velato, ''Audi, luppiter," inquit, '^audlte, fines huius popull. 
 Ego sum publicus nuntius populi Roman! ; iuste pieque 
 legatus venio; verbis mels fides sit." Deinde peragit 
 postulata. Si non deduntur res quas expOscit, diebus tribus 
 et triginta peractis, bellum ita indieit. ''Audi, luppiter, et 
 tu, luno, Quirlne, dilque omnes caelestes, vosque terrestres 
 vosque Inferni, audlte! Ego vos testor populum (Latinum) 
 iniustum esse n(»que ius persolvere." Turn hastani in fines 
 eorum emittit. Hoc tum modo Latlnis bellum est indictum. 
 
t^'t^^ft^ 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 227 
 
 a. Res repetuntur, satisfaction is demanded; verbis meis fides 
 sit, lei there he confidence in my words, let my words have confidence; 
 diebus tribus et triginta peractis, when thirty-three days have passed; 
 populum . . . persolvere, object of tester; populum subject of esse 
 and persolvere. 
 
 b. (Xotebook.) Explain the derivation of fiyie (noun), tnode, 
 public, repeat, unjust. 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF DEPONENT VERBS 
 
 375. The principal parts of deponent verbs are the 
 present indicative, the present infinitive, and the perfect 
 indicative. The ending of the present infinitive is a guide 
 to the conjugation. 
 
 CoNJ. Present Infinitive Perfect 
 ^ I. Conor conari conatus sum 
 II. polliceor poUiceri pollicitiis sum.i* ^rjr^te^J^jJ- 
 III. sequor sequi secutus sum. ^ f^o ^' 
 IV. potior potiri potitus sum. ^ iji^jrX 
 Verb in -ior patior pati passus sum T r^l. j a 
 
 a. Deponent verbs are inflected like the verbs of the four qj&njui!- 
 gations in the passive voice. They also have the present active parti- 
 ciple (sec. 200), the future active participle (sec. 363), the future active 
 infinitive (sec. 364), the supine (sec. 365), and the genmd (sec. 457, 
 463). 
 
 b. A few verbs are deponent in the perfect, past perfect, and 
 future perfect tenses only. 
 
 V audeo, audere, ausus svmi, to dare. 
 vXgaudeo, gaudere, gavisus siun, to rejoice. 
 soleo, solere, solitus sum, to be accustomed. 
 These are called semi-deponent verbs. 
 
 IDIOMS 
 
 376. Expressions which cannot be translated Uterally 
 from one language into another are called idioms. Idio- 
 matic expressions show that the people who used the Latin 
 language had characteristic ways of thinking and speaking, 
 of which the use of the ablative case with deponent verbs 
 
228 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 is an example. In order to learn the language so as to under- 
 stand it fully, one must become accustomed to the Roman 
 way of thinking. Reading aloud and the oral repetition of 
 words and idiomatic phrases will gradually give the desired 
 familiarity with' the Roman way of thinking and speaking. 
 
 It is not always possible nor desirable to reproduce in 
 the English translation the exact and literal equivalent of 
 the expressions which are peculiar to the Latin. The 
 translation should represent the thought of the original 
 rather than the grammatical constructions. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Ablative with Deponent Verbs 
 
 377. The ablative case is used with the deponents utor, 
 fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their compounds. (74) 
 
 Lmgua Latina utitur, he uses the Latin language; Horatio fruor, 
 / enjoy Horace; Ancus regno potitus est, Ancus obtained the kingdom. 
 
 a. The ablative with these deponent verbs is supposed to have 
 been originally an ablative of means, with which the verbs were used 
 in a reflexive sense; as, Horatio fruor, / enjoy {myself ivilh) Horace. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 378. 1. Tullus having died, Ancus Marcius obtained 
 the kingdom. 2. At first Ancus tried to do the same as 
 (eadem quae) his grandfather had done. 3. Ancus wished 
 to enjoy peace. 4. The Latins attempt to invade (make 
 an invasion into) the Roman territory. 5. War was 
 declared by the Romans in this manner. 6. The ambas- 
 sador said, "Hear, Jupiter, hear, boundaries of this people. 
 7. If the things which I demand are not given (shall not 
 have been given) within thirty-three days, war will be 
 declared. 8. I call all the gods of heaven and earth to 
 witness that you are unjust. 9. You do not discharge your 
 obligation." 10. The public messenger throws a spear into 
 the territory of the enemy, and in this way declares war. 
 
CHAPTER XLVI 
 IRREGULAR VERBS 
 
 379. In the present tense of a few verbs in very com- 
 mon use certain phonetic changes have taken place which 
 make the verbs seem somewhat hregular. These irregular 
 verbs are eo, I go; fero, / bear; fio, / become; volo, / 
 wish; nolo, I do not wish; maid, / 'prefer. If inflected regu- 
 larly fio and eo would belong to the fourth conjugation; 
 fero, volo, nolo, and malo to the third. 
 
 380. Find the principal parts of the irregular verbs in the 
 vocabulary and carefully observe the forms which occur in the 
 following exercise. 
 
 DE RUSTICO MURE ATQUE MURE URBANO 
 Fabula Horati Poetae 
 381. 1. Ohm rusticus mus murem urbanum in paupere 
 cavoaccepisse fertur (issaid). 2. Aridum acinum semesaque 
 lardi frusta ore fert et 
 amico dat. 3. Fastidium 
 eius vincere vult. 4. Ipse 
 (mus rusticus) mehorem 
 dapis partem relinquit. 
 5. Sed ille (mus urbanus) 
 dente superbo male 
 singula tangit. 6. Tan- 
 dem urbanus, ''Cur vis," 
 inquit, ''amice, in agris Cena 
 
 vivere? 7. Ego in urbe quam ruri (loc.) vivere malo. 
 8. Nonne tu vis homines praeponere silvls? 9. Vita est 
 brevis; dum hcet vIve beatus. 10. Nonne mecum in urbem 
 
 (229) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^^—^ 
 
 € 
 
 
 
 
 /^ 
 
 it^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^M 
 
 
 1 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 I 
 
 D^ 
 
230 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Ire vis?" T^ 11. His verbis pulsus mtis rusticus domo exit. 
 12. Inde comes muris urbani in via fit et ambo ad urbem 
 ibant. 13. In urbis moenia noctu introire volunt. 14. lam- 
 que tenebat nox medium caeli spatium; 15. cum ponit 
 
 uterque in locuplete 
 
 domo vestigia. 16. Ibi 
 
 tincta vestis super lectos 
 
 eburneos candebat; 17. 
 
 multaque de magna 
 
 cenasupererant hesterna. 
 
 18. Ergo ubi porrectum 
 
 purpurea in veste locavit riisticum, 19. urbanus servi fungi- 
 
 tur officils, cibum quem adfert praelambans. 20. Ille (mQs 
 
 rusticus) Cubans gaudet mutata sorte, 21. cum subito 
 
 Lectus 
 
 in gens strepitus terruit utrumque. 22. 
 
 currunt conclave. 23 
 24. Turn rusticus, 
 vivere nolo," inquit; ''in 
 silva cavoque tuto esse quam 
 hac vita frui malo. Vale." 
 
 25. Mtis urbanus dixit 
 se in silvis vivere nolle. 26. 
 Riisticum miSrem comitem 
 suum fieri vult. 27. Rusticus 
 dixit se cum illo ire velle. 
 28. Postea se malle in cavo 
 tuto esse quam in urbe vita 
 frui existimabat. 29. ''Noli 
 domumeo; vale." 
 
 Pividi 
 
 per totum 
 
 Simul domus alta personuit canibus. 
 'Hie 
 
 Mensa 
 inquit, "me in urbe tenere; 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write the conjugation in the present tense of eo and fio as if 
 
 they were regular verbs of the fourth conjugation; and of fero, void, 
 
 nolo, and malo like verbs of the third conjugation ; and then make the 
 
 phonetic changes which would be likely to occur in the frequent repeti- 
 
ELEMENT A PRIMA 
 
 231 
 
 tion of the words in common speech. As a guide consult the vocabulary 
 and examine the forms which are found above. 
 
 b. Write a short account of the poet Horace, using the informa- 
 tion given in the text and the illustrations of this book. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 382. Eo, I go; fero, / hear; fio, / become; volo, / 
 wish; n5lo, I do not ivish, I am unwilling; malo, / prefer. 
 
 Present Tense, Indicative Mood 
 Singular 
 
 eo 
 
 fero 
 
 fio 
 
 volo 
 
 nolo 
 
 raal6 
 
 is 
 
 fers 
 
 fis 
 
 vis 
 
 non vis 
 
 mavis 
 
 it 
 
 fert 
 
 fit 
 
 vult 
 Plural 
 
 non vult 
 
 mavult 
 
 imus 
 
 ferimus 
 
 ffimus) 
 
 volumus 
 
 noliunus 
 
 malumus 
 
 itis 
 
 fertis 
 
 (fitis) 
 
 vultis 
 
 non vultis 
 
 mavultis 
 
 eunt 
 
 ferunt 
 
 fiunt 
 
 volunt 
 
 noliint 
 
 malunt 
 
 a. The remaining tenses of the indicative are inflected regularly, 
 with the following exceptions: 
 
 1. Eo in the imperfect tense has ibam, ibas, ibat, etc.; and in 
 the future ibo, ibis, ibit, etc.; the perfect is often contracted from ivi, 
 ivisti, etc., to ii, isti, iit (it), iimus, istis, ierunt (iere). 
 
 2. In fid the quantity of i is irregular. In all the tenses of the 
 indicative i is long even when it is followed by another vowel; but in 
 the present infinitive, fieri, and elsewhere i is short when it is followed 
 by -er. 
 
 3. Fio is used as the passive of facio ; and the perfect, past perfect, 
 and future perfect tenses are formed from the supine stem of facio; 
 as, f actus sum, f actus eram, f actus ero. 
 
 4. Fero has the present imperative fer, bear thou. 
 
 .5. Nolo has the present imperative noli, be thou unwilling, do not; 
 nolite, be ye unwilling, do not. 
 
 b. Nolo is from ne-vol6 (for non-volo); malo is from ma-vol6 
 (for mage-volo or magis-volo). 
 
 c. For the complete conjugation of these irregular verbs see 
 section 569. 
 
232 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Negative Commands 
 Negative commands are often expressed by noli 
 or nolite and the infinitive. (75) 
 
 Noli hie me tenere, do not keep me here. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 384. 1. A country mouse once welcomed a city mouse 
 in his humble hole. 2. He gives his friend bits of bacon 
 which he brings in his mouth. 3. The city mouse does not 
 wish to touch the food. 4. Why, my friend, are you unwill- 
 ing to live in the country? 5. Said the city mouse, ''We 
 will go to the city if you please (wish)." 6. They go forth 
 and become companions on the way. 7. The mice enter 
 the city by night. 8. In the rich house the city mouse 
 performs the duty of a slave. 9. Each rejoices in the 
 changed condition. 10. Suddenly they hear the dogs. 
 11. Then said the frightened country mouse, ''I wish to go 
 to the forest and to live in my safe hole." 
 
 rhoto by Mary A. Grant, Ph.D. 
 
 Regio Rustica Italiae 
 
CHAPTER XLVII 
 REVIEW OF VERBS 
 ^^"/^ Formation of Latin Verbs 
 
 English Words Derived from Latin Verbs 
 
 385. The tenses are generally used with greater exact- 
 ness in Latin than in English and represent (1) the act of 
 the verb as incomplete or as completed; and (2) the time 
 of the act as present, past, or future. The exact meaning 
 of each tense should be carefully noted, but the final trans- 
 lation from Latin into English should be expressed in idio- 
 matic language. 
 
 386. Review the conjugation of regular verbs of the four 
 conjugations in all the tenses of the indicative mood, active and 
 passive, the infinitives, the participles, the supine, and the impera- 
 tive. Review also the conjugation of capio and of the irregular 
 verbs, sum, eo, fero, no, volo, nolo, and malo. For the com- 
 plete tables of conjugation see sections 562-570. 
 
 Identify the person, number, tense, and voice of each finite 
 verb, and the tense and voice of each infinitive. Note the agree- 
 ment of each verb with its subject. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 387. 1. Nuntius Romanus bellum indlcit. 2. Hoc 
 modo bellum indlcebatur, 3. Nuntius ad fines hostium 
 venerat et caput velaverat. 4. Legati bellum indicentis 
 caput velatum erat. 5. Dixit se esse publicum nuntium 
 populi Roman!. 6. Verbis nunti public! fides sit. 7. Per- 
 aget res quae repetuntur. 8. Si non deditae erunt res quas 
 exposcit, bellum indicetur. 9. Cum dies tres et triginta 
 
 17 (233) 
 
234 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 p^racti erunt, omnes deos testabitur hostes iniustos esse. 
 10. Nuntius dicet, ''Audite, omnes dil, qui in caelo, qui in 
 terra habitat is. 11. luppiter audiet vos semper fuisse, 
 esse, et semper futures esse hostes." 12. Nolite, RonianI, 
 bellum iustis indicere. 13. Dil vos videbunt, et vobis cum 
 illls erit bellum. 14. Dum licet fite amid et avertite Iras. 
 15. Si domum ieritis atque bona cum pace vivetis, omnes 
 vestri (gen.) erunt memores. 16. Melius est pacem facere 
 quam imperio potlri. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. What tenses refer to the present? to the future? to the past? 
 h. What tenses^denote incomplete action? completed action? 
 
 c. Write or recite the principal parts of typical verbs and give the 
 synopsis in one or two persons in all tenses of the indicative, both 
 active and passive, and the conjugation of the verbs in the tenses which 
 occur in this exercise. 
 
 d. Describe the form and the use of each infinitive. 
 
 URBS ATQUE AGER FINES QUE CRESCUNT 
 388. Ancus, exercitu novo conscrlpto, urbem Latino- 
 rum vl cepit secutusque morem priorum regum multittidinem 
 Romam traduxit. Mons Aventlnus novae multitiidinl datus 
 est. laniculum quoque adiectum est, non inopia loci sed 
 ne quando ea arx hostium esset (might be). Id non mtiro 
 solum sed etiam ponte sublicio, tum primum in Tiberl facto, 
 urbi est coniunctum. Cum in tanta multitudine hominum 
 facinora fierent (were done, committed), career ad terrorem 
 increscentis audaciae in media urbe imminens foro aedifica- 
 tur. Nee urbs tantum hoc rege crevit, sed etiam ager 
 finesque; usque ad mare imperium prolatum (est), et in 
 ore Tiberis Ostia urbs condita est. 
 
 a. Inopia, ablative denoting cause; inopia loci, because of lactc of 
 room; ne . .-. esset, that this might not be an enemi/s citadel; cum 
 facinora fierent, since crimes were committed; in media urbe (sec. 349), 
 in the midst of tli.e city; hoc rege, ablative absolute, he (being) king, 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 235 
 
 while he was king, under this king: ager finesque, subjects respectively 
 of crevit and creverunt to be supplied from crevit of which urbs is the 
 subject. 
 
 b. Explain the derivation of conscript, crescent, edify, imminent, 
 multitude, teiror. 
 
 I 
 
 \ V 
 
 At 
 
 Conspectus ab Monte Ianiculo 
 
 THE FORMATION OF LATIN VERBS 
 
 389. Latin verbs have been formed from roots, from 
 other verbs, from nouns and adjectives, and by composition 
 with prepositions. 
 
236 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 (1) A root is the simplest element, generally mono- 
 syllabic, which appears in a word or in several related words, 
 expressing the general or fundamental meaning. The same 
 root frequently appears, often modified by phonetic laws, 
 in different languages, thus showing that languages as well 
 as words are related to each other. 
 
 Latin verbs formed directly from roots are some of the 
 irregular verbs and some verbs of the third conjugation. 
 In the examples given for illustration the Latin verb is 
 followed in parentheses by the Latin form of the root and 
 its general meaning; and one or more EngUsh words, not all 
 direct derivatives, are given, in which the same root appears. 
 The forms given are the present active indicative and the 
 perfect passive participle, which show the different forms 
 in which the root appears in the EngHsh derivatives. 
 
 cado, casus, (cad-, fall), cadence, case. 
 
 caedo, caesus (cid-, cut), decide, decision. 
 
 dico, dictus (die-, say), diction, dictionary, edict, etc. 
 
 duco, ductus (due-, lead), dAike, duct, produce, product, etc. 
 
 ludo, lusus (lud-, play), elude, elusive. 
 
 peto, petitus (pet-, fall upon, find), impetus, petition. 
 
 sum (es-, be), essence. 
 
 tango, tactus (tag-, touch), tangent, tact. 
 
 tego, tectus (teg-, cover), tegument, protect. 
 
 Note. — The study of the roots of words is one of the most tech- 
 nical and difficult branches of language study and belongs to the science 
 of comparative etymology. At this point it is not essential to do more 
 than study the examples given, which are introduced chiefly to show how 
 the English derivatives preserve the form of the Latin root. 
 
 (2) Latin verbs denoting repeated or frequent action 
 are formed from other verbs by the suffix -to or -ito. 
 
 agito (ago), agitate. 
 dicto (dico), dictate. 
 habito (habeo), habitat. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 237 
 
 (3) Many Latin verbs })clonging to th(^ fii'st, socoiul, 
 and fourth ron)ns:«tions have been formed from nouns and 
 adjectives. 
 
 euro, curatus (cura), care. 
 duplico, duplicatus (duplex), duplicate. 
 finid, finitus (finis), fine, finish, finite. 
 laudo, laudatus (laus), lavd. 
 libero, liberatus (liber), liberate. 
 
 (4) One of the most obvious ways by which Latin 
 words have been multiphed and become a proHfic source of 
 EngHsh words is the formation of compound verbs by the 
 use of prepositions and inseparable particles as prefixes. 
 From many of these compounds have come not only verbs 
 but nouns and adjectives, both in Latin and in English. 
 The following list, for example, contains some of the most 
 common compounds of the verb fero and some of the most 
 familiar English derivatives. 
 
 circum-ferd, circumference. 
 
 con-fero, collatus, confer, conference, collate. 
 
 de-fero, defer, deference. 
 
 dif-fero (dis-fero), differ, difference. 
 
 ef-fero, e-latus, elate. 
 
 in-fero, infer, inference. 
 
 of-fero, (ob-fero), offer. 
 
 prae-fero, prefer, preference. 
 
 re-fero, relatus, refer, reference, relate. 
 
 suf-fero (sub-fero), suffer. 
 
 trans-fero, translatus, transfer, translate. 
 
 a. Notice the phonetic changes in col-latus for con-latus, of-fero 
 for ob-fero, and suf-fero for sub-fero. The final consonant of the 
 preposition is assimilated by the following consonant. 
 
 h. The ending -ence in circumference, conference, difference, infer- 
 ence, preference, and reference represents the Latin -tia in nouns derived 
 from present participles ending in -ns (gen., -ntis) ; as, differentia, 
 difference, from differens, -ntis (differo) ; scientia, science, from sciens, 
 -ntis (scio), etc. Sometimes the Latin noun is lacking and the English 
 noun is then traced directly to the Latin verb. 
 
238 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 ENGLISH WORDS DERIVED FROM LATIN VERBS 
 390. English words derived from Latin verbs, includ- 
 ing not only verbs but nouns and adjectives, are based some- 
 times on the root of the verb as it appears in the present 
 stem, as creed from credo ; sometimes on the present active 
 participle, as agent from agens, agent-is (ago) ; and par- 
 ticularly on the perfect passive participle, as act from act-us 
 (ago), credit from credit-us (credo), /ad from fact-us (facio), 
 etc. 
 
 absens (ab-sum), absent. 
 
 ad-do, add. 
 
 adrogans, -ntis (ad-rogo), arro- 
 gant. 
 
 collectus (colligo, con-lego), colled. 
 
 conceptus (concipio), concept. 
 
 conciliatus (concilio, concilium), 
 conciliate. 
 
 concipio (con-capio), conceive. 
 
 condemno (con-damno, damnum), 
 condemn. 
 
 con-tendo, contend. 
 
 creatus (creo), create. 
 
 de-fendo, defend. 
 
 datus (do), dale. 
 
 donatus (dono, donum), donate. 
 
 habeo, have. 
 
 habitatus (habito, habeo), habitat. 
 
 habitus (habeo), halrit. 
 
 importans, -ntis (importo), impor- 
 tant. 
 
 im-porto, import. 
 
 inhabitans, -ntis (in-habito), in- 
 habitant. 
 
 laboro (labor), labor (verb) 
 
 moved, move. 
 
 occupans, -ntis (occupo), occupant. 
 
 occupo (ob-capio), occupy. 
 
 patiens, -ntis (patior), patient. 
 
 placeo, please, 
 
 punio (poena), punish. 
 
 regens (rego), regent. 
 
 scribo, scribe, 
 
 scriptus (scribo), script. 
 
 tendo, tend. 
 
 teneo, tenet. 
 
 tentus (tendo), tent. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Find the Latin verbs from which the following English words 
 have been derived. Also, try to find out something about the origin of 
 the Latin verb 'tself. 
 
 adult 
 
 except 
 
 obtain 
 
 predict 
 
 debit 
 
 exclude 
 
 occur 
 
 prohibit 
 
 debt 
 
 inhabit 
 
 offer 
 
 subscribe 
 
 decay 
 
 locate 
 
 persuade 
 
 transmit 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 239 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Classification of the Tenses 
 
 391. The tenses of Latin verbs are classified according 
 to the completeness or incompleteness of the action which 
 they represent, and according to the time to which they 
 refer. (76) 
 
 (1) The tenses which represent action as incomplete are 
 the present, the past, and the future. 
 
 (2) The tenses which represent action as completed are 
 the perfect, the past perfect, and the future perfect. 
 
 (3) The tenses of the indicative which refer to present 
 or future time are called primary or principal tenses. These 
 are the present, the future, and the future perfect tenses. 
 
 (4) The tenses of the indicative which refer to past 
 time are called secondary or historical tenses. These are 
 the past, the perfect, and the past perfect tenses. 
 
 a. The historical present, representing a past act as taking place 
 in the present, is sometimes regarded as a secondary tense. Aeneas 
 in Italiam venit, Aeneas comes {came) into Italy. 
 
 h. The definite perfect, representing an act as now completed, 
 is sometimes regarded as a primary tense. Epistulam scripsi, / have 
 (now) written a letter. 
 
 The Use of the Tenses of the Indicative 
 
 392. Review the statements regarding the use of the 
 tenses of the indicative mood in sections 80, 123, 157, 227, 
 228, 237, 244. 
 
 The Tenses of the Infinitive and the Participle 
 394. Th(^ tenses of the infinitive and the participle do 
 not denote absolute time, ]>ut time relative to that of the 
 main verl) upon which the infuiitive or the participle depends. 
 The ixM'fect tense represents an act as completed, the present 
 represents an act as going on, and the future represents an 
 act as about to take place at the time of the main verl). (77) 
 
240 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Dicit proditionem vindicatam esse, vindicari, vindicatum in, 
 
 he says that the treason has been punished, is being punished, is about to 
 be punished; dixit se ivisse, ire, ituruin esse, he said that he had gone, 
 VMS going, was about to go (would go). 
 
 Amicimi videns nomen vocat, seeing his friend he calls his name; 
 virgines raptae Romanorum uxores fiunt, the maidens having been 
 (who have been) seized become the Romans' wives; mures in urbem ituri 
 comites in via fiunt, about to go to the city, the mice become companions 
 on the way. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 395. 1. Ancus enrolls a new army, with which he 
 captures a city of his enemies. 2. To the multitude which 
 had been transferred to Rome he gave Mount Aventine. 
 3. Ancus was following the custom of former kings. 4. Over 
 the Tiber he made a bridge, by which the city was connected 
 with (to) Janiculum. 6. That crimes may not be committed 
 (ne facinora flant), a prison is built near the forum. 6. 
 While Ancus was king (Ancus king), the territory of the 
 Romans was extended to the mouth of the Tiber. 7. Ancus 
 founded the city of Ostia that (ut) this might be (esset) a 
 harbor for the Romans (for a harbor to the Romans). 
 
 Photo by Mary A. Grant, Ph.D. 
 
 Mare Inferum non Longe ab Ore Tiberis 
 
CHAPTER XLVIII 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 
 
 Present and Past Tenses 
 
 FINAL CLAUSES 
 
 396. In the preceding chapters the finite verbs, with 
 few exceptions, are in the indicative mood and denote actual 
 facts. Sometimes, however, a writer wishes not only to tell 
 what has happened, is happening, or will happen, but also 
 to indicate the feeUng or attitude of the 
 mind and to express certain relations be- 
 tween facts and ideas. 
 
 The attitude of the mind may be in- 
 dicated by a definite statement; as, volo 
 Romam videre, I wish to see Rome; verum 
 dicere debeo, / ought to speak the truth; 
 Remus se defendere non poterat, Remus 
 could not defend himself. Such feelings of 
 desire, obhgation, possibiUty, etc., are 
 expressed in language not only in plain 
 statements, as in the examples just given, 
 but by the special forms of verbs which 
 belong to the subjunctive mood; as, utinam Romam videam, 
 that I may see Rome! 
 
 I Thus the feeling or attitude of the mind is implied or 
 suggested by the form of the verb, and this suggestion of 
 feeling is often more dehcate and more expressive than the 
 blunt statement of the fact. There is an obvious difference 
 between Volo meis verbis fidem esse, / ^vant my words to 
 have confidence, jmd Meis verbis fides sit, let my words have 
 confidence. In the fii-st sentence, in which the indicative is 
 
 (241) 
 
 Courtesy of the Metro- 
 poli'an Museum of Art, 
 N. Y. 
 
 Clavis Aerea 
 
242 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 used, the wish is directly stated; in the second the wish is 
 imphed by the use of the subjunctive mood. 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN A SUBORDINATE CLAUSE 
 
 397. The subjunctive mood is often used in a sub- 
 ordinate clause to express some relation between the sub- 
 ordinate clause and the main clause upon which the sub- 
 junctive depends. 
 
 Cum fratribus reges agunt ut pro sua quisque patria dimicent 
 ferro, the kings arrange loith the brothers that they (may) fight tvith the 
 sword each for his own country. 
 
 Pater Horati populiun orabat ne se orbum liberis faceret, the 
 father of Horatius entreated the people that they should not {not to) make 
 him childless. 
 
 In these sentences the dependent clauses, ut . . . dimi- 
 cent and ne . . . faceret, are final clauses representing the 
 purpose of the action denoted by the verbs agunt and 
 orabat in the independent clauses. 
 
 THE FORM OF THE PRESENT AND PAST SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 398. The present and past tenses of the subjunctive 
 mood contain the present stem. The present tense is char- 
 acterized by the mood vowel e in verbs of the first conjuga- 
 tion, and by the vowel a in verbs of the second, third, and 
 fourth conjugations. In regular verbs of all conjugations 
 the past tense of the subjunctive is characterized by the 
 letters -re-, which appear between the present stem and 
 the personal endings. In the irregular verbs, sum, eo, fero, 
 etc., the forms of the present and past tenses of the sub- 
 junctive are exceptional. (See sections 562, 568, 569.) 
 
 Present Indicative Present Subjunctive 
 dimicant dimicent 
 
 habet habeat 
 
 petunt petant 
 
 veniunt veniant 
 
 est sit 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 243 
 
 'AST Indicative 
 
 Past SuBjUNCTn-E 
 
 regnabat 
 
 regnaret 
 
 arcebat 
 
 arceret 
 
 faciebat 
 
 faceret 
 
 transiliebat 
 
 transiliret 
 
 erat 
 
 esset 
 
 THE TRANSLATION OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 399. The Latin subjunctivo is sometimes, ])iit not 
 always, translated by the English auxiharies may, mighty 
 would, should, etc. ; for example, 
 
 Reges cmn fratribus agunt ut ferro dimicent, Ihe kings arramje 
 irilh the brothers that they (may) fight (to fight) witJi the sword. 
 
 Romulus asylum aperit ut urbs incolas habeat, Romidus opens 
 an asylum so that (in order that) the city may have inhahitants. 
 
 Legates circa vicinas gentes mittit qui conubi^m petant, he sends 
 messengers among the neighboring tribes (irho may seek) to seek an alliance. 
 
 Romulus et Remus Amuliimi obtruncant ut Numitor sit rex, 
 Romulus and Remus slay AwAdins in order that Numitor may be king. 
 
 Amulius fratrem pepulit ut solus regnaret, Amulius drove away 
 his brother that he might reign alone. 
 
 Romulus murum fecit qui hostes arceret, Romulus made a wall 
 (which should keep off) to keep off the enemy. 
 
 Pater Horati populum orabat ne se orbum liberis faceret, the 
 f(dher of JJoratius entreated the peojde not to make him rhildle.'^s. 
 
 Inter tela mulieres venerunt ne viduae essent, the women came 
 ammuj the weapons so that (in order that) they might not be uridoiVH. 
 
 400. In the following exercises find what verbs are in the 
 subjunctive mood, determine the relation between the dependent 
 clause containing the subjunctive and the main clause upon 
 which the subjunctive depends, and translate into English so as 
 to express the exact meaning. A careful study should be made 
 of the sentences in section 399, which may be followed as models. 
 
 GALLlNA IMPAVIDA 
 
 (Adapted and translated from the YouiKs Companion.) 
 
 401. 1. Quaedam galllna nidum in stabulo habuit. 
 2. Ovis quae pepererat dihgenter incubabat. 3. Forte 
 stabulo incenso flammae iam cistae appropinquabant in qua 
 
244 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 nidus erat. 4. Miiiinie pavida gallliia ovis insidebat dum 
 aqua infusa ignera exstinxit. 5. Tandem pullT exclfisi 
 nidum relinquunt. 
 
 G. Plennnque galllnae pennis fovent . ova ne frigore 
 laedantur; 7. haec tegebat ova ut ab iis arceret calorem. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. In what mood and tense is laedanttir, sentence 6? arceret, 
 sentence 7? 
 
 h. What relation is expressed by the clauses containing the sub- 
 junctive? 
 
 ^ READING EXERCISE 
 
 402. 1. Amulius fratrem pellit ut solus regnet. 2. Ut 
 solus regnaret, Amulius fratrem pepulit. 3. Romulus et 
 Remus Amtilium obtruncant ut Numitor sit rex. 4. Fratres 
 Amulium obtruncaverunt ne diutius esset rex. 5. Romulus 
 suum fratrem interficit ne moenia iterum transiliat. 6. 
 Romulus fratrem interfecit ne moenia iterum tran- 
 siliret. 7. Romulus asylum aperit ut nova urbs incolas 
 habeat. 8. Romulus asylum aperuit ut nova urbs incolas 
 haberet. 9. Legates circa vlclnas gentes mittit qui co- 
 nubium petant. 10. Legates misit qui contibium peterent. 
 11. Circa vicinas gentes, legati, mittimini ut societatem 
 petatis. 12. Missi estis ut societatem peteretis. 13. Mitti- 
 mur ut petamus; mittebamur ut peteremus. 
 
 14. Ltidl parantur ut finitimi cum liberis ad spectaculum 
 veniant. 15. LudT paratl sunt ut finitimi venirent. 16. Tar- 
 peia ita arbitrabatur: "Sabinos in arcem dticam ut mtinus 
 habeam." 17. '^Sabinos dtixi ut mtinus haberem.'' 18. 
 Num in arcem, Tarpeia, hostes duces ut mtinus habeas? 
 19. In arcem eos duxisti ut mtinus haberes. 20. MuHeres 
 inter tela volantia veniunt ne viduae sint. 21. Inter tela 
 venerunt ne viduae essent. 22. Inter tela veniemus ne 
 viduae simus. 23. Inter tela venimus ne viduae essemus. 
 24. Cum fratribus reges agunt ut pro sua quisque patria 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 245 
 
 dimicent ferro. 25. Albanus exercitus inclamat Curiatiis 
 ut opem fratri ferant. 26. Pater Horati populum orabat 
 ne se orbum llberis faceret. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK U^^^ 
 
 a. What verbs are in the subjunctive present? the past sub- 
 junctive? 
 
 h. What is the relation between the clause containing the subjunc- 
 tive in each sentence and the main clause? 
 
 c. What connecting word, conjunction or pronoun, is used with 
 each subjunctive verb? 
 
 d. What tenses are found in the main clause when the present 
 subjunctive is used in the dependent clause? when the past subjunctive 
 is used? 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 403. 1. Ancus novum exercitum conscripsit ut urbem 
 Latinorum caperet. 2. Ut morem priorum regum sequeretur 
 multitudinem omnem Romam traduxit. 3. Mons Aventlnus 
 novae multitudini datur quo sedes habeant. 4. laniculum 
 urbi adiectum est ne quando ea arx hostium esset. 5. Pons 
 sublicius in Tiber! factus est ut laniculum urbl coniungeretur. 
 6. Cum (since) facinora clandestina fierent, career aedifi- 
 catus est qui increscentem audaciam terreret. 7. Career 
 aedificatus est ne audacia incresceret. 8. Urbs Ostia in 
 ore Tiberis condita est quae Romanis portui esset, 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Write in the present and past tenses of the subjunctive the 
 conjugation of sum (sim, essem), regno (regnem, regnarem),terre6 (ter- 
 ream, terrerem), condo (condam, conderem), venio (veniam, venirem). 
 
 h. Write the conjugation of sequor (sequar, sequerer) in the 
 present and past tenses of the subjunctive passive. 
 
 c. What stem is found in the present and imperfect tenses? 
 What is the characteristic of the subjunctive mood in the present tense 
 of the first conjugation? in the present tense of the second, third, and 
 fourth conjugations? What is the sign of the past tense of the sub- 
 junctive in all the conjugations? What are the personal endings of the 
 active voice? of the passive? 
 
246 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 TARQUINIUS ROMAM COMMIGRAT 
 
 404. Anco regnante Tarquinius, vir impiger ac divitiis 
 potens, ex Etrtiriae urbe Romam commigravit cupidine 
 maxime ac spe magni honoris. Ad laniculum forte venerat. 
 Ibi ei in carpento sedenti cum uxore aquila leniter demissa 
 pilleum aufert, superque carpentum cum magno clangore 
 volitans rursus capiti apte reponit, inde subllmis abit. 
 Tanaquil coniunx, perita caelestium prodigiorum, alta 
 sperare virum iubet. Has spes cogitationesque secum 
 portantes urbem ingress! sunt. Domicilio ibi comparato 
 
 in regiam quoque de 
 
 Tarquinio fama perlata 
 est. Postremo tutor llber- 
 orum regis testamento 
 instittitus est. 
 
 a. Anco regnante, abl. 
 
 abs., in the reign of Ancus; 
 divitiis, abl. of specification; 
 divitiis potens, abounding in 
 riches; cupidine, spe, abl, 
 of cause; honoris, objective 
 gen. (sec. 269); cupidine . . . honoris, chiefly because of his desire and 
 hope of great honor; ei, dative denoting separation (sec. 205) ; capiti, 
 indirect object of reponit; prodigiorum, objective gen. witli perita 
 (sec. 269) ; perita . . . prodigiorum, skilled in heavenly portents; alta, 
 adj. used as noun (268); tutor, pred. nom.; testamento, abl. of means. 
 b. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of carpenter, cAjgitation, 
 Cupul, domicile, fame, honor, institute, prodigy, sublime, testament, tufor. 
 
 Cakpp:ntum 
 
 405. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 For the conjugation of amo, video, mitto, audio, and 
 
 capio in the present and past tenses of the subjunctive, active 
 and passive, and the conjugation of the irregular verbs sum, 
 volo, nolo, malo, eo, fero, and fio in the subjunctive present and 
 past, see sections 562-569. Observe carefully the formation of 
 these tenses, noting particularly the tense-signs. .. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 247 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Subjunctive of Purpose 
 
 406. The subjuiu'tive mood is used in dependent 
 clauses with ut, ne, qui, and quo to denote purpose. (78) 
 
 Aeneas venit ut urbem condat, Aeneas comes that he may found 
 (to found) a city; pueros in Tiberim Amulius misit ne viverent, Amulius 
 threw the boys into the Tiber so that (in order that) they might not live; 
 legati mittuntur qui societatem petant, ambassadors are sent xoho may 
 ask (to ask) for an alliance; mons multitudini datur quo sedes habeant, 
 the mountain is given to the multitude where (so that there) they may have 
 dwelling places. 
 
 a. A clause with the subjunctive mood denoting purpose is called 
 a final clause. Final clauses may be translated in a variety of ways: 
 so that, in order that, for the purpose of, to (with the infinitive) etc. 
 Accordingly, the English infinitive, when it denotes purpose, should 
 be translated into the Latin subjimctivc. 
 
 The Use of the Present and Past Subjunctive 
 
 407. In dependent clauses the present and past tenses 
 of the subjunctive mood denote incomplete action, and 
 refer to time which is relatively present or future; i. e., 
 present or future with reference to the time of the verb in 
 the main clause. (79) 
 
 Aeneas venit ut urbem condat, Aeneas comes that he may found a 
 city; venit ut conderet urbem, he came that he might found a city. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 408. 1. Tarquin comes to Rome that he may have 
 great honor. 2. He came that he might have honor. 3. 
 Tarquin and his wife remove from Etruria that they may 
 come to Rome. 4. They removed that they might come. 
 5. An eagle is sent down (demitto) from the sky to (which 
 may) take off Tarquin's cap. 6. The eagle descended 
 (demissa est) to take off Tarquin's cap. 7. The eagle 
 comes so thart we may hope high (things). 8. The eagle 
 
248 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 came so that we might have high hopes (hope high things). 
 9. You come to Rome, Tarquin, that you may there (quo) 
 prepare a dweUing. 10. You (pi.) came to Rome that you 
 might prepare a dwelling there. 11. The king arranges 
 with Tarquin that he may be the guardian of his children. 
 12. The king arranged with him that he might be the 
 guardian. 13. Tarquin prepares a dwelhng in the city so 
 that a report concerning him may go (pres. subj. of eo) to 
 the palace. 14. He prepared a dweUing so that a report 
 might go. 15. Tarquin arranges with the Romans that 
 the son of Ancus may not be king. 
 
 16. He begs me to hope high things, to have great 
 riches, to rule (rego) the city, to come to the palace. 17. 
 I beg you (sing.) not to hope high things, not to seek great 
 riches, not to fear the powerful king, not to obtain the 
 kingdom. 18. Tanaquil begged her husband to remove to 
 Rome, not to fear the heavenly portent, to follow her 
 bidding (mandata), to enter the city, to carry high hopes, 
 to be king in the city. 
 
 Note. — It will be profitable to spend as much time as may be 
 necessary on this introductory chapter on the subjunctive mood and 
 on the following chapters. Here, as elsewhere, better results v/ill be 
 secured by thorough study and many repetitions than by hasty or super- 
 ficial work. 
 
 Courtesy of The Metropolitan Museum of Art, N. Y. 
 
 CuRRUs Etruscus 
 
CHAPTER XLIX 
 CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES 
 
 409. The subjunctive mood is used in a subordinate 
 clause to denote the consequence or the result of the action 
 of the verb in the main clause. 
 
 Vicinae gentes novam urbem ita timebant ut benigne legationem 
 non audirent, the neighboring tribes so feared the new city that they did 
 7wt hear the embassy kindly. 
 
 The present subjunctive in a dependent clause generally 
 follows a tense in the main clause denoting present or future 
 time, and the past tense of the subjunctive generally follows 
 a tense denoting past time. 
 
 410. Read again the introductory statements in sections 
 396-399, and review the conjugation of the present and past 
 tenses of the subjunctive mood. 
 
 In the following exercises study the verbs which are in the 
 subjunctive mood and determine the relation between the depend- 
 ent clause and the main clause. Distinguish carefully between a 
 clause which denotes purpose and one which denotes consequence 
 or result. Observe what tenses of the indicative are followed by 
 the present subjunctive and what tenses are followed by the past 
 subjunctive. Notice what conjunctions are used to introduce 
 the clauses denoting consequence or result. 
 
 VULPES ET LEO 
 
 411. Vulpes quae numquam leoriem viderat ei forte 
 occurrit atque ita exterrita est ut paene moreretur formidine. 
 Eundem conspicata iterum, timuit quidem, sed nequaquam 
 ut (as) antea. Tertio illl obviam facta (having met him), 
 adeo impavida fuit ut auderet accedere proprius et cum eo 
 colloqui. 
 
 " (249) 
 
250 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. In what mood and tense are moreretur and auderet; What 
 relation do they express? By what conjunctions are they connected 
 with the verbs in the clauses upon which they depend? 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 412. 1. Amulius fllios Silviae timet; itaque Silviam 
 in vincula dat et pueros in Tiberim mittit. 2. Amulius 
 fllios Silviae adeo timet ut Silviam in vincula det et pueros 
 in Tiberim mittat. 3. Amulius filios Silviae adeo timebat 
 ut Silviam in vincula daret et pueros in Tiberim mitteret. 
 4. In his adultis sunt magnae vires; apud pastores sunt 
 duces. 5. In his adultis sunt tantae vires ut apud pastores 
 sint duces. 6. In his adultis erant tantae vires ut apud 
 pastores essent duces. 7. Vallum novae urbis est angustum; 
 Remus id inrldet et transilit. 8. Vallum novae urbis est 
 tam angustum ut Remus id inrldeat et transiliat. 9. Vallum 
 erat tam angustum ut Remus id inrlderet et transillret. 
 10. Adeo Iratus erat Romulus ut fratrem obtruncaret. 11. 
 LegatI circa viclnas gentes missi sunt qui societatem 
 peterent. 12. Sed nova urbs ita timebatur ut benigne 
 legatio non audlretur. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. What verbs are in the subjunctive mood? What tenses in 
 the main clause are followed by the present subjunctive? What tenses 
 are followed by the past subjunctive? Is the action denoted by the 
 present and imperfect tenses of the subjunctive represented as com- 
 pleted or as incomplete at the time of the action of the main verb? 
 What is the relation between the clause containing the subjunctive in 
 each sentence and the clause upon which the subjunctive depends? 
 Does peterent, sentence 11, express the same relation as the other 
 subjunctives in this exercise? 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 413. 1. Roma est urbs clara; eam videre volo. 2. 
 Roma est urbs tam clara ut eam videre velim. 3. Quis est 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 251 
 
 qui urbem Romam videre nolit? 4. Nemo est ciii non 
 gratum sit urbem Romam videre. 5. Non est dubium quin 
 Roma sit urbs clarissima. 6. Apud Romanos erant multi 
 qui pro patria morerentui'. 7. NonnullI erant a quibus 
 scelera fierent. 8. Tarn multa seelera flebant ut career in 
 media urbe aedificaretur qui increscentem audaciam terreret. 
 
 9. Career sceleratos non deterrebat quIn scelera facerent. 
 
 10. Apud Romanos multa facta sunt digna quae audlrentur. 
 
 11. Numquam de Romanis tam multa audiemus quin 
 pltii'a libenter audiamus. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. What verbs are in the present tense of the subjunctive? in 
 the past tense? What conjunctions or other connectives introduce 
 the clauses which contain the subjunctive? By what mood in English 
 are these subjunctives best translated? Is terreret, sentence 8, used 
 like the other subjunctives in this exercise or like those in section 403? 
 In each sentence what is the relation between the clause containing 
 the subjunctive and the main clause? 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 414. 1. Tarquinius ita impiger ac divitiis potens erat ut 
 spem magni honoris haberet. 2. Tan tam cupidinem tan- 
 tasque spes habebat ut Romam commigraret. 3. Aquila 
 Tarquinio pilleum aufert atque rursus capiti reponit. 4. 
 Tanaquil erat caelestium prodigiorum perita. 5. Virum 
 magnas spes cogitationesque secum portare iussit. 6. In 
 regiam de eo fama perlata tutor liberorum regis testamento 
 institutus est. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. What verbs are in the subjunctive mood? What relation is 
 expressed by each clause containing the subjunctive? 
 
 TARQUINIUS REGNUM PETIT 
 
 415. Regnavit Ancus annos quattuor et viginti, cuilibet 
 superiorum regum belli pacisque et artibus et gloria par. 
 
252 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Quo mortuo Tarquinius instabat ut quam primum comitia 
 regl creando fierent. Filios Anci, qui iam prope adultl erant, 
 sub tempus venatum misit ut ipse regnum peteret. Oration- 
 em dieitur habuisse ita 
 compositam ut plebis 
 animos conciliaret: se 
 Romam cum coniuge 
 ac fortunis omnibus 
 commigrasse ; maiorem 
 partem aetatis eius qua 
 cTvIlibus officiis fun- 
 gantur homines, Romae 
 se quam in vetere patria 
 vlxisse. Tam multaj 
 de se baud falsa memo- 
 ravit ut ingenti con- 
 sensu populus Romanus 
 eum regnare iuberet. 
 
 a. Cuilibet, dat, from 
 quTlibet, to any one whatever, 
 emphatic; -que, connects 
 belli and pads; et . . . et, 
 both . . . and, connecting 
 artibus and gloria; belli 
 . . . par, equal both in the 
 arts of peace and the glory of 
 war; quo mortuo, abl. abs, 
 on whose death, or, and on 
 his death; quam primum, as 
 soon as possible; regi cre- 
 ando, for electing a king (sec. 464) ; sub tempus, at the approach of the 
 time, as the time approached; vgnatiun, supine (sec. 365, 369) ; orationem 
 dieitur habuisse, he is said to have delivered a speech; se commigrasse, se 
 vixisse, used as objects of the verb of saying implied in orationem 
 habuisse (sec. 250); commigrasse, for commigravisse ; oiEcus, abl. 
 with fungantur (sec. 377); fungantur, present subjunctive, translated 
 
 Photo Brown Bros., N. Y. 
 Magistkatus Romanus 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 253 
 
 by the English indicative; partem, ace. of time (sec. 278); maiorem 
 . . . quam, a greater part than. 
 
 b. Find examples of the subjunctive used as in sections 401 and 411. 
 
 c. Notice the arrangement of the words in the expression, belli 
 pacisque et artibus et gloria par. Belli belongs with gloria, and pads 
 with artibus. Such an arrangement, although somewhat artificial, 
 was thought to add to the excellence of the hterary form. The variety 
 in the use of the conjunctions is also noticeable. The commonplace 
 arrangement would be, gloria belli et artibus pacis. 
 
 (/. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of art, civil, conciliate, 
 consensus, false, major, office, omnibus, quart, superior. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Subjunctive of Result 
 416. The sul)junctive with ut, ut non, qui, and quin 
 is used in consecutive clauses to denote consequence or 
 result. (80) 
 
 Vulpes ita exterrita est ut paene moreretur formidine, the fox 
 
 toas so terrified that she almost died of fright; nova urbs ita timebatur 
 ut benigne legatio non audiretur, the new city was so feared that the 
 embassy was not heard kindly; quis est qui urbem Romam videre nolit? 
 who is there who does not urinh to see the city of Rome? numquam de 
 Romanis tarn multa audiemus quin plura libenter audiamus, we shall 
 never hear .so many things about the Romans that we shall not gladly hear 
 more. 
 
 a. When the subjunctive of result is used with the relative qui, 
 the relative is generally equivalent to ut is. Quis est qui nolit means, 
 who is there so disposed that he does not wish? The antecedent is often 
 indefinite and the clause with the subjunctive describes some quality 
 or characteristic of the antecedent. 
 
 b. Quin, who not, that not, that, is often used after expressions of 
 doubt. Non est dubium quin Roma sit clara, there is no doubt that 
 Rome is fanums. 
 
 c. Verbs of hindering, preventing, etc., when a negative is expressed 
 or implied, are followed by quin and the subjunctive. Career sceleratos 
 non deterrebat quin scelera facerent, the prison did not keep the wicked 
 from committing crimes. 
 
254 
 
 EI.EMENTA PRIMA 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 417. 1. Ancus was (Hiunl to th(^ former kings l)oth in 
 the arts of pcniw^ and the glory of war. 2. No one of the 
 former kings had greater n^nown in war (of war) and peace 
 than Ancus. 3. After the death of Ancus, Tarquin urged 
 that the new king should be elected as soon as possible. 
 
 4. The sons of Ancus were now almost grown to manhood. 
 
 5. Just before (sub.) the time Tarquin sent the boys to hunt 
 (supine). 6. He sent the sons of Ancus to hunt so that he 
 might be elected king himself. 7. Tarquin's speech was 
 so arranged that he himself was elected king. 8. He had 
 come to Rome with all his fortunes, and had lived there a 
 large part of his life. 9. A large part of that age in which 
 men perform pubUc duties Tarquin lived in Rome. 10. 
 He said so many true (not false) things about himself that 
 he obtained the kingdom (potior with abl.). 11. The sons 
 of Ancus did not prevent the people from electing Tarquin 
 king. 12. There was no doubt that Tarquin wished to 
 have the kingdom himself (Tarquin himself wislied). 
 
 Photo by Mary A. Grant, Ph.D. 
 
 Vicus IN Italia Hodierna 
 
CHAPTER L 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE PERFECT AND PAST PERFECT 
 
 Indirect Questions 
 
 418. In the perfect and past perfect tenses of the 
 subjunctive mood all verbs are conjugated alike. In the 
 perfect tense of the active voice the perfect stem is followed 
 by the tense-sign -eri- and the usual personal endings, -m, 
 -s, -t, etc. ; as, regnav-eri-t. In the past perfect tense the 
 perfect stem is followed by the tense-sign -isse- and the 
 regular personal endings; as, iuss-isse-t. In the passive 
 voice the perfect and past perfect tenses of the subjunctive 
 are formed respectively by joining the present and past 
 tenses, subjunctive, of sum to the perfect passive participle; 
 as, portatae sint, facta essent, 
 
 419. An indirect question is a dependent clause in 
 which a question is implied ; as. 
 
 In memoria habeo quid hen laderim, / remember what I saw 
 yesterday. 
 
 In such clauses the Latin uses the subjunctive mood 
 although the indicative mood is used in English. 
 
 420. Study the clauses which contain the subjunctive mood; 
 find the indirect questions; and notice whether any clauses 
 denote purpose or result. 
 
 MURES 
 
 421. Mures aliquando habuerunt consiHum quo modo 
 a fele caverent. Multis alils propositis, omnibus placuit ut 
 
 (255) 
 
25(5 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 ei tintinnabulum adnecteretur : sic enim ipsos sonitti 
 admonitos earn fugere posse. Sed cum iam inter mures 
 
 quaereretur qui tintinna- 
 bulum adnecteret, nemo 
 repertus est. 
 
 Fabula docet in sua- 
 dendo plurimos esse au- 
 dacis, sed in ipso periculo 
 timidos. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. What verbs are in 
 the subjunctive mood? What 
 conjunctions or other connec- 
 tives are used to introduce 
 the clauses which contain the subjunctive? What clauses are indirect 
 questions? Do any of the clauses denote purpose? result? Is any 
 other relation expressed by a clause with the subjunctive? 
 
 b. What is generally used as the subject of a verb? as the object? 
 What is the subject of placuit ; of quaereretur? If habuerunt consilium 
 were translated by the single verb planned, what would be the object? 
 
 Courtesy of The Metro fX)! item MuseumofArt,N . Y. 
 TiNTINNABULA 
 
 MAGISTER CUM DISCIPULO LOQUITUR 
 
 422. 1. M agister. Die mihi, si vis, quot annos 
 Ancus regnaverit. 
 
 2. Discipulus. Annos quattuor et viginti Ancus reg- 
 navit. 
 
 3. M. Scisne num superioribus regibus belli gloria 
 Ancus fuerit par? 
 
 4. D. Cuilibet superiorum regum fuit par. 
 
 5. M. Intellegisne cur Tarquinius comitia statim 
 fieri voluerit? 
 
 6. D. Anco mortuo iinuni ex filiis illTus regem esse 
 nempe volebat. 
 
 7. M. Num oblitus es qualis vir Tarquinius fuerit et 
 quantae spes ab eo Romam portatae sint? 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 257 
 
 8. D. In memoria habeo quae heri legerim. Legi 
 quas res Tanaquil virum sperare iussisset. lam intellego 
 cur Tarquinius Mios regis venatum mlserit; ipse regno potiri 
 volebat. 
 
 9. M. Num Tarquinio incertum erat quo modo plebis 
 animos conciliaret? y 
 
 10. D. Minime. Orationem habuit ita compositam ut 
 populus eum regnare iu beret. 
 
 11. M. Fuitne Roma Tarquini patria? 
 
 12. D. Non semper sed magnam partem aetatis Romae 
 vlxerat. 
 
 13. M. Dixitne Romanis quantam partem aetatis 
 Romae vixisset? 
 
 14. D. Maiorem partem aetatis eius qua civllibus 
 officiis funguntur homines ille Romae quam in vetere patria 
 vlxerat. 
 
 15. M. Fuitne Tarquinius l>onus rex? 
 
 16. D. Nescio. Cras fortasse fuerit necne bonus 
 
 Mihi memora quae sint facta boni regis. 
 
 Bona facta regis sunt ea quae populo prosint. 
 
 Num Tarquinius intellexit (juae facta essent 
 bona? 
 
 20. D. Quae a prioribus regibus facta essent sci\it 
 atque multa (luae laudari [)ossent ipse fecit. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the verbs which are in the subjunctive mood, 
 arranging them by tenses. Complete the conjugation of legerim^ 
 iussisset, portatae sint, and facta essent. 
 
 6. What subjunctives in this exercise are used in clauses of the 
 same kind as quo modo . . . caverent and qui . . . adnecteret in 
 section 421? 
 
 c. What clause is used as the subject of a verb? What (ilauses 
 are used as objects of verbs? What kind of connectives are quot, 
 num, quantae, necne, etc? 
 
 experiam. 
 
 17. 
 
 M. 
 
 18. 
 
 D. 
 
 19. 
 
 M. 
 
258 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 d. Compare prosint, sentence 18, and possent, sentence 20, with 
 the verbs in section 413. 
 
 TARQUINIUS NOVACULA COTEM SECAT 
 423. Tarquinius rex multa egregia fecit. Bellum 
 primum cum Latinis gessit et oppidum eorum vi cepit 
 praedamque magnam reportavit. Circo qui Maximus 
 dlcitui* locus designatus est. Muro lapideo circumdare 
 urbem parabat, cum Sabinum bellum intervenit. Equitem 
 suis deesse copiis ratus, ad Ramnes, Titienses, Luceres, quas 
 centurias Romulus scripserat, addere alias constituit suoque 
 nomine nomina iis dare. 
 
 Attus Navius, inclitus eo tempore augur, ''Nomina," 
 inquit, '^mutari non possunt nisi aves addlxerint." Iratus 
 rex eludensque artem auguris, "Inaugura," inquit, '^fierine 
 possit quod ego mente concipio." Attus, in augurio 
 expertus, fieri posse respondit. "Atque hoc," inquit rex, 
 ''agitabam, num cotem illam secare novacula possem." 
 'Totes ergo," inquit augur, et rex secuisse dicitur. Auguriis 
 tantus honor accessit, ut nihil belli domlque postea nisi 
 auspicato gereretur. / 
 
 a. Copiis, dat. with de in deesse, denoting separation (sec. 205) ; 
 suo nomine, /rom his own name (sec. 229); eo tempore, abl. denoting 
 time (sec. 105); addixerint, future perfect; inaugura, imperative; 
 fierine possit quod, whether that can he done which, etc.; posse, the 
 subject is the accusative of the pronoun id not expressed, but suggested 
 by quod; fieri . . . respondit, he replied that it could be done; nxmi 
 secare possem, whether I could cut; secuisse, the object is the pronoun 
 earn, not expressed, referring to cotem illam ; belli, domi, locative case. 
 
 h. Find two verbs in the subjunctive which are used like caverent 
 and adnecteret in section 421. 
 
 c. Find one verb in the subjunctive mood expressing consequence 
 or result (sec. 416). 
 
 d. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of agitate, circus, conceive, 
 designate, elude, expert, intervene, irate, report, respond, response. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 259 
 
 « 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 424. Tlie jx^rfect aiul past perfect tenses of the sub- 
 junctive mood, active and passive, are conjugated in the 
 same manner in all the conjugations. For the complete 
 conjugation of these tenses see sections 562-569. 
 
 a. Learn the conjugation in these tenses of amo, video, mitto, 
 audio, and capio. Leam also the perfect and past perfect tenses of 
 sum in the subjunctive mood. Carefully compare the perfect sub- 
 junctive with the future perfect indicative. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Indirect Questions 
 
 425. In an indirect question the verb is in the subjunc- 
 tive mood. (81) 
 
 Agitabam num cotem secare possem, / was considering whether I 
 could cut the whetstone; inaugiira fierine possit quod mente concipio, 
 determine by nuquru (predict) whether that which I am thinking of can 
 be done; fuerit necne bonus reperiam, / shall find out whether he was 
 good or not. 
 
 a. An indirect question is not directly asked but is represented 
 as an indirect quotation depending as subject or object upon a verb of 
 asking or upon an expression which suggests the idea of asking. The 
 difference between direct and indirect questions may be seen in the 
 following examples: 
 
 Direct Indirect 
 
 Ubi es ; where are you? Video ubi sis, / see where you are. 
 
 Ubi eras ; lohere were youf Rogabam ubi esses, / was asking 
 
 where you were. 
 Ubi fuisti ; where have you been? Scio ubi fueris, / know where you 
 
 have been. 
 Ubi fueras ; where had you been? Repperi ubi fuisses, / found out 
 
 where you had been. 
 
 The Use of the Perfect and Past Perfect Subjunctive 
 
 426. In dependent clauses the perfect and past perfect 
 tenses of the subjunctive mood denote completed action and 
 
260 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 refer to time which is relatively past; v. c, past with reference 
 to the time of the verb in the main clause. (82) 
 
 Scisne num superioribus regibus Ancus fuerit par? Do you know 
 whether Ancus tvas equal to the former kings? Tarquinius scivit quae a 
 prioribus regibus essent facta, Tarquinius knew -what had been done by 
 the former kings. 
 
 Sequence of Tenses 
 
 427. When the subjunctive mood is used in dependent 
 clauses, the present and perfect tenses of the subjunctive 
 are generally found in connection with a primary tense in 
 the main clause; and the past and past perfect tenses of 
 the subjunctive are generally found in connection with a 
 secondary tense. (83) 
 
 For examples see section 425, a. 
 
 Substantive Clauses 
 
 428. A clause may be used as the subject or the object 
 of a verb, or as the equivalent of a noun in any construction. 
 Such a clause is a substantive clause. (84) 
 
 The indirect questions in sections 421, 422, and 423 are substan- 
 tive clauses. Clauses of purpose and result may also be substantive 
 clauses. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 429. 1. The master asked whether Tarquin had done 
 many excellent things. 2. I know what war he waged, what 
 city he took, and how great booty he brought back. 3. Do 
 you know what place was designated for the circus? 4. The 
 king was surrounding the city with a stone wall when a war 
 interrupted. 5. Cavalry was wanting to the king's forces. 
 6. Romulus had enrolled three centuries of knights. 7. 
 Tarquin resolved to give his own name to other centuries. 
 8. Attus, the famous augur, said, ''The names can not be 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 261 
 
 changed unless the omens (birds) are (shall 
 have been) propitious." 9. The king mocking 
 asked whether a whetstone could be cut with 
 a razor. 10. Attus replied that it could be 
 done (to be able to be done). 11. The king 
 is said to have cut the whetstone. 12. It is 
 said that the king (ace.) cut the whetstone 
 13. Attu3 was so renowned that great honor 
 was added to augury. 14. Nothing was done 
 in war or (and) at home except by augury. 
 
 Augur 
 
 Photo from Keystone View Co., N. Y. 
 
 Tempi^um Apollinis, Pompeii 
 
CHAPTER LI 
 
 CLAUSES WITH CUM 
 
 430. The conjunction cum, when, since, or although, is 
 used in clauses denoting time, cause, or concession. Which 
 
 ' © Underwood & Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 Arcus ConstantTni et Mons Palatinus 
 
 of the three meanings it has in any given sentence can be 
 determined partly by the mood and tense of the verb, and 
 partly by the context; that is, by the meaning of the rest 
 of the sentence. 
 
 431. Observe carefully the mood and tense used in the 
 dependent clauses introduced by the conjunction cum. Consider 
 the three possible meanings of cum when used as a conjunction 
 and try to determine its meaning in each sentence in which it is 
 found. 
 
 (262) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 263 
 
 AGRICOLA ET FiLII 
 
 432. Agricola senex, cum mortem sibi appropinquarc 
 sentlret, filios convocavit, quos, cum fratres ossent, intordum 
 discordare noverat, et fascem virgularum adforrl iubct. 
 Quae cum adlatae assent, filios hortatur ut fascem frangerent. 
 Quod cum facere non possent, distribuit singulas virgas, 
 ilsque celeriter fractis, docuit illos quam firma res esset 
 Concordia quamque imbecilla discordia, 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. What is the meaning of cum in the clauses cum . . . sentiret? 
 cum . . . assent? cimi adlatae essent? cum . . . possent? 
 
 h. What kind of a clause is ut . . . frangerent? quam . . . 
 Concordia? 
 
 c. What is the tense of each subjunctive? Upon what verb does 
 each subjunctive depend? 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 433. 1. Tarquinius, cum filios And regno fraude 
 pepulisset, multa tamen egregia fecit. 2. Cum bellum 
 adversus Latinos gessisset, praedam magnam reportavit. 
 3. Muro lapideo circumdare urbem parabat cum Sablnum 
 bellum intervenit. 4. Cum equites suls deessent copils, 
 alias centurias suo nomine vocatas addere constituit. 5. 
 Attus augur, *'Cum aves," inquit, ''non addixerint, nomina 
 mutarl non possunt." 6. Cum rex Iratus inter rogavisset 
 fierine posset quod ipse mente conciperet (was thinking of), 
 Attus respondit, "Cum artem auguris eludas, tamen fieri 
 potest." 7. Atque cum rex agitaret num cos secarl novacula 
 posset, ilia tamen secta est. 8, Quod cum factum esset, 
 auguriis magnus honor accessit. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 n. Make a list of all the clauses introduced by the conjunction 
 ctmi, and classify them according to the different meanings of the 
 conjunction. 
 
264 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 h. In what mood and tense is each verb which is found with cum 
 in a clause denoting time? in a clause denoting cause or reason? in 
 a clause denoting concession? 
 
 ANCi FiLli REGi INSIDIAS PARANT 
 
 434. Supererant duo AncT filil, qui, cum paterno regn*^ 
 fraudati essent, legi insidias paraverunt. Ex pastoribus 
 duo ferocissimi ad f acinus delecti sunt. li simulata rlxa 
 in vestibulo regiae tumultuantur. Quorum clamor cum 
 
 penitus in regiam pervenisset, 
 
 ■ - - --"^ vocati sunt ad regem. Primo 
 
 uterque vociferari coepit et cer- 
 tatim alter alter! obstrepere. 
 Cum vero iussi essent in vicem 
 
 .' ■"". ■ ■^ dicere, unus ex composite rem 
 
 ordltur ; dumque intentus in eum 
 Secures gg rex totus. avertit, alter ela- 
 
 tam securim in eius caput 
 deiecit; et relicto in vulnere telo, ambo foras se proripiunt. 
 a. Regno, abl. of separation (sec. 336) ; ex pastoribus, from or 
 of the shepherds; simulata rixa, abl. abs.; quorum clamor, and when^ 
 their shouting (a relative at the beginning of a sentence is equivalent 
 to a conjunction and a demonstrative); alteri, dat. with ob in obstre- 
 pere ; alter alteri, one the other, each other. 
 
 h. Find one casual and two temporal clauses, 
 c. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of avert, composite, intend, 
 intent, paternal, simulate, vestibule, vociferate. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Temporal Clauses with Cum — Indicative 
 
 435. In temporal clauses with cum the indicative is 
 used if the dependent clause simply defines the time of the 
 action of the main verb, or if the thought expressed by the 
 temporal clause is an essential addition to the sentence. (85) 
 
 Murd lapideo circumdare urbem parabat cum Sabinum bellum 
 intervenit, he uxis preparing to surround the city with a stone wall when 
 a war urith the Sabines interrupted. (In this sentence the clause witli 
 cum is an essential addition to the thought.) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 265 
 
 Temporal Clauses with Cwm— Subjunctive 
 ' 436. In temporal clauses with cum which describe the 
 circumstances under which the action of the main clause 
 took place the subjunctive mood is used. The tense is 
 always past or past perfect. (86) 
 
 Cum senex mortem sibi appropinquare sentiret, filios vocavit, 
 ivhen an old man perceived that death was approaching, he called his so?is; 
 cmn bellimi gessisset, praedam reportavit, when he had waged war, he 
 brought back the booty. 
 
 Causal and Concessive Clauses with Cum 
 
 437. In causal and concessive clauses with cimi the 
 verbs are always in the subjunctive. Any tense may be 
 used, the present and the perfect with primary tenses in the 
 main clause, and the past and the past perfect with secondary 
 tenses. (87) 
 
 Cum aves non addixerint, nomina mutari non possunt, since the 
 omens have not been propitious, the names can not be changed; cum 
 filios Anci regno fraude pepulisset, multa tamen Tarquinius egregia 
 fecit, although he had driven the sons of Ancus from the kingdom by 
 fraud, nevertheless Tarquin did many excellent things. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 438. 1. Although Tarquin was the guardian of the 
 king's sons, nevertheless he defrauded them of their father's 
 kingdom. 2. Since the sons of Ancus had been defrauded 
 of their father's kingdom, they arranged a plot against the 
 king. 3. They chose two fierce shepherds for the deed. 
 4. The shepherds made a disturbance in the entrance of the 
 palace. 5. When their shouts had come into the palace, 
 the shepherds were called to the king. 6. At first they 
 cried out against each other (one against the other). 7. They 
 had been ordered to speak in turn, when one of the shepherds 
 threw an axe at the king's head. 8. When this had been 
 done, both fled out of doors. 
 
CHAPTER LII 
 
 THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDEPENDENT CLAUSES 
 
 439. The subjunctive is used chiefly in dependent 
 clauses; but it is also used in independent clauses for the 
 expression of such ideas as will, desire, or possibility; as, 
 
 Meis verbis fides sit, let my words have confideme. 
 
 Regia Caesarum Imperatorum 
 
 In independent clauses the subjunctive may be volitive, 
 expressing the will of the speaker in commands, exhortations, 
 etc.; optative, expressing desire; or potential, expressing 
 possibility. The English auxiliaries let, may, can, might, 
 could, etc., are often used in translating. 
 
 440. In the foUomng exercises determine whether the sub- 
 junctive in the independent clauses is vohtive, optative, or 
 potential. 
 
 (266) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 267 
 
 LEO 
 
 441. Societatem iunxerunt leo, iuv^nca, capra, ovis. 
 Praeda autem quam ceperant in quattuor partes aequalis 
 divisa, leo, *TrIma," ait, '^mea est; debetur enim haec 
 praestantia^e meae. Tollam et secundam, quam meretur 
 robur meum. Tertiam vindicat sibi egregius labor meus. 
 Quartam qui sibi adrogare voluerit, is sciat se habittirum me 
 inimicum sibi." Quid faeerent imbecillae bestiae, aut quae 
 leonem infestum habere vellet? 
 
 a. Is sciat, let him know; quid faeerent bestiae, whxit could the 
 beasts do? quae vellet, who could wish? 
 
 b. What verbs are in the subjunctive? What idea is expressed 
 by each? 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 442. 1. luvenca, capra, ovis haec leon! dixerunt: 
 "Societatem iungamus (let us make) atque praedam quam 
 ceperimus in partes aequalis dividamus." 2. Hoc enim 
 volebant: "(Utinam) nos ipsae habeamus (may we our- 
 selves have) praedam quam leo ceperit." 3. Praedam 
 autem captam leo totam sibi vindicavit. 4. Tunc imbecillae 
 bestiae, "Utinam," aiunt, "societatem ne fecissemus (O that 
 we had not made). 5. Utinam ipsae partem praedae 
 haberemus (O that we ourselves had). 6. Quid faciamus? 
 Ne fuerit leo (let not the lion be) nobis inimlcus. 7. Prima 
 pars leonis est; toUat (let him take) et secundam; tertia 
 quoque illi debetur; ne quartum quidem nobis adrogare 
 velimus, cum sciamus nos habituras leonem inimicum." 
 8. Denique leonl dixerunt, "ToUe praedam sed nobis ne 
 fueris (do not be) infest us." 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Arrange the verbs which are in the subjunctive in the inde- 
 pendent clauses in three classes according as they denote will, desire, 
 or possibility. 
 
268 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 b. Of the three verbs which are used with utinam, which repre- 
 sents the fulfillment of the wish as possible? Which represents the 
 wish as contrary to a present fact? Which represents the wish as 
 contrary to a past fact? What tense of the subjunctive is used in each 
 of these instances? 
 
 c. What is the meaning of cum in the clause cum sciamus/ 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Volitive Subjunctive 
 
 443. The volitive subjunctive expresses commands or 
 exhortations. The negative is ne. (88) 
 
 Praedam dividamus, let us divide the prey; ne fueris infestus, do 
 not be hostile. 
 
 a. The perfect subjunctive is used in negative commands. A 
 more polite form of prohibition is noli with an infinitive. Noli praedam 
 toUere, (please) do not carrij off the prey. 
 
 The Optative Subjunctive 
 
 444. The optative subjunctive expresses wishes or 
 desires. The present and perfect tenses refer to the future 
 and suggest the possibihty of the fulfillment of the wish; 
 the past tense expresses a wish contrary to a present fact; 
 and the past perfect expresses a wish contrary to a past fact. 
 Utinam, that, is generally found with the past and past 
 perfect, and may be used with other tenses. The negative 
 adverb is generally ne. (89) 
 
 Utinam ipsae praedam habeamus, that ive ourselves may have 
 the prey; utinam partem praedae haberemus, O that we (now) had part 
 of the prey; utinam societatem ne fecissemus, that we had not made 
 the alliance. 
 
 The Potential Subjunctive 
 
 445. The potential subjunctive expresses possibility. 
 The present and the perfect refer to the future; the past 
 and the past perfect refer to the past. A negative is often 
 implied. (90) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 269 
 
 Quid faciamus/ What can we do.' (Nothing.) Quid facerent 
 imbecillae bestiae/ What coidd the poor beasts do? (Nothing.) Quae 
 sibi leonem infestum habere vellet? Who covM tnsh to have the lion 
 hostile to her? (No one.) 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 446. 1. Let us 
 make (join) an 
 alliance. 2. Let us 
 not divide the prey. 
 3. Let the first part 
 be mine. 4. Do not 
 take my part of the 
 prey. 5. O that I 
 may have a part. 
 6. O that the Hon 
 were not an enemy 
 to me. 7. O that 
 the prey had been 
 divided. 8. If the 
 lion is her enemy 
 what can a weak 
 sheep do? 9. When 
 the lion had taken 
 (sec. 435) the whole, 
 what weak beast 
 could wish to claim 
 part of the prey? 
 10. What could the 
 poor beasts have 
 done? 
 
 Conrtexy of The AfetrojwJitan Museum of Art, N. Y. 
 
 Imago Aena Pueri I'omanT 
 
CHAPTER LIII 
 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 
 
 447. Conditional sentences are complex sentences in 
 which the subordinate or dependent clauses are introduced 
 by the conjunction si, if, or nisi, if not, unless. A conditional 
 sentence contains two clauses: the condition, and the con- 
 clusion. The condition is the dependent clause and the 
 conclusion is the independent clause. 
 
 Nomina mutari non posstint nisi aves addixerint, the names can 
 not be changed unless the omens are (shall have been) propitious. 
 
 Si imbecillae bestiae partem praedae sibi adrogent, leonem 
 ininucimi sibi habeant, if the poor beasts should claim the prey for them- 
 selves, they would have the lion as their enemy. 
 
 In conditional sentences in which actual facts are repre- 
 sented or assumed the indicative mood is used with its ordi- 
 nary signification; but the subjunctive mood is frequently 
 used, and the tenses of the subjunctive in conditional sen- 
 tences have the same force as in sentences expressing wishes 
 or desires (sec. 444). 
 
 448. Study the sentences which contain the conditional 
 conjunction si or nisi. Notice whether the subjunctive mood 
 is used in the conditional clause only or in both clauses of the 
 conditional sentences. Translate the tenses of the indicative 
 literally and the tenses of the subjunctive so as to express the 
 apparent meaning most clearly. 
 
 LUPUS SCELERATUS 
 
 (Adapted and translated from the YoutKs Companion.) 
 
 449. 1. Lupus qui apud homines a parvo vixerat tam 
 mitis fuit ut fiHus agricolae eum pro cane haberet et cum 
 eo cotidie luderet. 2, Sed cum grandior f actus esset, ferox 
 
 (270) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA^ 271 
 
 ingenium videri poterat. 3. Namque friistis quae data erant 
 intactls humi iacens somnum simulabat. 4. Si autem pulll 
 cibum petitum prope venerunt, eos subito raptos devoravit. 
 5. Atque hoc saepe faciebat. 6. Denique agricola Iratus 
 dixit, ''Lupus SI iterum pullos rapuerit, statim interficietur." 
 7. Eodem iterum facto, cum agricola eum occidere conaretur, 
 effugit in silvam. 8. Tum puer lacrimans, ''Laetus sim si 
 lupus redeat," inquit; atque vesperi venit. 9. Tum filio 
 oranti ut lupo parceret agricola respondit, "Licet tibi tenere 
 lupum donee rursus malmn faciet.'' 10. Postero die ille 
 somno simulate tenerum pullum rapuerat cum agricola 
 ipsum prehendit; 11. atque secum locutus, 'Till causa lupo 
 ignoscerem si non sceleratus esset," statim eum occldit. 
 12. Nisi lupus continenter malum fecisset, non interfectus 
 esset, / 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK ^ 
 
 a. Make a list of all the verbs which are In the independent and 
 the dependent clauses of the conditional sentences. 
 
 h. In what mood and tense is each of these verbs? 
 
 c. What time is referred to by each tense of the indicative in the 
 conditional sentences? What time does the present subjunctive refer 
 to? the past subjunctive? the past perfect subjunctive? 
 
 d. In what conditional sentence with the subjunctive is the possi- 
 bility of the fulfillment of the condition suggested? 
 
 e. In which sentence is the condition contrary to a present fact? 
 /. In which sentence is the condition contrary to a past fact? 
 gr.'^Is the idea* of future time represented more vividly in sentence 
 
 6 or in' sentence 8?' 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 450. 1. Sij jfilil Anci paterno regno fraudati sunt, regi 
 insidias parabunt. 2. Si regl insidias paraverint, duo 
 pastores ad f acinus deligentur. 3. Ii vestibulo tumultua- 
 buntur. 4. Quorum sT clamor penitus in regiam perveniat, 
 ad regem vocentur. 5. Si ad regem vocati erunt, alter alteri 
 obstrepet, 6, Si rex insidias timeret, pastores ad se non 
 
272 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 vocaret. 7. Unus ex composito rem ordltur; alter securi 
 regem vulnerat. 8. Nisi pastores in regiam vocavisset, rex 
 ab iis non vulneratus esset. 
 
 © Underivood & Underwood, N. Y. 
 
 DoMus Marci LucRETi IN Urbe PompeiIs 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK i 
 
 a. Make a list of the verbs in each of these conditional sen- 
 tences, indicating the condition and the conclusion; as, si fraudati sunt, 
 parabunt. 
 
 b. Whiit mood and tense are found in each clause of the condi- 
 tional sentences? What time is referred to by the tense of each verb 
 in the conditional sentences? Does the present subjunctive represent 
 future time more vividly or less vividly than the future and the future 
 perfect indicative? What kind of a condition is denoted by the past 
 tense of the subjunctive? by the past perfect tense? 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 273 
 
 SERVIUS TULLIUS REGNAT 
 
 451. Servius Tullius a, Tarquinio g('iier atlsuinptuH 
 
 crat, et cuin Tarquiiiius occlsus esset, Tanaquil, Tarquiiii 
 
 uxor, mortem eius celavit, populmnque ex superiore parte 
 
 aedium adlocuta, ait regem grave quidem sed iinn leffde 
 
 Impluvium — lxfi:iMOR Parr Aedittm 
 
 \-ulnus accepisse, eumque petere ut interim Servio TuUio 
 parerent. ''Tuum est," inquit Servio, "si vir es, regnum, 
 non eorum qui sceleratis manibus pessimum f acinus fecere." 
 Sic Servaus regnare coepit, sed recte impcrium adminis- 
 travit. Sabinos subegit; montes tres, Quirinalem, Vlmi- 
 nalem, EsquilJnum urbl adiunxit; fossas circa murum duxit. 
 Idem (he also) censum ordinavit, et populum in classes et 
 centurias distribuit. 
 
 a. Ciun . . . occisus esset, /em/jora/ ; regem, subject cf accepisse; 
 eum, subject of petere. 
 
 6. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of adjuncl, administer, 
 nssvme, census, class, interim,, pessimist. 
 
274 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 Conditional Sentences 
 
 First Class 
 
 452. In conditional sentences of the first class any 
 tense of the indicative may be used with its ordinary sig- 
 nification. Either the supposition is assumed to be true or 
 nothing is implied about the fact. Future time is vividly 
 represented by the future or the future perfect tense. (91) 
 
 Si regno fraudati sunt, insidias parabunt, if they have been defrauded 
 of the kingdom (as they have) they urill (surely) prepare a plot; si ad 
 regem vocati erunt, alter alteri obstrepet, if they are called (shall have 
 been called) before the king, they mil abuse each other (one mil abuse 
 the other). 
 
 Second Class 
 
 453. In conditional sentences of the second class the 
 present or the perfect subjunctive is used, and the possibility 
 ■*of fulfillment is suggested. Future time is denoted, but 
 less vividly than by the future tenses of the indicative. (92) 
 
 Si clamor in regiam perveniat, pastores ad regem vocentur, if the 
 
 shouting should venetrate into the palace (as it may), the shepherds woidd 
 be called before the king. 
 
 Third Class 
 
 454. In conditional sentences of the third class the 
 past tense of the subjunctive is used in a condition or a 
 conclusion which is contrary to a present fact, and the past 
 perfect subjunctive is used in a condition or a conclusion 
 which is contrary to a past fact. Both the condition and the 
 conclusion are represented as contrary to fact, but the time 
 need not be the same in both. (93) 
 
 Si rex insidias timeret, pastores ad se non vocaret, if the king 
 feared (now) a plot, he would not (now) call the shepherds before him; 
 (but he does not fear and calls) ; nisi pastores in regiam vocati essent, 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 275 
 
 regem non vulneravissent, if the shepherds had not been called into the 
 palace, they would not have wounded the king (but they were called and 
 wounded him). 
 
 The Dative with Special Verbs 
 
 455. The dative of the indirect object is used with 
 many verbs in which the relation to is implied. Such verbs 
 are those meaning to believe, help, please, and their opposites; 
 to persuade, command, obey, resist, threaten, pardon, i<pare, 
 etc. (94) 
 
 Placuit omnibus ut fell tintinnabulum adnecteretur, it pleased all 
 that a bell should be tied to the cat ; agricola lupo non ignoscit, the farmer 
 does not pardon the wolf; cives Tullio parent, the citizens obey Tullius: 
 filius patri persuasit ut lupo parceret, the son persuaded his father to 
 spare the wolf. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 456. Notice the exact meaning of each sentence before trans- 
 lating it into Latin. Remember that the English indicative is often to 
 be expressed by the Latin subjunctive. 
 
 1. Although Tarquin had been killed, nevertheless 
 Tanaquil concealed his death. 2. From the upper part 
 of the house she addressed the people. 3. The king has 
 received a severe wound. 4. He asks that you obey (to) 
 Servius Tullius. 5. Tanaquil persuades (to) the people to 
 (that they) obey Servius. 6. It pleased the people that 
 Servius should be king. 7. The kingdom is yours, Servius. 
 if you are a man. 8. The kingdom is not theirs (of them) 
 who made a plot against the king. 9. Even if (etsi) Servius 
 began to reign thus, he managed the kingdom well. 
 
 10. If you are (shall be) a man, the kingdom will be 
 yours. 11. If you should be a man, the kingdom would bo 
 yours. 12. If you were a man (but you are not), the king- 
 dom would be yours (but it is not). 13. If you had been a 
 man (but you were not), the kingdom would (now) be yours 
 (but it is not). 14. If Servius had not been king, we should 
 not have heard (of) his deeds. 
 
CHAPTER LIV 
 
 THE FUTURE PASSIVE PARTICIPLE, THE 
 GERUNDIVE, AND THE GERUND 
 
 457. The future passive participle is formed by adding 
 to the present stem of the verb the letters, -nd- and the 
 case-endings of the first and second declensions. The long 
 vowel of the present stem is shortened. 
 
 Ama-nd-us, -a, -um, about to be loved, to be loved. 
 
 When the future passive participle is used to express 
 the main idea in the phrase, it is called the gerundive and 
 is then best translated by a verbal noun. In this sense 
 the future passive participle, or the gerundive, is found only 
 in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative cases. It 
 always agrees with a noun or a pronoun in case, number, 
 and gender. 
 
 Comitia regi creando facta sunt, an assembly was held for electing 
 a king (/or a king to be elected). 
 
 The gerund is a verbal noun corresponding to the 
 English verbal in -ing. In form the gerund is like the neuter 
 singular of the gerundive in the genitive, dative, accusative, 
 and ablative cases. The gerund has the constructions of a 
 noun but it may be followed by a direct object in the accusa- 
 tive case or by any other construction which the verb permits. 
 
 In suadendo plurimi sunt audaces, very many are bold in adnsing. 
 
 458. Find the future past^ive participles, the gerundives, 
 and the gerunds in the following exercises, and distinguish between 
 them. Note the agreement of tlie participle and the gerundive, 
 and the verbal use of the gerund. 
 
 (270) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 277 
 
 TUBICEN 
 
 459. Tubicen ab hostibus captus, ''Ne me," inquit, 
 *'interficite ; nam inermis sum, neque quidquam habeo 
 praeter banc tubam." At hostes, "Propter hoc ipsum," 
 inquiunt, ''te interimemus, quod, cum ipse pugnandi sis 
 imperitus, alios ad pugnam incitare soles." 
 
 Fabuladocetnon solum 
 maleficos esse ptiniendos, 
 sed etiam eos qui alios ad 
 male faciendum inritent. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Find one gerundive an 
 two gerunds. With what does 
 the gerundive agree in case, 
 number, and gender? In what 
 case is each of the gerunds? 
 What is the reason for the case? 
 
 b. What kind of a clause 
 is cum ... sis (sec. 437)? qui 
 . . . imitent (sec. 416, a)? 
 
 TUBAE 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 460. 1. Faustulus pastor pueros parvos inventos uxori 
 dedit educandos. 2. Adulti silvas venando peragrabant. 
 3. Deinde Romulus et Remus in his locis ubi educati erant 
 urbem condiderunt. 4. Sed ortum est inter eos certamen 
 uter novae urbi nomen daret. 5. Romulus augurio victor, 
 cum urbem suo nomine Romam vocavisset, fratre inter- 
 fecto, ut ipse populusque uxores haberent legatos ad vicinas 
 gentes de societate facienda misit. 6. Sabinorum fllias, 
 quae convenerant studio etiam videndae novae urbis, 
 Romani raptas uxores habuerunt. 
 
 7. Tarquinio in sua patria honoris adipiscendi facultas 
 non fuerat. 8. Itaque coijsilium migrandi cepit. 9. Reg- 
 nandi cupiditate Tarquinius Romam venit. 10. Anco 
 
278 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 mortuo Tarquinius orationem habuit ad conciliandos plebis 
 animos compositam. 11. Cum regnum adeptus esse t, imperl 
 sui firmandi atque augendae rei ptiblicae memor erat. 
 12. And filii, cum paterno regno fraudati essent, regi 
 msidias paraverunt. 13. Duo past ores ad regem occiden- 
 dum delect! sunt. 14. Tarquinio vulnerato Tanaquil ea 
 quae curando vulneri opus erant sedulo parabat. 15. Cum 
 Tanaquil ingenium aptum ad simulandum haberet, dixit 
 regem petere ut Servius Tullius imperium administraret. 
 16. Servius, regno suo firmato, tandem flnem simulando 
 fecit palamque regnavit. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the gerundives with the nouns which they 
 modify, and tell the case, number, and gender of each. 
 
 b. Make a list of all the gerunds, and determine the case and con- 
 struction (use) of each. 
 
 c. Explain the use of each verb which is in the subjunctive mood. 
 
 VICUS SCELERATUS 
 
 461. Initium turbandi omnia a femina ortum est. 
 Hervius Tullius flliam alteram ferocem, mitem alteram 
 habens, cum Tarquini filios pari esse animo videret, ferocem 
 miti, mItem feroci in matrimonium dedit, ne duo violenta 
 ingenia matrimonio iungerentur. . Sed mites seu forte seu 
 fraude perierunt; feroces morum similittido coniunxit. 
 Statim Tarquinius a TuUia incitatus regni repetendi con- 
 silium cepit. Ut iam agendae rei tempus visum est, senatu 
 advocato, cum de se ingentia poUicendo tum regem crimi- 
 nando animos patrum in se convertit. Qua re audita Servius 
 a vestibulo curiae magna voce, ''Quid hoc,'' inquit, 'Tar- 
 quini, rei est? Qua tu audacia me vivo vocare ausus es 
 patres aut in sede considere mea?" Cum ille ferociter se 
 patris sui tenere sedem dixisset, Servium per gradus deiecit. 
 Inde domum refugiens rex interfectus est. Tullia carpento 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 279 
 
 in forum invecta evocavit virum e curia regemque prima 
 appellavit. Cum domum rediret Tullia per patris corpus 
 
 Frn,„ ih' pnintim, hit Ern^t JJihhhrand 
 ViCUS 8CELERATUS 
 
 carpentum egisse fertur; unde ille vicus Sceleratus dictus 
 est. 
 
280 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 a. Pari animo, of like mind, Uke-minded; forte, fraude, abl. of 
 cause (sec. 229) ; cum . . . turn, not only . . . but also; magna voce, 
 abl. of manner (sec. 312); rei, gen. of the whole (sec, 270); quid rei, 
 what affair; qua audacia, abl. of cause (sec. 229); me vivo, abl. abs. 
 (sec. 295) ; prima appellavit, first called, vms the first to call, 
 
 h. Notice the order of the words in the expressions alteram 
 ferocem, mitem alteram and ferocem miti, mitem feroci. When the 
 order is reversed in the second of two parallel expressions, the arrange- 
 ment is called the chiastic (crossed) order. Such embellishment of 
 style is quite common in the Latin wTitings and was thought to be 
 artistic. 
 
 c. Find two genmdives and three germids. With what nouns do 
 the genmdives agree? What is the case and the construction of each 
 gerund? 
 
 d. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of advocate, convert, dome, 
 evoke, fraud, grade, incite, perish, senate, similitude, violent. 
 
 TYPICAL VERBS 
 
 The Future Passive Participle 
 
 (The Gerundive.) 
 462. amandus, -a, -vun, to be loved. 
 
 videndus, -a, -un, to be seen. 
 mittendus, -a, -rnn, to be sent. 
 audiendus, -a, -um, to be heard. 
 capiendus, -a, mn, to be taken. 
 
 a. The future passive participle is formed by joining to the pre- 
 sent stem of the verb the letters -nd- and the case-endings of adjectives 
 of the first and second declensions. Ama-nd-us. 
 
 b. The gerundive has the forms of the future passive participle 
 in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative cases. 
 
 
 463. 
 
 
 The Gerund 
 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 amandi 
 
 videndi 
 
 mittendi 
 
 audiendi 
 
 capiendi 
 
 Dat. 
 
 amando 
 
 videndo 
 
 mittendo 
 
 audiendo 
 
 capiendo 
 
 Ace. 
 
 amandimi 
 
 videndum 
 
 mittendum 
 
 audiendum 
 
 capiendum 
 
 Abl. 
 
 amando 
 
 videndo 
 
 mittendo 
 
 audiendo 
 
 capiendo 
 
 a. The gerund is the same as the neuter singular of the gerundive. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 281 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of the Gerundive 
 
 464. The gerundive agrees with a noun in case, number, 
 and gender; but it expresses the main idea of the phrase 
 and is almost equivalent to a verbal noun. (95) 
 
 Gen. Convenerunt studio videndae urbis, they came with the 
 desire of seeing the city {of the city to be seen) . 
 
 Dat. Comitia regi creando facta sunt, the assembly ivas held for 
 electing a king (for a king to be elected). 
 
 Ace. Orationem ad conciliandos piebis animos compositam, 
 a speech designed to urin over the minds of the common people (for the 
 minds to be won). 
 
 Abl. De societate facienda, concerning the making of an alliance 
 (an alliance to be made) . 
 
 The Use of the Gerund 
 
 465. The gerund is a verbal noun whose four cases are 
 used like the same cases of other nouns. (96) 
 
 Gen. Initium turbandi omnia, a beginning of disturbing all things; 
 pugnandi imperitus, ignorant of fighting. 
 
 Dat. Finem simulando fecit, he made an end of (to) feigning. 
 
 Ace. Ingeniiun aptum ad simulandum, a nature adapted to 
 feigning; qui alios ad male faciendvmi inritant, who arouse others to 
 wrong doing. 
 
 Abl. Silvas venando peragrant, they roam through the woods in 
 hunting; de se ingentia poUicendo, by promising great things concerning 
 himself. 
 
 a. It should be remembered that the gerundive agrees with its 
 noun like an adjective; while the gerund is a verbal noun and governs 
 the same case as the verb from which it is formed. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 466. 1 . TuUia makes a beginning of disturbing every- 
 thing. 2. One daughter was fierce, the other gentle. 3. 
 The two sons of Tarquin were of hke disposition (with like 
 mind). 4. The gentle daughter was given in (into) marriage 
 to the fierce son. 5. Either by chance or (aut . . . aut) by 
 
 20 
 
282 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 treachery the gentle children perished. 6. The children of 
 hke disposition were united. 7. Tarquin was aroused by the 
 desire of recovering the kingdom. 8. It seemed now the 
 time for (of) doing the thing. 9. He won over the senate 
 by promising many things. 10. By accusing the king he 
 turned the minds of the fathers to himself. 11. The senate 
 was called to make (for maldng) Tarquin king. 12. Tulha 
 summoned her husband from the senate-house to salute 
 (for saluting) him as king. 13. Tulha was the first to salute 
 (first saluted) Tarquin as king. 
 
 Courtesy of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, N. Y. 
 
 Media Rotae Pahs cum Capite Medusae 
 
CHAPTER LV 
 
 THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 
 The Dative of the Agent 
 
 467. The future active participle (sec. 363) is com- 
 bined with the different tenses of the verb sum to form the 
 active periphrastic conjugation. This represents action as 
 intended or as about to take place. 
 
 Agricola lupum scelerahim interf ecturus erat, the farmer was about 
 
 to hill (intended to kill) the vicious wolf. 
 
 The future passive participle (sec. 462) is combined 
 with the different tenses of the verb sum to form the passive 
 periphrastic conjugation. This represents action as neces- 
 sary or obligatory. 
 
 Lupus sceleratus interficiendus est, the vicious wolf is to he (must 
 be, ought to he) killed. 
 
 With a verb in the passive periphrastic conjugation the 
 person upon whom the obligation rests to perform the act, 
 or the person by whom the act must be performed, is denoted 
 by the dative case. This dative, denoting the agent, is best 
 translated by the preposition hy, or, changing the voice of 
 the verb, the noun in the dative case may be translated as 
 if it were the subject of the verb. 
 
 Animi plebis Tarquinio conciliandi erant, the minds of the common 
 people had to he won over by Tarquin, or, Tarquin had to win over the 
 minds of the common people. 
 
 468. Review the future active participle (sec. 363) and the 
 future passive participle (sec. 462) and study the forms below 
 which belong to the periphrastic conjugations. 
 
 Find the dative denoting the agent and translate it idiomati- 
 cally. 
 
 (283) 
 
284 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 469. 1. Servius TuUius duas fllias, alteram ferocem 
 alteram mitem, habuit, quas filils TarquinI in matrimonium 
 daturus erat. 2. Hoc secum putavit: ''Ferox mulier viro 
 miti, mitis feroci in matrimonium mihi danda est. 3. Duo 
 violenta ingenia non sunt iunganda." 4. Femina omnia 
 turbatiira erat. 5. Nam mites seu forte seu fraude perierunt 
 et feroces coniunctT sunt. 6. Atque Tullia Tarquinium ita 
 incitavit: 7. ''Regnum tibi repetendum est. 8. Senatus 
 advocandus est et animi pat rum in te convcrtcndi sunt." 
 9. Hoc facto Servius rex magna voce, "Quid," inquit, 
 "TarquinI, facturus es? 10. Num in mea sede consessurus 
 es?" 11. Tum ille, "Patris mel," respondit, "sedem 
 tenturus sum," et Servium per gradus deiecit. 12. Tullia 
 viro e curia evocato, "Si tti," inquit, "es vir, rex es fu turns." 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. What verbs belong to the active periphrastic conjugation? 
 
 b. What verbs belong to the passive periphrastic conjugation? 
 
 c. What datives are used to denote the agent? 
 
 d. Write the synopsis of daturus sum and repetendus sum in the 
 first person singular of all the tenses of the indicative and the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 TARQUINIUS SUPERBUS REGNUM OCCUPAT 
 
 470. Servius Tullius regnavit annos quattuor et quad- 
 raginta. Is tam bonus et tarn mItis erat ut difficilis esset 
 aemulatio atque, ut quidam feruht, imperium ipse deposi- 
 ttirus esset. Sed L. Tarquinius regnum occupavit, cui 
 Superbo cognomen datum est quod neque popull iussti 
 neque auctoribus patribus regnavit. El in caritate civium 
 nihil spei rep5nentl me tti regnum tutandum erat. Multi 
 ob divitias et prtidentiam ab eo occisi sunt. Tarquinius 
 Superbus suls consiliis per se solus rem publicam adminis- 
 travit; bellum, pacem, foedera, societates per se ipse 
 quibuscum voluit iniussu popull ac senatus fecit diremitque. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 285 
 
 a. Ut . . . esset, depositurus esset, clauses of result; ut quidam 
 ferunt, as some say; Superbo, dat., attracted into the case of cui 
 although the form Superbus v/ould be expected ; cui . . . est, to whom 
 the name Superbus uxis given; iussu, consiliis, iniussu, abl. of cause 
 denoting accordance; auctoribus patribus, abl. abs.; ei, dat. of agent, 
 b]f him; spei, gen. of the whole nKxlifying nihil; nihil spei, nothing of 
 hope, no hope: reponenti, dat., agreeing with ei; metu, abl. denoting 
 means; populi, senatus, subjective genitive. 
 
 h. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of author, charity, deposit, 
 emulaiion, occupant, occupy, prudence, republic, society. 
 
 CONJUGATION 
 
 471. Learn the synopsis and the conjugation of typical 
 verbs in the active and passive periphrastic conjugations, sec- 
 tion 566. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Active Periphrastic Conjugation 
 
 472. The active periphrastic conjugation is used to 
 represent action as future or intended, with reference to a 
 time in the past, present, or future. (97) 
 
 Quid facturus es? What do ijou intend to do? quid facturus eras? 
 what did you intend to do? rogo quid facturus sis? / ask what you intend 
 to do. 
 
 The Passive Periphrastic Conjugation 
 
 473. The passive periphrastic conjugation denotes 
 necessity or obligation. (98) 
 
 Senatus advocandus est, the senate must be summoned. 
 
 The Dative of the Agent 
 
 474. With the passive periphrastic conjugation the 
 agent is denoted by the dative case. (99) 
 
 Tarquinio regntun metu tutandum erat, by Tarquin royal power 
 had to be maintained by fear, or, Tarquin had to maintain royal power 
 by fear. 
 
286 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 The Subjective Genitive 
 475. The genitive of the subject may be used with 
 nouns denoting action. (100) 
 
 lussu populT, hy the order of the people. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 476. 1. Servius Tulhus was about to lose the king- 
 dom. 2. Royal power had to be laid down by him (dat.). 
 3. The reign of Servius TulUus was so gentle that imitation 
 was difficult. 4. Lucius Tarquin was about to seize the 
 kingdom. 5. The name Superbus was given to Tarquin 
 because he administered the affairs of the state without 
 the consent of the people or (and) senate. 6. He placed no 
 hope (nothing of hope) in the affection of the citizens. 7. 
 He (dat.) had to strengthen his rule by fear. 8. He made 
 peace and war on his own authority (by his own plans). 
 9. Alone by himself he made and broke off treaties. 10. 
 Tarquin the Proud was not (about) to reign long. 
 
 Photo hy Mary A. Grant, Ph,D, 
 Templum Concordiae in Sicilia 
 
CHAPTER LVI 
 IDEM AND THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 
 
 477. Idem (is-dem) , the same, is declined in most cases 
 like the demonstrative is (sec. 284) with the suffix -dem 
 added. However, s is dropped before d in the nominative 
 singular masculine, and m is changed to n in the accusative 
 singular and in the genitive plural. Eidem is generally 
 shortened to idem in the nominative plural mascuHne. 
 
 Of the indefinite pronouns the most common are quis, 
 any one (substantive); qui, any (adjective); aliquis, some 
 one, some; quidam, a certain one, certain; quisquam, any at 
 all; quivis, any whatever; qiiisque, each; quicumque, 
 whoever. 
 
 478. Study the pronoun idem and the indefinite pronouns. 
 Determine the case, number, and gender by comparison with the 
 declension of is (see. 284), quis (sec. 325), and qui (sec. 284). 
 Observe the phonetic changes wihch appear in the declension of 
 is when it is followed by -dem. 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 479. 1. L. Tarquinius idem regnum occupavit quod 
 pater habuerat. 2. Eandem sedem tenuit quam pater eius 
 tenuerat. 3. Quidam ferunt Servium imperium ipsum 
 depositurum fuisse. 4. Nemo autem quidquam de ea re 
 certum habet. 5. Tarquinius aliqua fortiter, crudeliter 
 multa fecit. 6. Suis consilils rem publicam administravit 
 nee quidquam iussu populi ac senatus fecit. 7. Gives 
 quisque suo consiho multa facere possunt, sed regibus 
 iussu populi res pubhca administranda est. 8. L. Tar- 
 quinius cuivis videtur superbus quod bellum, pacem, foedera, 
 
 (287) 
 
288 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 societates per se ipse solus fecit direniitque. 9. Si quis (if 
 anyone) eadem quae Tarquinius facial, ei Superbo cognomen 
 dandum sit. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the pronouns used above, and tell the case, 
 number, and gender of each. What pronouns are indefinite? What 
 is the exact meaning of each indefinite pronoim? 
 
 h. Write out the complete declension of idem. 
 
 REGE EXPULSO CONSULES SUNT CREATI 
 
 480. liinius Brutus, sorore Tarquini SuperbT natus, 
 
 eandem fortunam timebat in quam alii inciderant. Is deos 
 
 obtestans, "L. Tarquinium Superbum," 
 
 inquit, ''cum scelerata coniuge ferro, igni, 
 
 quacumque vi potero, exsequar, nee ilium 
 
 nee alium quemquam regnare Romae 
 
 . patiar." Omnes ab metti versi in iram 
 
 'frt Brtitum sequuntur ducem. Pro se quisque 
 
 I >' scelus regis ac vim queruntur. Ferocissimus 
 
 quisque iuvenum cum armis adest. Inde 
 
 custodibus datis, ne quis eum motum regi 
 
 nuntiaret, Romam venerunt. Ibi Brutus 
 
 Junius Brutus, oratione facta multitudini persuasit ut 
 
 Consul . . _ _ , _ , ,_ 
 
 unpermm regi abrogaret exsulesque esse 
 
 iuberetL. Tarquinium cum coniuge ac liberis. 
 
 L. Tarquinius Superbus regnavit annos quinque et 
 vigintl. Regnatum est Romae ab urbe condita ad libertatem 
 annos ducentos quadraginta quattuor. Duo consules inde 
 creati sunt, L. Itinius Brutus et Tarquinius Collatinus. 
 
 a. Sorore Tarquini natus, horn of Tarquin's sister, the son of 
 Tarquin's sister; ferro, igni, vi, abl. of means (sec. 21); pro se quisque, 
 each on his awn account; ferocissimus quisque, each most daring, all the 
 most daring; ne quis, so that (in order that) no one; regnatiun est, 
 impersonal (sec. 311), it Jias rided (by kings), kings ruled; Romae, 
 locative (sec. 32) ; ab urbe condita, from the founding of the city (from 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 289 
 
 the city founrlcrl) : L. lunius Brutus, Tarquinius Collatinus, in apposi- 
 tion with consules (sec. 64). 
 
 b. Make a list of all the indefinite pronouns. Determine the 
 ease, number, and gender, and the exact meaning of each. 
 
 c. iNotehook.) Explain the derivation of abrogate, fortune, 
 liberty, oration, patient, persuade. 
 
 DECLENSION 
 
 481. For the declension of idem, see section^558. For tlie 
 declension of aliquis, quisque, quidam, and quisquam, see section 
 561. 
 
 Quisquam and quisque are declined like quis (sec. 325) ; but 
 quisquam is found in the singular only and the masculine and the 
 feminine are alike. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Use of Indefinite Pronouns 
 
 482. Indefinite pronouns do not refer to definite antece- 
 dents. (101) 
 
 Quis, any one; qui, any: aliquis, some one, sojne; quidam, a 
 certain one, certain; quisquam, any one at all; quivis, any one whatever: 
 quisque, each one, each; quicumque, whoever, ivhatever. 
 
 a. Quis and qui are often used after si, nisi, ne, or num. Si quis, 
 if any one; ne quis, that no one. 
 
 h. Quisquam i.'-- used in negative expressions or where a negative 
 is implied. Nemo quidquam certiun habet, no one has anything certain; 
 nee ilium nee alium quemquam regem esse patiar, neither him nor 
 any one else will I permit to be king. 
 
 c. Indefinite pronouns may be used as substantives or as adjec- 
 tives; as, Tarquinium quaeumque vi potero exsequar, / will pursue 
 Tarquin with whatever force I can. 
 
 The Ablative of Origin 
 
 483. Origin or parentage is generally expressed by the 
 ablative without a preposition. (102) 
 
 Sorore Tarquini natus, born of Tarquin' s sister, the son of Tarquin' s 
 sisUr. 
 
290 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 484. 1. The citizens, each for himself, feared Tarquin 
 the Proud. 2. Brutus wished neither Tarquin nor any one 
 else to reign at Rome. 3. Certain (men) followed Brutus 
 as leader because they feared the same fortune into which 
 others had fallen. 4. All of the most daring (each most 
 daring) came to Rome with Brutus. 5. Calling upon the 
 gods, they pursue the king with fire and sword. 6. They 
 came to Rome with arms that they might pursue the king. 
 
 7. All complained of Tarquin's wickedness and violence. 
 
 8. Unless (nisi) guards should be appointed (given), some 
 one would report the movement to the king. 9. If any one 
 (si quis) fears Tarquin, let him come (subj.) to Rome with 
 arms. 
 
 Platea Montis Capitolint et Stattta Marci Afreij 
 
CHAPTER LVII 
 INDIRECT DISCOURSE 
 
 485. Expressions which follow verbs of saying, think- 
 ing, etc., if not quoted in the exact words of the original 
 speaker or thinker, are said to be in the indirect discourse. 
 The difference between the Latin and the English way of 
 expressing indirect quotations is illustrated by the following 
 examples: — 
 
 Direct. — Brutus eandem fortunam timet, Brutus fears the same 
 misfortune. 
 
 Indirect. — Brutus dicit se eandem fortunam timere, Brutns says 
 that he fears (himself to fear) the same misfortune. 
 
 In English the clause that is indirectly quoted is gener- 
 ally introduced by the conjunction tkat, as in the example 
 above; but the conjunction is sometimes omitted; as, 
 Brutns says he fears. In Latin, however, no conjunction is 
 ever used; but, contrary to the English usage, the main 
 verb in the indirect quotation if declarative, is in the infini- 
 tive with its subject in the accusative case. This is in 
 accordance with the use of the infinitive as explained in 
 sections 179-191 and 246-252. In the subordinate clauses 
 of the indirect discourse the verbs are in the subjunctive 
 mood. 
 
 486. Study the expressions which are in the indirect dis- 
 course and recall particularly what time is denoted by the 
 present infinitive (sec. 189), and by the perfect infinitive (sec. 251). 
 
 Notice the use of the subjunctive mood in the subordinate 
 clauses which depend upon a verb in the infinitive. In trans- 
 lating remember that the Ijatin subjunctive is often represented 
 by the KnsHsh indicative. 
 
 (291). 
 
292 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 READING EXERCISE 
 
 487. 1. lunius Brutus eandem fortunam timet in quam 
 alii inciderunt. 2. Brutus dicit se eandem fortunem timere 
 in quam alii inciderint. 3. Brutus dixit se eandem fortunam 
 timere in quam alii incidissent. 4. L. Tarquinium cum 
 scelerata coniuge ferro, ignl, quacumque vi potero, exsequar. 
 5. Brutus dIcit se L. Tarquinium cum scelerata coniuge 
 fefro, igni quacumque vi possit, exseciitiirum esse. 6. 
 Dixit se Tarquinium quacumque vi posset exsecuturum 
 esse. 7. Nee ilium nee alium quemquam regnare Romao 
 patiar. 8. Dicit (dixit) se nee ilium nee alium quemquam 
 regnare Romae passiirum (esse). 9. Livius est auctor 
 omnes ab metu versos in iram Brtitum secutos esse ducem; 
 10. atque ferocissimum quemque iuvenum cum armis 
 Romam venisse. 11. Audivi Brtitum multitudini persuas- 
 isse ut Tarquinium exsulem esse iuberet. 12. In libro 
 scriptoris legi Tarquinium Superbum regnavisse annos 
 quinque et viginti; 13. atque inde consules creates esse, L. 
 lunium Brutum et L. Tarquinium Collatlnum. 14. Dictum 
 est Tarquinium Superbum ab omnibus timeri; 15. atque 
 pro se quemque scelus eius ac vim queri. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the infinitives with their subjects. What 
 verb or expression of saying or thinking does each infinitive follow? 
 
 h. What verbs are in dependent clauses? In what mood are they? 
 What tenses of the subjunctive follow primary tenses? secondary 
 tenses? 
 
 c. If the subjunctive is required in a dependent clause of the 
 direct discourse, it is retained in the indirect discourse; as, ut . . . 
 iuberet, sentence 11. 
 
 LIBRi SIBYLLiNi 
 
 488. Quondam anus incognita ad Tarquinium Superbum 
 regem adiit libros ferens, quos esse dicebat divina oracula; 
 eos se velle vendere. Tarquinius pretium percontatus est; 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 293 
 
 mulier nimium atque immensum i:)oposcit. Rex, quasi anus 
 
 aetate desiperet, derlsit. Turn ilia foculum cum igni apponit 
 
 et ties libros ex novem deurit; et ecquid reliquos sex eodem 
 
 pretio emere vellet regem in- 
 
 teiTOgavit. Sed Tarquinius 
 
 id multo risit magis, dixitque 
 
 anum iam procul dubio dell- 
 rare. Mulier statim tres alios 
 
 libros exussit ; atque id ipsum 
 
 denuo placide rogat, ut tres 
 
 reliquos eodem illo pretio 
 
 emat. Tarquinius ore iam 
 
 serio atque attentiore animo 
 
 fit; eam constantiam confT- 
 
 dentiamque non neglegen- 
 
 dam esse intellegit. Libros 
 
 tres reliquos mercatur nihilo 
 
 minore pretio quam quod 
 
 erat petitum pro omnibus. 
 
 Sed eam muliercm tunc 2 
 
 Tarquinio digressam postea 
 
 nusquam visam (esse) fertur (it is said). LibrI tres in 
 
 sacrario conditi sunt Sibylllnique appellati (sunt). Ad 
 
 COS quasi ad oraculum quindecemviri adeunt cum dii im- 
 mortales publice consulcndT sunt. 
 
 a. Eos se velle vendere; se is the 
 subject of velle and eos the object of ven- 
 dere ; nimium and immensum modify pre- 
 tium, which is to be supplied as the object 
 of poposcit; aetate, abl. of cause, ecquid 
 . . . vellet, whether he wished, object of 
 interrogavit ; eodem pretio, at the same 
 price; procul dubio, without doubt; ut . . . 
 emat, a clause of purpose (sec. 406) ; ore 
 serio fit, becomes of serious countenance; 
 
 neglegendam esse, periphrastic infinitive (sec. 473); nihilo minore 
 
 Photo Brown Bros., N. Y. 
 
 Sibylla 
 
 FOCULUS 
 
294 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 pretio, at a price no less; quod, with id to be supplied, that which; 
 visam (esse), infinitive in the indirect discourse with fertur. 
 
 h. (Notebook.) Make a list of all the infinitives which depend 
 upon verbs of saying or thinking. What is the accusative subject of 
 each infinitive? 
 
 c. Notice tlie indirect question, ecquid . . . vellet. What mood 
 is foiflid in an indirect question? 
 
 d. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of confidence, constancy, 
 deride, immense, immortal, intellect, interrogate, oracle, price, vend. 
 
 SYNTAX 
 Main Verbs in the Indirect Discourse 
 
 489. After verbs and other expressions of saying, think- 
 ing, etc., the main verbs, if declarative, are in the infinitive 
 with subjects in the accusative case. (103) 
 
 Direct. — Brutus timet, Brutus fears. 
 
 Indirect. — Brutus dicit se timere, Brutus says that he fears; 
 Brutus dixit se timere, Brutus said that he feared. 
 
 Direct. — Ferocissimus quisque Romam venit, all the jnost daring 
 came to Rome. 
 
 Indirect. — Fertiu: ferocissimum quemque Romam venisse, it is 
 said that all the most daring came to Rome; dictum est ferocissimos 
 venisse, it was said that the most daring came (had come). 
 
 Direct. — Regem exsequar, / unll pursue the king. 
 
 Indirect. — Dicit se regem exsecuturum esse, he says that he will 
 pursue the king; dixit se regem exsecuturmn esse, he said that he 
 would pursue the king. 
 
 Dependent Verbs in Indirect Discourse 
 
 490. In the dependent clauses of the indirect discourse 
 the verbs are in the subjunctive mood. The tense is deter- 
 mined by the usual law of sequence (sec. 427). (104) 
 
 Direct. — Brutus eandem fortunam timet in quam alii inciderunt, 
 
 Brutus fears the same misfortune into which others have fallen. 
 
 Indirect. — Brutus dicit se eandem fortunam timere in quam alii 
 inciderint, Brutus says that he fears the same misfortune into which 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 295 
 
 others have fallen; dixit se eandem fortunam timere in quam alii 
 incidissent, he said that he feared the same misfortune into which others 
 had fallen. 
 
 Direct. — Regem quacumque vi potero exsequar, / uyiU pursue the 
 king with whatever force I can. 
 
 Indirect. — Dicit se regem quacumque vi possit exsecuturum (esse), 
 he says that he will pursue the king with whatever force he can; dixit se 
 regem quacumque vi posset exsecuturum, he said that he would pursue 
 the king with whatever force he could. 
 
 Questions in Indirect Discourse 
 
 491. Interrogative clauses in the indirect discourse be- 
 come indirect questions (sec. 425) and have their verl)s 
 in the subjunctive mood. (105) 
 
 Direct. — Visne libros emere? do you wish to buy the hooks? 
 Indirect. — Ecquid libros emere vellet regem interrogavit, she 
 asked the king whether he unshed to buy the hooks. 
 
 The Ablative of Price 
 
 492. The ablative is 
 used to denote piice or 
 value. (106) 
 
 Eodem pretio emere, to 
 buy at the same price. 
 
 ^^^^^^^^^^K.'-l 
 
 The Ablative of Quality or 
 Description 
 
 493. A noun in the 
 ablative, if modified by 
 an adjective or a geni- 
 tive, may be used to de- 
 note quahty or descrip- 
 tion. (107) 
 
 Tarquinius attentiore animo fit 
 {of more attentive mind) . 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 494. 1. The woman said that the books were divine 
 oracles (the books to be, etc.). 2. She said that she wished 
 
 Templum Sibyllae 
 Tarquinius becomes more attentive 
 
296 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 to sell them for a large price. 3. Tarquin replic^l that he 
 did not wish to buy (se emere nolle) the books at that price. 
 4. When the woman had burned (cum with subj.) three 
 books, she wished to sell the others at the same price. 5. 
 Tarquin thought that the woman was crazy. 6. Immediately 
 she burned three others. 7. Tarquin then said that he 
 would buy the three remaining books at no less price than 
 (that) which had been asked (subj.) for all. 8. It was said 
 (dictum est) that the three books which Tarquin had bought 
 (subj.) were placed in a sacred place and were called the 
 SibylHne books. 9. Writers say that the priests go to the 
 Sibylline books when they wish (subj.) to consult the immor- 
 tal gods. 10. I do not know whether this story is true. 
 
 From the painting by EHhu Ve'1d''r 
 
 Sibylla Cumaea cum Libris SibyllinIs 
 
CHAPTER LVIII 
 READING AND TRANSLATION 
 Review of Nouns, Adjectives, and F^ronouns 
 
 FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES 
 
 495. All of the commonly used forms of Latin words, 
 the ordinary principles of syntax, and a vocabulary contain- 
 ing a considerable number of words have been presented 
 in the preceding chapters; and the way has now been 
 prepared for the intelligent reading and translation of 
 Latin selections somewhat more varied in style and 
 construction. It remains for the student, by continually 
 recalling the words, forms, and idioms with which he has 
 become familiar, to increase his confidence and power by 
 the same process in which he has already been trained. 
 
 The following chapters contain material for practice in 
 reading and translation, a review of the inflections and 
 syntax, learning some of the Latin idioms, the continued 
 study of the formation and the derivation of words, and 
 tests to impress upon the memory the comparatively small 
 number of words which should now be a part of the pupil's 
 working vocabulary. 
 
 496. Read the Latin selections aloud; recall the meaning 
 of familiar words, and notice the case, number, and gender of all 
 nouns, adjectives, and pronouns. In reading observe the relation 
 of words to each other as indicated by the punctuation, the end- 
 ings, the prepositions, and the conjunctions. Try to get the 
 meaning of each group of connected words, and place the pauses 
 and the emphasis so as to express the sense as clearly and as 
 forcibly as possible. 
 
 An especial effort should be made to understand the meaning 
 " (207) 
 
298 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 of the Latin words as they are read in the Latin order, without 
 first making the transposition which is necessary in translating 
 into English. Constant practice of this kind will develop a 
 feeling for the Latin arrangement which will be an invaluable aid 
 in all subsequent study of the Latin language and literature. 
 
 Review the declension of nouns, adjectives, and pronouns. 
 
 Apply the principles of syntax in the explanation of the 
 cases. Carefully determine the true construction if it seems 
 unusual or obscure. 
 
 After the meaning of the sentence, or better, of the entire 
 selection has become clear, make a translation, either orally or 
 in writing, into English. Correct and revise the translation 
 until the thought of the text is fully and accurately represented. 
 
 SENEX ET MORS 
 
 497. Senex in silva ligna ceciderat iisque sublStls 
 domum redlre coepit. Cum aHquantum viae progressus 
 esset, et onere et via defatigatus fascem deposuit et secum 
 aetatis et inopiae mala contemplatus mortem clara voce invo- 
 cavit, quae ipsum ab omnibus his mails llberaret. Tum 
 Mors senis precibus audltis subito adstitit et quid vellet 
 percontatur. At senex quem iam votorum suorum paenite- 
 bat, "Nihil," inquit, ''sed requiro qui onus paululum adlevet 
 dum ego rursus subeo." 
 
 a. For the declension of senex and domus see section 548; iis 
 sublatis, abl. abs. (sec. 295), having taken them up; viae, gen. of the 
 whole (sec. 270); onere, via, abl. of cause (sec. 229); clara voce, abl. 
 of manner (sec. 312); quae . . . liberaret, clause of purpose (sec. 406); 
 quid vellet, indirect question (sec. 425); paenitebat, impersonal; quem 
 votorum paenitebat, who repented of his prayers; qui . . . adlevet, 
 purpose (sec. 406). 
 
 REVIEW OF THE DECLENSIONS 
 498. Review the declension of typical nouns, adjectives, 
 and pronouns, referring to sections 543-561 for the tabulated 
 forms. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 299 
 
 PARSING 
 
 499. In parsing nouns, adjectives, and pronouns in 
 full the following should be specified: (1) Noun, adjective, 
 or pronoun. (2) What declension, if noun or adjective; if 
 pronoun, what kind. (3) Nominative and genitive cases, 
 (all genders of adjective or pronoun) ; declension in all cases, 
 singular and plural when required. (4) Case, number, 
 and gender. (5) Construction with the rule of syntax 
 which apphes. The agreement of an adjective with its 
 noun and of a pronoun with its antecedent should be pointed 
 out. 
 
 MODELS FOR PARSING 
 
 500. Occasionally it is advisable in parsing to recite all of 
 the items in accordance with these models, or others which the 
 teacher may prescribe; but ordinarily it will be better to require 
 the essentials only, making sure that the pupil recognizes the 
 form and understands the principle involved. 
 
 Voce: A noun; third declension ; feminine; vox, vocis; ablative, 
 singular, feminine; in connection with the adjective clara it denotes 
 manner (sec. 312). 
 
 Omnibus: An adjective; third declension ; omnis, omne ; omnis, 
 omnis; ablative, plural, neuter; modifies malis, with which it agrees 
 (sec. 55). 
 
 Quae: A relative pronoun; qui, quae, quod; cuius, cuius, cuius; 
 nominative singular, feminine; agrees in gender and number with its 
 antecedent, mortem (sec. 286) ; used as the subject of the verb liberaret 
 (sec. 12). 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Parse several typical nouns, adjectives, and pronouns selected 
 from sections 488 and 497. 
 
 FORMATION OF LATIN ADJECTIVES 
 
 501. Latin adjectives have been formed from verbs 
 and nouns by the use of certain suffixes; and from many 
 Latin adjectives thus formed corresponding English adjec- 
 tives have been derived. 
 
300 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 (1) Adjectives denoting tendency are formed by adding 
 the suffix -ax (stem ending, -aci-) to roots or stems of verbs. 
 The corresponding English ending is -acious. 
 
 audax, audacis (audeo), audacious. 
 loquax, loquacis (loquor), loquacious. 
 rapax, rapacis (rapio), rapacious. 
 
 (2) Adjectives denoting quality are formed by the 
 suffixes -ills and -bills. The EngUsh endings are -He and -ble. 
 
 facilis (facio),/aaZe. 
 credibilis (credo), credible. 
 stabilis (sto), stable. 
 
 (3) Adjectives denoting condition are formed by the 
 suffix -idus. The Enghsh ending is -id. 
 
 candidus (candeo), candid. 
 placidus (placeo), placid. 
 rapidus (rapio), rapid. 
 validus (valeo), valid. 
 
 (4) Adjectives denoting belonging to are formed from 
 nouns by the use of the suffixes -ticus, -ivus, -anus, -alls, 
 ills, and -aris. The Enghsh endings are similar but abbre- 
 viated. 
 
 rusticus (rus), rustic. 
 captivus (captus), captive. 
 urbanus (urbs), urban. 
 mortalis (mors), mortal. 
 civilis (civis), civil. 
 militaris (miles), military. 
 
 (5) Adjectives denoting fullness are formed by the 
 suffix -5sus. The corresponding Enghsh adjective ends in 
 -ose or -ous. 
 
 bellicosus (bellum), bellicose. 
 iniuriosus (iniiiria), injurious. 
 laboriosus (labor), laborious. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 301 
 
 ENGLISH DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN ADJECTIVES 
 
 502. In the following list find illustrations of the formation 
 of Latin adjectives according to the types given in section 501. 
 
 adorabilis (ad-oro), adorable. nobilis (nosco), noble. 
 
 aequalis (aequiis), eqvxil. officiosus (officium), officious. 
 
 atrox, atrocious. periculosus (perlculum), perilous. 
 
 brevis, brief. ponderosus (pondus), ponderous. 
 
 ferox (ferus), ferocious. popularis (populus), popular. 
 
 fragilis (hangb), fragile, frail. publicus (populus), public. 
 
 frigidus (Mgeo), frigid. regalis (rex), regal. 
 
 habilis (habeo), able. religiosus (religio), religious. 
 
 hostilis (hostis), hostile. similis, similar. 
 
 liberalis (liber), liberal. sublimis, sublime. 
 memorabilis (memor), memorable. terribilis (terreo), terrible. 
 
 miserabilis (miser), miserable. vitalis (vTta), vUal. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Find the Latin adjective from which each of the following 
 English adjectives has been derived, and explain its formation, 
 arid humble timid 
 
 audible immortal victorious 
 
 human tenacious virile 
 
 SYNTAX 
 The Genitive with Verbs of Feeling 
 
 503. With paenitet and a few other impersonal ver})j= 
 the accusative is used to denote the person, and the genitive 
 to denote the object of the feeling. (108) 
 
 Senem suonim votorum paenitebat, the old man repented of his 
 oum prayers. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 504. An old man was returning home with pieces of 
 wood which he had cut in the forest. When, weary with his 
 journey, he had laid down his load, he called upon Death to 
 (which should) release him from old age and poverty. But 
 when Death had suddenly asked, ''What do you want?" 
 the old man replied that he repented of his prayers and 
 wished to take up his load again. 
 
CHAPTER LIX 
 
 READING AND TRANSLATION 
 
 Review of Verbs 
 
 WORD FORMATION 
 
 505. Review the forms of the verbs and study the con- 
 jugation of the typical verbs in all tenses of the indicative and 
 the subjunctive, sections 562-570. 
 
 Review the subjunctive mood in clauses of purpose (sec. 406) ; 
 clauses of result (sec. 416); indirect questions (sec. 425); tem- 
 poral clauses with cum (sec. 435, 436); causal and concessive 
 clauses (sec. 437); the volitive, optative, and potential subjunc- 
 tive (sec. 443, 444, 445); conditional sentences (sec. 452, 453, 
 454); dependent clauses in the indirect discourse (sec. 490). 
 
 LARS PORSENA ROMAM INFESTO EXERCITtJ VENIT 
 
 506. lam Tarquinil ad Lartem Porsenam Cluslnum 
 regem perfugerant. Eum orabant ne se exsules esse pate- 
 retur; monebant ne iniuriam sui pellendl inultam (esse) 
 sineret. (Dicunt) nisi regna reges defendant, adesse finem 
 regnis. Porsena, cum regem esse Romae vellet, Romam 
 Infesto exercitti venit. Non umquam alias ante tantus 
 terror senatum invasit; adeo valida res tum Cluslna erat 
 magnumque Porsenae nomen. Nee hostes modo timebant, 
 sed suos cTves. ne Romana plebs metu perculsa, receptis in 
 urbem regibus, vel cum servitute pacem acciperet. Cum 
 hostes adessent, pro se quisque in urbem ex agris demigrant. 
 Urbs ipsa, alia ex parte murls (objectis), alia Tiberl obiccto, 
 videbatur tuta. Pons sublicius iter hostibus dedisset nl 
 unus vir fuisset, Horatius Codes, quem pro munimento 
 illo die fortuna urbis Romanae habuit. 
 
 (302) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 303 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Notice tlie following idioms: sui pellendi, gerund (sec. 465), 
 of banishing them (lit., of the banishing of them); cum regem esse 
 Romae vellet, since he wished a king to he at Ro7ne, not ivished to be 
 king, which in Latin would be cum rex esse vellet ; timebant ne, they 
 feared that (sec. 512) ; pro se quisque, each for himself. 
 
 b. Find all the illustrations of the following and state the prin- 
 ciple of syntax which applies: apposition; ne with the subjunctive; 
 the imperfect subjunctive following a past tense; cimi with the sub- 
 junctive denoting cause; cxmi with the subjunctive denoting time; 
 the reflexive pronoun; the past perfect subjunctive in a conditional 
 sentence; the accusative as subject of the infinitive; the infinitive with 
 accusative subject following verbs of saying; the subjunctive in a 
 dependent clause after a verb of saying; the infinitive with accusative 
 subject used as the object of verbs not meaning to say or think; the 
 ablative of time; the ablative of accompaniment; the ablative of 
 cause; the ablative absolute; the indirect object; the gerund. 
 
 c. Explain the derivation of defend, injury, invade, object, valid. 
 
 HORATIUS COCLES PONTEM DEFENDIT 
 507. Is positus in statione pontis, cum captum (esse) 
 repentino impetti laniculum vidisset atque decurrere hostes, 
 trepidosque suos arma ordinesque relinquere, monuit ut 
 pontem ferro, ignl, quacumque vi possint, interrumpant : 
 se impetum hostium solum sustenturum (esse). Namque 
 timebat ut ponte relicto urbs ipsa esset tuta. Duos tamen 
 parumper cum eo pudor tenuit, Sp. Larcium ac T. Hermi- 
 nium. Deinde eos quoque ipsos, exigua parte pontis relicta, 
 cedere in tutum coegit. Principes Etruscorum aliquamdiu 
 cunctati sunt; deinde clamore sublato in Horatium tela 
 coniciunt. Tum ille, cum simul fragorem rupti pontis simul 
 clamorem Romanorum audivisset, "Tiberlne pater," in quit, 
 ''te precor haec arma et hunc militem accipias." Ita sic 
 armatus in Tiberim desiluit et incolumis ad suos tranavit. 
 Tanta virtus cIvitatT fuit grata; statua in comitio posita 
 (est), tantum agri ei datum est quantum uno die circumarare 
 potuit. 
 
304 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 a. Captum (esse) laniculum, decurrere hostes, suos relinquere, 
 objects of vidisset ; suos, his friends (sec. 268) ; monuit ut, he advised 
 that; quacumque vi possint, by whatever force they could; timebat ut, 
 he feared that . . . not; te precor . . . accipias, / pray that you receive, 
 I pray you to receive; sic armatus, thus armed, armed as he was; tantum 
 . . . quantvim, as much . . . as. 
 
 From the painting by Vincenzo Camuccin 
 HoRATItJS PONTEM DeFENDIT 
 
 h. Possint and internunpant are in the present tense of the sub- 
 junctive although they follow a secondary tense, monuit. This gives 
 vividness to the description. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Determine what principles of syntax apply to the following: 
 cum . . . vidisset; ut . . . interrumpant ; cum . . . audivisset; cap- 
 tiun (esse); decurrere; relinquere, sustenturum (esse); cedere; 
 laniculimi ; hostes ; suos ; se ; eos ; impetu ; f erro, igni, vi ; ponte 
 relicto, parte relicta, clamore sublato ; pater ; civitati ; agri ; ei ; die ; 
 circiunarare. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 305 
 
 h. Wliat conjunction would most naturally be supplied with 
 accipias? 
 
 c. Explain the derivation of impetus, interrupt, order (noun), 
 station, statue. 
 
 MODELS FOR PARSING VERBS 
 
 508. In parsing verbs in full these items should be 
 specified: (1) Regular or irregular verb. (2) If regular, 
 what conjugation. (3) Principal parts. (4) Person, num- 
 ber, tense, mood, voice. (5) If finite, agreement with sub- 
 ject. (6) If subjunctive, explanation of use. (7) If 
 infinitive, explanation of use and naming of subject. (8) If 
 participle, agreement with noun or pronoun. The following 
 examples are taken from section 507. 
 
 Monuit: A regular verb of the second conjugation; moned, 
 monere, monui, monitus; thifd, singular, perfect, indicative, active; 
 agrees with is as subject (sec. 70). 
 
 Audivisset: A regular verb of the fourth conjugation; audio 
 audire, audivi, auditus; third, singular, past perfect, subjunctive, 
 active; agrees with a pronoun understood referring to ille; the sub- 
 junctive is used in a temporal clause with cum to describe the circum- 
 stances of the act denoted by inquit (sec. 436). 
 
 Decurrere: A regular verb of the third conjugation; deciuro, 
 decurrere, decurri, decursus; the present infinitive active; the 
 subject is hostes ; the infinitive decurrere with its subject in the accusa- 
 tive case is used as the object of the verb -vadisset (sec. 188). 
 
 Relicta: A regular verb of the third conjugation; relinquo, 
 relinquere, reliqui, relictus; the perfect passive participle; ablative, 
 singular, feminine, in agreement with parte (sec. 295). 
 
 Ordinarily the form of parsing may be abbreviated; but occa- 
 sionally a form essentially Hke the examples given above should be used. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 (I. P\)llowing the model above, parse in full several typical verbs 
 selected from sections 506 and 507. 
 
 LATIN WORD-FORMATION AND ENGLISH DERIVATION 
 
 509. Some of the ways in which Latin nouns, verbs, 
 and adjectives have been formed have been presented in 
 
306 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 sections 257, 258; 389, 390; and 501, 502. A comparison 
 of the lists given for illustration shows that several Latin 
 words, including nouns, verbs, and adjectives, have some- 
 times been formed from a single original word by the use of 
 certain characteristic prefixes and suffixes, and that cor- 
 responding Enghsh words have been derived from many of 
 the Latin words thus formed. For example, from the 
 adjective liber, free, have come the noun libertas, section 
 258, the verb Ubero, section 389, (3), and the adjective 
 
 liberalis, section 502. 
 Again, from the verb 
 libero the nouns ITberatio 
 and liberator have been 
 formed; and from the 
 adjective liberalis, the 
 noun liberalitas. The 
 English derivatives from 
 these Latin words areas 
 follows: libertas, liberty; 
 liberatio, liberation; libe- 
 
 Agricola et Aratrum 
 
 libero, liberate; liberalis, liberal; 
 rater, liberator; liberalitas, liberality. 
 
 The additional illustrations in section 510, based on a 
 few of the most famiUar Latin originals, are sufficient to show 
 how extensive is this process of word-formation in Latin 
 and why some knowledge of it is necessary in order that 
 one may understand the multipHcation and the significance 
 of English words. 
 
 EXAMPLES OF WORD-FORMATION 
 
 510. The following examples illustrate the formation of several 
 series of Latin words and the derivation of the corresponding English 
 equivalents. The list is composed chiefly of Latin words taken from 
 sections 488, 506, and 507, and is limited to those which seem best 
 adapted to illustrate the process of word-formation. Almost any para- 
 graph in Latin or in English will furnish similar material. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 307 
 
 It should be noticed particularly that the English words in each 
 series were not derived from an original English word, but each from a 
 Latin word formed from a Latin original. Thus the English victory 
 was not derived from the English victor, but from the Latin victdria 
 formed from the Latin victor, which can be traced back still further to 
 the verb vinco. 
 capio, captus (to take). 
 
 captor, captor. 
 
 captio, -onis, caption. 
 
 captivus, captive. 
 
 captivitas, captivity. 
 
 captura, capture. 
 
 capax, capacis, capacious. 
 
 capacitas, capacity. 
 
 accipio, acceptus, accept. 
 
 concipio, conceptus, conceive, 
 concept. 
 
 incipiens, -ntis, incipient. 
 
 occupo, occupy. 
 
 occupans, -ntis, occupant. 
 
 occupatio, -onis, occupation. 
 
 princeps, prince. 
 
 recipio, receive. 
 cedo, cessus (to go, to yield), cede. 
 
 cesso, cessatus, cease. 
 
 cessatio, -onis, cessation. 
 
 accedo, accede. 
 
 accessus, access. 
 
 concedo, concede. 
 
 concessio, -onis, concession. 
 
 intercede, intercede. 
 
 succedo, succeed. 
 
 successus, success. 
 
 successio, -onis, succession. 
 civis (citizen). 
 
 civicus, civic. 
 
 civitas, city. 
 
 civilis, civil. 
 
 civilitas, civility. 
 ciirro, cursus (to run), current. 
 
 currentia, currency. 
 
 curriculum, curriculum. 
 
 cursus, course. 
 
 concurro, concur. 
 
 concursus, concourse. 
 
 discursus, discourse. 
 
 inciUTo, incur. 
 
 incursio, -onis, iruursion. 
 
 occurro, occur, occurrence. 
 
 succiuTO, succor. 
 eo, itus (to go). 
 
 ambitio, -onis (ambio, ambitum) , 
 ambition. 
 
 exitus, exit. 
 
 per 60, perish. 
 
 seditio, -onis, sedition. 
 
 seditiosus, seditious. 
 
 transeo, transient. 
 
 transitus, transit. 
 
 transitivus, transitive. 
 facio, factus (to do, to make), fact. 
 
 facilis, facile. 
 
 factor, factor. 
 
 factio, -onis, faction. 
 
 afficio, affectus, affect. 
 
 deficio, defectus, deficient, defect. 
 
 efficio, eflfectus, efficient, effect. 
 
 6fficium (opus and facio), office, 
 
 perficio, perfectus, perfect. 
 frango, fractus (to break). 
 
 fractio, -onis, fraction. 
 
 fractura, fracture. 
 
 fragmentum, fragment. 
 
 fragilis, fragile, frail. 
 
 fragilitas, fragility. 
 
 refringo, refractus, refract. 
 
308 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 refractio, -onis, refraction. 
 
 suffragium, suffrage. 
 gradior, gressus (to step, to go). 
 
 gradus, grade. 
 
 aggressio, -onis, aggression. 
 
 aggressor, aggressor. 
 
 congressus, congress. 
 
 progressus, progress. 
 
 transgredior, transgressus, 
 transgress. 
 
 transgressio, 'Oms^transgression. 
 liber (free). 
 
 libertas, liberty. 
 
 liberalis, liberal. 
 
 liberalitas, liberality. 
 
 libero, liberatus, liberate. 
 
 liberator, liberator. 
 
 liberatio, -onis, liberation. 
 mitto, missus (to send) . 
 
 missilis, missile. 
 
 missio, -onis, mission. 
 
 admitto, admit. 
 
 admissio, -onis, admission. 
 
 dimitto, dimissus, dismiss. 
 
 intermitto, intermittent. 
 
 promitto, promissus, promise. 
 
 remitto, remit. 
 
 transmitto, transmit. 
 6s, oris (mouth). 
 
 oro, oratus, orate. 
 
 orator, orator. 
 
 oratio, -onis, oration. 
 
 oraculum, oracle. 
 
 adoro, adore. 
 
 adoratio, -onis, adoration. 
 
 adorabilis, adorable. 
 quaero, quaesitus (to seek), quest. 
 
 quaestio, -onis, question. 
 
 acquiro, acquire. 
 
 require, requisitus, require, re- 
 quest. 
 
 requisitio, -onis, requisition. 
 sto, staturus (to stand). 
 
 static, -onis, station. 
 
 statua, statue. 
 
 statura, stature. 
 
 status, state. 
 
 stabilis, stable (adjective). 
 
 stabUitas, stability. 
 
 stabulum, stable (noun). 
 
 consto, constant. 
 
 constantia, constancy. 
 
 disto, distant. 
 
 distantia, distance. 
 
 substantia, substance. 
 
 arma and sto, armistice. 
 
 solstitium, solstice. 
 utor, usus (to use), use (verb). 
 
 usus, -us, use (noun). 
 
 utensilis, utensile. 
 
 utilitas, utility. 
 
 abutor, abusus, abuse. 
 venio, ventus (to come). 
 
 advenio, avenue. 
 
 adventus, advent. 
 
 conveniens, convenient. 
 
 convenio, convene. 
 
 eventus, event. 
 
 invenio, inventus, invent. 
 
 inventor, inventor. 
 
 inventio, -onis, invention. 
 
 intervenio, intervene. 
 
 interventio, -onis, intervention. 
 
 praevenio, praeventus, prevent. 
 
 praeventio, -onis, prevention. 
 video, lasus (to see), mew. 
 
 evidens, evident. 
 
 provideo, promdc, provident. 
 
 providentia, promdence. ■ 
 
 prudens, prudent. 
 
 prudentia, prudence. 
 
 super and video, survey. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 309 
 
 vinco, victus (to conquer), van- 
 quish. 
 victor, trictor. 
 victoria, victory. 
 
 victoriosus, victorious. 
 convinco, convictus, convince, 
 convict. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Find the Latin word from which each of the following English 
 words is derived and trace the Latin words, if derivatives, to their 
 
 original Latin sources. 
 
 
 
 
 abstain 
 
 dome 
 
 inquire 
 
 penitence 
 
 ambitious 
 
 domestic 
 
 intercession 
 
 recipient 
 
 audible 
 
 domicile 
 
 levity 
 
 senate 
 
 auditor 
 
 excursion 
 
 miUtary 
 
 senator 
 
 declaration 
 
 ignite 
 
 mortal 
 
 tenacious 
 
 digression 
 
 injury 
 
 oflBcious 
 
 terrible 
 
 b. Using section 510 as a model, make lists including from five to 
 ten Latin words formed from each of the following, and add the cor- 
 responding English derivatives. 
 
 ago 
 
 dico 
 
 habed 
 
 lUS 
 
 moveo 
 
 porto 
 
 Note. — Sufficient material for this study will be found in the Ust 
 of I^tin words and Enghsh derivatives, in section 572, page 365. 
 Since many I^atin words are formed by the use of prefixes, some of 
 the required words will be found under the letters with which the pre- 
 fixes begin; e. g., prae-dico, predict; re-moveo, remove. " 
 
 PREFIXES 
 
 511. In the formation of Latin words the use of prepo- 
 sitions and inseparable particles as prefixes is very important, 
 and the same prefixes appear in many English derivatives. 
 
 The most common prefixes which occur in this book are 
 shown in the following list. The Latin words chosen as 
 examples are words from which Enghsh words have been 
 derived. 
 
 The form of the prefix is sometimes modified by the 
 first letter of the word with which it is combined; as, 
 ac-cipio for ad-capio, im-porto for in-porto, oc-curro for 
 ob-curro, etc. This is called assimilation. 
 
310 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 a or ab, from. 
 
 ad, to. 
 
 con-, with. 
 
 de, down from, from. 
 
 dis-, apart. 
 
 e or ex, from, out. 
 
 in, into, to. 
 
 in-, not. 
 
 inter, among, between. 
 
 ob, against. 
 
 per, through. 
 
 prae, before. 
 
 pro, /or^/i. 
 
 re-, again, back. 
 
 se-, apart. 
 
 sub, under. 
 
 trans, across. 
 
 ab-sum (to be away from), absent. 
 ac-cipio (to take to), accept. 
 con-fero (to bring together), confer. 
 de-tineo (to hold from), detain. 
 dis-traho (to draw apart), distract. 
 ex-cludo (to shut out), exclude. 
 im-porto (to carry into), import. 
 im-mortalis (not mortal), immortal. 
 inter-venio (to come between), intervene. 
 oc-curro (to run against), occur. 
 per-eo (to go through), perish. 
 prae-dico (to say before), predict. 
 pro-video (to look forth), provide. 
 re-quiro (to seek again), require. 
 se-cedo (to go apart) , secede. 
 sub-scribo (to write under), subscribe. 
 trans-mitto (to send across), transmit. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Find the Latin word from which each of the following English 
 words has been derived, separate the prefix, and give the exact meaning 
 of the Latin compound, making a list similar to that above. 
 
 abuse contract enemy perfect report 
 
 acquire decide intercede prevent succeed 
 
 avert emigrate object produce transfer 
 
 SYNTAX 
 
 Ne and Ut with Verbs of Fearing 
 512. According to the Latin idiom, after a verb of 
 fearing ne is translated that, and ut that not. (109) 
 
 Timebant ne plebs servitutem acciperet, they feared that the 
 common people would accept servitude; timebat ut urbs esset tuta, he 
 feared that the city would not be safe. 
 
 The Omission of Ut 
 513. The conjunction ut is sometimes omitted. (110) 
 
 Te precor accipias, / pray that you receive, I pray you to receive. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 311 
 
 The Subjunctive by Attraction 
 
 514. A verb which depends upon a clause containing 
 the subjunctive is often in the subjunctive. This is called 
 the subjunctive by attraction. (Ill) 
 
 Monuit ut quacumque vi possint pontem intemunpant, he advised 
 them to destroy the bridge by whatever force they could. Intemunpant is 
 a subjunctive used with ut in a clause of purpose and attracts possint 
 into the subjunctive. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 515. 1. Since the Tarquins wished to be kings, they 
 begged Lars Porsena the king of Clusium not to permit 
 them to be exiles. 2. They advised 
 him to come to Rome with a hostile 
 army. 3. Porsena wished a king 
 to be at Rome. 4. When the 
 enemy were near, the senate feared 
 that the common people would 
 receive the Tarquins into the city. 
 5. Horatius feared that the city itself 
 would not be safe unless the bridge 
 should be destroyed (subj.). 6. The 
 city would not have been safe that 
 day if Rome had not had one brave 
 man. 7. "I entreat you to break 
 down the bridge," said Horatius to 
 
 the citizens; ''I alone will withstand courtesy of The Metropolitan 
 
 the enemy's attack.'' 8. When the Museum of Art, n.y. 
 
 i_-j i_jr i_i J /ui Speculum Argenteum 
 
 bridge had been broken down (abl. 
 
 abs.), Horatius 
 
 leaped down into 
 
 the river Tiber and 
 
 CouHeay of The Metropolitan Museum of Art, N. Y. Unharmed S W a m 
 
 Forceps Ignifer across to the city. 
 
 9. He afterwards received a reward from the citizens: 
 
CHAPTER LX 
 REVIEW OF INDIRECT DISCOURSE 
 
 Compound Words 
 
 516. Review sections 489 and 490. 
 
 Study the expressions which are in the indirect discourse 
 following verbs of saying and thinking. Point out the infinitives 
 used in the principal clauses, and the subjunctive, if there is any, 
 used in the dependent clauses. Find the accusative subject of 
 each infinitive in the indirect discourse. 
 
 Study the declension of the compound noun ius iurandum. 
 
 MARCUS REGULUS REDIT CARTHAGINEM 
 
 517. Post multos annos cum Poem adversus Romanos 
 bellum gererent, Marcus Regulus, qui primus Romanorum 
 ducum in Africam missus erat, ipse captus in carcerem 
 coniectus est. Inde Romam de permutandis captivTs missus 
 est dato iureiiirando ut, si non impetrasset (impetravisset) , 
 rediret ipse Carthaginem. Qui cum Romam venisset iriduc- 
 tus in senatum mandata exposuit. Sententiam autem dicere 
 recusavit. Dixit quamdiii iureiiirando hostium teneretur, 
 se non esse senatorem. lussus tamen sententiam dicere, nega- 
 vit esse iitile captivos Poenos reddi ; illos enim adulescentes 
 esse et bonos duces, se iam confectum senectiite. Cuius cum 
 valuisset auctoritas, captivi retenti sunt; ipse, cum reti- 
 neretur a propinquis et amicis, tamen Carthaginem redit. 
 Neque vero tunc ignorabat se ad criidelissimum hostem 
 proficisci; sed iiisiiirandum conservandum (esse) putavit. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a list of all the infinitives with their accusative subjects 
 which are in the indirect discourse following verbs of saying or thinking. 
 
 r3i2) 
 
© Underwood <^ Unrhrv-oofl, N. Y. 
 
 Aquaeducttts Claudianus 
 
314 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 h. What verb in a dependent clause of the indirect discourse is in 
 the subjunctive mood? 
 
 c. In what kind of a clause is rediret? venisset? valuisset? 
 retineretiir? 
 
 d. By what verb in the subjunctive is impetrasset attracted into 
 the subjunctive? 
 
 e. What form of -the verb is permutandis? conservandum esse? 
 (See sections 464, 473.) 
 
 /. Decline ius-iurandum. 
 
 g. (Notebook.) Explain the derivation of authority, captive, con- 
 serve, cruel, ignorant, mandate, sentence, value. 
 
 REGULUS 
 
 518. Read the following stanzas in Latin, accenting the words 
 as they are marked. Do not sound the letters in parentheses. Com- 
 pare a literal translation with that given more freely in a below. 
 
 Fertur' pudi'cae con'iugis os'culum' 
 parvos'que na'tos ut' capitis' minor' 
 ab se' remoViss(e) et' virflem 
 tor'vus humi' posuis'se vol'tum; 
 
 donee' laban'tls con'silio' patres' 
 firma'ret auc'tor num'qu(am) alias' dato' 
 inter'que mae'rentis' ami'cos 
 e'gregius' propera'ret ex'sul. 
 
 — Horatius. 
 
 a. They say that he refused the kiss of his faithful wife and put 
 away his little children as though his manhood had been forfeited, and 
 sternly fixed his sturdy gaze upon the ground; until, by counsel never 
 given before, his advice convinced the hesitating fathers, and he hastened 
 forth amid the lamentations of his friends, a noble exile. 
 
 b. Fertur, (literally) he (Regulus) is said; removisse and posuisse 
 depend upon fertur; capitis minor, an idiom applied to a person who 
 had been deprived of the privileges of citizenship, including family 
 rights; humi, locative; firmaret, properaret, in the subjunctive with 
 donee to represent the expectation of Regulus rather than an actual 
 fact. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 315 
 
 FORMATION OF COMPOUND WORDS 
 519. The formation of compound words by the use 
 of prepositions and inseparable particles has been mentioned- 
 in sections 389, (4), and 511. 
 
 Compound nouns and adjectives are also formed by 
 combining a noun or an adjective with another noun oi- 
 adjective; as, ius-iuran- 
 dum, an oath; res- 
 publica, the piMic wel- 
 fare ^ the state; agri-cola, 
 a tiller of the soil. If two 
 nominatives are com- 
 bined, })oth are declined; 
 asj res-publica, rei-pul- 
 licae, etc. In other com- 
 pounds the last part only 
 is declined; as, agricola, 
 agiicolae, etc. 
 
 The suffix -ficus (re- 
 lated to facio) is used in 
 the formation of com- 
 pound adjectives; as, 
 pacificus, pacific. Eng- 
 lish verbs derived from these compounds have the ending -fy ; 
 as, magnifico (magnus-f acio) , magnify; pacifico (pax-facio), 
 pacify, etc. 
 
 a. English words have not only been derived from Latin com- 
 pounds, as enemy from inimlcus, republic from res-publica, and aqueduct 
 from aquaeductus, but have also been formed by a combination of two 
 Latin words; as, armistice from anna and sto; homicide from homo 
 and caedo ; horticulture from hortus and cultura ; locomotive from locus 
 and moveo, submarine from sub and marinus (mare); velocipede from 
 velox and pes ; viaduct from via and duco. 
 
 b. EngUsh words are sometimes formed from words of two dif- 
 ferent languages; as automolrile, from di\xto— self (Greek), and mobilis, 
 movable (Latm). 
 
 Aquaeductus Neronis 
 
316 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 520. 1. When the Romans were carrying on war with 
 the Carthaginians, Regulus was sent to Africa as a leader. 
 
 2. He himself was 
 captured and was 
 sent (having been 
 captured was sent) 
 to Rome concerning 
 an exchange of pris- 
 oners. 3. ''If I do 
 not accomphsh it 
 (fut.perf.)/' said he, 
 ''I will return to 
 Carthage myself.'^ 
 
 4. When he had set 
 forth in the senate 
 the things com- 
 manded, he said 
 that it was not 
 (negavit esse) expe- 
 dient that the cap- 
 tives be exchanged. 
 
 5. ''They are young 
 men and good lead- 
 ers/' said he; "lam 
 already exhausted 
 by old age.'' 6. His 
 influence prevailed; 
 and although he 
 knew that he was 
 going to a cruel 
 
 enemy, he returned to Carthage. 7. His friends tried to 
 detain (were detaining) him, but he thought that he ought 
 to keep his oath (his oath ought to be kept). 
 
 Courtesy of The Metropolitan Museum of Art, N. Y. 
 
 Amphora cum Imagine Herculis 
 
CHAPTER LXI 
 
 REVIEW OF PARTICIPLES 
 
 521. Review the matter relating to the formation and use 
 of participles in sections 200, 203, 288, 293, 294, 295, 363, 367, 
 462, 464. 
 
 Point out all the participles in the following selection, iden- 
 tify the form, and note the agreement. 
 
 SCiPIO AFRICANUS HANNIBALEM VINCIT 
 
 522. Multos annos inter Romanos et Carthaginienses 
 erat l^ellum. Hannibal, superatis PyrenaeTs montibus 
 atque Alpium iugls, magno cum exercitu in Italiam venit. 
 Adversus eum clarissiml duces missi sunt 
 sed Hannibalem ipsum vincere non 
 poterant. Postremo Publius Cornelius 
 Seipio in Africam profectus est bellum 
 in Africam ipsam translatunis. Deinde 
 Hannibal ex Italia ad tuendam patriam 
 
 revocatus Zamam 
 venit, quae urbs 
 quinque dierum iter 
 a Carthagine abest, 
 et nuntium ad 
 
 Scipioncm misit ut coUoquendl secum 
 potestatem faceret. Ab Scipione dies 
 locusque constituitur. Itaque congress! 
 sunt duo clarissiml suae aetatis duces. 
 Steterunt aliquamditi taciti mutuaque 
 admlratione deflxi. Cum vero de 
 condicionibus pacis inter eos non 
 suos se receperunt, renuntiantes armis 
 (317) 
 
 Hannibal 
 
 SciPio Africanus 
 convenisset, ad 
 
318 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 decernendum esso. Commisso deinde proelio Hannibal 
 victus est. Carthaginienses metu perculsi ad petendam 
 pacem oratores mittunt triginta civitatis principes. Victis 
 leges imposuit Sclpio. Ita pace terra marlque facta, Sclpio 
 exercitu in naves imposito Romam revertit. Qui adveniens 
 primus nomine gentis a se victae nobilitatus Africanus 
 appellatus est. 
 
 Hannibal ExERriTUM trans Alpe« Ducit 
 
 a. Quinque dieruin iter, a five days' journey; ut . . . faceret, 
 that he ivould grant an opportunity for conferring with him; dies locusque 
 constituitur, time and place are appointed, the two nouns forming a 
 single subject; cum . . . non convenisset, when no agreement had 
 been made; convenisset, impersontil; renuntiantes annis decernendum 
 esse, reporting that there must he a decision with arms: decernendum 
 esse, impersonal; pace . . . facta, abl. abs.; qui primus nobilitatus, 
 etc., who, the first to he distinguished, etc. Notice three ways of de- 
 noting purpose: by translaturus (sec. 367, a), ut . . . faceret (sec. 406), 
 ad petendam pacem (sec. 464, a). 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 319 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 
 a. Make a classified list of all the participles, tell the case, number, 
 and gender of each, and name the noun or pronoun with which the 
 participle agrees. 
 
 b. Make a list of all the expressions which are in the ablative 
 absolute. Translate each one literally and in accordance with the 
 best English idiom. 
 
 C. Explain tlie derivation of admiration, condition, revoke, translate. 
 
 ENGLISH WORDS FROM LATIN PARTICIPLES 
 523. Many English words, including nouns, adjectives, 
 and verbs, have been derived from Latin participles, par- 
 ticularly from the present acthe participle and the perfect 
 passive participle. 
 
 (1) From the stem of the present active participle are 
 derived Enghsh adjectives and nouns ending in -ant, -ent, 
 and -ient, 
 
 emigrans, emigrantis (emigro), emigrant. 
 ignorans, ignorantis (ignoro), ignorant. 
 incidens, incidentis (incido), incident. 
 intellegens, intellegentis (intellego), intelligent. 
 oriens, orientis (orior), orient. 
 patiens, patientis (patior;, patient. 
 providens, providentis (provideo), proindent. 
 
 (2) Many English nouns ending in -ance and -ence are 
 derived from Latin nouns ending in -ia and formed from 
 present active participles. 
 
 ignorantia (ignorans, ignorantis), ignmance. 
 neglegentia (neglegens, neglegentis), negligence. 
 providentia (providens, providentis), -providence. 
 scientia (sciens, scientis), science. 
 
 (3) Many nouns, adjectives, and verbs in English have 
 been derived from the Latin perfect passive participle. 
 
 actus (ago), act (noun and verb), 
 defectus (deficio), defect. 
 
320 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 donatus (dono), donate. 
 
 effectus (efficio), effect (noun and verb). 
 
 factus (facio), fact. 
 
 intellectus (intellego), intellect. 
 
 (4) A few English words have been derived from the 
 Latin gerundive or future passive participle. 
 
 dividendus (divido), dividend. 
 legendus (lego), legend. 
 
 For other examples of Enghsh words derived from 
 Latin participles see sections 390 and 510. 
 
 NOTEBOOK WORK 
 a. Trace the following English words to the Latin participles from 
 which they have been derived: 
 
 accident 
 
 dictate 
 
 important 
 
 patienc 
 
 audience 
 
 diligent 
 
 inaugurate 
 
 permanent 
 
 confidence 
 
 eloquent 
 
 inhabitant 
 
 precept 
 
 crescent 
 
 emigrate 
 
 neglect 
 
 sentence 
 
 defendant 
 
 future 
 
 omnipotent 
 
 trad 
 
 Note. — English nouns and adjectives derived from Latin nouns 
 and participles formed from verbs of the first conjugation have the 
 endings -atice and -ant; those derived from verbs of the second and 
 third conjugations generally end in -ence and -ent; those derived from 
 verbs of the fourth conjugation and from verbs in io of t^ e third con- 
 jugation end in -ience and -ient. There are a few exceptions to this 
 rule; e. g., defendant from defendens (defendo). 
 
 REVIEW OF SYNTAX 
 524. In section 522 find illustrations of the following: the 
 accusative of time; accusative of extent in space; the subjunc- 
 tive denoting purpose; the subjunctive in a temporal clause with 
 cum ; the genitive of the whole with a superlative ; the infinitive 
 following a verb of saying; verbs used impersonally; the ablative 
 of means, caiise, and place; an adjective or a participle used 
 substantively; an adjective with the force of an adverb; the 
 accusative without a preposition denoting the place to which ; the 
 gerundive; the genitive of the gerund; the dative with a verb 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 321 
 
 compounded with a preposition; the future active participle de- 
 noting purpose; the ablative absolute; the gerundive with ad 
 denoting purpose. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 525. 1. Hannibal crossed the Alps with a large army, 
 intending to (about to) carry on war with the Romans in 
 Italy. 2. Famous consuls sent as leaders against him could 
 not conquer Hannibal himself. 3. But when Publius Scipio 
 had transferred the war to Africa, Hannibal, recalled to 
 protect his country, was defeated by the Roman general. 
 4. Peace having been made on land and sea, the Roman 
 army came to Rome. 5. Scipio on his arrival (arriving) 
 the citizens called Africanus from the name of the nation 
 conquered ^by him (ab eo). 
 
 aillites pugnantes 
 Imagines in arcu constantint fictae 
 
CHAPTER LXII 
 
 GENERAL REVIEW 
 
 Gnaeus Pompeius 
 
 526. This chapter should be made an occasion for a general 
 review of forms, syntax, word-formation, and derivation, with em- 
 phasis on the points which need 
 strengthening. For this purpose a 
 small portion of the following 
 selections may be assigned each 
 day for intensive study. 
 
 GAIUS itJLIUS CAESAR 
 527. C. lulius Caesar, max- 
 imus imperatorum Rgmanorum, 
 consul creatus societatem cum 
 Gnaeo Pompeio et Marco Crasso 
 itinxit ne quid ageretur in re 
 publica quod displicuisset iilli ex 
 
 tribus. Functus consulatu Caesar Gal- 
 
 liam provinciam accepit. Galliam in 
 
 provinciae formam redegit; Germanos, 
 
 qui trans Rhenum incolunt, primus Ro- 
 
 manorum ponte facto aggressus maximls 
 
 adfecit cladibus; aggressus est Britannos, 
 
 ignotos antea, superatisque eis pecunias 
 
 et obsides imperavit. Haec in librTs de 
 
 Bello Gallico ipse Caesar scripsit. 
 
 a. Quid, indefinite (sec. 482, a); ne quid 
 ageretur, that nothing should be done; displi- 
 cuisset, attracted by ageretur (sec. 514); uUi, 
 dative (sec. 455); functus, participle from 
 fungor; cSnsulatu, ablative with functus (sen. 
 .377). C. luLiTT.s Caesar 
 
 (322) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 323 
 
 b. Explain the formation of the Latin words accipio, imperator, 
 societas. 
 
 c. What English words have been derived from the following 
 Latin words? 
 
 consul 
 
 fonna 
 
 provincia 
 
 creatus 
 
 imperator 
 
 scribo 
 
 fabricatus 
 
 primus 
 
 societas 
 
 528. Interfecto interea apud Parthos Crasso et defuncta 
 lulia, Caesaris filia, quae nupta Pompeio generi socerique 
 concordiam tenebat, statim aemulatio erupit. lam pridem 
 Pompeio suspectae (erant) Caesaris opes et CaesarT Pom- 
 peiana dignitas (erat) gravis, nee hie ferebat parom nee illo 
 superiorem. Itaque cum Caesar in Gallia deteneretur et 
 postulasset (postulavisset) ut sibi liceret quamvis absent! 
 
 Via Appia ab Roma ad Brundisium 
 
324 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 alterum consulatum petere, a senatu suadentibus Pompeio 
 eiusque amIcTs negatum el est. Hanc iniuriam acceptam 
 vindicaturus in Italiam redit et cum exercitu Rubiconem 
 fltimen, qui provinciae finis erat, transiit plurimlsque 
 urbibus occupatis Brundisium contendit, quo Pompeius 
 consulesque conftigerant. Qui cum inde in Epirum trai- 
 ecissent, Caesar eos secutus Pompeium Pharsalico proelio 
 ftidit. 
 
 a. Interfecto Crasso, defuncta lulia, abl. abs.; filia, abl., in 
 apposition with lulia; Pompeio, dat., hy Pompey; Caesari gravis, 
 grievous to Caesar; hie . . . ille, the latter (Caesar) . . . the former 
 (Pompey); ferebat, would endure; detineretiir, postulasset, temporail 
 clauses (sec. 436); liceret, purpose (sec. 406); absenti, dat., agreeing 
 with sibi; negatum est, impersonal; ei, indirect object; vindicaturus, 
 intending to avenge (sec. 367 ) ; Brundisimn, place to which (sec. 96) ; 
 qui cvun, and when they. 
 
 b. From what Latin words have the following Latin words been 
 formed? 
 
 aemulatio detineo iniuria 
 Concordia dignitas Pompeianus 
 ^ c. From what Latin words have the following Eng- 
 lish words been derived? 
 
 absent negative superior 
 
 defunct nuptial suspect 
 
 grave sequence vindicate 
 
 529. Caess^r bello civlli confecto dictator 
 
 in perpetuum creatusagere insolentius coepit. 
 
 Cum Antonius, Caesaris in omnibus bellis 
 
 comes, capiti eius in sella aurea sedentis 
 
 Marcus diadema, insigne regium, imposuisset, id ita ab 
 
 BRUTUfe, g^ gg^ repulsum ut non offensus videretur. 
 
 oNSPiRATOR Q^_ ^_ coniuratum in eum est a sexaginta 
 
 amplius viris, Cassio et Bruto ducibus, decretumque (est) 
 
 eum Idibus Martiis in senatu confodere. Atque cum Caesar 
 
ELEMENTA eEpdis, 325 
 
 eo die in senatiim venisset, a coniuratis confossus est. 
 Caesare mortuo Antonius de eo orationem in foro habuit. 
 
 • 
 a. Sedentis, present participle, genitive case, agreeing with eius ; 
 coniuratmn est, impersonal (sec. 311); a sexaginta amplius viris, by 
 nwre than s-ixty men; decretmn est, from decemo ; confodere, subject 
 of decretum est; Idibus Martiis, eo die, ablative denoting time 
 (sec. 105). 
 
 h. From what Latin words have the following Latin words been 
 formed? 
 
 civilis coniuro dictator senator 
 
 c. To what Latin words may the following English words be traced 
 and what, therefore, was the exact original meaning? 
 
 actor conjure dictator repel 
 
 civil decree insolent repulse 
 
 DEFECTIVE VERBS 
 
 530. Verbs whose conjugation is incomplete are called 
 defective verbs. Some of the common defective verbs which 
 lack many forms are aio, I say; inquam, I say (used chiefly 
 in direct quotations) ; memini, / remember; coepi, / began; 
 licet, it is permitted. 
 
 REVIEW OF FORMS AND SYNTAX 
 
 531. Review the forms of nouns, adjectives, pronouns, 
 and verbs and the rules of syntax in accordance with the 
 following outline, which is based on material found in 
 sections 527, 528, and 529. 
 
 (1) Make lists of the nouns, classifying them according to 
 declensions, and in the third declension according to the letters 
 in which the stems end. Write or recite the nominative, the 
 genitive, and the gender of each noun. Decline typical nouns in 
 full. Applj^ the rules for gender (sec. 256). 
 
 (2) Make a list of adjectives, arranging them by declensions, 
 and in the third declension according to the number of forms in 
 the nominative singular. What is unusual in the declension of 
 
326 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 ullus (sec. 214, 6)? What other adjectives are similar to ullus? 
 Find adjectives in each degree of comparison. Decline an ad- 
 jective in the comparative degree. 
 
 (3) Make a classified list of pronouns. 'Write or recite their 
 declension. What kind of a pronoun is quid in the clause ne 
 quid ageretur, section 527? 
 
 (4) Write or recite the principal parts of all the regular ver))s, 
 arranged according to the conjugations to which they belong. 
 
 Fnnii fhr jxii n'i >i<; hi/ J. Court. 
 
 Antonius Orationem de Caesare Mortuo Habet 
 
 Conjugate typical verbs in all the moods and tenses, active and 
 passive. Write or recite the conjugation of the irregular and 
 defective verbs with special attention to the tenses in which the 
 irregular verbs are peculiar. 
 
 (5) Determine the reason for the case of each noun and other 
 words and expressions used as substantives, and refer by number 
 (section 571) to the rule of syntax which appHes. 
 
 (6) Find the antecedent of each pronoun and note the 
 agreement. 
 
 (7) With what noun does each adjective agree? 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 327 
 
 (8) Point out the coordinate conjunctions and the connected 
 words, phrases, or clauses. 
 
 (9) What clauses are connected by subordinate conjunctions 
 and what relation is denoted by each conjunction? 
 
 (10) What adverbs occur? What do they modify? Find an 
 adverb in the comparative degree. 
 
 (11) What verbs are in primary tenses? Wliat verbs are in 
 secondary tenses? W^hat verbs are in tenses denoting incomplete 
 
 In Hoc Loco Antonius Orationem Habutt 
 
 action? completed action? What is the explanation of each 
 subjunctive? What law of sequence determines the tenses of the 
 subjunctive in the subordinate clauses? 
 
 REVIEW OF WORD-FORMATION AND DERIVATION 
 
 532. Review the formation of Latin nouns (sec. 257), verbs 
 (sec. 389), and adjectives (sec. 501), and the formation of com- 
 pound words (sec. 519). 
 
 Review the derivation of English words from Latin nouns 
 (sec. 258), from verbs (sec. 390), from adjectives (sec. 502), and 
 from participles (sec. 523). 
 
328 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Review the examples of Latin word-formation and English 
 derivation given in sections 509 and 510, and find other illustra- 
 tions in sections 527, 528, and 529. Give attention to the char- 
 acteristic endings of English derivatives, particularly of nouns and 
 adjectives. 
 
 The alphabetical list in section 572 may be used for a general 
 review. 
 
 Latin words are not generally to be translated by their 
 English derivatives -since nouns, verbs, and adjectives are not 
 always transferred as such from one language to the other, and 
 since the present meanings of many English words do not cor- 
 respond with their original significance. For example, the Latin 
 praevenio means to go before, while the English preverit has lost 
 the original sense and now means to hinder. 
 
 COMPOSITION 
 
 533. 1. When Caesar had 
 served his consulship, he 
 received Gaul as his province. 
 2. Caesar, Pompey, and 
 Crassus made an agreement that 
 no one (ne quis) of the three 
 should do that which would be 
 displeasing to the others. 3. 
 But when Crassus had been 
 killed (abl. abs.) and when 
 Julia, Caesar's daughter, had 
 died, the friendship between 
 Caesar and Pompey was broken 
 off. 4. Pompey having been 
 defeated in a civil war, Caesar 
 was made dictator for life. 5. 
 When he had begun to act 
 arrogantly, a conspiracy was 
 made against him and he was 
 assassinated in the senate on 
 the Ides of March. 
 
 Courteiy of The Metropolitan Mur 
 seum of Art, N. Y. 
 
 monile ex auro et 
 Amethystis 
 
CHAPTER LXIII 
 METRICAL READING 
 
 534. In Latin poetry the rhythmical effect is produced 
 }:)y different combinations of long and short syllables and 
 }3y the regular recurrence of accented syllables. This is 
 called metre, which is employed in great variety by the 
 Latin poets. Rhyme, which is so prominent in English 
 poetry, is not found in Latin. 
 
 In the following selection from the Aeneid of Vergil 
 each Hne is composed of six divisions or feet, each foot con- 
 sisting of two long syllables (a spondee), or a long syllable 
 followed by two short syllables (a dactyl). The poetic 
 accent is placed on the first syllable of each foot. This 
 metre is called the dactylic hexameter, and in the first Hne 
 below, it may be represented as follows: 
 
 Ex'cu/dent' a-li-/i' spi-/ran'ti-a/ morii-us/ ae'ra. 
 
 ARTES ROMANAE 
 
 535. In reading the Latin verses place the accent on the marked 
 syllables, and do not sound the vowels in parentheses. Make a slight 
 pause at the sign //. A suggestive translation, but not the only 
 possible rendering, is given in a below. 
 
 Ex'ctident' ahl' // splran'tia mol'lius ae'ra, 
 
 cre'd(o) equidem', vivos' // ducent' de mar 'more vol'tus 
 
 o'rabunt' causas' // mehus', caell'que mea'tus 
 
 de'scribent' radi(6) et' // surgen'tia si'dera dl'cent; 
 
 tu' reger(e) im'perio' // populos', Roma'ne, memen'to; 
 
 hae' tib(i) erunt' artes': // pacis'qu(e) impo'nere mo'rem, 
 
 par'cere sub'iectis', // et de'bella're super'bos. 
 
 — Vergilius, 
 " (329) 
 
330 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 a. Others with greater art, I readily beheve, will produce statues 
 in bronze that seem to breathe and will represent more life-like features 
 in marble, plead cases at law with greater eloquence, mark with a 
 rod the pathways in the sky, and call by name the rising constellations; 
 but thou, O Roman, remember to bring the nations under thy dominion; 
 these shall be thy arts: to dictate terms of peace, to spare the van- 
 quished, and to subdue the mighty. 
 
 b. How does Vergil's characterization of the Roman ideal compare 
 with the Roman character as represented in the stories from Roman 
 history which have been read in this book? 
 
 FoNs Trium Viarum 
 
 VlATORES EX URBE EXITURI NUMMUM IN HUNG FONTEM MITTTJNT 
 ET EX AQUA BIBUNT UT INTERUM ROMAM VENIANT. NoNNE TU HOC 
 LIBRO RELICTO, NUMMUM IN FONTEM MITTES ET EX AQUA BIBES? 
 
PRONUNCIATION 
 
 The Alphabet 
 
 536. The Latin alphabet has the same letters as the 
 English with the exception of J and W, which are lacking. 
 
 K, Y, and Z are rarely used. 
 
 I is used both as a vowel and as a consonant. In some 
 texts the consonant I is represented by the letter J. 
 
 VOWELS 
 
 537. Vowels are long or short in quantity; i.e., in the 
 time required for their pronunciation. In poetry vowels 
 are sometimes common; i. e., either long or short. 
 
 The sounds of the vowels are represented as follows : 
 
 a as in father. a as in idea. 
 
 e as in they. e as in net. 
 
 i as in machine. i as in sin. 
 
 6 as in note. o as in obey. 
 
 u as 00 in moon. u as in full. 
 
 Y is not often used; it has the sound of i pronounced 
 with the Ups in position to sound u. 
 
 In this book the long vowels only are marked. 
 
 DIPHTHONGS 
 
 538. Diphthongs retain the sound of each of the com- 
 bined vowels: 
 
 ae as ai in aide. ei as ei in feint. 
 
 au as ou in our. oi as oi in oil. 
 
 oe as oy in hoy. eu as ew in few. 
 
 ui, as we. 
 
 CONSONANTS 
 
 539. The sounds of the consonants are the same as in 
 English, with these exceptions: 
 
 (331) 
 
332 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 b before s and t has the sound of p; urbs like urps. 
 
 c and ch are always hard like k; as c in come. 
 
 g is always hard like g in get. 
 
 i when used as a consonant, i. e., between two vowels or at the 
 beginning of a word when followed by a vowel, has the sound of y in yet. 
 
 r is trilled more than the English r. 
 
 s is always like s in so (not like s in rose). 
 
 t is always like / in time (not like t in nation). 
 
 V is like w in we; u in such words, as quis, lingua, suadeo, etc., 
 has the same sound as the Latin v. 
 
 Syllables 
 
 540. 1. A Latin word has as many syllables as it has 
 vowels or diphthongs. 
 
 2. A single consonant between two vowels is pronounced 
 with the second. Ro-ma, La-ti-na. 
 
 3. In combinations of two or more consonants the last 
 consonant is generally pronounced with the following vowel. 
 An-ti-qua. 
 
 A mute followed by a hquid, and the combinations gu 
 and qu are pronounced with the following vowel. Pa-tri-a, 
 li-bro, lin-gua, se-quor. Compound words are divided in 
 pronunciation so as to show the separate words. Ab-est. 
 
 Quantity of Syllables and Vowels 
 
 541. 1. A syllable is long or short in quantity accord- 
 ing to the time required in its pronunciation. 
 
 2. A syllable is long if it contains a long vowel or a diph- 
 thong. R6-ma, cae-16, hoc. 
 
 3. A sjdlable is long if its vowel, although short, is 
 followed by two or more consonants, except a mute pre- 
 ceding 1 or r, oi- by a double consonant. The first syllable 
 of lin-gua, ur-be, and stel-la is long although the vowel is 
 short. In pa-tri-a and li-bro the first syllable is short since 
 the vowel is followed by tr or br. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 333 
 
 4. A syllable is short if its vowel is followed by another 
 vowel, by a diphthonj!;, or l)y the aspirate h. The first 
 syllable is short in pu-el-la, po-e-ta, and vi-ae. In (his posi- 
 tion the vowel as well as the syllable is short. 
 
 5. The quantity of vowels can best be learned by 
 observation. A vowel is always long if it is the result of 
 contraction, or if it is followed by nf, ns, nx, or net. Nil 
 (for nihil), in-fra, con-sul, coniunx, coniunctum. 
 
 A vowel is generally short if it is followed by another 
 vowel or h. Italia, nihil. 
 
 Note. — The mistake should not be made of giving a vowel the 
 long sound in a long syllable when the vowel itself is short. The 
 syllable est, for example, is long, but the vowel e is short. 
 
 Accent 
 
 542. 1. Words of two syllables are accented on the 
 first. Ro'ma. 
 
 2. Words of more than two syllables are accented on 
 the penult (the next to the last syllable) if it is long in 
 quantity; if the penult is short, the antepenult is accented. 
 An-ti'qixa, I-ta'li-a. 
 
TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION 
 
 543. 
 
 Nouns 
 
 THE 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION 
 
 
 Stella, Sim 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Stella 
 
 stellae 
 
 Gen. 
 
 stellae 
 
 stellamm 
 
 Dai. 
 
 stellae 
 
 stellis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 stellam 
 
 Stellas 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Stella 
 
 stellae 
 
 Abl. 
 
 Stella 
 
 stellis 
 
 a. Dea, goddess, and filia, daughter, in the dative and ablative 
 plural have the forms deabus and filiabus. 
 
 544. THE SECOND DECLENSION 
 
 Amicus, friend; puer, hoy; liber, hook; vir, man; donum, gift. 
 Singular 
 
 Nom. 
 
 amicus 
 
 puer 
 
 liber 
 
 vir 
 
 donum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 amici 
 
 pueri 
 
 libri 
 
 viri 
 
 doni 
 
 Dat. 
 
 amico 
 
 puero 
 
 libro 
 
 viro 
 
 dono 
 
 Ace. 
 
 amicum 
 
 puerum 
 
 librum 
 
 virum 
 
 donum 
 
 Voc. 
 
 amice 
 
 puer 
 
 liber 
 
 vir 
 
 donum 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 amico 
 
 puero 
 
 libro 
 Plural 
 
 viro 
 
 dono 
 
 Nom. 
 
 amici 
 
 pueri 
 
 libri 
 
 viri 
 
 dona 
 
 Gen. 
 
 amicorum 
 
 puerorum 
 
 librorum 
 
 virorum 
 
 donorum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 amicis 
 
 pueris 
 
 libris 
 
 viris 
 
 donis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 amicos 
 
 pueros 
 
 libros 
 
 viros 
 
 dona 
 
 Voc. 
 
 amici 
 
 pueri 
 
 libri 
 
 viri 
 
 dona 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 amicis 
 
 pueris 
 
 libris 
 
 viris 
 
 donis 
 
 a. For the declension of nouns ending in -ius and -ium see sections 
 41, h, and 47, h. 
 
 (334) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 335 
 
 545. 
 
 THE THIRD DECLENSION 
 
 Mute Stems 
 Princeps, chief; rex, king; miles, soldier; caput, head. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 princeps 
 
 Gen. 
 
 principis 
 
 Dat. 
 
 principi 
 
 Ace. 
 
 principem 
 
 Voc. 
 
 princeps 
 
 Abl. 
 
 principe 
 
 Nom. 
 
 principes 
 
 Gen. 
 
 principum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 principibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 principes 
 
 Voc. 
 
 principes 
 
 AM. 
 
 principibus 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 rex 
 
 miles 
 
 regis 
 
 militis 
 
 re^ 
 
 militi 
 
 regem 
 
 militem 
 
 rex 
 
 miles 
 
 rege 
 
 milite 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 reges 
 
 milites 
 
 regum 
 
 militum 
 
 regibus 
 
 militibus 
 
 reges 
 
 milites 
 
 reges 
 
 milites 
 
 regibus 
 
 militibus 
 
 caput 
 
 capitis 
 
 capiti 
 
 caput 
 
 caput 
 
 capite 
 
 capita 
 
 capitum 
 
 capitibus 
 
 capita 
 
 capita 
 
 capitibus 
 
 Liquid Stems 
 Consul, consul; pastor, shepherd; pater, father. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 consul 
 
 pastor 
 
 pater 
 
 Gen. 
 
 consulis 
 
 pastoris 
 
 patris 
 
 Dat. 
 
 consul! 
 
 pastori 
 
 patri 
 
 Ace. 
 
 consulem 
 
 pastorem 
 
 patrem 
 
 Voc. 
 
 consul 
 
 pastor 
 
 pater 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 consule 
 
 pastore 
 Plural 
 
 patre 
 
 Nom. 
 
 consules 
 
 pastores 
 
 patres 
 
 Gen. 
 
 consulum 
 
 pastorum 
 
 patrum 
 
 Dal. 
 
 consulibus 
 
 pastoribus 
 
 patribus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 consules 
 
 pastores 
 
 patres 
 
 Voc. 
 
 consules 
 
 pastores 
 
 patres 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 consulibus 
 
 T)rist6ribus 
 
 patribus 
 
336 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Stems in n 
 
 Leo, lion; imago, image; flumen, river. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Nam. 
 
 leo 
 
 imago 
 
 flumen 
 
 Gen. 
 
 leonis 
 
 imaginis 
 
 fluminis 
 
 Dot. 
 
 leoni 
 
 imagini 
 
 flumini 
 
 Ace. 
 
 leonem 
 
 imaginem 
 
 flumen 
 
 Voc. 
 
 leo 
 
 imago 
 
 flumen 
 
 Abl. 
 
 leone 
 
 imagine 
 
 flumine 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 leones 
 
 imagines 
 
 flumina 
 
 Gen. 
 
 leonum 
 
 imaginimi 
 
 fluminimi 
 
 Dat. 
 
 leonibus 
 
 imaginibus 
 
 fluminibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 leones 
 
 imagines 
 
 flumina 
 
 Voc. 
 
 leones 
 
 imagines 
 
 flumina 
 
 Abl. 
 
 leonibus 
 
 imaginibus 
 Stems in s 
 
 fluminibus 
 
 
 Flos, flower; 
 
 tempus, time; genus 
 Singular 
 
 , kind. 
 
 Nam. 
 
 flos 
 
 tempus 
 
 genus 
 
 Gen. 
 
 floris 
 
 temporis 
 
 generis 
 
 Dat. 
 
 flori 
 
 tempori 
 
 generi 
 
 Ace. 
 
 florem 
 
 tempus 
 
 genus 
 
 Voc. 
 
 flos 
 
 tempus 
 
 genus 
 
 Abl. 
 
 flora 
 
 tempore 
 Plural 
 
 genere 
 
 Nom. 
 
 flores 
 
 tempora 
 
 genera 
 
 Gen. 
 
 florimi 
 
 temponun 
 
 generum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 floribus 
 
 temporibus 
 
 generibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 flores 
 
 tempora 
 
 genera 
 
 Voc. 
 
 flores 
 
 tempora 
 
 genera 
 
 Abl. 
 
 floribus 
 
 temporibus 
 
 generibus 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 337 
 
 Stems in i 
 Urbs, city; hostis, enemy; navis, ship; mare, sea. 
 Singular 
 Nmn. urbs hostis 
 
 urbis hostis 
 
 urbi host! 
 
 urbem hostem 
 
 urbs hostis 
 
 Gen. 
 Dot. 
 
 Ace. 
 Voc. 
 Abl. urbe 
 
 naviS 
 
 mare 
 
 navis 
 
 maris 
 
 navi 
 
 mari 
 
 navem 
 
 mare 
 
 navis 
 
 mare 
 
 hoste 
 
 nave (-i) 
 
 man 
 
 Plural 
 
 Nom. 
 
 urbes 
 
 hostes 
 
 naves 
 
 maria 
 
 Gen. 
 
 urbium 
 
 hostium 
 
 navium 
 
 (maritun) 
 
 Dai. 
 
 urbibus 
 
 hostibus 
 
 navibus 
 
 maribus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 urbis (-es) 
 
 hostis (-es) 
 
 navis (-es) 
 
 maria 
 
 Voc. 
 
 urbes 
 
 hostes 
 
 naves 
 
 maria 
 
 AM. 
 
 urbibus 
 
 hostibus 
 
 navibus 
 
 maribus 
 
 546. THE FOURTH DECLENSION 
 
 Portus, harbor: comu, horn. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 Nom. portus 
 
 portus 
 
 cornu 
 
 cornua 
 
 Gen. portus 
 
 portuum 
 
 cornus 
 
 cornuum 
 
 Dot. portui 
 
 portibus 
 
 comu 
 
 cornibus 
 
 Ace. portiun 
 
 portus 
 
 cornu 
 
 cornua 
 
 Voc. portus 
 
 portus 
 
 comu 
 
 comua 
 
 Abl. portu 
 
 portibus 
 
 cornu 
 
 cornibus 
 
 547. 
 
 THE FIFTH DECLENSION 
 Dies, day; res, thing. 
 
 Singular 
 Nom. dies 
 Gen. diei 
 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 Voc. 
 Abl. 
 
 diei 
 diem 
 dies 
 die 
 
 Plural 
 dies 
 dienun 
 diebus 
 dies 
 dies 
 diebus 
 
 Singular 
 res 
 rei 
 rei 
 rem 
 res 
 re 
 
 Plural 
 res 
 rerum 
 rebus 
 res 
 res 
 rebus 
 
338 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 548. 
 
 SPECIAL NOUNS 
 
 Domus, house; senex, old man; vis, strength; iter, route. 
 Singular 
 
 Nam. 
 
 domus 
 
 senex 
 
 vis 
 
 
 iter 
 
 Gen. 
 
 domus (-i) 
 
 senis 
 
 (vis) 
 
 
 itineris 
 
 Dat. 
 
 domui (-6) 
 
 seiii 
 
 (vl) 
 
 
 itineii 
 
 Ace. 
 
 domum 
 
 senem 
 
 vim 
 
 
 iter 
 
 Voc. 
 
 domus 
 
 senex 
 
 vis 
 
 
 iter 
 
 Abl. 
 
 domo (-u) 
 
 sene 
 Plural 
 
 vi 
 
 
 itinere 
 
 Nam. 
 
 domus 
 
 senes 
 
 vires 
 
 
 itinera 
 
 Gen. 
 
 domuiun (-drum) 
 
 senum 
 
 virium 
 
 
 itinenun 
 
 Dat. 
 
 domibus 
 
 senibus 
 
 viribus 
 
 
 itineribus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 domos (-us) 
 
 senes 
 
 viris (-es 
 
 
 
 itinera 
 
 Voc. 
 
 domus 
 
 senes 
 
 vires 
 
 
 itinera 
 
 Abl. 
 
 domibus 
 
 senibus 
 
 ^n[ribus 
 
 
 itineribus 
 
 
 Aeneas, Aeneas; luppiter, Jupiter; deus 
 
 i9od. 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Aeneas 
 
 luppiter 
 
 deus 
 
 dei ( 
 
 :dii), di 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Aeneae 
 
 lovis 
 
 dei 
 
 deonun, deum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Aeneae 
 
 lovi 
 
 deo 
 
 deis (diis), dis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Aenean (-am) 
 
 lovem 
 
 deiim 
 
 deos 
 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Aenea 
 
 luppiter 
 
 deus 
 
 dei (dii), di 
 
 Abl, 
 
 Aenea 
 
 love 
 
 deo 
 
 deis (diis), dis 
 
 Adjectives 
 549. THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 
 
 
 
 Bonus, good. 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 bonus 
 
 bona 
 
 bonum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 boni 
 
 bonae 
 
 boni 
 
 Dat. 
 
 bono 
 
 bonae 
 
 bono 
 
 Ace. 
 
 bonum 
 
 bonam 
 
 bonum 
 
 Voc. 
 
 bone 
 
 bona 
 
 bonum 
 
 Abl, 
 
 bono 
 
 bona 
 
 bono 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 339 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 Norn. 
 
 boni 
 
 bonae 
 
 bona 
 
 Gen. 
 
 bonorum 
 
 bonarum 
 
 bonorum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 bonis 
 
 bonis 
 
 bonis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 bonos 
 
 bonas 
 
 bona 
 
 Voc. 
 
 boni 
 
 bonae 
 
 bona 
 
 Abl 
 
 bonis 
 
 bonis 
 
 Miser, unhappy. 
 Singular 
 
 bonis 
 
 
 M. 
 
 p. 
 
 N. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 miser 
 
 misera 
 
 miserum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 miseri 
 
 miserae 
 
 miseri 
 
 Dat. 
 
 misero 
 
 miserae 
 
 misero 
 
 Ace. 
 
 miserum 
 
 miseram 
 
 miserum 
 
 Voc. 
 
 miser 
 
 misera 
 
 miserum 
 
 Abl. 
 
 misero 
 
 misera 
 Plural 
 
 misero 
 
 Nom. 
 
 miseri 
 
 miserae 
 
 misera 
 
 Gen. 
 
 miserorum 
 
 miserarmn 
 
 miseronmi 
 
 Dai. 
 
 miseris 
 
 miseris 
 
 miseris 
 
 Ace. 
 
 miseros 
 
 miseras 
 
 misera 
 
 Voc. 
 
 miseri 
 
 miserae 
 
 misera 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 misoris 
 
 miseris 
 
 Ptilcher, beautiful. 
 Singular 
 
 miseris 
 
 Nom. 
 
 pulcher 
 
 pulchra 
 
 pulchrum 
 
 Gen. 
 
 pulchri 
 
 pulchrae 
 
 pulchri 
 
 Dat. 
 
 pulchro 
 
 pulchrae 
 
 pulchro 
 
 Ace. 
 
 pulchrum 
 
 pulchram 
 
 pulchnmi 
 
 Voc. 
 
 pulcher 
 
 pulchra 
 
 pulchrum 
 
 Abl. 
 
 pulchro 
 
 pulchrft 
 Plural 
 
 pulchro 
 
 Nom. 
 
 pulchri 
 
 pulchrae 
 
 pulchra 
 
 Gen. 
 
 pulchrorum 
 
 pulchrarum 
 
 pulchrorum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 pulchris 
 
 pulchris 
 
 pulchris 
 
 Ace. 
 
 pulchros 
 
 pulchras 
 
 pulchra 
 
 Voc. 
 
 pulchri 
 
 pulchrae 
 
 pulchra 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 pulchris 
 
 pulchris 
 
 pulchris 
 
340 
 
 ET.EMENTA PRIMA 
 
 550. 
 
 IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 
 
 tjnus, one; alter, other. 
 
 SlN(;ULAR 
 
 
 M. 
 
 p. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Onus 
 
 una 
 
 unum 
 
 alter 
 
 altera 
 
 alteriun 
 
 Gen. 
 
 unius 
 
 unius 
 
 unius 
 
 alterius 
 
 alterius 
 
 alterius 
 
 Dat. 
 
 uni 
 
 uni 
 
 uni 
 
 alteri 
 
 alteri 
 
 alteri 
 
 Ace. 
 
 unum 
 
 unam 
 
 unum 
 
 alterum 
 
 alteram 
 
 alterum 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 imo 
 
 una 
 
 uno 
 
 altero 
 
 altera 
 
 altero 
 
 a. In the plural these adjectives are declined like bonus. 
 h. The genitive ending -ius is sometimes shortened to 
 especially in alterius (alterius) . 
 
 551. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 
 
 Audax, daring; omnis, all. 
 
 -lUS, 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 audax 
 
 
 audax 
 
 
 omnis 
 
 
 omne 
 
 Gen. 
 
 audacis 
 
 
 audacis 
 
 
 omnis 
 
 
 omnis 
 
 Dat. 
 
 audaci 
 
 
 audaci 
 
 
 omni 
 
 
 omni 
 
 Ace. 
 
 audacem 
 
 
 audax 
 
 
 omnem 
 
 
 omne 
 
 Voc. 
 
 audax 
 
 
 audax 
 
 
 omnis 
 
 
 omne 
 
 Abl. 
 
 audaci 
 
 
 audaci 
 
 
 omni 
 
 
 omni 
 
 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 audaces 
 
 
 audacia 
 
 
 omnes 
 
 
 omnia 
 
 Gen. 
 
 audacium 
 
 
 audacium 
 
 omnium 
 
 
 omnium 
 
 Dat. 
 
 audacibus 
 
 
 audacibus 
 
 omnibus 
 
 
 omnibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 audacis (-es) 
 
 audacia 
 
 
 omnis (-es) 
 
 omnia 
 
 Voc. 
 
 audaces 
 
 
 audacia 
 
 
 omnes 
 
 
 omnia 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 audacibus 
 
 
 audacibus 
 
 omnibus 
 
 
 omnibus 
 
 
 
 
 Acer, i 
 
 spirited. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 
 F. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 acer 
 
 
 acris 
 
 
 acre 
 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 acris 
 
 
 acris 
 
 
 acris 
 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 acri 
 
 
 acri 
 
 
 acri 
 
 
 
 Ace. 
 
 acrem 
 
 
 acrem 
 
 
 acre 
 
 
 
 Voc. 
 
 acer 
 
 
 acris 
 
 
 acre 
 
 
 
 Abl. 
 
 acri 
 
 
 acri 
 
 
 acri 
 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 341 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 Nom. acres 
 
 
 acres 
 
 acria 
 
 
 Gen. acrium 
 
 acriiun 
 
 acrium 
 
 
 Dat. acribus 
 
 acribus 
 
 acribus 
 
 
 Ace. acris 
 
 (-es) 
 
 acris (-es) 
 
 acria 
 
 
 Voc. acres 
 
 ; 
 
 acres 
 
 acria 
 
 
 Abl. acribus 
 
 acribus 
 
 acribus 
 
 
 
 Amans, loviny. 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 amans 
 
 amans 
 
 amantes 
 
 amantia 
 
 Gen. 
 
 amantis 
 
 amantis 
 
 amantium 
 
 amantiiun 
 
 Dat. 
 
 amanti 
 
 amanti 
 
 amantibus 
 
 amantibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 amantem 
 
 amans 
 
 amantis (-es) amantia 
 
 Voc. 
 
 amans 
 
 amans 
 
 amantes 
 
 amantia 
 
 Abl. 
 
 amante (i) 
 
 amante (-: 
 
 i) amantibus 
 
 amantibus 
 
 a. Adjectives in -ns have the ending -i in the ablative singular; 
 participles, used as such, have the ending -e. 
 
 552. 
 
 COMPARISON OF 
 
 Positive 
 
 Comparative 
 
 altus 
 
 altior, -ius 
 
 ferox 
 
 ferocior, -ius 
 
 tristis 
 
 tristior, -ius 
 
 miser 
 
 miserior, -ius 
 
 pulcher 
 
 pulchrior, -ius 
 
 facilis 
 
 facilior, -ius 
 
 difficilis 
 
 difficilior, -ius 
 
 similis 
 
 similior, -ius 
 
 dissimilis 
 
 dissimilior, -ius 
 
 humilis 
 
 humilior, -ius 
 
 gracilis 
 
 gracilior, -ius 
 
 bonus 
 
 melior, melius 
 
 magnus 
 
 maior, maius 
 
 m'alus 
 
 peior, peius 
 
 multus 
 
 — plus 
 
 multi 
 
 plures, plura 
 
 parvus 
 
 minor, minus 
 
 ADJECTIVES 
 
 Superlative 
 altissimus, -a, -um 
 ferocissimus, -a, -um 
 trlstissimus, -a, -lun 
 miserrimus, -a, -um 
 pulcherrimus, -a, -um 
 facillimus, -a, -lun 
 difficillimus, -a, -lun 
 simiilimus, -a, -lun 
 dissimillimus, -a, -lun 
 humillimus, -a, -um 
 gracillimus, -a, -um 
 optimus, -a, -irni 
 maximus, -a, -um 
 pessimus, -a, -um 
 plurimus, -a, -um 
 plurimi, -ae, -a 
 minimus, -a, -lun 
 
342 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Positive 
 superus 
 
 iiiferus 
 
 Comparative 
 superior, superius 
 
 inferior, inferius 
 
 prior, prius 
 
 Superlative 
 supremus, -a, -um 
 summus, -a, -um 
 infimus, -a, -um 
 imus, -a, -um 
 primus, -a, -um 
 
 553. DECLENSION OF THE COMPARATIVE 
 
 Gen. 
 Dai. 
 Ace. 
 Voc. 
 AM. 
 
 Altior, higher. 
 
 Singular 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 Nom. altior 
 
 altioris 
 
 altiori 
 
 altiorem 
 
 altior 
 
 altiore 
 
 N. 
 
 altius 
 
 altioris 
 
 altiori 
 
 altius 
 
 altius 
 
 altiore 
 
 Plural 
 
 M. & F. 
 altic^res 
 altioriun 
 altioribus 
 altiores (-is) 
 altiores 
 altioribus 
 
 N. 
 
 altiora 
 
 altiormn 
 
 altioribus 
 
 altiora 
 
 altiora 
 
 altioribus 
 
 554. FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 
 
 Adjective 
 altus 
 audax 
 celer 
 facilis 
 miser 
 bonus 
 magnus 
 malus 
 multus 
 parvus 
 
 Positive 
 
 alte 
 
 audacter 
 
 celeriter 
 
 facile 
 
 misere 
 
 bene 
 
 magnopere 
 
 male 
 
 multiun 
 
 parum 
 
 diu 
 
 saepe 
 
 Comparative 
 altius 
 audacius 
 celerius 
 facilius 
 miserius 
 melius 
 magis 
 peius 
 plus 
 minus 
 diutius 
 saepius 
 
 Superlative 
 
 altissime 
 
 audacissime 
 
 celerrime 
 
 facillime 
 
 miserrime 
 
 optime 
 
 maxime 
 
 pessime 
 
 plurimum 
 
 minime 
 
 diutissime 
 
 saepissime 
 
 555. 
 
 Cardinals 
 
 1. unus, -a, -um, one 
 
 2. duo, duae, duo, two 
 
 3. tres, tria, three 
 
 NUMERALS 
 
 Ordinals Roman 
 
 primus, -a, -um, first I 
 
 secundus, -a, -um, second II 
 
 tertius, -a, -um, third III 
 
ELEMENTA PREVIA 
 
 343 
 
 
 Cardinals 
 
 Ordinals 
 
 Roman 
 
 4. 
 
 (luattuor 
 
 (juartus 
 
 nil or IV 
 
 5. 
 
 qulnquo 
 
 (luTiilns 
 
 y 
 
 6. 
 
 sex 
 
 scxtus 
 
 VI 
 
 7. 
 
 septeiii 
 
 Septimus 
 
 Vll 
 
 8. 
 
 octo 
 
 octavus 
 
 Vlll 
 
 9. 
 
 novem 
 
 nonus 
 
 Villi or IX 
 
 10. 
 
 decern 
 
 decimus 
 
 X 
 
 11. 
 
 tindecim 
 
 ijndecimus 
 
 XI 
 
 12. 
 
 duodecim 
 
 duodecimus 
 
 XII 
 
 13. 
 
 tredecim 
 
 tertius (-a, -um) decimus (-a, -um) XIII 
 
 14. 
 
 quattuordecim 
 
 quartus decimus 
 
 XIIII or XIV 
 
 15. 
 
 quindecim 
 
 quintus decimus 
 
 XV 
 
 16. 
 
 sedecim 
 
 sextus decimus 
 
 XVI 
 
 17. 
 
 septendecini 
 
 Septimus decimus 
 
 XVII 
 
 18. 
 
 duodeviginti 
 
 duod e vicensimus 
 
 XVIII 
 
 19. 
 
 undevlginti 
 
 undevicensimus 
 
 XVIIII or XIX 
 
 20. 
 
 viginti 
 
 vicensimus 
 
 XX 
 
 21. 
 
 vTgintI unus 
 
 vicensimus primus 
 
 
 
 (or unus et viginti) 
 
 (or unus et vi(;ensimus) XXI 
 
 22. 
 
 viginti duo 
 
 vicensimus secundus 
 
 
 
 (or duo et viginti) 
 
 (or alter et vicensimus) XXII 
 
 30. 
 
 triginta 
 
 tricensimus 
 
 XXX 
 
 40. 
 
 quadraginta 
 
 quadragensimus 
 
 XXXX or XL 
 
 50. 
 
 quinquaginta 
 
 quinquagensimus 
 
 L 
 
 60. 
 
 sexaginta 
 
 sexagensimus 
 
 LX 
 
 70. 
 
 septuaginta 
 
 septuagensimus 
 
 LXX 
 
 80. 
 
 octoginta 
 
 octogensimus 
 
 LXXX 
 
 90. 
 
 nonaginta 
 
 nonagensimus 
 
 LXXXX or XC 
 
 100. 
 
 centum 
 
 centensimus 
 
 C 
 
 101. 
 
 centum (et) unus 
 
 centensimus primus 
 
 CI 
 
 200. 
 
 ducenti, -ae, -a 
 
 ducentensimus 
 
 CC 
 
 300. 
 
 trecenti, -ae, -a 
 
 treccntensimus 
 
 CCC 
 
 400. 
 
 quadringenti 
 
 quadringenten simus 
 
 CCCC 
 
 500. 
 
 quingenti 
 
 quingen tensimus 
 
 D 
 
 600. 
 
 sescenti 
 
 sescentensimus 
 
 DC 
 
 700. 
 
 septingenti 
 
 septingen tensimus 
 
 DCC 
 
 800. 
 
 octingenti 
 
 octingentensimus 
 
 DCCC 
 
 900. 
 
 nongenti 
 
 nongentensimus 
 
 DCCCC 
 
 1000. 
 
 mille 
 
 millensimus 
 
 M 
 
 2000. 
 
 duo milia 
 
 bis millensimus 
 
 MM 
 
344 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 556. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Dal. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Abl. 
 
 Duo, lira, 
 
 DECLENSION 
 
 tres, I hire: milia, 
 
 llioasands. 
 
 M. 
 
 (hio 
 
 duorum 
 duobus 
 duos (duo) 
 duobus 
 
 F. 
 
 tluao 
 
 duaruni 
 
 dufibus 
 
 duas 
 
 duabus 
 
 N. 
 duo 
 
 duorum 
 duobus 
 duo 
 duobus 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 tros 
 
 triuui 
 
 tribus 
 
 tres (Is) 
 
 tribus 
 
 a. In the singular mille is indeclinable. 
 
 6. For the declension of unus see section 550. 
 
 N. 
 
 tria 
 
 triuni 
 
 tribus 
 
 tria 
 
 tribus 
 
 N. 
 inllia 
 milium 
 mllibus 
 milia 
 milibus 
 
 Pronouns 
 557. PERSONAL 
 
 Ego, /; tu, you; sui, of himself (of Ihcmselves). 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 PL. 
 
 
 Sing 
 
 . Pl. 
 
 S.&P. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 ego 
 
 nos 
 
 
 tu 
 
 vos 
 
 
 — 
 
 Gen. 
 
 mel 
 
 nostrum, nostri 
 
 tui 
 
 vestrum, vestri 
 
 sui 
 
 Dal. 
 
 mihi (mi) nobis 
 
 tibi 
 
 vobis 
 
 
 sibi 
 
 Ace. 
 
 me 
 
 nos 
 
 
 te 
 
 vos 
 
 
 se, sese 
 
 Vac. 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 
 tu 
 
 vos 
 
 
 — 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 me 
 
 nobis 
 
 te 
 
 vobis 
 
 
 se, sese 
 
 558. 
 
 
 DEMONSTRATIVE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Hie, 
 
 thu. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular 
 
 
 Plural 
 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nam. 
 
 hie 
 
 haec 
 
 hoc 
 
 hi 
 
 
 hae 
 
 haec 
 
 Gen. 
 
 huius 
 
 huius 
 
 huius 
 
 horum 
 
 harum 
 
 horum 
 
 Dal. 
 
 huic 
 
 huic 
 
 huic 
 
 his 
 
 
 his 
 
 his 
 
 Ace. 
 
 hunc 
 
 banc 
 
 hoc 
 
 hos 
 
 
 has 
 
 haec 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 hoc 
 
 hac 
 
 hoc 
 
 Ille, 
 
 his 
 
 thai. 
 
 
 his 
 
 his 
 
 Nam. 
 
 ille 
 
 ilia 
 
 illud 
 
 illi 
 
 
 illae 
 
 ilia 
 
 Gen. 
 
 illius 
 
 illius 
 
 fllius 
 
 illorum 
 
 illarum 
 
 illorum 
 
 Dal. 
 
 illi 
 
 illi 
 
 illi 
 
 illis 
 
 
 illis 
 
 illis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ilium 
 
 illam 
 
 illud 
 
 illos 
 
 
 illas 
 
 ilia 
 
 Ahl. 
 
 illo 
 
 ilia 
 
 illo 
 
 illis 
 
 
 illis 
 
 illis 
 
 a. iste is declined like ille ; ipse has ipstun in the nominative and 
 accusative singular neuter. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 345 
 
 
 
 
 Is, thU, that. 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 is 
 
 ea 
 
 id 
 
 ii, ei 
 
 eae 
 
 ea 
 
 Gen. 
 
 eius 
 
 eius 
 
 eius 
 
 eorum 
 
 earum 
 
 eorum 
 
 Dai. 
 
 ei 
 
 ei 
 
 ei 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 Ace. 
 
 eum 
 
 earn 
 
 id 
 
 eos 
 
 eas 
 
 ea 
 
 Abl. 
 
 eo 
 
 ea 
 
 eo 
 idem, 
 
 iis, eis 
 the same. 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 iis, eis 
 
 Nom. idem eadem idem 
 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 Abl. 
 
 eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem 
 eidem eidem eidem 
 
 eundem eandem 
 eodem eadem 
 
 idem 
 eodem 
 
 idem(iidem) eaedem eadem 
 
 eidem 
 eorundem earundem eorundem 
 isdem(iisdem) isdem,etc. isdem,etc. 
 
 eisdem 
 eosdem easdem eadem 
 
 isdem(iisdem) isdem,etc, isdem^etc. 
 
 eisdem 
 
 559. 
 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 Abl. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Nom. qui 
 Gen. cuius 
 
 nui 
 
 quem 
 
 quo 
 
 F. 
 quae 
 cuius 
 cui 
 quam 
 qua 
 
 RELATIVE 
 Qui, who, which. 
 
 quod 
 
 cuius 
 
 cui 
 
 quod 
 
 quo 
 
 M. 
 
 qui 
 
 quorum 
 
 quibus 
 
 quos 
 
 quibus 
 
 Plural 
 
 F. 
 
 quae 
 
 quarum 
 
 quibus 
 
 quas 
 
 quibus 
 
 N. 
 
 quae 
 
 quorum 
 
 quibus 
 
 quae 
 
 quibus 
 
 560. 
 
 Singular 
 
 M. A F. 
 
 Nom. quis 
 
 Gen. cuius 
 
 Dat. cui 
 
 Ace. quem 
 
 Abl. quo 
 
 N. 
 
 quid 
 
 cuius 
 
 cui 
 
 quid 
 
 quo 
 
 INTERROGATIVE 
 Quis, who? what? 
 
 M. 
 
 Plural 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 qui 
 
 quae 
 
 quae 
 
 quorum 
 
 quarum 
 
 quorum 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quos 
 
 quas 
 
 quae 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 quibus 
 
 a. The interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod, is declined like 
 the relative qui. 
 
 24 
 
346 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 561. INDEFINITE 
 
 Aliquis, some one, something. 
 Singular Plural 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 aliquis 
 
 aliqiiid 
 
 aliqui 
 
 aliquae 
 
 aliqua 
 
 Gen. 
 
 alicuius 
 
 alicuius 
 
 aliquorum 
 
 aliquarum 
 
 aliquorum 
 
 Dat. 
 
 alicui 
 
 alicui 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 Ace. 
 
 aliquem 
 
 aliquid 
 
 aliquos 
 
 aliquas 
 
 aliqua 
 
 Abl. 
 
 aliqiio 
 
 aliquo 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 aliquibus 
 
 a. The indefinite adjective aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, some, is declined 
 like the relative qui except that the indefinite has the form aliqua where 
 the relative has quae. 
 
 
 
 Quisque, each. 
 
 
 
 
 Substantive 
 
 
 Adjective 
 
 
 
 M. & F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 quisque 
 
 quidque 
 
 quisque 
 
 quaeque 
 
 quodque 
 
 Gen. 
 
 cuiusque 
 
 cuiusque 
 
 cuiusque 
 
 cuiusque 
 
 cuiusque 
 
 Dat. 
 
 cuique 
 
 cuique 
 
 cuique 
 
 cuique 
 
 cuique 
 
 Ace. 
 
 quemque 
 
 quidque 
 
 quemque 
 
 quamque 
 
 quodque 
 
 Abl, 
 
 quoque 
 
 quoque 
 
 quoque 
 
 quaque 
 
 quoque 
 
 Quidam, a certain one, a certain. 
 Singular 
 
 M. 
 
 Nom. quidam 
 
 Gen. cuiusdam 
 
 Dat. cuidam 
 
 Ace. quendam 
 
 Abl. quodam 
 
 Nom. quidam 
 
 Gen. quorundam 
 
 Dat. quibusdam 
 
 Ace. quosdam 
 
 Abl. quibusdam 
 
 p. 
 
 quaedam 
 
 cuiusdam 
 
 cuidam 
 
 quandam 
 
 quadam 
 
 Plural 
 quaedam 
 quarundam 
 quibusdam 
 quasdam 
 quibusdam 
 
 N. 
 quiddam (quoddam) 
 cuiusdam 
 cuidam 
 
 quiddam (quoddam) 
 quodam 
 
 quaedam 
 
 quorundam 
 
 quibusdam 
 
 quaedam 
 
 quibusdam 
 
 a. In the neuter singular the substantive has the form quiddam 
 and the adjective quoddam. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 347 
 
 Quisquam, any one, anything. 
 
 M. & r. 
 Norn, quisquam 
 Gen. cuiusquam 
 Dal. cuiquani 
 Ace. quemquam 
 Ahl. quoquam 
 
 N. 
 
 quicquam (quidquam) 
 
 cuiusquam 
 
 cuiquam 
 
 quicquam (quidquam) 
 
 quoquam 
 
 562. 
 
 Pres. Indic. 
 stun 
 
 Verbs 
 
 THE VERB SUM 
 
 Stun, / am. 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS 
 
 Pres. Inf. Perf. Indic. 
 fui 
 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 Preserd 
 
 FuT. Part. 
 futurus 
 
 Singular 
 stun, / am 
 es, you are 
 est, he is 
 
 eram, / loas 
 eras, you were 
 erat, he was 
 
 ero, / shall be 
 ens, you mil be 
 erit, he will be 
 
 fui, / have been, was 
 fuisti, you have been, were 
 fuit, he has been, was 
 
 Plural 
 
 stunus, we are 
 
 estis, you are 
 
 sunt, they are 
 
 Pa^t (Imperfect) 
 
 eramus, we were 
 eratis, you were 
 erant, they were 
 
 Future 
 
 Perfect 
 
 erimus, we shall be 
 eritis, you will be 
 erunt, they will be 
 
 fuimus, we have been, were 
 fuistis, you have been, were 
 fuSnuit (-ere), they have been, 
 tvere 
 
 Past Perfect (Pluperfect) 
 fueram, / had been fueramus, we had been 
 
 fueras, you had been fueratis, you had been 
 
 fuerat, he had been fuerant, they had been 
 
348 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Future Perfect 
 fuero, / shall have been fuerimus, ive shall have been 
 
 fueris, you will have been fueritis, you will have been 
 
 fuerit, he mil have been fuerint, they will have been 
 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 
 p> 
 
 ''csent 
 
 Past 
 
 {hnperfccA) 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 Singular 
 
 Plural 
 
 sim 
 
 simus 
 
 essem 
 
 essemus 
 
 sis 
 
 sitis 
 
 esses 
 
 essetis 
 
 sit 
 
 sint 
 
 esset 
 
 essent 
 
 
 Perfect 
 
 Past Perfect (Pluperfect) 
 
 fuerim 
 
 fuerimus 
 
 fuissem 
 
 fuissemus 
 
 fueris 
 
 fueritis 
 
 fuisses 
 
 fuissetis 
 
 fuerit 
 
 fuerint 
 
 fuisset 
 
 fuissent 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 Pres. es, be (tlwii) este, be (ye) 
 
 Fut. esto, you shall be estote, you shall be 
 
 esto, he shall be sunto, they shall be 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 Pres. esse, to be 
 
 Perf. fuisse, to have been 
 
 Fut. futurus esse, to be about to be 
 
 PARTICIPLE 
 
 Fut. futurus, about to be 
 
 563. REGULAR VERBS 
 
 amo, / love; video, I see; mitto, / send: audio, / hear. 
 
 
 
 PRINCIPAL 
 
 PARTS 
 
 
 
 CONJ. 
 
 Pres. Indic. 
 
 Pres. Inf. 
 
 Perf. Indic. 
 
 Perf 
 
 . Pass. Puit. 
 
 I. 
 
 amo 
 
 amare 
 
 amavi 
 
 
 amatus 
 
 II. 
 
 video 
 
 videre 
 
 vidi 
 
 
 visus 
 
 III. 
 
 mitto 
 
 mittere 
 
 misi 
 
 
 missus 
 
 IV. 
 
 audio 
 
 audire 
 
 audita 
 
 
 auditus 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 349 
 
 564. 
 
 Active Voice 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 aiiio 
 
 video 
 
 
 mitto 
 
 audio 
 
 amas 
 
 vides 
 
 
 mittis 
 
 audis 
 
 amat 
 
 videt 
 
 
 mittit 
 
 audit 
 
 amamus 
 
 videmus 
 
 
 mittimus 
 
 audiinus 
 
 amatis 
 
 videtis 
 
 
 mittitis 
 
 auditis 
 
 amant 
 
 vident> 
 
 
 mittunt 
 
 audiunt 
 
 
 Past {Imperfect) 
 
 
 amabam 
 
 videbam 
 
 
 mittebam 
 
 audiebam 
 
 amabas 
 
 videbas 
 
 
 mittebas 
 
 audiebas 
 
 amabat 
 
 videbat 
 
 
 mittebat 
 
 audiebat 
 
 amabamus 
 
 videbamus 
 
 
 mittebamus 
 
 audiebamus 
 
 amabatis 
 
 videbatis 
 
 
 mittebatis 
 
 audiebatis 
 
 amabant 
 
 videbant 
 
 
 mittebant 
 
 audiebant 
 
 
 
 Future 
 
 
 amftbo 
 
 videbo 
 
 
 mittam 
 
 audiam 
 
 amabis 
 
 videbis 
 
 
 mittes 
 
 audies 
 
 amabit 
 
 videbit 
 
 
 mittet 
 
 audiet 
 
 amabimus 
 
 videbimus 
 
 
 mittemus 
 
 audiemus 
 
 amabitis 
 
 videbitis 
 
 
 mittetis 
 
 audietis 
 
 amabunf^ 
 
 videbunt 
 
 
 mittenf). 
 
 audient 
 
 
 
 Perfect 
 
 
 amavi 
 
 vidi 
 
 
 mi^ 
 
 audivi 
 
 amavisti 
 
 vidisti 
 
 
 misisti 
 
 audivisti 
 
 amavit 
 
 vidit 
 
 
 misit 
 
 audlvit 
 
 amavimus 
 
 vidimus 
 
 
 misimus 
 
 audlvimus 
 
 amavistis 
 
 vidistis 
 
 
 misistis 
 
 audlvistis 
 
 amuvenint (-ere) 
 
 viderunt (-ere) 
 
 misenint (-ere) 
 
 audlverunt (-ere) 
 
350 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Past Perfect (Phiperfec4) 
 
 amaveram 
 
 vkleram 
 
 mlseram 
 
 audlveram 
 
 amaveras 
 
 videras 
 
 niTseras 
 
 Mudiveras 
 
 amaverat 
 
 viderat 
 
 mlserat 
 
 audiverat 
 
 amaveramus 
 
 videramus 
 
 miseramus 
 
 audiveramus 
 
 amaveratis 
 
 vlderatis 
 
 mlseratis 
 
 audlveratis 
 
 amaverant 
 
 viderant 
 
 mlserant 
 
 audlverant 
 
 
 Future Perfect 
 
 
 amavero 
 
 videro 
 
 misero 
 
 audivero 
 
 amaveris 
 
 videris 
 
 miseris 
 
 audiveris 
 
 amaverit 
 
 viderit 
 
 miserit 
 
 audlverit 
 
 amaverimus 
 
 viderimus 
 
 miserimus 
 
 audlverimus'' 
 
 amaveritis 
 
 videritis 
 
 miseritis 
 
 audlveritis 
 
 amaverint> 
 
 viderint 
 
 miserint 
 
 audlverint / 
 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 am em 
 
 videam 
 
 mittam 
 
 audiam 
 
 ames 
 
 videas 
 
 mittas 
 
 audias 
 
 amet 
 
 videat 
 
 mittat 
 
 audiat 
 
 amemus 
 
 videamus 
 
 mittamus 
 
 audiamus 
 
 ametis 
 
 videatis 
 
 mittatis 
 
 audiatis 
 
 ament 
 
 videant 
 
 mittant 
 
 aiidiant 
 
 
 Past (Imperfect) 
 
 
 amarem 
 
 viderem 
 
 mitterem 
 
 audirem 
 
 amares 
 
 videres 
 
 mitteres 
 
 audires 
 
 amaret 
 
 videret 
 
 mitteret 
 
 audiret 
 
 amaremus 
 
 videremus 
 
 mitteremus 
 
 audiremus 
 
 amaretis 
 
 videretis 
 
 mitteretis 
 
 audiretis 
 
 amarent 
 
 viderent 
 
 mitterent 
 Perfect 
 
 audirent 
 
 amaverim 
 
 viderim 
 
 miserim 
 
 audlverim 
 
 amaveris 
 
 videris 
 
 miseris 
 
 audiveris 
 
 amaverit 
 
 viderit 
 
 miserit 
 
 audlverit 
 
 amaverimus 
 
 viderimus 
 
 miserimus 
 
 audlverimus 
 
 amaveritis 
 
 videritis 
 
 miseritis 
 
 audlveritis 
 
 amaverint 
 
 viderint 
 
 miserint 
 
 audlverint 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 351 
 
 Past Perfect (Pluperfect) 
 
 amavissem 
 
 vidissem misissem 
 
 audivissem 
 
 amavisses 
 
 vidisses misisses 
 
 audlvisses 
 
 amavisset 
 
 vidisset misisset 
 
 audlvisset 
 
 amavissemus 
 
 vidissemus misissemus 
 
 audivissemus 
 
 amavissetis 
 
 vidissetis misissetis 
 
 aiidivissetis 
 
 amavissent 
 
 vidissent misissent 
 
 audlvissent 
 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 ama 
 
 vide mitte 
 
 audi 
 
 PL 
 
 amate 
 
 videte mittite 
 Future 
 
 audite 
 
 Sing. 
 
 amato 
 
 videto mittito 
 
 audita 
 
 
 amato 
 
 * videto mittito 
 
 audits 
 
 PI. 
 
 amatote 
 
 videtote mittitote 
 
 auditote 
 
 
 amanto 
 
 vidento mittunto 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 audiunto 
 
 Prcs. 
 
 amare 
 
 videre mittere 
 
 audire 
 
 Perf. 
 
 amavisse 
 
 vidisse misisse 
 
 audivisse 
 
 Fut. 
 
 amaturus esse visurus esse missurus esse 
 
 auditurus esse 
 
 
 
 PARTICIPLE 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 amans 
 
 videns mittens 
 
 audiens 
 
 Fut. 
 
 amaturus 
 
 vTsurus missurus 
 GERUND 
 
 auditurus 
 
 Gen. 
 
 amandi 
 
 videndi mittendi 
 
 audiendi 
 
 Dot. 
 
 amando 
 
 videndo mittendo 
 
 audiendo 
 
 Ace. 
 
 amandum 
 
 videndum mittendum 
 
 audiendimi 
 
 Abl. 
 
 amando 
 
 vid endo . mittendo 
 SUPINE 
 
 audiendo 
 
 Ace. 
 
 amatum 
 
 visum missum 
 
 audlttim 
 
 Abl. 
 
 amatu 
 
 \a8U missu 
 
 audita 
 
352 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 565. 
 
 Passive Voice 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 amor 
 
 videor 
 
 mittor 
 
 audior 
 
 amaris (-re) 
 
 videris (-re) 
 
 mitteris (-re) 
 
 audiris (-re) 
 
 amatur 
 
 videtur 
 
 mittitur 
 
 auditiu- 
 
 amamur 
 
 videmur 
 
 mittimur 
 
 audimur 
 
 amamini 
 
 videmini 
 
 mittimini 
 
 audimini 
 
 amantxir 
 
 videntur 
 
 mittimtur 
 
 audiuntur A 
 
 
 Past (Imperfect) 
 
 
 amabar 
 
 videbar 
 
 mittebar 
 
 audiebar 
 
 amabaris (-re) 
 
 videbaris (-re) mittebaris (-re) 
 
 audiebaris (-re) 
 
 amabatur 
 
 videbatur 
 
 mittebatur 
 
 audiebatur 
 
 amabamur 
 
 videbamur 
 
 mittebamur 
 
 audiebamur 
 
 amabamini 
 
 videbamini 
 
 mittebamini 
 
 audiebamini 
 
 amabantxir 
 
 videbantur 
 
 mittebantur 
 Future 
 
 audiebantur 
 
 amabor 
 
 videbor 
 
 miliar 
 
 audiar 
 
 amaberis (-re) 
 
 videberis (-re 
 
 mitteris (-re) 
 
 audieris (-re) 
 
 amabitur 
 
 videbitur 
 
 mittetur 
 
 audietur 
 
 amabimur 
 
 videbimur 
 
 mittemur 
 
 audiemur 
 
 amabimini 
 
 videbimini 
 
 mittemini 
 
 audiemini 
 
 amabuntur 
 
 videbuntur 
 
 mittentur 
 Perfect 
 
 audientur 
 
 amatus sum 
 
 visus sum 
 
 missus sum 
 
 auditus sum 
 
 amatus es 
 
 visus es 
 
 missus es 
 
 auditus es 
 
 amatus est 
 
 vIsus est 
 
 missus est 
 
 auditus est 
 
 amiiti sumus 
 
 visi sumus 
 
 missi sumus 
 
 audit! sumus 
 
 amati estis 
 
 via estis 
 
 missi estis 
 
 auditi estis 
 
 amati sunt 
 
 via sunt 
 
 missi simt 
 
 audit! simt 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 353 
 
 Past Perfect (Pluperfect) 
 
 amatus eram 
 amatus eras 
 amatus erat 
 
 amati eramus 
 amati eratis 
 amati erant 
 
 amatus ero 
 amatus eris 
 amatus erit 
 
 amati erimus 
 amati eritis 
 amati erunt 
 
 amer 
 
 ameris (-re) 
 ametur 
 
 amemur 
 amemini 
 amentur 
 
 amarer 
 amareris (-re) 
 amaretur 
 
 amaremur 
 amaremini 
 amarentur 
 
 amatus sim 
 amatus sis 
 amatus sit 
 
 amati simus 
 amati sitis 
 amati sint 
 
 visus eram 
 visus eras 
 visus erat 
 
 visi eramus 
 via eratis 
 visi erant 
 
 missus eram 
 missus eras 
 missus erat 
 
 missi eramus 
 missi eratis 
 missi erant 
 
 Future Perfect 
 
 visus ero 
 visus eris 
 VISUS erit 
 
 visi erimus 
 visi eritis 
 visi erunt 
 
 missus ero 
 missus eris 
 missus erit 
 
 missi erimus 
 missi eritis 
 missi erunt 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 Present 
 videar mittar 
 
 videaris (-re) mittaris (-re) 
 videatur mittatur 
 
 videamur 
 videamini 
 videantur 
 
 mittamur 
 mittamini 
 mittantur 
 
 Past (Imperfect) 
 viderer mitterer 
 
 videreris f-re) mittereris (-re) 
 videretur mitteretur 
 
 videremur 
 videremini 
 viderentiu- 
 
 VISUS smi 
 visus sis 
 visus sit 
 
 vLsi simus 
 visi sitis 
 visi sint 
 
 mitteremur 
 mitteremini 
 mitterentur 
 
 Perfect 
 
 missus Sim 
 missus sis 
 missus sit 
 
 missi simus 
 missi sitis 
 missi sint 
 
 audltus eram 
 auditus eras 
 audltus erat 
 
 audit! eramus 
 audit! eratis 
 audit! erant 
 
 auditus ero 
 audltus eris 
 auditus erit 
 
 audit! erimus 
 auditi eritis 
 audit! erunt 
 
 audiar 
 
 audiaris (-re) 
 audiatur 
 
 audiamur, 
 audiamini 
 audiantur 
 
 audirer 
 audireris (-re) 
 audiretur 
 
 audiremur 
 audiremini 
 audirentur 
 
 auditus sim 
 audltus sis 
 audltus sit 
 
 auditi simus 
 auditi sitis 
 auditi sint 
 
354 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Past Perfect (Pluperfect) 
 
 amatus essem 
 
 visus essem missus essem 
 
 auditus essem 
 
 amatus esses 
 
 visus esses missus esses 
 
 auditus esses 
 
 amatus esset 
 
 visus esset missus esset 
 
 auditus esset 
 
 amati essemus 
 
 visi essemus missi essemus 
 
 audit! essemus 
 
 amati essetis 
 
 visi essetis missi essetis 
 
 audit! essetis 
 
 amati essent 
 
 visi 
 
 essent missi essent 
 
 auditi essent 
 
 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 amare 
 
 
 videre mittere 
 
 audire 
 
 PL 
 
 amamim 
 
 
 videmini mittimini 
 
 Future 
 
 audimini 
 
 Sing. 
 
 amator 
 
 
 videtor miititor 
 
 auditor 
 
 
 amator 
 
 
 videtor mittitor 
 
 auditor 
 
 PL 
 
 amantor 
 
 
 videntor mittuntor 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 audiuntor 
 
 Pres. 
 
 amari 
 
 
 videri mitti 
 
 audiri 
 
 Perf. 
 
 amatus esse 
 
 visus esse missus esse 
 
 auditus esse 
 
 Put. 
 
 amatum : 
 
 in 
 
 visimi iri missum iri 
 
 auditum iri 
 
 PARTICIPLE 
 
 Fut. amandus videndus mittendus audiendus 
 
 Perf. amatus visus missus auditus 
 
 566. 
 
 Pres. 
 Past 
 Fut. 
 Perf. 
 
 Past Perf. 
 
 (Plup.) 
 
 Fut. Perf. 
 
 Pres. 
 Perf. 
 
 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 
 Active 
 
 Indicative Subjunctive 
 
 amaturus sirni, es, est, etc. amaturus sim, sis, sit, etc. 
 amaturus eram, eras, etc. amaturus essem, esses, etc. 
 amaturus ero, ens, etc. 
 amaturus fui, fuisti, etc. 
 amaturus fueram, fueras, 
 
 etc. 
 amaturus fuero, fueris, etc. 
 
 amaturus fuerim, fueris, etc. 
 amaturus fuissem, fuisses, etc. 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 amaturus esse 
 amaturus fuisse 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 355 
 
 Passive 
 
 l*rfs. 
 Past 
 FuL 
 Perf. 
 
 Past Perf. 
 Put, Perf, 
 
 Pres. 
 Perf. 
 
 Subjunctive 
 ainandus sim, sis, vie. 
 arnandus essem, esses, etc 
 
 Indicative 
 aniandus sum, es, ('(<• 
 arnandus eram, eras, v\r 
 arnandus ero, eris, etc. 
 
 arnandus fui, fuisti, etc. ainandus fuerim, fueris, etc. 
 arnandus fueram,fueras, etc. arnandus fuissem, fuisses, etc. 
 arnandus fuero, fueris, etc. 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 arnandus esse 
 arnandus fuisse 
 
 a. The periphrastic conjugations are alike in all verbs. They are 
 formed by joining the various tenses of sum to the future active parti- 
 ciple and the future passive participle. 
 
 5e7. VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION IN lO 
 Capio, / take. 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS 
 capio capere cepi captum 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 
 Active 
 
 Present Passive 
 
 
 capi6 
 capis 
 capit 
 
 capimus 
 
 capitis 
 
 capiunt 
 
 capior 
 
 caperis (-re) 
 capitur 
 
 capimur 
 capimini 
 capiuntur 
 
 capiebam 
 
 capiebas 
 
 capiebat 
 
 Past (Imperfect) 
 capiebamus capiebar 
 capiebatis capiebaris (-re) 
 capiebant capiebatur 
 
 napiebamur 
 capiebamini 
 capiebantur 
 
 
 
 Future 
 
 
 capiam 
 
 capies 
 
 capiet 
 
 capiemus 
 
 capietis 
 
 capient 
 
 capiar 
 
 capieris (-re) 
 capietur 
 
 Perfect 
 
 capiemur 
 capiemini 
 capientur 
 
 oSpi 
 
 cepimus 
 
 captus sum 
 
 capti sumus 
 
356 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Past Perfect (PI u perfect) 
 ct'])eram ceperamus captus eram capti eramus 
 
 Future Perfect 
 cei)er6 ccperimus (;aplus ero capli erimus 
 
 a. The perfect, past perfect (pluperfect), and the future perfect 
 tenses are conjugated like the same tenses of all other verbs. Cepi, 
 cepisti, cepit, etc., captus. sum, captus es, captus est, etc. 
 
 
 Active 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 Present 
 
 Passive 
 
 capiam 
 
 capias 
 
 capiat 
 
 capiamus 
 
 capiatis 
 
 capiant 
 
 capiar 
 
 capiaris (-re) 
 capiatur 
 
 Past (Imperfect) 
 
 capiamur 
 capiamini 
 capiantur 
 
 caperem 
 
 caperes 
 
 caperet 
 
 caperemus 
 
 caperetis 
 
 caperent 
 
 caperer 
 capereris (-re) 
 caperetur 
 
 Perfect 
 
 caperemur 
 caperemini 
 caperentur 
 
 ceperim 
 
 ceperimus 
 
 captus sim 
 
 capti simus 
 
 
 Past 
 
 Perfect (Pluperfect) 
 
 
 cepissem 
 
 cepissemus captus essem 
 
 capti essemus 
 
 cape 
 
 capito 
 capito 
 
 capite 
 
 capitote 
 capiimto 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 Present 
 
 capere 
 
 Future 
 
 capitor 
 capitor 
 
 capunmi 
 
 capiuntor 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 Pres. capere capi 
 
 Perf. cepisse captus esse 
 
 Fut. capturus esse captum ir 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 357 
 
 PARTICIPLE 
 
 Pres. capiens Perf. captus 
 
 Fut. capturus Put. capiendus 
 
 GERUND 
 Gen. capiendi 
 Dat. capiendo 
 Ace. capiendiim 
 Abl. capiendo 
 
 SUPINE 
 
 captum 
 captu 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS 
 568. • Possum, / am able, I can. 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS 
 possum posse 
 
 potui 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 Pres. 
 
 
 I)ossum 
 
 [)ossumus 
 
 possim 
 
 possimus 
 
 
 
 potes 
 
 po testis 
 
 possis 
 
 possitis 
 
 
 
 potest 
 
 pyossunt 
 
 possit 
 
 possint 
 
 Past 
 
 Fut. 
 
 
 poteram 
 potero 
 
 poteramiis 
 poterimus 
 
 possem 
 
 possemus 
 
 Perf. 
 
 
 potui 
 
 potuiinus 
 
 potuerim 
 
 potuerimus 
 
 Past 
 
 Perf. 
 
 potueram 
 
 potiieramus 
 
 potuissem 
 
 potuisscmus 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Perf. 
 
 potuero 
 
 potuerimus 
 
 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 Pres. posse , Perf. potuisse 
 
 PARTICIPLE 
 
 Pres. poteiis (used as adj.) 
 
 a. The other compounds of smn are conjugated like simi; but 
 prostmi has d before the forms of sum which begin with a vowel; as, 
 prosum, prodes, prodest, prosumus, prodestis, prosunt, etc. 
 
 569. Volo, / urish; nolo, / do not vnsli; maid, / yrefer, 
 fero, / hear; fid, / become. 
 
 eo, / go; 
 
358 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 
 
 PRINCIPAL PARTS 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Perf. 
 
 Part. 
 
 
 7 volo 
 
 velle 
 
 volui 
 
 
 
 
 (.nolo 
 
 nolle 
 
 nolui 
 
 
 
 
 ^maio 
 
 malle 
 
 malui 
 
 
 
 
 ,60 
 
 ire 
 
 ii 
 
 (fut.) iturus 
 
 
 - f ero 
 
 ferre 
 
 tuli 
 
 latus 
 
 
 -fid 
 
 fieri 
 
 factus sum 
 
 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 
 volo 
 
 nolo 
 
 malo 
 
 eo 
 
 fero 
 
 fio 
 
 vis 
 
 non vis 
 
 mavis 
 
 is 
 
 fers 
 
 fis 
 
 vult 
 
 non vult 
 
 mavult 
 
 it 
 
 fert 
 
 fit 
 
 volumus 
 
 nolumus 
 
 malumus 
 
 imus 
 
 ferimus 
 
 (fimus) 
 
 vultis 
 
 non vultis 
 
 mavultis 
 
 itis 
 
 fertis 
 
 (fitis) 
 
 volunt 
 
 nolunt 
 
 malunt 
 
 eunt ^ 
 
 ferunt 
 
 fiunt 
 
 
 
 Past (Imperfect) 
 
 
 
 volebam 
 
 nolebam 
 
 malebam 
 
 ibam 
 
 ferebam 
 
 flebam 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 FiUure 
 
 
 
 volam 
 
 nolam 
 
 malam 
 
 ibo 
 
 feram 
 
 fiam 
 
 voles 
 
 noles 
 
 males 
 
 ibis 
 
 feres 
 
 fies 
 
 volet 
 
 nolet 
 
 malet 
 
 ibit 
 
 feret 
 
 fiet 
 
 volemus 
 
 nolemus 
 
 malemus 
 
 ibimus 
 
 feremus 
 
 fiemus 
 
 voletis 
 
 noletis 
 
 maletis 
 
 ibitis 
 
 feretis 
 
 fietis 
 
 volent 
 
 nolent 
 
 malent 
 
 ibunt 
 
 ferent 
 
 fient 
 
 
 
 Perfect 
 
 
 
 volui 
 
 nolui 
 
 malui 
 
 ii (ivi) 
 
 tuli 
 
 factus sum 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 isti (iisti) 
 iit (it) 
 iimus 
 
 istis (iistis) 
 ierunt (iere 
 
 etc. 
 
 ) 
 
 etc. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 359 
 
 Past Perfect (Pluperfecl) 
 volueram nolueram malueram ieram tuleram factus cram 
 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 
 
 Future Perfect 
 
 
 
 voluero 
 
 noluero 
 
 maluero ier5 
 
 tulero 
 
 factus ero 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 Present 
 
 velim 
 
 nolim 
 
 malim 
 
 earn 
 
 feram 
 
 flam 
 
 veli.s 
 
 noils 
 
 mails 
 
 eas 
 
 feras 
 
 flas 
 
 velit 
 
 nolit 
 
 malit 
 
 eat 
 
 ferat 
 
 fiat 
 
 vellmus 
 
 nollmus 
 
 malimus 
 
 eamus 
 
 feramus 
 
 fiamiis 
 
 velitis 
 
 nolitis 
 
 malltis 
 
 eatis 
 
 feratis 
 
 fiatis 
 
 velint 
 
 nolint 
 
 malint 
 PaM {1 
 
 eant 
 mperfect) 
 
 ferant 
 
 fiant 
 
 vellem 
 
 nollem 
 
 mallem 
 
 Irem 
 
 ferrem 
 
 fierem 
 
 velles 
 
 nolles 
 
 malles 
 
 ires 
 
 ferres 
 
 fieres 
 
 veUet 
 
 noUet 
 
 mallet 
 
 iret 
 
 ferret 
 
 fieret 
 
 vellemus nollemus mallemus iremus ferremus fieremus 
 velletis nolletis malletis Iretis ferretis fieretis 
 vellent nollent mallent irent ferrent fierent 
 
 Perfect 
 voluerim nohierim malucrim ierim 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 tulerim factus sim 
 etc. etc. 
 
 Past Perfect (Pluperfect) 
 voluissem noluissem maluissem issem tulissem factus essem 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 n5li 
 
 i 
 
 fer 
 
 fi 
 
 
 nolite 
 
 Ite 
 
 ferte 
 
 fite 
 
 Fut. 
 
 nolito 
 
 ito 
 ito 
 
 ferto 
 ferto 
 
 
 
 nolitotc 
 
 itote 
 eunto 
 
 fertote 
 ferunto 
 
 
3G0 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 
 
 Pres. velle 
 
 nolle 
 
 malle Ire 
 
 ferre 
 
 fieri 
 
 Perf. voluisse 
 
 noluisse 
 
 maluisse isse 
 
 (iisse) 
 
 tulisse 
 
 factus esse 
 
 Put. 
 
 
 iturus 
 esse 
 
 PARTICIPLE 
 
 laturus 
 esse 
 
 factum iri 
 
 Pres. volens 
 
 nolens 
 
 iens 
 (Gen., euntis) 
 
 ferens 
 
 
 Put. Act. 
 
 
 iturus 
 
 laturus 
 
 
 Put. Pass. 
 
 
 eundum 
 
 
 faciendus 
 
 Perf. Pass. 
 
 
 GERUND 
 
 Gen. eundi 
 Dat. eundo 
 
 ferendi 
 ferendo 
 
 factus 
 
 
 
 Ace. eundum 
 
 ferendum 
 
 
 
 AM. eundo 
 
 ferendo 
 
 
 
 The Passive of fero 
 
 
 
 INDICATIVE 
 
 4 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 
 feror 
 
 ferimur 
 
 ferar 
 
 
 feramur 
 
 ferris (-re) 
 
 ferimini 
 
 feraris (-re) 
 
 feramini 
 
 fertur 
 
 fenintur 
 
 feratur 
 
 ferantur 
 
 
 Past (Imperfect) 
 
 
 
 ferebar 
 
 ferebamur 
 
 ferrer 
 
 
 ferremur 
 
 ferebaris (-re) 
 
 ferebamini 
 
 ferreri 
 
 s (-re) 
 
 ferremini 
 
 ferebatur 
 
 ferebantur 
 
 ferretur 
 
 ferrentur 
 
 
 
 Future 
 
 
 
 ferar 
 
 feremur 
 
 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 Perfect 
 
 
 
 latus sum 
 
 latl sumus 
 
 latus sim 
 
 lati simus 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 Past 
 
 etc. 
 Perfect (Pluperfect) 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 latus eram 
 
 lati eramus 
 
 I latus essem 
 
 lati essemus 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 etc. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 3(51 
 
 Future Perfect 
 
 latus crO 
 
 lati erimus 
 
 
 etc. 
 
 etc. 
 
 
 
 IMPERATIVE 
 
 INFINITIVE 
 
 
 Pres. ferre ferimini 
 
 Pres. ferri 
 
 
 Fut. fertor 
 
 Perf. latus esse 
 
 
 fertor feruntor 
 
 
 PARTICIPLE 
 
 Fut. ferendus Perf. latus 
 
 579. DEPONENT VERBS 
 
 CONJ. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Perf. 
 
 I. 
 
 Conor 
 
 conari 
 
 conatus sum attempt 
 
 11. 
 
 polliceor 
 
 poUeceri 
 
 pollicitus stun promise 
 
 III. 
 
 sequor 
 
 sequi 
 
 secutus sum follow 
 
 IV. 
 
 potior 
 
 potiri 
 
 potitus sum obtain 
 
 Ill-ior. 
 
 patior 
 
 patii 
 
 passus siun suffer 
 
 a. Deponent verbs have the form of the passive voice with the 
 meaning of the active. They have also the active participles, the 
 future active infinitive, the gerund, and the supine. The perfect 
 passive participle is sometimes used with the passive meaning. 
 
 h. Deponent verbs are conjugated like regular verbs in the 
 passive voice. 
 
 c. A few verbs are deponent in the perfect system only. These 
 are called semi-deponents. 
 
 audeo, audere, ausus, sum, dare. 
 gaudeo, gaudere, gavisus sum, rejoice. 
 soled, solere, solitus stun, he accustomed. 
 
 25 
 
REFERENCES TO RULES OF SYNTAX 
 
 571. The principles of syntax which have been developed in 
 the text are here collected by titles. For convenience in review they 
 are arranged in the same order in which they are first introduced. The 
 numbers following the titles refer to the sections where complete state- 
 ments with illustrations may be found. 
 
 For the full treatment of any subject, e. g., the uses of the ablative 
 case, consult the index. 
 
 1. The subject of a finite verb. 12. 
 
 2. The direct object of a transitive verb. 13. 
 
 3. The person addressed. 14, 
 
 4. The genitive qualifying another noun. 19. 
 
 5. The indirect object. 20. 
 
 6. The ablative of means or instrument. 21. 
 
 7. Predicate noun or adjective. 31. 
 
 8. The locative case. 32. 
 
 9. Agreement of adjectives. 55. 
 
 10. The dative with adjectives. 56. 
 
 11. Apposition. 64. 
 
 12. Agreement of verb. 70. 
 
 13. The use of the present indicative. 80. 
 
 14. The agent with passive verbs. 88. 
 
 15. The place to which. 96. 
 
 16. The place in which. 97. 
 
 17. The place from which. 98. 
 
 18. The ablative of time. 105. 
 
 19. The ablative of accompaniment. 106. 
 
 20. Two accusatives. 113. 
 
 21. The use of the past tense. 123. 
 
 22. Voice. 130. 
 
 23. Transitive and intransitive verbs. 131. 
 
 24. The genitive of quality. 138. 
 
 25. The use of the future tense. 157. 
 
 26. The dative with certain compound verbs. 164. 
 
 27. Conjunctions. 170. 
 
 28. Coordinate conjunctions. 171. 
 
 29. Subordinate conjunctions. 172. 
 
 30. The complementary infinitive. 186. 
 
 (362) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 363 
 
 31. The infinitive as subject. 187. 
 
 32. The infinitive as object. 188. 
 
 33. The time denoted by the present infinitive. 189. 
 
 34. The subject of an infinitive. 190. . 
 
 35. The use of the participle. 203. 
 
 36. The use of the imperative. 204. 
 
 37. The dative with verbs of separation. 205. 
 
 38. The accusative of extent. 215. 
 
 39. The use of the definite perfect. 227. 
 
 40. The use of the indefinite perfect. 228. 
 
 41. The ablative of cause. 229. 
 
 42. The dative denoting possession. 230. 
 
 43. The use of the past perfect tense. 237. 
 
 44. The use of the future perfect tense. 244. 
 
 45. The infinitive with verbs of saying. 250. 
 
 46. The time denoted by the perfect infinitive. 251. 
 
 47. The use of personal pronouns. 265. 
 
 48. The u.se of the reflexive pronoun. 266. 
 
 49. The use of possessive pronouns. 267. 
 
 50. Adjectives as nouns. 268. 
 
 51. The objective genitive. 269. 
 
 52. The genitive of the whole. 270. 
 
 53. The use of demonstrative pronouns. 277. 
 
 54. Duration of time. 278. 
 
 55. The use of is. 285. 
 
 56. Agreement of the relative pronoun. 286. 
 
 57. The use of the perfect passive participle. 294. 
 
 58. The ablative absolute. 295. 
 
 59. The dative of purpose. 302. 
 
 60. Verbs used impersonally. 311. 
 
 61. The ablative of manner. 312. 
 
 62. The ablative of specification. 319. 
 
 63. Interrogative words. 326. 
 
 64. The ablative with a comparative. 334. 
 
 65. The ablative of degree. 335. 
 
 66. The ablative of separation. 336. 
 
 67. Special meanings in comparison. 343. 
 
 68. Adjectives denoting a part. 349. 
 
 69. The use of adverbs. 356. 
 
 70. The use of the future active participle. 377. 
 
 71. The time denoted by the future infinitive. 368. 
 
364 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 72. The use of the supine. — The accusative. 369, (1). 
 
 73. The abhxtive of the supine. 369, (2). 
 
 74. The abhitive with deponent verbs. 377. 
 
 75. Negative commands. 383. 
 
 76. Classification of the tenses. 391. 
 
 77. The tenses of the infinitive and the participle. 394. 
 
 78. The subjunctive of purpose. 406. 
 
 79. The use of the present and past subjunctive.. 407. 
 
 80. The subjunctive of result. 416. 
 
 81. Indirect questions. 425. 
 
 82. The use of the perfect and past perfect subjunctive. 426. 
 
 83. Sequence of tenses. 427. 
 
 84. Substantive clauses. 428. 
 
 85. Temporal clauses with cum. — The indicative. 435. 
 
 86. The subjunctive in temporal clauses with cum. 436. 
 
 87. Causal and concessive clauses with cum. 437. 
 
 88. The volitive subjunctive. 443. 
 
 89. The optative subjunctive. 444. 
 
 90. The potential subjunctive. 445. 
 
 91. Conditional sentences. — First class. 452. 
 
 92. Conditional sentences. — Second class. 453. 
 
 93. Conditional sentences. — Third class. 454. 
 
 94. The dative with special verbs. 455. 
 
 95. The use of the gerundive. 464. 
 
 96. The use of the gerund. 465. 
 
 97. The active periphrastic conjugation. 472. 
 
 98. The passive periphrastic conjugation. 473. 
 
 99. The dative of the agent. 474. 
 
 100. The subjective genitive. 475. 
 
 101. The use of indefinite pronouns. 482. 
 
 102. The ablative of origin. 483. 
 
 103. Main verbs in indirect discourse. 489. 
 
 104. Dependent verbs in indirect discourse. 490. 
 
 105. Questions in indirect discourse. 491. 
 
 106. The ablative of price, 492. 
 
 107. The ablative of quality or description. 493. 
 
 108. The genitive with verbs of feeling. 503. 
 
 109. Ne and ut with verbs of fearing. 512. 
 
 110. The omission of ut. 513. 
 
 111. The subjunctive by attraction. 514. 
 
DERIVATION 
 
 List of Latin Words with English Derivatives 
 
 572. The following list contains the words used in the text to 
 illustrate the formation of Latin words and the derivation of English 
 words. Latin words in parentheses are those from which the words 
 immediately preceding have been formed. The figures refer to the 
 sections of the text where the words occur or where explanatory matter 
 may be found. 
 
 abrogatus (ab-rogo) , abrogate. 480, 
 c. 
 
 absens (ab-sum), absent. 390; 
 511; 528, c. 
 
 absolutus (ab-solv6) , absolute. 33 1 , 
 b. 
 
 ab-solvo, absolve. 331, b. 
 
 abstineo (abs-teneo), abstain. 510, 
 a. 
 
 ab-sum, absent, 511. 
 
 abusus (ab-utor), abuse. 510, 
 511, a. 
 
 ac-cedo, accede. 331, b; 510. 
 
 acceptus (accipio, ad-capio), ac- 
 cept. 242, 6; 510; 527,6. 
 
 accessus, -us (accedo), access. 
 510. 
 
 accidens (accido, ad-cado), acci- 
 dent. 523, a. 
 
 accipio (ad-capio), accept, 510; 511; 
 527 c. 
 
 accuso (ad-causa), excuse. Ill, 6. 
 
 acquiro (ad-quaero), acquire. 510; 
 511, a. 
 
 fictio (ago), action. 510, b. 
 
 actor (ago), actor. 510, 6; 529, c. 
 
 actus (ago), act. 390; 510, 6; 
 523, (3). 
 
 ad-dd, add. 341, 6; 390. 
 
 aLdmnctas(ad-mng6), adjunct. 451, 
 
 h. 
 ad-ministro, administer. 451, h. 
 admiratio (ad-miror), admiration. 
 
 331, 6; 522, c. 
 admissio (ad-mi tto), admission. 
 
 510. 
 ad-mitto, admit. 510. 
 adorabilis (ad-oro), adorable. 
 
 510. 
 adoratio (ad-6ro), adoration. 
 ad-oro, adore, 510. 
 adrogans (ad-rogo), arrogant. 
 ad-sumo, assume. 451, h. 
 adultus (ad-olesc6), adult. 
 
 390, a. 
 ad-venio, avenue. 510. 
 adventus, -us (ad-venio), advent. 
 
 510. 
 advocatus (ad-voco), advocate. 
 
 461, d. 
 aedifico (aedes-f acio) , edify. 388, b. 
 aemulatio (aemulor) , emulation. 
 
 470, 6; 528, b. 
 aequalis (aequus), equ/il. 502. 
 aequitas (aequus), equity. 361, 
 
 6. 
 aflf actus (afficio, ad-facio), affect. 
 
 510. 
 
 502, 
 
 510. 
 
 390. 
 
 94, a; 
 
 (365) 
 
366 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 agens (ago), agent. 390; 423, d; 
 523, (3). 
 
 aggressio (aggredior, ad-gradior), 
 aggression. 510. 
 
 aggressor (aggressor, ad-gradior), 
 aggressor. 510. 
 
 agitatio (agito), agitation. 510, b. 
 
 agitatus (agito, ago), agitate. 389, 
 (2); 423, rf; 510,6. 
 
 agricultura (ager-eulturn), agricul- 
 ture. 62, 258. 
 
 ambitio (ambi-eo), ambition. 510. 
 
 ambitiosus (ambitio), ambitious. 
 510, a. 
 
 animal (anima), animal. 151. 
 
 antiquitas (antlquus), antiquity. 
 62, a. 
 
 antiquus, antique. 62. 
 
 aptus, apt. 361, b. 
 
 aquaeductus (aqua-duco), aque- 
 duct. 519, a. 
 
 arena, arena. 258, a. 
 
 aridus (areo), arid. 502, a. 
 
 arma, aims. 103, 6; 258. 
 
 arma and sto, armistice. 510; 
 519, a. 
 
 armo (arma), arm (verb). 103, b. 
 
 ars, ar^ 151, a; 415, rf. 
 
 asylum, asylum. 136, a. 
 
 atrox, atrocious. 317, 6; 502. 
 
 auctor (augeo), author. 470, 6. 
 
 auctoritas (auctor, augeo), author- 
 ity. 517, j^. 
 
 audax (audeo), audacious. 501, 
 (1). 
 
 audibilis (audio), audible. 502, a; 
 510, a. 
 
 audientia (audiens, audio), audi- 
 ence. 523, a. 
 
 auditor (audio), auditor.! 257, (1); 
 510, a. 
 
 auguritmi (augur), augury. 128, 
 
 b; 258. 
 auto and mobilis (moveo), auto- 
 mobile. 519, c. 
 a-verto, avert. 434, c; 511, a. 
 avis, aviation. 258. 
 bellicosus (bellum), bellicose. 341, 
 
 fe; 501, (5). 
 brevis, brief. 502. 
 cadens (oado, cad-), cadem-c 389, 
 
 (1). 
 caedo (cld-), de-cide. 389, (1). 
 campus, camp. 242, 6; 258, a. 
 candidus (candeo), candid. 501, 
 
 (3). 
 capacitas (capax), capacity. 510. 
 capax (capio), capacious. 510. 
 capitoliiun (caput), capitol. 162, 
 
 6; 258, a. 
 captio (capio), caption. 510. 
 captivitas (captlvus) , captivity. 
 
 510. 
 captivus (capio), captive. 501, (4); 
 
 510; 517, g. 
 captor (capio), captor. 258, 510. 
 captura (capio), capture. 510. 
 caritas (carus), charity. 151, a; 
 
 470, 6. 
 carpentum, carpenter. 404, 6. 
 casus, -us (cado, cad-), case. 
 
 307, fe; 389, (1). 
 causa, cause. 258. 
 cedo, cede. 510. 
 census fcenseo), census. 451, 6. 
 centum, ceri<. 223, b. 
 centuria (centum), century. 223, b. 
 cessatio (cesso), cessation. 510. 
 cesso (cedo), cease. 510. 
 circtmiferentia (circumferens, cir- 
 
 cum-fero), circumference. 389, 
 
 (4). 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 367 
 
 circus, circus. 423, d. 
 civicus (civis), civic. 510. 
 civilis (cTvis), civil. 415, rf; 501, 
 
 (4); 510, 529,6; 529, c. 
 civilitas (civilis), ciin,lity. 510. 
 civitas (civis), city. 151; 223, 6; 
 
 510. 
 clamor (clamo), clamor. 317, b. 
 clarus, clear. 62. 
 classis, class. 451, 6. 
 clausus (claudo), close. 275, c. 
 cogitatio (cogito), cogitation. 404, h. 
 collatus (con-fero), collate. 389, 
 
 (4). 
 collectus (coUigo, con-lego), col- 
 lect. 390. 
 com-mitto, commit. 183, h. 
 communis, commmi. 223, h. 
 compositus (com-pono), composite. 
 
 434, c. 
 con-cedo, concede. 510. 
 conceptus (concipio, con-capio), 
 
 concept. 390, 510. 
 concessio (con-redo), concession. 
 
 510. 
 conciliatus (concilio, concilium), 
 
 conciliate. 390; 415, d. 
 concipio (con-capio), conceive. 390; 
 
 423, d] 510. 
 Concordia (con-cors), concord. 528, 
 
 h. 
 con-curro, concur. 300, 6; 510. 
 concursus, -us (con-curro), con- 
 course. 300, h; 510. 
 condemno (con-damno), condemn. 
 
 331, 6; 390. 
 condicio (con-dico) , condition . 258 ; 
 
 522, c. 
 conferens (con-fcro), ntnfnrncc. 
 
 389, (4). 
 con-fero, con/cr. 389, (4); 511. 
 
 confidentia (confidens, con-fido), 
 confidence. 488, d; 523, a. 
 
 congressus, -us (con-gradior), con- 
 gress. 510. 
 
 con-iuro, conjure. 529, 6; 529, c. 
 
 conscriptus (con-scribo) , conscript. 
 388, b. 
 
 consensus, -us (con-sentio), cofi- 
 sensus. 415, d. 
 
 con-servo, conserve. 517, g. 
 
 consilium, counsel. 223, b. 
 
 constans (con-sto), constant. 510. 
 
 constantia (con-sto), constancy. 
 488, d; 510. 
 
 consul, consul. 150; 527, c. 
 
 con-tendo, contend. 390. 
 
 contractus (con-traho), contract j 
 511, a. 
 
 conveniens (con-venio), conven- 
 ient. 510. 
 
 convenio, convene. 143, a; 510. 
 
 con-verto, convert. 461, ^. 
 
 convictus (con-vinco) , convict. 510. 
 
 con-vinco, convince. 510. 
 
 ■corona, crown. 62. 
 
 corpus, corps, corpse. 258. 
 
 corpusculum (corpus) , corpuscle. 
 258. 
 
 creatus (creo), create. 275, c; 390; 
 527, c. 
 
 credibilis (credo), credible. 501, 
 (2). 
 
 creditus (credo), creciif. 341, 6; 
 390. 
 
 credo, creed. 341, 6; 390. 
 
 crescens (cresco), crescent. 388, 
 />; 523, a. 
 
 crudelis (cifidus), cruel. 517, g. 
 
 Cupido (cupio), Cuj/id. 404, b. 
 
 cura, cure (noun), 258. 
 
 curator (euro), curator, 258. 
 
368 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 euro (cura), cure (verb), 86, 5; 
 
 389, (3). 
 currens (curro), current. 510; 
 currentia (currens, curro), cur- 
 rency. 510. 
 curriculum (curro), curriculum. 
 
 510. 
 cursus, -us (curro), course. 317, 
 
 h; 510. 
 custodia (custos), custody. 86, h\ 
 
 257, (4). 
 debitus (debeo, de-habeo), debit , 
 
 debt. 390, a. 
 decide (de-cado), decay. 390, a. 
 decide (de-caedo), decide. 389, 
 
 (1); 511, a. 
 decisio (decido), decmon. 389, (1). 
 declaratio (de-claro, clarus), dec- 
 laration. 510, a. 
 decretus (de-cerno), decree. 529, c. 
 defectus (deficio, de-facio), deject. 
 
 510; 523, (3). 
 defendens (de-fendo), defendant. 
 
 523, a., Note, 
 de-fendo, defend."' lOZ, h; 390;. 
 
 506, c. 
 deferens (de-fero), deference. 389, 
 
 (4). 
 de-fero, defer. 389, (4). 
 deficiens (deficio, de-facio), de- 
 
 ficierd. 510. 
 defunctus (de-fungor), defunct. 
 
 528, c. 
 deligens (de-ligo), diligent. 523, a. 
 densus, dense. 242, b. 
 depositus (de-pono), deposit. 470, 
 
 b. 
 de-rideo, deride. 488, d. 
 de-scribo, describe. 275, c. 
 designatus (de-signo), designate. 
 
 423, d. 
 
 detineo (de-teneo), detain. 528, 
 6; 511. 
 
 dico (die-), diction. 389, (1). 
 
 dictator (dicto), dictator. 510, 6; 
 529, 6; 529, c. 
 
 dictatus (dicto), dictate. 389, (2); 
 510, 6; 523, a. 
 
 dictio (dico), diction. 389, (1); 
 510, ?>. 
 
 dictionarium (dictio), dictionary. 
 510, 6. 
 
 differentia (differens, differo), dif- 
 ference. 389, (4), b. 
 
 diflfero (dis-fero), differ. 389, (4). 
 
 digitus, c?igri^ 258, a. 
 
 dignitas (dignus), dignity. 528, b. 
 
 digressio (digredior, di-gradior), 
 digression. 510, a. 
 
 dimissus (dl-mitto), dismiss. 510. 
 
 disciplina (discipulus), discipline. 
 62, a. 
 
 discipulus, disciple. 62. 
 
 discordia (dis-cors), discord. 62. 
 
 discursus, -lis (dis-curro), dis- 
 course. 510. 
 
 dis-similis, dissimilar. 283, 6. 
 
 distans (di-sto), distant. 510. 
 
 distantia (distans, di-sto), dis- 
 tance. 510. 
 
 distractus (dis-traho), distract. 
 307, 6. 
 
 dis-traho, distract. 511. 
 
 distributus (dis-tribuo), distribute. 
 283, 6. 
 
 dividendus (divido), dividend. 523, 
 (4). 
 
 dlAinus (divus), divine. 275, c. 
 
 doctrina (doctor, doceo), doctrine. 
 62. 
 
 domesticus (domus), domestic. 
 510, a. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 369 
 
 domicilium (domus), domicile. 
 
 404, 6; 510, a. 
 domus, dome. 461, d. 
 donatus (dono, donum), donate. 
 
 390. 
 duco (due-), duke. 389, (1). 
 ductus (duco, due-), diict. 389, 
 
 (1). 
 duplicatus (duplico, duplex), dup- 
 
 licalc. 341, 6; 389, (3). 
 dux (duco, due-), duke. 258; 389, 
 
 (1). 
 edictus (e-dico), edict. 389, (1); 
 
 510, b. 
 effectus (efficio, ex-facio), effect. 
 
 510; 523, (3). 
 efficiens (efficio, ex-facio), efficient. 
 
 510. 
 elatus (effero, ex-fero), elate. 389, 
 
 (4). 
 eloquens (e-loquor), eloquent. 523, 
 
 a. 
 e-ludo (lud-), elude. 389, (1); 
 
 423, (i. • 
 elusus (e-ltido, lud-), elusive. 389, 
 
 (1). 
 emigrans (e-migro), emigrant. 523, 
 
 a). 
 
 emigratus (e-migro) , emigrate. 523, 
 
 a; 511, a. 
 essentia (sum, es-), essence. 389, 
 
 (1). 
 eventus, -us (e-veuio), event. 510. 
 evidens (e-video), evident. 510. 
 e-voc6, evoke, 461, d. 
 exceptus (excipio, ex-capio), ex- 
 
 cepf. 390, a. 
 excludo (ex-claudo), exclude. 390, 
 
 a; 511. 
 excursio (ex-curro), excursion. 
 
 510, a. 
 
 exactus (exigo, ex-ago), exact. 
 
 510, b. 
 exhibitus (exhibeo, ex-habeo), ex- 
 hibit. 510, b. 
 exitus, -us (ex-eo), exit. 510. 
 expertus (experior), expert. 423, d. 
 ex-porto, export. 510, b. 
 ex-spiro, exjnre. 307, b. 
 extra, extra. 162, b. 
 fabricatus (fabricor), fabricate. 
 
 527, c. 
 fsLcHis {(ado), facile. 501, (2); 510. 
 f actio, (facio) faction. 510. 
 factor, (facio), factor. 510. 
 f actus (facio), /oci. 510; 523, (3). 
 falsus, false. 415, d. 
 fama (for, farl), fame. 404, ?>. 
 ferox (ferus), ferocious. 283, 6; 
 
 502. 
 finio (finis), finish. 291, b] 389, 
 
 (3). 
 finis, yiwe (noun). 374, b. 
 finitus (fInio), fine (verb), finite. 
 
 389, (3). 
 fios, flower, florist. 151, a; 258,^a. 
 foliiun, foliage. 62. 
 forma, form. 527, c. 
 fortuna (fors), fortune. 480, c. 
 forum, forum, 183, ?>. 
 fractio (f ran go), /radios. 510. 
 f ractura (frango), /rac^wre. 510. 
 fragilis (frango), fragile, frail. 
 
 502, 510. 
 fragilitas (hagiMs) , fragility . 510. 
 fragmentum (frango), fragment. 
 
 510. 
 fratemitas (iraiteT), fraternity. 151, 
 
 a. 
 fraus, fraud. 461, rf. 
 frigidus (higeo), frigid. 502. 
 
370 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 futurus (sum), future. 523, a. 
 gloria, glory. 258, a; 283, h. 
 gradus, -us (gradior), grade. 461, 
 
 d; 510. 
 gravis, grave (ad j . ) . 242, b ; 528, c. 
 habeo, have. 390; 510, 6. 
 habilis (habeo), able. 502. 
 habitatio (habito), habitation. 510, 
 
 />. 
 habito (habeo), habitat. 389, (2;); 
 
 390; 510, b. 
 habitus (habeo), habit. 361, 6; 
 
 390; 510, 6. 
 homo and caedo, homicide. 519, 
 
 a. 
 honor, honor. 404, 6. 
 horror (horreo), horror. 300, 6. 
 hortus and cultura (colo), horticul- 
 I tare. 258, a; 519, a. 
 hostilis (hostis), hostile. 502, 
 hostllitas (hostilis), hostility. 151. 
 hostis, /los^. 151. 
 humanitas (humanus), humanity. 
 
 151; 258 a. 
 humanus (homo), human. 242, b; 
 
 502, a. 
 htmiilis (humus), humble. 502, or. 
 Ignitus (ignio, ignis), ignite. 510, a. 
 ignorans (ignoro), ignorant. 517, 
 
 ^; 523, (1). 
 ignorantia (ignorans, ignoro), ig- 
 norance. 523, (2). 
 imago, image. 136, a; 151, a. 
 immaturus (in-mattirus), imma- 
 ture. 324, b. 
 inmiensus (in-niensus, nietior), 
 
 immense. 488, d. 
 imminens (iin-Tnineo), imminent. 
 
 388, b. 
 immortalis (iii-niorlalls, mors), 
 
 immortal, 488, d; 502, a; 511. 
 
 impera tor (impero), emperor. 151; 
 258; 527, b; 527, c. 
 
 imperium (impero), empire. 257, 
 (2); 291, b. 
 
 impetus, -us (im-peto, pet-), im- 
 petus. 307,6; 389, (1); 507, rf. 
 
 importans (im-porto), important. 
 390; 510, b; 523, a. 
 
 import© (in-porto), import. 511. 
 
 inauguratus (in-auguro), inaugu- 
 rate. 523, a. 
 
 incidens (incido, in-cado), inci- 
 dent. 523, (1). 
 
 incipiens (incipio, in-capio), in- 
 cipient. 510. 
 
 in-cito, incite. 461, d. 
 
 in-curro, incur. 510. 
 
 incursio (in-curro), incursion. 361, 
 6; 510. 
 
 index (in-dico), index. 275, c. 
 
 inferens (in-fero), inference. 389, 
 (4). 
 
 in-fero J infer. 389, (4). 
 
 infinitas (in-finis), infinity. .151. 
 
 inhabitans (in-habito), inhabitant. 
 390; 523, a; 510, 6. 
 
 in-habito (in-habeo), inhabit. 390, 
 a; 510, b. 
 
 inimicus (in-amicus), enemy. 519, 
 a; 511, a. 
 
 iniuria (in-itis), injury. 361, 6; 
 506, c; 510, a; 510, 6; 528, b. 
 
 iniiiriosus (miuria), injurious. 501, 
 (5); 510, b. 
 
 in-iustus, unjust. 374, b; 510, 6. 
 
 inquiro (in-quaero), inquire. 510, 
 a. 
 
 insolens {'m-soleo), insolent. 529, e. 
 
 Institutus (Ini^Wiuo), institute. 404, 
 b. 
 
 insula, isle. 62. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 371 
 
 integer (in-tanp;o), inlcqcr. 275, <■; 
 
 307. /). 
 intellectus (iiitellogo), inlrllerl. 
 
 4SS, </; 523, (3). 
 intellegens (intellego), inleUigent. 
 
 523, (1). 
 in-tendo, intend. 434, c. 
 intentus (in-tendo), iw/er*/. 434, r. 
 inter-cedo, inlerccde. 510; 511, 
 
 a. 
 intercessio (in tor-mid), in tnr fu- 
 sion. 510, a. 
 interim (intor-is), interim. 451, b. 
 intermittens (inter-mitto), inter- 
 
 miltent. 510. 
 interrogatus (inter-rogo), inter- 
 
 roijnte. 488, d. 
 intemiptus (inter-rumpo), inter- 
 rupt. 507, c. 
 inter-venio, intervene. 423, d] 
 
 510; 511. 
 interventio (inter-venio), inlerven- 
 
 tum. 510. 
 in-vado, invade. 506, c. 
 inventio (in-vcnio), invention. 510. 
 inventor (in-venio), inventor. 510. 
 inventus (in-venio), invent. 510. 
 ira, ire. 210, h. 
 iratus (irascor), irate. 423, d. 
 iudez (ius-Hiro), judge. 331, 6; 
 
 510, ft. 
 iustitia (iustus), j^^s'ic*?. 257, (4); 
 
 275, c; 510, h. 
 iustus (ius), ji^sL 510, h. 
 labofo (labor), /oftor. 390. 
 laboriosus (labor\ laborious. 501, 
 
 (5). 
 laudo (laus), laud. 389, (3). 
 legatio (lego), legation. 143, a; 
 
 1.50. 
 legendus (lego), Z^f/fiw/, 523, (4). 
 
 legio (lego), legion. 257,' (2); 
 
 341, b. 
 leo, lion. 151. 
 levitas clevis), leirilij. 510, a. 
 liberalis (liber), liberal. 502, 510. 
 liberalitas (liberalis), liberality. 
 
 510. 
 liberatio (libero), liberation. 510. 
 liberator (liberd), liberator. 510. 
 liberatus (libero), liberate. 1 1 1 , /» ; 
 
 389, (3); 510. 
 libertas (liber), liberlij. 151, a; 
 
 258; 480, c; 510. 
 lingua, language. 62. 
 littera (lino), /d^er. 258. 
 locatus (loco, locus), /ocafe. 390, a. 
 locus and mo veo, locomotive. 519, a. 
 loquax (loquor), loquacious. 501, 
 
 (1). 
 ludodud-), e-^?/6?e. 389, (l). 
 magister, master. 62. 
 magistratus, -us (magister), ?/?////?>- 
 
 fra^c. 62, a. 
 magnifico (magnus-fncio), ///////- 
 
 r/i///. 519. 
 magnitudo (ma gnus), magnitnde. 
 
 136, a; 151; 258. 
 maior (magnus), major. 415, d. 
 mandatum (mando, manus-do), 
 
 mandate. 517, g. 
 matrimonium (mater), matrimony, 
 
 71, 'b. 
 maturitas (matunis), maturity. 
 
 62, a. 
 maturus, mature. 62. 
 maximus (magnus), maximum. 
 
 197, c. 
 memorabilis (memor), memmable. 
 
 502. 
 memoria (memor), memory. Ill, 
 
 b; 258, a. 
 
372 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 militaris (miles), miliiary. 501. 
 
 (4);510,«. 
 militia (miles). inilUia. 258, a; 
 
 ?A\,h. 
 miser, 7niser. 62. 
 miserabilis (miser), miserable. 502. 
 missilis (mitto), missile. 510. 
 missio (mitto), mission. 510. 
 mobilis (moveo), mobile, mob. 
 
 510, b. 
 modus, 7node, mood. 374, b. 
 momentum (moveo), moment. 
 
 510, b. 
 mons, mount. 151; 210, b. 
 mortalis (mors), mortal. 501, (4); 
 
 510, a. 
 motio (moveo), motion. 510, b. 
 motivus (moveo), motive. 510, h. 
 motor (moveo), motor. 258, a; 
 
 510, b. 
 moveo, move. 223, c; 390; 510, h. 
 multitude (multus), multitude. 
 
 136, a\ 257, (4); 388,6. 
 navigatio (navis-ago), navigation. 
 
 151, a. 
 navis, nave, navy. 151. 
 necessitas (necesse), necessity. 
 
 103, 6; 151. 
 negativus (nego), negative. 528, c. 
 ncglectus (neglego, nec-lego), neg- 
 lect. 523, a. 
 neglegentia (neglego), negligence. 
 
 523, (2). 
 neuter (ne-uter), neuter. 300, b. 
 nobilis (ndsco), nobZe. 502. 
 nominatus (nomino, nomen), nom- 
 inate. 223, 6. 
 numerus, number. 62; 341, 6. 
 nuptialis (nubo), nuptial. 528, c. 
 obiectus (obicio, ob-iacio), object. 
 
 506, c; 511, a. 
 
 obtineo (ob-tcneo), obtain. 390, a. 
 occupans (occupo), occupant. 390; 
 
 470, 6; 510. 
 occupatio (occupo), occupation. 
 
 510. 
 occupo (ob-capio), occupy. 390; 
 
 470, 6; 510. 
 occurrens (occurro), occurrence. 
 
 510. 
 occurro (ob-curro), orrwr. 390, a; 
 
 510; 511. 
 oculus, oculist. 162, fo. 
 ofifero (ob-fcro), offer. 389, (4); 
 
 390, a. 
 officiosus (officium), o^ao?/.s. 502; 
 
 510, a. 
 officiiun (opus-facio), office. 415, 
 
 d; 510. 
 omnipotens (omnis-potens), om- 
 nipotent. 523, a. 
 omnis, omnibus. 415, d. 
 opera (opus), opera. 341, b. 
 optimus, optimist. 197, c. 
 optio (opto), option. 162, 6; 
 
 258, a. 
 oraculum (oro), oracle. 488, d] 
 
 510. 
 oratio (oro), oration. 257, (2); 
 
 480, c; 510. 
 orator (oro), orator. 510; 521, d. 
 oratus (oro, 6s), orate. 510. 
 orbis, orb, orbit. 151. 
 ordo, order. 507, c. 
 oriens (orior), orient. 523, (1). 
 pacified (pax-facio), pacify. 519. 
 pacificus (pax-facio), pacific. 519. 
 paeninsula (paene-insula), penin- 
 sula. 62, a. 
 paenitentia (paeniteo), penitence. 
 
 510, a. 
 par, par, 317, 6. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 373 
 
 parens (pario), parent. 210, h. 
 
 pars, part. 150. 
 
 passio (patior), passion. 510. 
 
 passivus (patior), passive. 510. 
 
 pastor (pascor), pastor. 103, h; 
 150. 
 
 patemus (pater), pateimal. 434, c. 
 
 patiens (patior), patient. 390; 
 480, c; 523, (1). 
 
 patientia (patior), patience. 523, a. 
 
 pax, peace. 151. 
 
 pei'-eo, perish. 461, rf; 510; 511. 
 
 perfectus (perficio, per-facio), per- 
 fect. 510; 511, a. 
 
 perlciilosus (perlculum), perilous. 
 502. 
 
 periculum, peril. 300, 6. 
 
 permanens (per-maneo), perma- 
 nent. 523, a. 
 
 per-suadeo, pei-suade. 390, a; 
 480, c. 
 
 petitid (peto, pet-), petition. 389, 
 (1). 
 
 pessimus, pessimist. 451, 6. 
 
 pestilentia, pestilence. 341, 6. 
 
 placeo, please. 291, 6; 390. 
 
 placidus (placeo), placid. 501, (3). 
 
 poeta, poet. 62. 
 
 Pompeianus (Pompeius), Pom- 
 peian. 528, &. 
 
 ponderosus (pondus), ponderous. 
 502. 
 
 pondus (pendo), ponder. 168, a. 
 
 popularis (populus), popular. 502. 
 
 populus, people, populate. 62; 
 62, a. 
 
 portator (porto), porter. 510, 5. 
 
 porta and folium, portfolio. 510, 6. 
 
 praeceptus (praecipio, prae-capi5), 
 jrrecept. 523, a. 
 
 praeda (prehendo), prey. 283, />. 
 
 prae-dico, predict, 390, a; 511. 
 praedictus (prae-dico), predict. 
 
 390, «; 510, 6. 
 prae-fero, />»re/er. 389, (4). 
 praemium, premium. 62. 
 praeventio (prae-venio), jrreven- 
 
 tion. 510. 
 praeventus (prae-venio), prevent. 
 
 510; 511, a. 
 pretium, price. 488, tZ. 
 primus, />nme, /irrr/ter. 62; 62, «; 
 
 527, c. 
 princeps (prinius-capio), prince. 
 
 94, a; 510. 
 principitun (princeps), principle. 
 
 128, 6; 259, a. 
 pro-cedo, proceed. 183, 6. 
 prodigiiun (pro-dico), prodigy. 
 
 404, 6. 
 pro-duco (due-), produce. 389, 
 
 (1); 511, a. 
 productus (pro-duco, diic-), pro- 
 duct. 389, (1). 
 progressus, -us (progredior, pro- 
 
 gradior), progress. 510. 
 prohibitio (prohibeo, pro-habeo), 
 
 prohibition. 510, b. 
 prohibitus (prohibeo, pro-habeo), 
 
 prohibit. 390, a; 510, b. 
 promissus (pro-mitto) , irromise. 
 
 510. 
 promotio (pro-moveo), promotion. 
 
 510, b. 
 promotus (pro-moveo), promote. 
 
 510, b. 
 protectus (pro-tego, teg-), protect. 
 
 389, (1). 
 providentia (pro-video), 2?royirfenr« 
 
 510, 523, (2). 
 providens (pro-video), provident. 
 
 510, 523, (1). 
 
374 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 pro-video, provide. 510, 511. 
 provincia, province. 527, c. 
 provisio (pro-video), provision. 
 
 510. 
 pro-voco, provoke. 331, h. 
 prudens (providens), prudenl. 510. 
 prudentia (prudens), prudence. 
 
 470, h; 510. 
 piiblicus (populus), public. 374, 
 
 />; 502. 
 punio (poena), punish. 390. 
 quaesitus (quaero), guest. 510. 
 quaestio (quaoro), question. 510. 
 quartus (quattuor), quart. 415, d. 
 quies, quiet. 341, h. 
 rapax (rapio), rapacious. 501, 
 
 (1). 
 rapidus (rapio), raynti. 501, (3). 
 rapina (rapio), rajnne. 94, a. 
 recipiens (recipio, re-capio), re- 
 
 cipient. 510, a. 
 recipio (re-capio), receive. 510. 
 referens (re-fero), reference. 389, 
 
 (4). 
 re-fero, rejer. 389, (4). 
 refractio (refrango), refraction. 
 
 510. 
 refractus (refringo, re-frango), re- 
 fract. 510. 
 regalis (rex), regal. 502, 
 regens (rego), regent. 390. 
 regno (regnum), reign (verb). 77, 
 
 h. 
 regnum (rex), reign (noun). 77, 
 
 /); 258. 
 relatus (re-fero), relate. 3S9, (4). 
 religio, religion. 258; 275, c. 
 feligiosus (religio), religious. 502. 
 re-mitto, remit. 510. 
 remotus (re-nioveo), remote. 510, 
 
 re-moveo, remove. 510, h. 
 
 re-pell6, repel. 529, c. 
 
 re-peto, repeat. 374, h. 
 
 re-porto, report. 423, d; 510, /;; 
 511, a. 
 
 repulsus (re-pello), repulse. 529, c. 
 
 require (re-quaero), require. 510, 
 511. 
 
 requisitio (requiro), requisition. 
 510. 
 
 requisitus (requiro), request. 510. 
 
 re-sisto, resist. 197, c. 
 
 re-spondeo, respond. 423, </. 
 
 responsus (re-spondeo), response. 
 423, //. 
 
 res-publica, republic. 470, 5; 
 519, a. 
 
 re-voc6, revoke. 522, c. 
 
 ruina (ruo), nu/i. 341, ?>. 
 
 rusticus (rus), rustic. 501, (4). 
 
 saluto fsalus), salute. Ill, 6. 
 
 scientia (sciens, scio), science. 
 389, (4), h; 523, (2). 
 
 scribo, scW^^'. 341,6; 390; 527, c. 
 
 scriptura (scrlbo), scripture. 62, 
 a; 257, (2). 
 
 scriptus (scrlbo), script. 62; 341, 
 b; 390; 527, c. 
 
 se-cedo, secede. 511. 
 
 secundus (sequor), second. 307, 6. 
 
 seditio (sed-itio, eo) sedition. 510. 
 
 seditiosus (seditio), seditious. 510. 
 
 senator (senex), senator. 223, 6; 
 510, a; 529, 6. 
 
 senatus (senex), senate. 461, (/; 
 510, a. 
 
 sententia (sentiens, sentio), sen- 
 tence. 523, a; 517, g. 
 
 sequentia (sequens, sequor), se- 
 quence. 528, c. 
 
 sermo (sero), sermon. 258. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 87,'] 
 
 signified (signum-facio), signify. 
 
 '275, c. 
 signum, sign. 1(52, h. 
 silentium (sileo), silence. 223, h. 
 shniliSj si III ilnr. HI, />; 502. 
 similitudo (similis), idmilUadc. 
 
 258; 461, d. 
 simulatus (simulo, similis), simu- 
 ■ late. 434, c. 
 singuli, single. 317, h. 
 sinister, sinister. 168, a. 
 societas (socius), society. 143, a; 
 
 257, (4); 470, 6; 527,6; 527, c. 
 solitudo (solus), solitude. 258, a. 
 solstitium (sol-sto), solstice. 510. 
 solus, sole (adj.), 128, b. 
 solvo, solve. 324, b. 
 soror, sorority. 151. 
 spatium, space. 307, 6. 
 spectaculum (specto), spectacle. 
 
 143, a; 258, a. 
 spectator (specto), spectator. 258, a. 
 spiritus (spiro), spirit.. 300, 6. 
 spolio (spolium), spoil (verb). 
 
 317, b. 
 spolium, spoil (noun), 324, b. 
 stabilis (sto), stable (adj.). 501, 
 
 (2); 510. 
 stabilitas (stabilis), stability. 510. 
 stabulum (sto), stable (noun). 510. 
 static (sto), station. 507, c; 510. 
 statua (sto), statue. 62; 507, c; 510. 
 statura (sto), stature. 510. 
 status, -us (sto), state. 510. 
 stimulatus (stimulo), stimulate. 
 
 283,6. 
 strictus (stringo), strict. 324, 6. 
 sublimis, sublime. 404, 6; 502. 
 sub and marinus (mare), submar- 
 ine. 519, a. 
 sub-scribo, subscribe. 390, a; 511. 
 
 substantia (substans, sub-sto), 
 
 siihslfiiicc. 51 0. 
 succedo (sub-cC'dr)), surreal. 510; 
 
 511, (I. 
 successio (succcilo), succession. 
 
 510. 
 successus, -us (succedo), success. 
 
 510. 
 succurro (sub-curro), succor. 510. 
 suflfero (sub-fero), suffer. 389, (4). 
 suflfragium (sub-f rango) , suffrage. 
 
 510. 
 sum (es-), see essentia, 
 super and video, survey. 510. 
 superbus (super), superb. 361, 6. 
 superior (super), superior. 415, d; 
 
 528, c. 
 supervisus (super-video), super- 
 vise. 510. 
 suspectus (snspicio) ,siispe-ct. 528, c. 
 sustineo (sub-teneo), sustaiji. 317, 
 
 6. 
 tactus (tango, tag-), tact. 389, (1). 
 tangens (tango, tag-), tangent. 
 
 389, (1). 
 tango (tag-), tangent, tact. 389, 
 
 (1). 
 tegimientvun (tego, teg-), tegument. 
 
 389, (1)., 
 tempestas (tempus), tempest. 242, 
 
 6; 258. 
 templiun, temple. 62, 258. 
 tenax (teneo), tenacious. 502, a; 
 
 510, a. 
 tendo, tend. 197, c; 390. 
 teneo, tenet. 390. 
 tentus (tendo), tent. 390. 
 terribilis (terreo), terrible. 502; 
 
 510, a. 
 terror (terreo), terror. 197, c; 
 
 257, (3) ; 388, 6. 
 
376 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 testamentum (testor), testament. 
 
 404, h. 
 timidus (tiiiieo), timid. 502, a. 
 tractus (traho), tract. 523, a. 
 transactus (transigo, tiTins-ago), 
 
 transact. 510, b. 
 trans-f ero, transfer. 389, (4) ; 51 1, a. 
 transfixus (trans-f Igo), transfix. 
 
 324, h. 
 transgressio (transgredior), trans- 
 
 gression. 510. 
 transgressus (transgredior, trans- 
 
 gradior), transgress. 510. 
 translens (trsins-ed), transient. 510. 
 transitivus (trans-eo), transitive. 
 
 510. 
 transitus, -us (trans-eo), transit. 
 
 510. 
 translatus (trans-f ero) , translate. 
 
 389, (4); 522, c. 
 trans-mitto, transrnit. 390, a; 
 
 510, 511. 
 transportatio (trans-porto), trans- 
 portation. 510, b. 
 trans-porto, transport. 510, b. 
 tutor (tueor), tutor. 404, b. 
 lunerus, humerus. 77, b. 
 universus (unus- versus, verto), 
 
 universe. 242, b. 
 urbanus (urbs), urban. 501, 
 
 (4). 
 usus (utor), use (verb). 510. 
 usus, -us (litor), use (noun). 510. 
 utilltas (utilis), utility. 510. 
 utensilis (utor), utensil. 510. 
 
 valeo, value. 517, g. ■ 
 
 validus (valco), valid. 62; 501, 
 
 (3) ; 506, c. 
 valles, vale, valley. 210, b. 
 vallum, wall. 128, b. 
 velox and pes, velocipede. 519, a. 
 vendo (venum-do), vend. 488, d. 
 verbum, verb. 258; 324, b. 
 vere and dictus (verus and dico), 
 
 verdict. 510, b. 
 vestibulum, vestibule. 434, c. 
 via and ductus (duco), viaduct. 
 
 519, a. 
 victor (vinco), victor. 128, 6; 
 
 151, a; 510. 
 victoria (victor), victory. 258; 
 
 291, 6; 510. 
 victoriosus (victoria), victorious. 
 
 502, a; 510. 
 video, yieiy. 510. 
 vinco, vanquish. 183, 6; 510. 
 vindicatus (vindico), vindicate. 
 
 528, c. 
 violentus (vis), violent. 461, d. 
 virgd, virgin. 162, 6; 258. 
 virilis (vir), ymZe. 502, a. 
 virtus (vir), virtue. 150; 151, a; 
 
 331, 6. 
 vis, vim. 275, c. 
 vitalis (vita), vital. 502. 
 vociferatus (vociferor), vociferate. 
 
 434. 
 vox (voco), voice. 210, b; 258. 
 vultur, vulture. 128, c. 
 
VOCABULARY DRILL 
 
 573. The following lists selected from the reading matter 
 of this book contain words suitable for use in drill on the vocab- 
 ulary. The groups correspond to the chapters covered by the 
 review lessons, and in each group after the first the words are 
 generally arranged in the order of their first appearance. Thus 
 the vocabulary drill may be carried on either in connection with 
 the reviews or with the daily lessons. 
 
 Ordinarily only one definition is given here for each Latin 
 word; but it should be understood that in translating a Latin 
 sentence the most appropriate English words should always be 
 employed. 
 
 Group I may be used for convenience as a special vocabulary 
 to sections 1-65, 
 
 GROUP I 
 
 Special Vocabulary 
 
 Sections 1-65 
 Note. — This group contains all the Latin words used in sections 
 1-65, and includes such forms as will be needed in translating the 
 oxorrises; for example, Rdmanonim, oj the Romans, section 3; vident, 
 Ihey see, section 18. 
 
 a, ab, 
 
 aberant, 
 
 aberat, 
 
 abest, 
 
 absunt, 
 
 ad, 
 
 adultus, 
 
 Aeneas, 
 
 ager, 
 
 agricola, 
 
 agricolae, 
 
 agricultura, 
 
 amabat, 
 
 amant, 
 
 amantur, 
 
 from, hy. 
 
 they uere distant. 
 
 he (she, it) was distant. 
 
 he (she, it) is distant. 
 
 they are distant. 
 
 to, towards. 
 
 grown to manhood. 
 
 Aeneas. 
 
 field. 
 
 farmer. 
 
 of or to the farm£r. 
 
 agriculture. 
 
 he (she) loved. 
 
 they love. 
 
 they are loved. 
 
 amat, 
 
 amatur, 
 
 amicus, 
 
 angustae, 
 
 annus, 
 
 antiqua, 
 
 antiquis, 
 
 antiquus, 
 
 Apulia, 
 
 aqua, 
 
 SLTSiy 
 
 arant, 
 arat, 
 
 argentum, 
 Asia. 
 
 he (she) loves, likes. 
 
 he (she, it) is loved. 
 
 friend. 
 
 narrow. 
 
 year. 
 
 ancient. 
 
 ancient. 
 
 ancient. 
 
 Apulia. 
 
 water. 
 
 altar. 
 
 they plow. 
 
 he plows. 
 
 silver. 
 
 Asia. 
 
 (377) 
 
378 
 
 ELEMENTA PI^IMA 
 
 Athenae, 
 
 Athens. 
 
 erant. 
 
 they were. 
 
 aurum, 
 
 gold. 
 
 erantne. 
 
 were they? 
 
 bonus, 
 
 good. 
 
 erat. 
 
 he (she, it) was. 
 
 caelo, 
 
 sky. 
 
 erit, 
 
 he (she, it) will he. 
 
 caelum, 
 
 sky. 
 
 es, 
 
 you (sing.) are. 
 
 Cassius, 
 
 Cassius. 
 
 est, 
 
 he (she, it) is. 
 
 Castor, 
 
 Castor. 
 
 estis. 
 
 you (pi.) are. 
 
 Clara, 
 
 bright. 
 
 estne. 
 
 is he (she. it)? 
 
 clarissimus, 
 
 , most famous. 
 
 et, 
 
 and. 
 
 clarus, 
 
 bright. 
 
 et . . . et. 
 
 both . . . and. 
 
 columba. 
 
 dove. 
 
 ex. 
 
 from. 
 
 copia. 
 
 plenty. 
 
 factum, 
 
 deed. 
 
 corona, 
 
 urreath. 
 
 fessus. 
 
 Hred. 
 
 cuius, 
 
 whose. 
 
 fnia, 
 
 daughter. 
 
 cum. 
 
 ivith. 
 
 fflius. 
 
 son. 
 
 curabat. 
 
 he (she) cared for. 
 
 Flaccus, 
 
 Flaccus. 
 
 dant, 
 
 they give. 
 
 fluit. 
 
 it flows. 
 
 dat. 
 
 he (she) gives. 
 
 flumen. 
 
 river. 
 
 datur, 
 
 he {she, it) is given. 
 
 flumine. 
 
 river. 
 
 de, 
 
 concerning, from. 
 
 folium, 
 
 leaf. 
 
 dea, 
 
 goddess. 
 
 frumentum. 
 
 grain. 
 
 decem. 
 
 ten. 
 
 Graecia, 
 
 Greece. 
 
 delectant, 
 
 they please. 
 
 grata. 
 
 acceptable. 
 
 delectat. 
 
 he (she, it) pleases. 
 
 gratiae. 
 
 thanks. 
 
 delectantur, 
 
 they are pleased. 
 
 gratus, 
 
 acceptable. 
 
 delectatur. 
 
 he (she) is pleased. 
 
 habebat. 
 
 he (she, it) had. 
 
 deleta. 
 
 . destroyed. 
 
 habent. 
 
 they have. 
 
 denique. 
 
 finally. 
 
 habet. 
 
 he (she, it) has. 
 
 Diana, 
 
 Diana. 
 
 has. 
 
 these. 
 
 discipulus, 
 
 pupil. 
 
 haec. 
 
 this. 
 
 discit, 
 
 he learns. 
 
 hie. 
 
 this. 
 
 discordia. 
 
 dissension. 
 
 hoc, hoc, 
 
 this. 
 
 divitiae, 
 
 riches. 
 
 homines. 
 
 people. 
 
 doctores. 
 
 teachers. 
 
 Horati, 
 
 of Horace. 
 
 doctrina. 
 
 teaching. 
 
 Horatius, 
 
 Horace. 
 
 dominus. 
 
 master. 
 
 hortus, 
 
 garden. 
 
 domum, 
 
 homeward, home. 
 
 ibi. 
 
 there. 
 
 domus, 
 
 home. 
 
 ilia. 
 
 that. 
 
 donum, 
 
 gift. 
 
 ille. 
 
 that. 
 
 ducebat. 
 
 he led, used to lead. 
 
 illud, 
 
 that. 
 
 ego, 
 
 L 
 
 illustrat. 
 
 it illumines, lights up. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 379 
 
 in, 
 
 to, into, upon, in. 
 
 malus, 
 
 bad. 
 
 incola. 
 
 inhabitant. 
 
 Marcus, 
 
 Marcus. 
 
 infra. 
 
 below. 
 
 mater, 
 
 mother. 
 
 insula. 
 
 island. 
 
 maturus, 
 
 ripe. 
 
 inter, 
 
 between, among. 
 
 maxime. 
 
 very much. 
 
 interdum. 
 
 sometimes. 
 
 mensa. 
 
 table. 
 
 ipse. 
 
 himself. 
 
 Minerva, 
 
 Minerva. 
 
 itaUa, 
 
 Italy. 
 
 ^ minis. 
 
 wonderfid. 
 
 Italiae, 
 
 of Italy. 
 
 miser. 
 
 unhappy. 
 
 iterum, 
 
 again. 
 
 mittit. 
 
 he (she) sends. 
 
 iucundus, 
 
 delightful. 
 
 modus. 
 
 manner. 
 
 luno. 
 
 Juno. 
 
 monstrant. 
 
 they show. 
 
 iuvenis. 
 
 young man. 
 
 monstrat, 
 
 he (she, it) shows. 
 
 laborant, 
 
 they work. 
 
 mox, 
 
 soon. 
 
 laborat, 
 
 he (she) works. 
 
 multa. 
 
 many things. 
 
 laetus, 
 
 happy. 
 
 multae, 
 
 many. 
 
 lapides, 
 
 atones. 
 
 multi. 
 
 many. 
 
 Latina, 
 
 Lalin. 
 
 natus. 
 
 bom. 
 
 Latinam, 
 
 Latin. 
 
 nauta. 
 
 sailor. 
 
 Latinus, 
 
 Latin. 
 
 nautis. 
 
 to sailors. 
 
 mtus. 
 
 broad. 
 
 navem, 
 
 boat. 
 
 laudantur. 
 
 they are praised. 
 
 nome'n. 
 
 name. 
 
 laudat, 
 
 he (she) praises. 
 
 non. 
 
 not. 
 
 laudatne, 
 
 does he praisef 
 
 nonne, 
 
 not? answer yes. 
 
 liber. 
 
 book. 
 
 nonne est, 
 
 is he not? 
 
 liber. 
 
 free. 
 
 nostra. 
 
 our. 
 
 liberi. 
 
 children. 
 
 novus, 
 
 new, fresh. 
 
 libro. 
 
 book. 
 
 numerus, 
 
 number. 
 
 lingua. 
 
 language. 
 
 oppidiun. 
 
 toun. 
 
 linguam. 
 
 language. 
 
 optimus. 
 
 best. 
 
 longe, 
 
 far. 
 
 ora. 
 
 shore. 
 
 loquebatur, 
 
 he talked, v^ed to talk. 
 
 orbis terra- 
 
 
 ludunt. 
 
 they play. 
 
 rum. 
 
 of the world. 
 
 ludus. 
 
 play, sport. 
 
 omant, 
 
 they adorn. 
 
 luna. 
 
 moon. 
 
 ornantur. 
 
 they are adorned. 
 
 lunae. 
 
 of the moon. 
 
 omat. 
 
 he (she, it) adorns. 
 
 lux, 
 
 light. 
 
 / paedagogus, 
 
 , attendant. 
 
 magister. 
 
 master, teacher. 
 
 parva. 
 
 small. 
 
 magna. 
 
 large. 
 
 parvus. 
 
 small. 
 
 magm. 
 
 large. 
 
 pater. 
 
 father. 
 
 magnus, 
 
 large. 
 
 patria. 
 
 native city, country. 
 
380 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 pecunia, 
 
 wealth. 
 
 servus. 
 
 slave, servant. 
 
 per, 
 
 through. 
 
 sic. 
 
 thus. 
 
 petunt, 
 
 they seek. 
 
 silva. 
 
 forest. 
 
 plena, 
 
 full. 
 
 sit, 
 
 he (she, it) is. 
 
 plenus. 
 
 full. 
 
 statua, 
 
 status. 
 
 poeta. 
 
 poet. 
 
 Stella, 
 
 star. 
 
 PoUux, 
 
 Pollux. 
 
 stellanun. 
 
 of the stars. 
 
 populus. 
 
 people. 
 
 sixm, 
 
 I am. 
 
 portant, 
 
 they carry. 
 
 sumus, 
 
 we are. 
 
 portatur, 
 
 he (she, it) is carried. 
 
 sunt, 
 
 they are. 
 
 postea. 
 
 afterwards. 
 
 suntne. 
 
 are they? 
 
 praemium. 
 
 reward. 
 
 super, 
 
 above. 
 
 primus. 
 
 first. 
 
 templum, 
 
 temple. 
 
 propter. 
 
 on account of. 
 
 terra. 
 
 earth, ground. 
 
 puella, 
 
 girl. 
 
 \ texerunt. 
 
 they covered. 
 
 puellae, 
 
 girls. 
 
 Tiberi, 
 
 the Tiber. 
 
 puer, 
 
 hoy, child. 
 
 Tiberis, 
 
 the Tiber. 
 
 pueri. 
 
 boys, children. 
 
 Troia, 
 
 Troy. 
 
 pugna. 
 
 battle. 
 
 tu. 
 
 you (sing.) 
 
 pulcher, 
 
 beautiful. 
 
 tuus. 
 
 your. 
 
 pulcherrimus, most beautiful. 
 
 ubi. 
 
 wheref 
 
 pulchra. 
 
 beautiful. 
 
 unde. 
 
 whence? 
 
 pulchrae. 
 
 beautiful. 
 
 urbe. 
 
 city. 
 
 -que, 
 
 and. 
 
 urbem. 
 
 city. 
 
 quid, 
 
 what. 
 
 urbibus. 
 
 cities. 
 
 quod, 
 
 because. 
 
 urbs. 
 
 city. 
 
 A quondam. 
 
 once. 
 
 validus. 
 
 strong, well. 
 
 quoque. 
 
 also. 
 
 venit. 
 
 he (she, it) comes. 
 
 regina, 
 
 queen. 
 
 venit, 
 
 he (she, it) came. 
 
 rex. 
 
 king. 
 
 veniunt. 
 
 they come. 
 
 Roma, 
 
 Rome. 
 
 Venus, 
 
 Venus. 
 
 Romam, 
 
 Rome. 
 
 verus, 
 
 true. 
 
 Romanonmi 
 
 I, of the Romans. 
 
 via, 
 
 street, way. 
 
 Romanus, 
 
 Roman. 
 
 viae. 
 
 streets. 
 
 rosa, 
 
 rose. 
 
 viis. 
 
 streets. 
 
 saepe, 
 
 often. 
 
 videbat. 
 
 he saw. 
 
 sapientia. 
 
 wisdom. 
 
 vident. 
 
 they see. 
 
 sciunt, 
 
 they know. 
 
 videntur, 
 
 they are seen. 
 
 scripta. 
 
 written. 
 
 videt. 
 
 he (she) sees. 
 
 sed, 
 
 but. 
 
 villa. 
 
 a countryhome. 
 
 semper, 
 
 oJLways, 
 
 vir. 
 
 man. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 381 
 
 
 
 GROUP II 
 
 
 
 
 Sections 66-153 
 
 
 sum, 
 
 he. 
 
 eques. 
 
 fiorseman, knight. 
 
 do, 
 
 give. 
 
 fortis. 
 
 strong, brave. 
 
 amo, 
 
 love. 
 
 gladius, 
 
 sword. 
 
 animus, 
 
 mind. 
 
 miles. 
 
 soldier. 
 
 atque. 
 
 and, and also. 
 
 pedes, 
 
 foot-soldier. 
 
 audio. 
 
 hear. 
 
 virtus. 
 
 valor, manliness. 
 
 memoria , 
 
 memory. 
 
 aetas. 
 
 time, life. 
 
 mitto, 
 
 send. 
 
 apud. 
 
 among. 
 
 scribo. 
 
 write. 
 
 y^coniunx, 
 
 husband, wife. 
 
 semper. 
 
 always. 
 
 y- invenio. 
 
 find. 
 
 timeo, 
 
 fear. 
 
 pastor, 
 
 shepherd. 
 
 venio, 
 
 come. 
 
 porto. 
 
 carry. 
 
 ventus, 
 
 wind. 
 
 princeps. 
 
 chief. 
 
 video. 
 
 see. 
 
 prohibeo. 
 
 prevent. 
 
 aedifico, 
 
 build. 
 
 sol. 
 
 sun. 
 
 duco. 
 
 lead. 
 
 aestas. 
 
 summer. 
 
 habeo, 
 
 have. 
 
 consul, 
 
 consul. 
 
 locus, 
 
 place. 
 
 frater, 
 
 Iwother. 
 
 regnimi. 
 
 kingdom. 
 
 mater. 
 
 mother. 
 
 socius. 
 
 companion. 
 
 pater. 
 
 father. 
 
 impedio. 
 
 hinder. 
 
 soror. 
 
 sister. 
 
 nuntius, 
 
 messenger. 
 
 pugno, 
 
 fight. 
 
 quo. 
 
 where, whither. 
 
 anna. 
 
 arms. 
 
 unde. 
 
 whence. 
 
 defendo. 
 
 defend. 
 
 appello. 
 
 call, name. 
 
 died. 
 
 say. 
 
 clamo. 
 
 crdl out. 
 
 timi. 
 
 then. 
 
 nihil, 
 
 nothing. 
 
 flumen. 
 
 river. 
 
 reliquus. 
 
 remaining. 
 
 homo. 
 
 man. 
 
 specto. 
 
 behold, see. 
 
 f leo, 
 ' libertas. 
 
 lion. 
 
 euro. 
 
 care for. 
 
 freedom. 
 
 ccustodia, 
 
 watch, guard. 
 
 ^f **' 
 ^ libero. 
 
 but. 
 
 occupo, 
 
 seize. 
 
 set free. 
 
 ripa, 
 
 bank. 
 
 nam. 
 
 for. 
 
 rex, 
 
 king. 
 
 paene, 
 
 almost. 
 
 helium, 
 
 war. 
 
 similis. 
 
 like. 
 
 caput. 
 
 head. 
 
 terreo. 
 
 frighten. 
 
 castra. 
 
 camp. 
 
 fortiter, 
 
 bravely. 
 
 dux, duels. 
 
 leader. 
 
 imago. 
 
 image, 
 
382 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 ita, 
 
 Ihus, so. 
 
 finis. 
 
 limit, end. 
 
 supplicium, 
 
 punishment. 
 
 hostis, 
 
 enemy. 
 
 beatus, 
 
 hnpp!/. 
 
 lupa, 
 
 she-wolf. 
 
 labor, 
 
 labor. 
 
 mare. 
 
 sea. 
 
 laboro, 
 
 work. 
 
 mons. 
 
 mountain. 
 
 laudo, 
 
 jyraise. 
 
 navis. 
 
 ship. 
 
 ludo, 
 
 play. 
 
 paro, 
 
 prepare. 
 
 adhibeo, 
 
 employ. 
 
 pars. 
 
 part. 
 
 certamen, 
 
 contest. 
 
 urbs. 
 
 city. 
 
 condo, 
 
 found. 
 
 absum. 
 
 he away. 
 
 constituo, 
 
 determine. 
 
 conevnio. 
 
 come together. 
 
 deinde, 
 
 then. 
 
 cur. 
 
 why. 
 
 inter, 
 
 between, among. 
 
 femina. 
 
 woman. 
 
 itaque, 
 
 therefore. 
 
 finitimus. 
 
 neighboring. 
 
 nomen, 
 
 name. 
 
 gens. 
 
 race, tribe. 
 
 postea. 
 
 afterwards. 
 
 •V^ indico. 
 
 declare. 
 
 prior, 
 
 former. 
 
 iubeo. 
 
 order. 
 
 propterea, 
 
 on account of this. 
 
 legatio. 
 
 embassy. 
 
 regno, 
 
 reign. 
 
 legatus. 
 
 ambassador. 
 
 vallum, 
 
 rampart. 
 
 rogo. 
 
 ask. 
 
 victor. 
 
 victor. 
 
 societas. 
 
 alliance. 
 
 voco. 
 
 call. 
 
 undique, 
 
 from everywhere. 
 
 barbarus. 
 
 uncivilized. 
 
 uxor. 
 
 wife. 
 
 desum. 
 
 he wanting. 
 
 gagmen. 
 
 army. 
 
 flos, 
 
 flower. 
 
 arx. 
 
 citadel. 
 
 genus, 
 
 kirul. 
 
 consuetude, 
 
 , custom. 
 
 iungo, 
 
 join. 
 
 forum, 
 
 forum. 
 
 lex, 
 
 law. 
 
 gloria, 
 
 glory. 
 
 magnitude. 
 
 magnitude. 
 
 imperator. 
 
 commander. 
 
 mos, 
 
 custom, manner. 
 
 nimc. 
 
 now. 
 
 multitude. 
 
 multitude. 
 
 orbis. 
 
 circle. 
 
 tempus. 
 
 time. 
 
 orbis ter- 
 
 
 animal. 
 
 animal. 
 
 rarum, 
 
 the world. 
 
 civis, 
 
 citizen. 
 
 pons, 
 
 bridge. 
 
 collis, 
 
 hUl. 
 
 vis. 
 
 force. 
 
 A 
 
 GROUP III 
 
 
 Sections 154-260 
 
 
 eras. 
 
 to-morrow. 
 
 hodie. 
 
 to-day. 
 
 diligenter, 
 
 carefully. 
 
 iterum. 
 
 offain. 
 
 heri, 
 
 yesterday. 
 
 lib enter, 
 
 uriilingly. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 383 
 
 sine, 
 
 loiihout. 
 
 audax, 
 
 daring. 
 
 cotidie, 
 
 daily. 
 
 cado, 
 
 fall. 
 
 deleo, 
 
 destroy. 
 
 forte. 
 
 by chance. 
 
 dum, 
 
 while. 
 
 iter, 
 
 roxde, march. 
 
 ibi, 
 
 there. 
 
 omnis, 
 
 ail. 
 
 numquam, 
 
 never. 
 
 pax. 
 
 peai-e. 
 
 si, 
 
 if. 
 
 arced. 
 
 keep off. 
 
 spero. 
 
 hope. 
 
 fuga. 
 
 flight. 
 
 una. 
 
 together wUh. 
 
 fugio. 
 
 flee. 
 
 adversus, 
 
 unfavorable. 
 
 optimus. 
 
 best. 
 
 adpropinquo, apjyroach. 
 
 porta. 
 
 gate. 
 
 causa, 
 
 cause. 
 
 resisto. 
 
 resist. 
 
 munus. 
 
 reward. 
 
 terror. 
 
 alarm. 
 
 oculus. 
 
 eye. 
 
 vetus, 
 
 old. 
 
 peto. 
 
 seek. 
 
 alius. 
 
 other. 
 
 signtun, 
 
 sign. 
 
 alter. 
 
 the other. 
 
 statim. 
 
 immediately. 
 
 ambo. 
 
 both. 
 
 sumo. 
 
 take up, begin. 
 
 corpus. 
 
 body. 
 
 Virgo, 
 
 maiden. 
 
 digitus, 
 
 finger. 
 
 campus. 
 
 field. 
 
 milia. 
 
 thousands. 
 
 e-ex. 
 
 from, out of. 
 
 mille. 
 
 thousand. 
 
 poena, 
 
 punishment. 
 
 pes, 
 
 foot. 
 
 gero. 
 
 carry on. 
 
 totus. 
 
 all, entire. 
 
 scutum. 
 
 shield. 
 
 solus. 
 
 only, alone. 
 
 sinistra, 
 
 left hand. 
 
 nullus. 
 
 no. 
 
 capio. 
 
 take. 
 
 neuter. 
 
 neither. 
 
 facio. 
 
 fnake, do. 
 
 alius. 
 
 any. 
 
 rapid. 
 
 seize. 
 
 unus. 
 
 one. 
 
 arbor. 
 
 tree. 
 
 duo. 
 
 two. 
 
 avis. 
 
 bird. 
 
 tres. 
 
 three. 
 
 carmen. 
 
 .song. 
 
 quattuor, 
 
 four. 
 
 cano. 
 
 sing. 
 
 quinque. 
 
 five. 
 
 debeo. 
 
 owe, one ought. 
 
 sex. 
 
 six. 
 
 intellego. 
 
 understand. 
 
 septem. 
 
 seven. 
 
 lux. 
 
 light. 
 
 octo. 
 
 eight. 
 
 possum. 
 
 he able. 
 
 novem. 
 
 nine. 
 
 sentio. 
 
 feel. 
 
 decem. 
 
 ten. 
 
 talis. 
 
 such. 
 
 uter. 
 
 which. 
 
 verbum. 
 
 irord. 
 
 uterque, 
 
 e<u-h. 
 
 vox. 
 
 voice. 
 
 centimi, 
 
 one hundred. 
 
 acer. 
 
 sharp, active. 
 
 caedes, 
 
 slaughter, 
 
384 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 ira, 
 
 wrath. 
 
 oppidanus. 
 
 citizen. 
 
 lego, 
 
 gather, read 
 
 periculum, 
 
 danger. 
 
 medius, 
 
 middle. 
 
 vito, 
 
 avoid. 
 
 mulier, 
 
 woman. 
 
 densus, 
 
 thick. 
 
 proelium, 
 
 battle. 
 
 gravis, 
 
 severe. 
 
 telum, 
 
 weapon. 
 
 humanus. 
 
 human. 
 
 verto, 
 
 turn. 
 
 interficio. 
 
 kill. 
 
 vivo, 
 
 live. 
 
 maxime. 
 
 most. 
 
 vulnus. 
 
 wound. 
 
 post. 
 
 after. 
 
 comes, 
 
 companion. 
 
 salveo. 
 
 welcome. 
 
 relinquo. 
 
 leave. 
 
 tempestas, 
 
 weather. 
 
 vinco. 
 
 conquer. 
 
 disco, 
 
 learn. 
 
 ago. 
 
 drive, do. 
 
 narro. 
 
 tell about. 
 
 ante, 
 
 before. 
 
 plurimus. 
 
 most. 
 
 cams. 
 
 dear. 
 
 responded, 
 
 reply. 
 
 civitas, 
 
 state. 
 
 suspicio. 
 
 look up to. 
 
 distribuo. 
 
 distribute. 
 
 diu. 
 
 a long time. 
 
 eligo. 
 
 choose. 
 
 frigus. 
 
 cold. 
 
 foedus. 
 
 treaty. 
 
 hie. 
 
 here. 
 
 modo. 
 
 only. 
 
 maneo. 
 
 remain. 
 
 moveo. 
 
 move. 
 
 navigatio. 
 
 voyage. 
 
 senator. 
 
 senator. 
 
 pono. 
 
 place. 
 
 tristis. 
 
 sad. 
 
 valeo. 
 
 be well. 
 
 mensis. 
 
 month. 
 
 veho. 
 
 carry. 
 
 oro, 
 
 beg, entreat. 
 
 voluptas, 
 
 pleasure. 
 
 senex. 
 
 old man. 
 
 iustitia, 
 
 jiistice. 
 
 dens. 
 
 tooth. 
 
 legio. 
 
 legion. 
 
 moneo, 
 
 advise. 
 
 oratio, 
 
 GROUP IV 
 Sections 261-390 
 
 speech. 
 
 ego, 
 
 I. 
 
 suus, 
 
 his, her, its, their. 
 
 meus. 
 
 my. 
 
 cura. 
 
 care. 
 
 nos, 
 
 we. 
 
 fortuna. 
 
 fortune. 
 
 noster. 
 
 our. 
 
 inopia, 
 
 want. 
 
 tu. 
 
 you (sing.). 
 
 saepe, 
 
 often. 
 
 tuus. 
 
 your (sing.). 
 
 secundus. 
 
 favorable. 
 
 vos. 
 
 you (pL). 
 
 ars, 
 
 art. 
 
 vester, 
 
 your (pi,), 
 
 enim, 
 
 for. 
 
 sui, 
 
 of himself, 
 
 of them- hie. 
 
 this. 
 
 
 selves. 
 
 iste, 
 
 that (of yours). 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 385 
 
 me, 
 
 that (yonder). 
 
 casus, 
 
 fall. 
 
 ipse, 
 
 self. 
 
 impetus. 
 
 attack. 
 
 ac. 
 
 and. 
 
 quia. 
 
 because. 
 
 claudo, 
 
 shut. 
 
 spatium. 
 
 distance. 
 
 habito, 
 
 dwell in. 
 
 vulnero. 
 
 wound. 
 
 ius. 
 
 right. 
 
 acies. 
 
 line of battle. 
 
 creo. 
 
 bring forth, make. 
 
 dies. 
 
 day. 
 
 dissimilis. 
 
 different. 
 
 divide. 
 
 divide. 
 
 igitur, 
 
 therefore. 
 
 hiems. 
 
 winter. 
 
 is, 
 
 this, that. 
 
 hora, 
 
 hour. 
 
 qui, 
 
 who, which. 
 
 nox, 
 
 night. 
 
 mors. 
 
 death. 
 
 occasus. 
 
 falling, setting. 
 
 quaero. 
 
 seek for, ask. 
 
 orior. 
 
 arise. 
 
 solum, 
 
 only. 
 
 rego. 
 
 rule. 
 
 armo. 
 
 arm. 
 
 accipio. 
 
 receive. 
 
 ferruin. 
 
 iron, sword. 
 
 atrox. 
 
 fierce, cruel. 
 
 finio. 
 
 limit, end. 
 
 clamor, 
 
 shouting. 
 
 imperium. 
 
 governmetd. 
 
 conficio. 
 
 complete, destroy. 
 
 impero. 
 
 command. 
 
 nee. 
 
 and not. 
 
 pauci. 
 
 few. 
 
 nee ... nee 
 
 ;, neither . . . nor. 
 
 placed, 
 
 please. 
 
 spes. 
 
 hope. 
 
 pro. 
 
 for, in behalf of. 
 
 sustineo. 
 
 keep back, withstand. 
 
 victoria. 
 
 victory. 
 
 orator, 
 
 orator. 
 
 adventus. 
 
 apjrroach. 
 
 quis, 
 
 who, what? 
 
 conspectus. 
 
 sight. 
 
 fled, 
 
 weep. 
 
 cornu. 
 
 horn, wing. 
 
 publicus, 
 
 public. 
 
 exercitus. 
 
 army. 
 
 admiratio. 
 
 admiration. 
 
 gaudeo. 
 
 rejoice. 
 
 altus. 
 
 high, deep. 
 
 manus. 
 
 hand, force. 
 
 faeinus. 
 
 crime. 
 
 mox. 
 
 soon. 
 
 iudex. 
 
 judge. 
 
 6s, 
 
 mouth. 
 
 laerima. 
 
 tear. 
 
 passus. 
 
 pace. 
 
 difficilis. 
 
 difficult. 
 
 mille 
 
 
 facilis. 
 
 easy. 
 
 passus. 
 
 a mile. 
 
 credo. 
 
 believe. 
 
 portus, 
 
 harbor. 
 
 cresco. 
 
 grow. 
 
 scientia, 
 
 knowledge. 
 
 domus. 
 
 home. 
 
 usus. 
 
 use. 
 
 quies. 
 
 rest. 
 
 concurro, 
 
 run together. 
 
 res. 
 
 affair, thing. 
 
 spiritus. 
 
 sidrit. 
 
 dives. 
 
 rich. 
 
 praeda, 
 
 h(fofy. 
 
 maximus. 
 
 greatest. 
 
 caedo, 
 
 cut down, to Icill. 
 
 summus, 
 
 highest. 
 
386 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 superior, 
 
 higher. 
 
 
 neque . . 
 
 
 bene, 
 
 well 
 
 
 , neque. 
 
 neither . . . nor. 
 
 delecto, 
 
 please. 
 
 
 brevis. 
 
 short. 
 
 dimitto, 
 
 send away. 
 
 
 canis. 
 
 dog. 
 
 magis. 
 
 more. 
 
 
 curro, 
 
 run. 
 
 maxime, 
 
 most. 
 
 
 eo. 
 
 go. 
 
 minime, 
 
 least. 
 
 
 fero, 
 
 bear. 
 
 num. 
 
 whether. 
 
 
 fio, 
 
 become. 
 
 optime, 
 
 best. 
 
 
 maid, 
 
 prefer. 
 
 quam, 
 
 than. 
 
 
 nolo, 
 
 be unurilling. 
 
 teneo, 
 
 hold. 
 
 
 volo, 
 
 wish. 
 
 facile. 
 
 easily. 
 
 
 officitmi, 
 
 didy, office. 
 
 incredibilis. 
 
 incredible. 
 
 
 per, 
 
 through. 
 
 ingenium, 
 
 nature, character. 
 
 rus, 
 
 country. 
 
 tamen, 
 
 yet. 
 
 
 rusticus, 
 
 belonging to the coun- 
 
 arbitror, 
 
 think. 
 
 
 
 try. 
 
 Conor, 
 
 try. 
 
 
 tango, 
 
 touch. 
 
 elementum. 
 
 element, principle. 
 
 urbanus, 
 
 belonging to the city, 
 
 fides. 
 
 trust. 
 
 
 
 city (adj.), urban. 
 
 loquor. 
 
 speak. 
 
 
 averto, 
 
 turn away. 
 
 morior. 
 
 die. 
 
 
 audacia. 
 
 daring. 
 
 patior, 
 
 suffer. 
 
 
 career. 
 
 prison. 
 
 potior. 
 
 obtain. 
 
 
 sequor. 
 
 follow. 
 
 utor. 
 
 me. 
 
 
 agito, 
 
 drive about, disturb. 
 
 neque, 
 
 neither. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 GROUP V 
 
 
 
 
 Sections 391-535 
 
 
 ut, 
 
 that, in order thai. 
 
 ingens. 
 
 great. 
 
 ne, 
 
 that not, lest. 
 
 
 insto. 
 
 urge. 
 
 tego, 
 
 cover. 
 
 
 prope. 
 
 near, almost. 
 
 pello. 
 
 drive away. 
 
 
 doceo. 
 
 teach. ■ ■ 
 
 domicilium. 
 
 residence. 
 
 
 consilium. 
 
 counsel, plan. 
 
 fama, 
 
 report. 
 
 
 iam. 
 
 now, already. 
 
 peritus, 
 
 experienced. 
 
 
 murus. 
 
 wall. 
 
 sedeo. 
 
 sit, remain. 
 
 
 nisi, 
 
 unless. 
 
 dubius, 
 
 doubtful. 
 
 
 qualis, 
 
 siwh as, of what kind. 
 
 nemo. 
 
 no one. 
 
 
 quantus. 
 
 as great, how great. 
 
 quin. 
 
 but that, that. 
 
 
 scio. 
 
 know. 
 
 civilis, 
 
 belorujing to a citizen, 
 
 cimi, 
 
 when, since, although. 
 
 
 civil. 
 
 
 Concordia, 
 
 union. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 387 
 
 frango, 
 
 break. 
 
 nuntio. 
 
 report. 
 
 nosed, 
 
 know. 
 
 persuaded, 
 
 persuade. 
 
 singuli, 
 
 (me by one. 
 
 constantia. 
 
 Jirniness. 
 
 deUgo, 
 
 .select. 
 
 emo, 
 
 buy. 
 
 pervenio, 
 
 arrive. 
 
 ignis. 
 
 .lire. 
 
 aequalis, 
 
 equal. 
 
 immortalis. 
 
 immortal. 
 
 inimicus, 
 
 hostUe. 
 
 interrogo. 
 
 ask. 
 
 humus, 
 
 ffround. 
 
 pretium. 
 
 price. 
 
 lupus. 
 
 wolf. 
 
 procul. 
 
 far. 
 
 occido, 
 
 kill. 
 
 progredior. 
 
 advance. 
 
 redeo, 
 
 (JO ba/'k, return. 
 
 rursus. 
 
 again. 
 
 somnus. 
 
 .sleep. 
 
 adsum. 
 
 be present. 
 
 subito, 
 
 suddenhj. 
 
 tantus. 
 
 so great. 
 
 tarn. 
 
 SO. 
 
 tutus, 
 
 .safe. 
 
 praeter. 
 
 except. 
 
 cedo. 
 
 withdraw. 
 
 propter. 
 
 on account of. 
 
 cogo. 
 
 compel. 
 
 soleo, solitus 
 
 static. 
 
 station. 
 
 sum. 
 
 be accmtomed. 
 
 auctoritas. 
 
 authority. 
 
 cupiditas. 
 
 (lesire. 
 
 captivus. 
 
 captive. 
 
 facultas. 
 
 opportunity. 
 
 proficiscor, 
 
 depart. 
 
 audeo, 
 
 dare. 
 
 propinquus. 
 
 relative, kinsman. 
 
 aut, 
 
 or. 
 
 puto. 
 
 think, suppose. 
 
 aut . . . aut 
 
 , either . . . or. 
 
 committo. 
 
 begin. 
 
 initiiun, 
 
 beginning. 
 
 condicio, 
 
 agreement. 
 
 senatus, 
 
 .senate. 
 
 potestas. 
 
 pmoer. 
 
 administro. 
 
 administer. 
 
 supero, 
 
 overcome. 
 
 prudentia. 
 
 knowledge, prwlence. 
 
 obses. 
 
 hostage. 
 
 aliquis, 
 
 some one, some. 
 
 provincia. 
 
 province. 
 
 idem. 
 
 the same. 
 
 trans, 
 
 across. ^ 
 
 quidam. 
 
 a certain, certain. 
 
 dignitas. 
 
 worth. 
 
 quis. 
 
 any one, any. 
 
 licet. 
 
 it is permitted. 
 
 quisquam. 
 
 any one whatever. 
 
 postulo. 
 
 ask for, demand. 
 
 quisque, 
 
 each one, each. 
 
 dictator, 
 
 dictator. 
 
 incido, 
 
 fall upon, happen. 
 
 
 
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 574. This vocabulary contains all the Latin words used in the 
 reading matter of the text, but does not include words illustrating word- 
 formation and derivation unless they are found in the text also. These 
 words are included in the list on page 365. 
 
 It should be understood that a Latin word is not always trans- 
 lated by the same word in English, the exact meaning being determined 
 by the context. In a vocabulary like this the number of definitions is 
 necessarily lifnited, but the student need not hesitate to use other 
 English equivalents provided that they seem to express the sense more 
 clearly or more forcibly. 
 
 Certain words which are introduced in the reading exercises 
 before their grammatical explanation is given will be found in the 
 vocabulary in the forms used in the text; e. g., manibus, section 168; 
 eaedem, section 316; faceret, section 331. 
 
 A accipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, to 
 
 a, ab, prep, with abl., by, from, on reoeive, welcome, catch, accept. 
 
 the side oj. accurro, -ere, -cuni, -cursus, to 
 
 abed, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus, to go run to, run up. 
 
 away. accuso, -are, -avi, -atus, to accuse, 
 
 abi, imper of abed, go away, be- blame. 
 
 gone. acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp, active, 
 
 abrogo, -are, -a^, -&tus, to annul, spirited, violent. 
 
 take away. acies, -ei, /., edge, line, line of 
 
 absens, -ntis, part, of absum, battle. 
 
 absent. U acinus, -i, m., a berry, grape. / 
 
 absolvo, -ere, -soM, -solutus, to acus, -us, f ., pin. 
 
 set free, release, acquit. ad, prep, with ace, to, towards, 
 
 absum, -esse, afui, afuturus, to be according to, for. 
 
 away, be distant. addico, -ere, -dixi, -dictus, to give 
 
 ac, conj., and, and also. assent to, be propitious, be favor- 
 
 Acca, -ae, /., Acca Larentia, the able. 
 
 wife of Faustulus. addo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to add to, 
 
 accedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessus, to annex, join. 
 
 come near, approach, happen, adeo, -ire, -ii (-ivi), -itus, to go to, 
 
 befall, be added to. approach. 
 
 acceptus, -a, -um, part, of accipio, adeo, adv., to such a degree, so. 
 
 welcome, acceptable, pleasing. adeptus, -a, -um, part of adipiscor. 
 
 (3S8) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 389 
 
 adferd, see affero. 
 
 adficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, to afect, 
 
 inflict upon. 
 adhibeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to employ, 
 
 use. 
 adicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, to place 
 
 near, add to. 
 adipiscor, -I, adeptus sum, to ob- 
 tain, acquire, attain. 
 aditus, -us, m., approach, erdrance. 
 adiungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iunctus, to 
 
 join to, unite, annex. 
 adiuvo, -are, -iuvi, -iutus, to help, 
 
 assist, support. 
 adlevo, -are, -avi, -atus, to lift up, 
 
 raise. 
 administro, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
 
 manage, guide, administer. 
 admiratio, -onis, f., admiration, 
 
 iconder. 
 admoneo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to re- 
 mind, warn, admonish. 
 adnecto, -ere, -nexui, -nexus, to 
 
 tie to, Idtul to, annex. 
 adolesco, -ere, -olevi, adultus, to 
 
 grow to manhood. 
 adrogo, -are, -avi, atus, to claim, 
 
 appropriate. 
 adsto, -are, -stiti, to stand by or 
 
 near. 
 adsum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, ft> be 
 
 near, be present. 
 adsumo, -ere, -sumpsi, -sumptus, 
 
 to receive, accept, adopt, take. 
 adulescens, -ntis, m., youth, young 
 
 man. 
 adultus, -a, -um, part, of adolesco, 
 
 grown to manhood, mature. 
 advenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, to 
 
 conw to, arrive. 
 adventus, -us, m., arrival^ coming. 
 
 adversus, -a, -um, adj., unfavor- 
 able, adverse. 
 
 adversus, prep, with ace, against. 
 
 advoco, -are, -kn^ -atus, to call to, 
 summon. 
 
 aedes, -is, f., temple; pi., dwelling, 
 house. 
 
 aedifico, -are, -avi, -atus, to build, 
 erect. 
 
 aeger, aegra, aegrum, adj., sick. 
 
 aegritudo, -inis, f.. sickness, grief; 
 aegritudo animi, disappointment. 
 
 aemulatio, -onis, f., rivalry, emula- 
 tion, imitation. 
 
 Aeneas, Aeneae, m., Aeneas, le- 
 gendary an cestorof the Romans. 
 
 aeneus, -a, -um, adj., of bronze. 
 
 aequMis, -e, adj., equal. 
 
 aequitas, -atis, f., fairness, justice, 
 equity, equality. 
 
 aequo, -are, -avi, -atus, to make 
 equal, become equal. 
 
 aereus, -a, -tmi, adj., of copper, 
 bronze. 
 
 aes, aeris, n., bronze; pi., aera, 
 statues in bronze. 
 
 aestas, -atis, f., summer. 
 
 aetas, -atis, f., age, life, time of life. 
 
 affero, -ferre, attull, allatus, to 
 bring to, produce, report. 
 
 Africa, -ae, f., Africa. 
 
 Africanus, -i, m., Africanus, a sur- 
 name of Scipio. 
 
 ager, agri, m., field, land, territory, 
 country. 
 
 aggredior, -i, -gressus sum, to go 
 to, approach. 
 
 agito, -are, -kvi, -atus, to drive, dis- 
 turb, revolve in mind, consider. 
 
 agmen, -inis, n., army (on the 
 march). 
 
390 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 agndsco, -ere, -novi, -nitus, to 
 recognize. 
 
 ago, -ere, egi, actus, to lead, drive, 
 do, conduct, agree, arrange, pass 
 (time); quid agis, what are you 
 doing? how are you? gratias 
 agere, to give thanks, thank. 
 
 agricola, -ae, m . , farmer. 
 
 agricultura, -ae, f., cultivation of 
 the land, agriculture. 
 
 aio, defective verb, / say, assert; 
 i ait, he says; aiunt, they say. y 
 
 Alba Longa, Albae Longae, i.,Alba 
 Longa, an ancient Latin town. 
 
 Albani, -orum, m., the Alhans. 
 
 Albanus, -a, -um, adj., Alban, of 
 the Albans. 
 
 albus, -a, -irni, adj., white. 
 
 alias, adv., at another time. 
 
 alibi, adv., elsewhere. 
 
 aliquamdiu, adv., for same time, a 
 little while. 
 
 aliquando, adv., at some time, once, 
 finally, at last. 
 
 aliquantus, -a, -um, adj., consider- 
 able, somewhat. 
 
 aliquid, nom, and ace. sing. neut. 
 of aliquis, something. 
 
 aliquis, aliquid, indef. pro., some 
 one, something. 
 
 aliquot, indecl. adj., some, several. 
 
 aliud, nom. and ace. sing, n., of 
 alius, other; aliud . . . aliud, 
 one thing . . . another thing. 
 
 alius, alia, aliud, adj., other, an- 
 other; alius . . . alius, one . . . 
 another; alii . . . alii, some . . . 
 others. 
 
 alloquor, -i, -locutus sum, to speak 
 to, address. 
 
 Alpes, ium, f., the Alps mountains. 
 
 alter, -era, -enmi, adj., the othe)' (of 
 
 two), either, another, a second; 
 
 alter . . . alter, one . . , the other. 
 altissimus,-a-um, adj., super, of 
 
 altus, highest, very high, 
 altior, altius,gen. -oris, adj., comp. 
 
 of altus, deeper, higher. 
 altus, -a, -lun, adj., deep, high. 
 amator, -oris, m., lover. 
 ambo, ambae, ambo, adj., both. 
 ambulans, -ntis, part, of ambulo, 
 
 ivalking. 
 ambulo, -ate, -avi, -atus, to walk 
 
 about, journeii. 
 amethystus, -i, f., amethyst. 
 amicitia, -ae, f., friendship. 
 amicus, -i, m., friend. 
 amitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, to 
 
 send away, lose. 
 amo, -are, -avi, -atus, to love, like. 
 amor, pass, of amo, / am loved. 
 amor, -oris, m., love. 
 amphitheatrum, -i, n., amphithea- 
 ter. 
 amphora, -ar., f., a bottle, flask, 
 
 pitcher. 
 amplius, adv., more, more than. 
 ampulla, -ae, f., a bottle, flask. 
 Amulius, -i, m., Amulius, a king of 
 
 Alba Longa. 
 Ancus, -i, m., Ancus, a king of 
 
 Rome, 
 angustus, -a, -um, adj., narrow, 
 animal, -alls, n., animal. 
 animus, -i, m., 7nind, courage, 
 
 spirit, disposition. 
 annus, -i, m., ijear. 
 ante, prep, with ace, before; adv., 
 
 before. 
 antea, adv., before. 
 Antiquus,-a,-wn, adj., ancient, old. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 391 
 
 Antdnius, -i, m., Antony, a Roman. 
 
 anulus, -i, m,, ring. 
 
 anus, anus, f., old woman. 
 
 Apenninus, -i, in., the Apennines, 
 mountains in Italy. 
 
 aperio, -ire, -rui, -rtum, to open, 
 uncover, x 
 
 apertus, -a, -iim, part, of aperio, 
 opened, uncovered. 
 
 Apollo, -inis, m., Apollo, the twin 
 brother of Diana, the god of 
 the sun, of music, poetry, au- 
 gury, archery and healing. 
 
 appello, -are, -a^, -atus, to call. 
 
 Appius, -a, -um, adj.; Appian, 
 Appia Via, the Appian Way, the 
 road named for Appius Clau- 
 dius. 
 
 appono, -ere, -posui, -positus, to 
 place before, put or set by. 
 
 appropinquo, -are, -avi, to ap- 
 proach, come near. 
 
 Aprilis, -is, m., the month of April. 
 
 apte, adv., suitably, nicely, fitly. 
 
 aptior, -ius, gen., oris, adj., comp. 
 of aptus, more suitable. 
 
 aptus, -a, -um, adj., suitable, fit, 
 appropriate, adapted. 
 ^pud, prep, with ace, among, at 
 the house of. 
 
 Apulia, -ae, f., Apulia, a province 
 of Italy. 
 
 aqua, -ae, f., water. 
 
 aquaeductus, -us, m., an aqueduct. 
 
 aquila, -ae, f., ecw/Ze, standard (of 
 a legion). 
 
 ara, -ae, f., altar. 
 
 arbitror, -ari, -atus sum, to be of 
 the opinion, consider, think, sup- 
 
 arbor, -oris, f., tree, 
 
 arceo, -ere, -ui, to keep away, off. 
 
 arceret, past subj. of arceo he^ 
 (she, it) might {wovM) keep off, 
 keep away. 
 
 arcus, -us, m.,arch, a triumphal 
 arch. 
 
 arena, -ae, f., sand, the shore (of 
 the sea), the arena (in an amphi- 
 theater.) 
 
 argenteus, -a, -um, adj., of silver, 
 
 argentimi, -i, n., silver. 
 
 aridus, -a, -um, adj., dry, withered, 
 meagre. 
 
 arma, -onmi, n. pi., arms. 
 
 armatus, -a, -um, part, of armo, 
 armed. 
 
 armilla, -ae, f., bracelet. 
 
 armo, -are, -avi, -atus, to arm. 
 
 ars, artis, f., skill, art, knowledge, 
 practice. 
 
 arx, arcis, f., citadel. 
 
 Ascanius, -i, m., Ascanius, the son 
 of Aeneas. 
 
 Asia, -ae, f., Asia. 
 
 asper,-era,-enmi,adj.,roz^(//i, diffi- 
 cult; n. pi. as noun, difficulties. 
 
 astnmi, -i, n., star, constellations- 
 fig., heaven, success. 
 
 asylvmi, -i, asylum. / 
 
 at, conj., but. 
 
 Athenae, -arum, f. pi., Athens. 
 
 atque, conj., and, and also. 
 
 atrociter, adv., cruelly, severely. 
 
 atr6x,-ocis,adj ., j^erce, savage, cruM. 
 
 attentus, -a, -um, adj., attentive. 
 
 Attus,-i,m., Attus,Si Roman augur. 
 
 auctor, -oris, m., author, authority. 
 
 auctoritas, -atis, f., influence, 
 authority. 
 
 audacia, -ae, f., boldness, courage, 
 aiuiacity, insolence. 
 
392 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 audacter, adv., boldly. 
 
 audax, -acis, ,*idj., daring, hold, 
 brave. 
 
 audeo, ere, ausus sum, to dare. 
 
 audio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to hear. 
 
 audire, pres. inf. of audio, to hear. 
 
 audiri, pres. inf. pass, of audio, to 
 be heard. 
 
 auditu,abl. supine of audio, to hear. 
 
 aufero, -ferre, abstuli, ablatus, to 
 take away, take off, carry off, 
 remove. 
 
 aufert, see aufero. 
 
 aufugio, -ere, -fugi, to flee away 
 from, flee away. 
 
 augeo, -ere, aum, auctus, to in- 
 crease, strengthen, enlarge, ad- 
 vance. 
 
 augiu-, -uris, m., augur, soothsayer 
 
 augurium, -i, n., divination, augury. 
 
 Augustus, -i, m., Augustus, the 
 first Roman emperor; the 
 month of August. 
 
 Aurelius, -i, m., Aurelius, Marcus 
 Aureliiis, a Roman emperor. 
 
 aiu-eus, -a, -irni, adj., of gold, 
 golden. 
 
 aurum, -i, gold. 
 
 auspicato, adv., after taking the 
 auspices, by augury. 
 
 auspicium, -i, n,, divination, 
 augury. 
 
 auster, -tri, m., the south loind. 
 
 aut, conj., or; aut . . . aut, either 
 . . . or. 
 
 autem, conj., but, however, more- 
 over. 
 
 Aventinus, -i, m.. Mount Aventi- 
 nus at Rome. 
 
 averto, -ere, -verti, -versus, to 
 turn away, 
 
 avis, -is, f., bird. 
 
 avitus, -a, -xxm, adj., of a grand- 
 father, ancestral. 
 avus, -i, m., grandfather. 
 
 B 
 
 bahieum, -i, n.; pi., balneae, 
 -arum, f., a baih, a place for 
 bathing. 
 
 barbarus, -a, -lun, adj., uncivil- 
 ized, barbarian. 
 
 beatus, -a, -um, adj., happy, for- 
 tunate. 
 
 bellicosus, -a, -um, adj., warlike. 
 
 bellum, -i, n., war. 
 , bene, adv., well. 
 \ beneficimn, -i, n., kindness, favor. 
 
 benigne, adv., kindly. 
 
 benignus, -a, -um, adj., kind. 
 
 bestia, -ae, f., beast, animal. 
 
 bibo, -ere, bibi, to drink. 
 
 blandus, -a, -imi, adj., persuasive, 
 coaxing, alluring. 
 
 bonus, -a, -lun, adj., good; pi., 
 boni, good men: bona, good 
 things, goods. 
 
 brevis, -e, adj., short, brief. 
 
 Britanni, -onun, m., Britons, in- 
 habitants of Britain. 
 
 Britannia, -ae, f., Britain. 
 
 Brundisiiun, -i, n., Brundisium, an 
 ancient town in Italy. 
 
 Brutus, -i, m., Brutus. 1. The 
 first Roman consul. 2. One of 
 the conspirators against Caesar. 
 
 C, abbreviation for Gains, Caius. 
 cado, -ere, cecidi, casus, to fall, 
 
 fall down, fall dead,, die. 
 caedes, -is, f., slaughter, murder. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 393 
 
 caedo, -ere, cecidi, caesus, lo ml, 
 
 cut flotrn, strike, kill. 
 caelestis, -e, adj., of heaven, heav- 
 
 erdy, celestial. 
 Caelius, -i, m., the Caelian hill at 
 
 Rome, 
 caelum, -i, n., sky. 
 Caesar, -aris, m., Caesar. 
 caestus, -us, m., a strap loaded 
 
 with metal balls and wound 
 
 around the hands for boxing; 
 
 boxing-glove. 
 caesus, -a, -um, part., see caedo. 
 calor, -oris, n?., heat. 
 campus, -i, m., field, campiis, the 
 
 Campiis Martius at Rome, 
 candeo, -ere, -ui, to shine, glitter. 
 canis, -is, m., dog. 
 cano, -ere, cecini, cantus, to sing. 
 capio, -ere, cepi, captus, to take, 
 
 take captive, make prisoner, cap- 
 ture. 
 Capitolium, -i, n., the Capitol at 
 
 Rome. 
 Capitolinus» -i, m., the Capitoline 
 
 hill at Rome. 
 Capitolinus, -a, -um, adj., belong- 
 ing to the Capitol, Capitoline. 
 capra, -ae, f., a she-goat. 
 captivus, -i, m., captive, prisoner. 
 captus, -a, -imi, part, of capio, 
 
 captured, taken prisoner. 
 caput, -itis, n., head, capital; minor 
 
 capitis, deprii^ed of citizenship. 
 Caracalla, -ae., m., CaracaUa, a 
 
 Roman emperor, 
 career, -eris, m., prison, jail. 
 carior, -ius, gen., -oris, adj., comp. 
 
 of cams, dearer, more dear. 
 caritas, -atis, f., affection, esteem, 
 
 love. 
 
 carmen, -mis, n., song. 
 
 carpentiun, -i, n., carriage, curt. 
 
 Carthaginienses, -ium, m., the 
 Carthaginians. 
 
 Carthago, -inis, f., Carthage, a 
 city in Africa. 
 
 cams, -a, -um, adj., dear. 
 
 casa, -ae, f., hut, house. 
 
 Cassius, -i, m., Cassias. 
 
 Castor, -oris, m.. Castor, the 
 brother of Pollux, with whom as 
 the constellation Gemini, he 
 guides sailors. 
 
 castra, -drum, n., pi., camp. 
 
 casus, -us, m., fall, accident, 
 chance. 
 
 catapulta, -ae, f., a catapult, an 
 engine of war for throwing ar- 
 rows, stones etc. 
 
 Catilina, -ae, m., Catiline. 
 
 causa, -ae, f., cause, reason, cause 
 or case (in a law suit); causa, 
 (abl.) with gen., for the sake of. 
 
 caved, -ere, cavi, cautus, to guard 
 against, avoid, take care, look out. 
 
 cavum, -i, n., hollow, hole. 
 
 ceciderunt, perf., see cado. 
 
 cedo, -ere, cessi, cessus, to go, 
 vyithdraw, retire. 
 
 celer, -ris, -re, adj., swift. 
 
 celeriter, adv., quickly. 
 
 celo, -are, -avi, -atus, to keep secret, 
 hide, conceal. 
 
 cena, -ae, f., dinner. 
 
 census, -us, m., census. 
 
 centum, indcl. num. adj., one 
 hundred. 
 
 centuria, -ae, f., a century, a divi- 
 sion consisting of one hundred; 
 
 ^ a hundred, a division of the 
 Roman people, 
 
394 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Ceres, -eris, f., Cei'es, the goddess 
 
 of agriculture, 
 certamen, -inis, n., strife, conflict, 
 
 contest. 
 certatim, adv., earnestly, eagerly, 
 ^ imlently. 
 certe, adv., certainly, surely, yes 
 
 indeed. 
 certus, -a, -um, adj., certain de- 
 termined. 
 ceteri, -ae, -a, adj., pi., the rest, 
 
 the others. 
 cibus, -i, m., food. 
 Cicero, -onis, m., Cicero, a famous 
 
 Roman orator, 
 circa, adv., around, round about, 
 
 throughout; prep, with ace, 
 
 around. 
 circiter, adv., aboid. 
 circum, prep, with ace, about. 
 circumaro, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
 
 plow around. 
 circumdo, -dare, -dedi, -datus, to 
 
 build around, surround. 
 circumsto, -are, -steti, to stand 
 
 around, surround. 
 circus, -i, m., circle, circus, the 
 
 Circus Maximus at Rome, 
 cista, -ae, f., box. 
 civilis, -e, adj., belonging to a 
 
 citizen, of a citizen, civil. 
 civis, -is, m. and f., citizen. 
 civitas, -atis, f., state. 
 clades, -is, f., destruction, disaster, 
 
 defeat. 
 clamito, -are, -avi, -atus, to shout, 
 
 call out. 
 clam5, -are, -avi, -atus, to call, 
 
 cry out. 
 clamor, -oris, m., shoid. 
 
 clandestinus, -a, -um, adj., secret, 
 
 hidden. 
 clangor, -oris, m., noise. 
 clarior, -ius, gen., -oris, adj. comp. 
 
 of clarus, brighter, more famous. 
 clarissimus, -a, -um, adj., super, of 
 
 clarus, brightest, most famous. 
 clarus, -a, -um, adj., bright, clear, 
 
 famous; clara vox, a loud voice. 
 classis, -is, f., class, fleet. 
 Claudianus, -a, -imi., adj., of 
 
 Claudius. 
 claudo, -ere, clause, clausus, to 
 
 shut, close. 
 clausus, -a, -imi, part, of claudo, 
 
 closed. 
 clavis, -is, f., key. 
 Clusinus, -a, -um, adj., of Clusium, 
 
 an ancient town in Etruria. 
 Codes, -itis, m., CocleSy Horatius 
 
 Codes. 
 coegi, -isti, -it, etc., perf, see cogo. 
 coepi, coepisse, coeptt-m, defective 
 
 verb, to begin. 
 cogitatio, -onis, f., deliberation, 
 
 thought, opinion. 
 cognomen, -inis, n., name, the sur- 
 name, family name. 
 cogo, -ere, coegi, coactus, to urge, 
 
 compel. 
 Collatinus, -i, m., Collatinus. 
 coUis, -is, m., hill. 
 coUoquor, -i, -locutus sum, to talk 
 
 with, converse. 
 color, -oris, m., color. 
 Colosseiun, -i, n., the Colosseum 
 
 at Rome. 
 colvunba, -ae, f., dove. 
 columna, -ae, f., column. 
 comes, -itis, m., companion. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 395 
 
 comitiiiin, -i, n., coniitium, the 
 
 place for the assembling of the 
 
 Romans; pi., the comitia, the 
 
 meeting of the Romans to elect 
 
 magistrates. 
 commigro, are, -avi, -atus, to 
 
 remove, go. 
 committo, -ere, -misi, -missus, to 
 
 join together, begin. 
 communis, -e, adj., common. 
 commutatio, -onis, f., change. 
 comparo, -are, -avi, -atus, to make 
 
 ready, proride, prepare. 
 compello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus, to 
 
 drive together, impel, compel. 
 comploratio, -onis, f., lamanlation, 
 
 complaint. 
 compono, -ere, -posui, -positus, to 
 
 compose, arrange, design. 
 compositimi, -i, n., agreement; ex 
 
 composite, by agreement. 
 compositus, -a, -imi, part., see 
 
 compono. 
 compulsus, -a, -imi, part, of com- 
 pello, compelled. 
 concede, -ere, -cessi, -cessus, to 
 
 withdraw, depart, permit. 
 concilio, -are, -avi, atus, to unite, 
 
 loin over, secure the favor of, 
 
 acquire. 
 concipi6,-ere,-cepi,-ceptus, to take 
 
 hold of, condeive, imagine, think. 
 conclamo, -are, -avi, -atus, to call 
 
 out together, shout, exclaim. 
 conclave, -is, n., room, apartment. 
 Concordia, -ae, f., the goddess of 
 
 concord. 
 Concordia, -ae, f., union, harmony. 
 concurro, -ere, -curri and -cucurri, 
 
 -cursus, to run together, meet in 
 
 combat, join battle. 
 
 concursus, -iis, m., a running to- 
 gether, meeting, encounter. 
 condemno, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
 
 condemn. 
 condicio, -onis, f., agreement, terms, 
 
 condition. 
 condidisse, perf , act. inf. of condo, 
 
 to have founded. 
 conditor, -oris, m., founder. 
 conditus, -a, -imi, part, of condo, 
 
 founded, built. 
 condo, -ere, condidi, -ditus, to ptee, 
 
 found, put away, establish, build. 
 confectus, -a, -um, part, of con- 
 
 ficio, weakened, exhausted. 
 conficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, to 
 
 complete, make, exhaust, kill. 
 confidentia, -ae, f., boldness, con- 
 fidence. 
 confodio, -ere, -fodi, -fossus, to 
 
 stab, assassinate. 
 confugio, -ere, -fiigi, to flee for 
 
 refuge. 
 congredior, -i, -gressus sum, to go 
 
 or come together, meet. 
 conicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, to 
 
 throw, hurl, put with force. 
 coniungo, -ere, -itjn», -iiinctus, to 
 
 connect, join, unite. 
 coniiinx, -iugis, m. and f ., husband, 
 
 wife. 
 coniurati, -drum, m., conspirators. 
 coniiiratio, -onis, f., conspiracy. 
 coniuro, -are, -avi, -atus, to swear 
 
 together, plot, conspire. 
 Conor, -ari, -atus sum, to try, 
 
 attempt. 
 conscribo, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus, 
 
 to enroll. 
 consensus, -us, m., agreement, 
 
 unanimity, harmony. 
 
396 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 consero, -ere, -semi, -sertus, to 
 join, bring together; manus con- 
 serere, to join battle. 
 
 conserve, -are, -a^, -atus, to pre- 
 serve, keep, observe. 
 
 consido, -ere, -sedi, -sessus, to 
 take a position, be seated, sit, 
 encamp, settle. 
 
 consilium, -i, n., counsel, advice, 
 plan, authority. 
 
 conspectus, -us, va.f sight, view. 
 
 conspicor, -ari, -atus sum, to see, 
 perceive, behold. 
 
 conspirator, oris, m., conspirator. 
 
 constantia, -ae, /., firmness, con- 
 stancy, perseverance. 
 
 Constantinus, i., m., Constantine, 
 a Roman emperor. 
 
 constematus, -a, -um, part, of 
 constemo, alarmed, in alarm, 
 panic-stricken. 
 
 constituo, -ere, -ui, -utus, to 
 appoint, create, determine, agree, 
 resolve. 
 
 consto, -are, -stiti, -staturus, to 
 stand together, agree; impersonal, 
 it is certain, evident, agreed. 
 
 consul, -ulis, m,, consul. 
 
 consulatus, -us, m., consulship, 
 the office of consul. 
 
 consulo, -ere, -ui, -tus, to consider, 
 consult. 
 
 consultissimus, -a, -um, adj,. 
 super, of consultus, m^st learned, 
 experienced. 
 
 consultus, -a, -um, part, of con- 
 sul©, learned, experienced. 
 
 contemplor, -ari, -atus sum, to 
 observe, consider. 
 
 contendo, -ere, -tendi, -tentus, to 
 ^ hasten. 
 
 continenter, adv., continvxilly . 
 contio, -onis, f., assembly, meeting. 
 conubium, -i, n., marriage, the 
 
 right of intermarriage. 
 convenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, to 
 
 come together, assemble; im- 
 personal, it is agreed. 
 conversus, -a, -imi, part, of con- 
 
 verto, turned, turned towards. 
 converto, ere, -ti, -sus, to turn, 
 
 direct to. 
 convoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to call 
 
 together, summon. 
 copia, -ae, f., plenty, abundance; 
 
 pi., forces. 
 Cornelia, -ae, f., Cornelia. 
 Cornelius, -i, m., Cornelius. 
 cornii, -iis, n., horn, vring (of an 
 
 army). 
 corona, -ae, f., wreath, garland. 
 corpus, -oris, n., body. 
 cos, cotis, f., whetstone. 
 cotidie, adv., every day, daily. 
 eras, adv., to-morrow. 
 Crassus, -i, m., Crassus. 
 creando, dat. and abl. gerundive 
 
 of creo, for or by electing. 
 creatus, -a, -um, part, of creo, 
 
 elected, appointed, having been 
 
 elected. 
 credo, -ere, credidi, creditus to 
 
 trust, confide in, believe. 
 creo, -are, -a^d, -atus, to bring 
 
 forth, make, elect, appoint. 
 cresco, -ere, crevi, cretus, to be 
 
 bom, grow, increase, be enlarged. 
 cre^, perf., see cresco. 
 criminor, -ari, -atus stmi, to accuse, 
 
 complain of. 
 crinis, -is, m., hair. 
 crudelis, -e, adj., cruel. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 397 
 
 criideliter, adv., cruelly. 
 crustulum, -i, n., confectionery, 
 
 sweetmeats, candy. 
 cubo, -are, cubui, cubitus, to lie 
 
 asleep, Ijc. 
 cui, dat. sing., see qui, quis. 
 cuilibet, dat. sing., see quilibet. 
 cuiusdam, gen. sing., see quidam. 
 culpo, -are, -avi, -atus, to blame, 
 
 complain of. 
 cum, prep, with abl., with. 
 cum, con j., when, since, although. 
 cirai . . . timi, conj., nx)t only . . . 
 
 hvi also, both . . . and. 
 Cumaeus, -a, -tun, adj., Cumaean, 
 
 of Cumae, a town in Campania, 
 
 the home of the Sibyl, 
 cunctor, -ari, -atus sum, to delay, 
 
 hesitate. 
 cupiditas, -atis, f., desire, avarice. 
 cupido, -inis, f., desire, wish. 
 cur, adv., ivhy. 
 cura, -ae, f., rare, anxiety. 
 Cures, -ium, m., Cures, the capital 
 
 of the Sabines. 
 curia, -ae, f., curia, one of the 
 
 divisions of the Roman people, 
 
 the senate-house, the .senate. 
 Curiatius, -i, m., Curiatius; pi., 
 
 the Cvriatii. 
 euro, -are, -avi, -atus, to care for. 
 curro, -ere, cucurri, cursus, to run, 
 
 hasten. 
 curru, abl. sing, of currus. 
 currus, -us, m.,a chariot, car. 
 cursus, -us, m., a running, pas- 
 sage, way. 
 Ciu^ius, -i, m., Curtius. 
 custodia, -ae, /., custody, watch. 
 custos, -odis, m., guard. 
 Cybele, -ae, f., Cybele, a goddess 
 
 worshipped by the Romans as 
 the Great Mother of the gods. 
 D 
 
 dabam, dabas, dabat, etc., past of 
 do, I was giving, you were giving, 
 he was giving, etc. 
 
 dabo, future of do, / shall give. 
 
 damno, -are, -avi, -atus, to con- 
 demn. 
 
 daps, dapis, i., feast, banqu£t, meal. 
 
 dare, inf. of do, to^give. 
 
 datmn in, fut. pass. inf. of do, to 
 be about to be given. 
 
 de, prep, with abl., from, down 
 from, concerning. 
 
 dea, -ae, f., goddess. 
 
 debello, -are, -avi, -atus, to con- 
 quer, subdue. 
 
 debeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to owe, one 
 ought, must, etc. 
 
 decem, indcl. num. adj., ten. 
 
 December, -bris, m., the month of 
 December. 
 
 decemo, -ere, -crevi, -cretus, to 
 decide, determine. 
 
 decimus, -a, -lun, adj., tenth. 
 
 decretus, -a, -um, part, of de- 
 cern©. 
 
 deciuTo, -ere, -cucurri, -cursus, 
 to run down, charge, advance 
 rapidly. 
 
 dedi, dedisti, dedit, etc., porf. of 
 do, / have given, you have given, 
 he has given, etc. 
 
 dedo, -ere, dedidi, deditus, lo give 
 up, surrender, deliver, yield. 
 
 deducd, -ere, -dtijd, -ductus, to 
 lead down, escort, conduct. 
 
 defatigatus, -a, -um, adj., wearied. 
 
 defendo, -ere, -fendi, -fensus, to 
 defend. 
 
398 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 defessus, -a, -um, adj., exhauMal. 
 weary. 
 
 defigo, -ere, -fixi, -fixus, to Jiv, 
 fasten, stnke. 
 
 defixus, -a, -\im, part, of defigo, 
 fixed, astonished] admiratione 
 defixus, filled ivith admiration. 
 
 d^functus, -a, -um, part, of de- 
 fungor. 
 
 defungor, -i, -functus sum, to per- 
 form, finish, die. 
 
 deicio, -ere, -ieci, iectus, to throw 
 down, hurl down, throw. 
 
 deinceps, adv., in turn, success- 
 ively. 
 
 deinde, adv., then, thereupon. 
 
 delapsus, -a, -um, part, of de- 
 labor, descending. 
 
 delectans, -ntis, adj., pleasing, 
 entertaining. 
 
 delectantissimus, -a, -mn, adj., 
 super, of delectans, most {very) 
 entertaining. 
 
 delecto, -are, -avi, -atus, to please, 
 delight, entertain. 
 
 deleo, -ere, -evi, -etus, to destroy. 
 
 deligo, -ere, -legi, -Iectus, to 
 choose, select. 
 
 deliro, -are, to he crazy, deranged, 
 out of one's wits. 
 
 demigro, -are, -a^, -atus, to move 
 away, remove, depart. 
 
 demissus, -a, -lun, part, of de- 
 mitto, sent down, having descend- 
 ed, 
 
 demitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, to 
 send down; pass., to descend. 
 
 demo, -ere, dempsi, demptiun, to 
 take away. 
 
 denique, adv., finally, v \/ 
 
 dens, dentis, m., tooth. 
 
 densus, -a, -um, adj., thick, 
 dense. 
 
 denuo, adv., anew, again. 
 
 depono, -ere, -posui, -positus, to 
 place down, lay down. 
 
 derideo, -ere, -risi, -sus, to laugh 
 at, deride. 
 
 describe, -ere, -scrips!, -scriptus, 
 to define, mark off, divide. 
 
 desero, -ere, -rui, -rtus, to leave, 
 for.mke, abandon. 
 
 designo, -are, -avi, -atus, to mark 
 Old, designate, descHhe. 
 
 desilio, -ire, -silui, -sultus, to leap 
 down, dismount. 
 
 desipio, -ere, to he silly, he foolish. 
 
 desponsus, -a, -lun, part, of des- 
 pondeo, promised, pledged, be- 
 trothed. 
 
 desum, deesse, defui, to he want- 
 ing, be lacking. 
 
 deterred, -ere, -ui, -itus, to pre- 
 vent, hinder. 
 
 detineo, -ere, -m, -tentus, to de- 
 tain, hinder. 
 
 deum, gen. pi., see deus. 
 
 deuro, -ere, -ussi, -ustus, to hum 
 up, destroy. 
 
 deus, -i, m., god. (For declension 
 see sec. 548.) 
 
 devoro, -are, -avi, -atus, to devour. 
 
 dexter, -tra, -trum, adj., right, 
 right hand. 
 
 dextra, -ae, f., the right hand. 
 
 diadema, -atis, n., diadem, crmim. 
 
 Diana, -ae, f., Diana, goddess of 
 the forest and the chase. 
 
 die, imper. of died, say, tell. 
 
 dico, -ere, dixi, dictus, to tell, say, 
 declare. 
 
 dictator, -oris, m., dictator. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 399 
 
 dicto, -are, -avi,-atus, to say o/f en, dissimilis, -e, adj., different, un~ 
 
 dictate. like. 
 
 dictum, -i, n., word^ command. dissimulans, -ntis, part, of dis- 
 
 didici, i)crf., see disco. simulo, disguising, concealing. 
 
 die, abl. sing., see dies. dissimulo, -are, -avi, -atus, to dis- 
 
 dies, diei, m., (sometimes f.), day, guise, conceal. 
 
 time. distraheret, past, subj . of distraho, 
 
 difficilis, -e, adj., difficult, hard. he might draw apart, separate . 
 
 digitus, -i, m., finger. distraho, -ere, -traxi, -tractus, to 
 
 dignitas, -atis, f., worth, merit, draw apart, separate. 
 
 greatness. distribuo, -ere, -ui, -utus, to dis- 
 
 dignus, -a, -um, adj., worthy, de- tribute, divide. 
 
 serving. diu, adv., a long time. 
 
 digredior, -i, -gressus sum, to go diutius, adv., comp. of diu, longer. 
 
 apart, depart. dives, -itis, adj., richi/ 
 
 digressus, -a, -um, part., sec divide, -ere, -visi, -visus, to di- 
 
 digredior. vide. 
 
 dii, nom. pi., .see deus. divinus, -a, -tmi, adj., belonging to 
 
 dnigens, -ntis, adj., diligent, care- the gods, divine. 
 
 Jul. divisus, -a, -imi, part, of divido, 
 
 diligenter, adv., carefully, dili- diirided. 
 
 gently. divitia^, -arum, f., nches. 
 
 dimicans, -ntis, pros. part. (»f do, dare, dedi, datus, to give, pid, 
 
 dimico, fighting. place, appoint. 
 
 dimico, -are, -avi, -atus, to fight,, doceo, -ere, -ui, doctus, to teach, 
 
 corUend. show. 
 
 dimitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, to doctor, -oris, m., teacher. 
 
 send apart, semi away, dismiss. doctrina, -ae, f., teaching, doctrine. 
 dirimo, -ere, -emi, -emptus, to dolose, adv., treacherously, deceit- 
 divide, break off, put away, de- fully. 
 
 stray. domi, loc, at home. 
 
 discipulus, -i, m., pupil, learner. domicHiumy-lyn., habitation, dwell - 
 
 disco, -ere, didici, to learn. ing, abode, residence. 
 
 discordia, -ae, f., dissension, dis- dominus, -i, m., master, overseer. 
 
 cord. domus, -us, f., house; loc., domi, 
 discordo, -are, to he at variance, to at home: ace, domum, home- 
 quarrel. ^ ward, home. 
 disciUTo, -ere, -curri, -cursus, to donee, conj., until. 
 
 run to and fro. doniun, -i, n., gift. 
 
 displiceo, -ere, -ui, -itimi, to diK- dubius, -a, -van, adj., doiddful; 
 
 please. ' procul dubio, certainly, undoubt- 
 
400 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 edly; non est dubiiim, there is 
 
 no doubt. 
 ducenti, -ae, -a, adj., tioo hundred. 
 duco, -ere, duxi, ductus, to lead, 
 
 draw, produce, conduct. 
 ducturus, -a, -um, fut. act. part. 
 
 of duco, about to lead. 
 dvun, conj., until, while, as long as. 
 duo, duae, duo, adj., two. 
 duodecim, indcl. num. adj., twelve. 
 duodecimus, -a, -irni, adj., twelfth. 
 duodeviginti, indcl. num. adj., 
 
 eighteen. 
 duplico, -are, -avi, -atus, to double, 
 
 enlarge, increase. 
 dux, ducis, m., leader. 
 
 £ 
 
 e, ex, prep, with abl., from, out of. 
 ea, abl. sing, f., see is. 
 eaedem, nom. pi. f., see Idem, 
 eadem, nom. and ace. pi. n., see 
 
 idem, 
 earn, ace. sing, f., see is. 
 eanun, gen. pi. f., see is. 
 eat, pres. subj. of eo, let him (her) 
 
 go, may he go. 
 ebumeus, -a, -mn, adj., of ivory. 
 ecquid, interrog. adv., whether. 
 educo, -are, -avi, -atus, to bring 
 
 up, rear, educate. 
 efifero, -ferre, extuli, elatus, to 
 
 bring out, publish, raise, exalt. 
 eflfugio, -ere, -fugi, -fugitimis, 
 
 to flee away, escape. j 
 
 egens, -ntis, adj., poor, needy. J 
 ego, mei, per. pro., /. 
 egregius, -a, -um, adj., excellent, 
 
 illustrious. 
 eius, gen. sing., see is. 
 
 elatus, -a, -um, part, of effero, 
 
 raised. 
 elementum, -i, n., element, rudi- 
 ment, principle. 
 eligo, -ere, legi, -lectus, to choose, 
 
 select. 
 eludo, -ere, -si, -sus, to delude, 
 
 deceive, make sport of, mock. 
 emitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, to 
 
 send forth, throw, hurl. 
 emo, -ere, emi, emptus, to buy, 
 
 purchase. 
 enim, conj., for. 
 eo, ire, ivi or ii, itus, to go. 
 eo, abl. sing. m. and n., see is. 
 60, adv., to this place, thither. 
 eorum, gen. pi. m. and n., sec is. 
 eos, ace. pi. m., see is. 
 Epirus, -i, f., Epirus, a province in 
 
 the northwest of Greece, 
 epistula, -ae, f., letter, epistle. 
 eques, -itis, m., horseman, knighl; 
 
 pi., cavalry. 
 equidem, adv., verily, truly, indeed. 
 equus, -i, m., horse. 
 eram, eras, erat, etc., past of simi, 
 
 / was, 1J0U were, he was, etc. 
 ergo, adv., therefore, then. 
 ero, eris, erit, etc., fut. of smn, / 
 
 shall be, you will be, he will be, 
 
 etc. 
 ermnpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptus, to 
 
 break forth, rush forth. 
 eruptio, -onis, f .,. eruption, a break- 
 ing forth. 
 EsquUinus, -a, -um, adj., Esqui- 
 
 line, the Esquiline hill in Rome. 
 esse, inf. of sum, to be. 
 esset, past subj. of sum, he (she, 
 
 it) might be. 
 et, conj., and; after comparatives 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 401 
 
 sometimes, than; et . . . et, 
 both . . . and. 
 
 etiam, adv., even. 
 
 Etruria, -ae, f., Elruria, a country 
 in Italy. 
 
 Etrusci, -onim, m., the Elruticans, 
 an ancient people of Italy. 
 
 etsi, conj., even if, although. 
 
 etun, ace. sing, m., see is. 
 
 eundem, ace. sing, m., see idem. 
 
 evoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to call out, 
 call away, summon. 
 
 ex, prep, with abl., from, out of. 
 
 excludo, -ere, -si, -sus, to shut out, 
 remove, hatch. 
 
 excudo, -ere, -di, -sus, to forge, 
 mold. 
 
 exemplum, -i, n., example, prece- 
 dent . j 
 
 exed, -ire, -ii, -itus, to go forth, go out. 
 
 exercitus, -us, m., army. 
 
 exiguus, -a, -um, adj., small, little. 
 
 existimo, -are, -a^a, -atus, to think, 
 suppose, believe. 
 
 expello, -ere, -puli, -plusus, to 
 drive out, banish. 
 
 expers, -tis, adj., having no part 
 in, free from, without. 
 
 expertus, -a, -um, part, of ex- 
 perior, having made trial, having 
 put to the test. 
 
 expleo, -ere, -e^, -etus, to fill, 
 complete, finish. 
 
 explore, -are, -avi, -atus, to ex- 
 amine, explore. 
 \ expono, -ere, -posui, -positus, to 
 set forth, explain. 
 
 exposco, -ere, -poposci, to ask, 
 request, demand. 
 
 expugno, -are, -avi, -atus, to cap- 
 ture, take by storm. 
 
 expulsus, -a, -irni, part, of expello, 
 driven out, banished. 
 
 exsequor, -i, -secutus sum, to pur- 
 sue, follow. 
 
 exspiro, -are, -avi, -atus, to breathe 
 out, expire. 
 
 exstinguo, -ere, -stinxi, -stinctus, 
 to put out, quench, extinguish. 
 
 exsul, -ulis, m. and f., an exile. 
 
 exstiltans, -ntis, part, of exsulto, 
 exulting, rejoicing. 
 
 exterreo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to 
 frighten. 
 
 extra, prep, with ace, outside of. 
 
 extremus, -a, -um, adj., most re- 
 mote, most distant. 
 
 exiiro, -ere, -ussi, -ustus, to burn 
 up, destroy. 
 
 F 
 
 fabula, -ae, f., story. 
 
 fabricor, -an, -atus sum, to frame, 
 construct, build. 
 
 faceret, past subj. of facio, should 
 make; ne . . . faceret, not to 
 make. 
 
 faciendtmi, ace. gerund of facio, 
 doing. 
 
 facile, adv., easily. 
 
 facilis, -e, adj., ecuiy. 
 
 f acinus, -oris, n., deed, action, mis- 
 deed, crime. 
 
 facio, -ere, feci, f actus, to make, do. 
 
 factum, -i, n., deed, action. 
 
 f actus, -a, -lun, part, of facio, 
 made, done, accomplished. 
 
 facultas, -atis, f., means, oppor- 
 tunity. 
 
 falsus, -a, -um, adj., /aZse, untrue. 
 
 fama, -ae, f., report, fame. 
 
 fascis, -is, m., a burulle, bundle of 
 rods, sticks of wood. 
 
402 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 fastidium, -i, ii., aversion, distaste, ^ 
 
 fastidiousness. 
 Faustulus, -i, m., Faust id us, a 
 
 shepherd. 
 Februarius, -i, m., the month of 
 
 February. 
 feles, -is, f., cat. 
 
 feliciter, adv., fortunately, luckily. 
 femina, -ae, f., woman. 
 fera, -ae, f., wild beast. 
 ferant, pres. siibj. of fero, they 
 
 should briny, carry. 
 fero, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear, 
 
 endure, bring, carry, report, say. 
 ferocior, -ius, gen., -oris, adj., 
 
 comp. of ferox, more fierce. 
 ferociter, adv., fiercely, cruelly. 
 ferox, -ocis, adj., fierce, savage, 
 
 cruel, warlike. 
 femim, -i, n., iron, sword, weapon, ; 
 
 ar7ns. 
 fert, pres. indie, of fero, he (she, it) 
 
 bluings. 
 fertur, pres. indie, pass, of fero, 
 
 he (she, it) is said, reported. 
 fessus, -a, -um, wearied, tired, 
 
 weak. 
 fiat, fiant, pres. subj. of fio, 7uay 
 
 become, be done or committed. 
 fides, -ei, f., trust, faith, confidence, i 
 
 belief. ^ 
 
 fidus, -a, -um, adj., faithful. 
 fieri, pres. inf. of fio, to be done. 
 fierent, past subj. of fio, they might 
 
 be or were done, committed. 
 filia, -ae, f., daughter. 
 filius, -i, m., son. 
 fingo, -ere, finm, fictus, to form, 
 
 fashion, mould, make up. 
 finio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to finish, 
 
 end. 
 
 finis, -is, m., limit, end; pi., terri- 
 tory. 
 
 finitimi, -orum, in., neighbors. 
 
 finitimug, -a, -um, adj., neighbor- 
 ing. 
 
 finxisse, perf. inf. act. of fingo, to 
 have invented, made up. 
 
 fio, fieri, factus sum, (pass, of 
 facio), to be made, be done, be- 
 come. 
 
 firmo, -are, -avi, -atus, to strength- 
 en, encourage. ' 
 
 firmus, -a, -imi, adj., strong. 
 
 fit, third per. of fio, he becomes. 
 
 fite, imper. of fio, be made, become. 
 
 Flaccus, -i, in., Flaccus, the father 
 of the poet Horace. 
 
 flamma, -ae, f., flame, fire. 
 
 flavus, -a, -lun, adj., yellow. 
 
 fieo, flere, flevi, fletus, to weep. 
 
 fios, floris, m., flower. 
 
 fliimen, -inis, w., river. 
 
 fluo, -ere, fluxT, fliixus, to flow. 
 
 foculus, -i, ni., Ji re-pan, brazier. 
 ^foedus, -eris, n., compact, treaty. J 
 
 foedus, -a, -imi, adj., shameful, 
 disgraceful. 
 
 folium, -i, leaf. 
 
 fons, fontis, m., fountain. 
 
 foras, adv., out of doors, abroad. V 
 
 forceps, -ipis, m. and f ., a pair of 
 tongs. 
 
 forma, -ae, f., form, shape. 
 
 formido, -inis, f.,fear, terror, dread. 
 
 fortasse, adv., perhaps. \ 
 
 forte, adv., by chance. 
 
 fortis, -e, adj., bra^je, strong. 
 
 fortissime, adv., super, of fortiter, 
 most bravely, very bravely. 
 
 fortissimus, -a, -um, adj., super, of 
 fortis, bravest, very brave. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 403 
 
 fortiter, adv., bravely. 
 fortuna, -ae, i.,. fortune, good for- 
 tune. 
 Fortuna, -ae, f., the goddess of 
 
 Fortune. 
 forum, -i, n., forum, market-pluce ; 
 
 the Forum at Rome, tlie princi- 
 pal place for holding public 
 
 meetings, 
 fossa, -ae, f., ditch, trench. 
 foveo, -ere, fovi, fotus, to cherish, 
 
 brood over, keep warm. 
 fragor, -oris, m., crash, noise. 
 frango, -ere, fregi, fractus, to 
 
 break. 
 f rater, -tris, m., brother. 
 fraudo, -are, -avi, -atus, to cheat, 
 
 defraud of. 
 fraus, fraudis, f., deceit, fraud, 
 
 treachery. 
 frenum, -i, m., bit for a horse's 
 
 bridle, 
 f return, -i, n., .^itrait. 
 frigus, -oris, n., cold. 
 frons, frontis,f ., broiv, front, fagade. 
 fniar, pres. subj. of fruor, / may 
 
 enjoy. 
 frumentum, -i, n., grain. 
 fruor, -i, fructus sum, to enjoy, 
 
 delight in. 
 J frustum, -1, n., a piece, bit, scrap. j 
 fueram, fueras, etc., past porf. of 
 
 sum, / had been, you had been, 
 
 etc. 
 fuero, fueris, etc., fut, perf. of 
 
 sum, / shall have been, etc. 
 Fufetius, -i, m., Fufetius, leader of 
 
 the Albans, 
 fuga, -ae, f., flight, retreat. 
 fugio, -ere, fugi, fugitus, to flee, 
 
 retreat. 
 
 fui, fuisti, fuit, etc., perf. of sum, 
 / have been, you have been, etc. 
 
 fuisse, porf. inf. of stmi, to have 
 been. 
 
 fulgeo, -ere, fulsi, to shine, glitter, 
 jUuih, gleam. 
 
 functus, -a, -imi, part., see fungor. 
 
 fundo, -ere, fudi, fusus, to pour, 
 scatter, overcome, rout. 
 
 fimgor, -i, functus smn, to per- 
 form, discharge. 
 
 futurus, -a, -um, fut. act. part, of 
 siun, aboid to be. 
 
 futurus (-a, -um) esse, fut. act. 
 inf. of sum, to be about to be. 
 
 Gains, -i, m., Caiu^. 
 
 galea, -ae, f., helmet. 
 
 Gallia, -ae, f., Gaul. 
 
 Gallicus, -a, -um, Gallic, belonging 
 to Gaul. 
 
 gallina, -ae, f., hen. 
 
 Gallus, -i, m., a Gaul, an inhabi- 
 tant of Gaul. 
 
 gaudeo, -ere, ga\dsus sum, to re- 
 joice, be glad. 
 
 gaudium, -i, n., joy, rejoicing, glcui- 
 ness. 
 
 gelidus, -a, -um, adj., cold. 
 
 geminatus, -a, -lun, adj., double, 
 repeated. 
 
 gemini, -orum, twins. 
 
 gener, -eri, m., son-in-law. 
 
 gens, gentis, f., tribe, race, people. 
 
 genus, -eris, n., kind, race, class. 
 
 German!, -onun, m., the Germans. 
 
 gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, to bear, 
 carry, carry on, wage, perform; 
 with se, to conduct one's self, be- 
 have; bellum gerere, to wage war. 
 
404 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 gestus, -a, -um, part, of gero, ac- 
 complished, done. 
 
 gladiator, -oris, m., a gladiator. 
 
 gladius, -i, m., sword. 
 
 gloria, -ae, f., glory, fame, renoum. 
 
 Gnaeus, -i, m., Gnaeus. 
 
 gradior, -i, gressus sum, to step, 
 walk, go. 
 
 gradus, -us, m., stsp, stair, degree. 
 
 Graecia, -ae, f., Greece. 
 
 Graecius, -a, -um, adj., of Greece, 
 Greek. 
 
 grandis, -e, adj., large, big, full- 
 grown. 
 
 gratia, -ae, f., favcyr; pi., gratiae, 
 -anun, thanks. 
 
 gratissimus, -a, -um, adj., super, 
 of gratus, most pleasing, very 
 pleasing. 
 
 gratus, -a, -um, adj., pleasing, 
 acceptable, agreeable, welcome. 
 
 gravis, -e, adj., heavy, severe, great, 
 eminent. 
 
 H 
 
 habeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to have, 
 hold, consider; orationem hab- 
 ere, to deliver a speech. 
 
 habito, -are, -a^d, -atus, to have 
 possession of, inhabit, dwell, 
 reside, live. 
 
 haec, nom. sing, f., nom. and ace. 
 pi. n. of hie, this, these. 
 
 Hamiibal, -alis, m., Hannibal, a 
 famous Carthaginian general. 
 
 hasta, -ae, f., spear. 
 
 haud, adv., not. 
 
 Hercules, -is, m., Hercules. 
 
 hen, adv., yesterday. 
 
 Herminius, -i, m., Herminius. 
 
 hestemus, -a, -van., adj., of yester- 
 day, yesterday's. 
 
 hie, haec, hoc, demonst. pro., this, 
 this of mine; ille . . . hie, the 
 former . . . the latter. 
 
 hie, adv., here, in this place. 
 
 hiems, hiemis, f., winter, stormy 
 weather, tempest. 
 
 hinc, adv., from this place, hence; 
 hinc . . . hinc, on this side . . . 
 on the other side. 
 
 his, dat. and abl. pi., see hie. 
 
 Hispania, -ae, f., Spain. 
 
 hoc, nom., and ace., sing. n. of 
 hie, this. 
 
 hoc, abl. sing. m. and n. of hie, this. 
 
 hodie, adv., to-day. 
 
 hodiemus, -a, -um, adj., of to-day, 
 to-day's. 
 
 Homerus, -i, m.. Homer, a famous 
 poet of Greece. 
 
 homo, -inis, m., a human being, 
 man; pi. people. 
 
 honor, -oris, m., honor, office, pre- 
 ferment. 
 
 hora, -ae, f., hour. 
 
 Horatius, Hora'ti, m., Horatius. 
 1. pi., the Horatii, the three 
 brothers who fought against the 
 Curiatii. 2. Horatius Codes, 
 who defended the bridge across 
 the Tiber. 3. the poet Horace. 
 
 horror, -oris, m., trembling, terror, 
 dread, horror. 
 
 hortor, -an, -atus smn, to urge, 
 encourage. 
 
 hortus, -i, m., garden. 
 
 hospes, -itis, m., host, guest. 
 
 Hostilius, -i, m., Hostilius, Tullus 
 Hostilius, a king of Rome. 
 
 hostis, -is, m., enemy. 
 
 Hostius, -i, m., Hostius. 
 
 hue, adv., to this place, hither. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 405 
 
 huius, gen. sing., see hie. 
 
 huinanus, -a, -iim, adj., belonging 
 to man, human. 
 
 humi, loc. of humus, ott the ground. 
 
 humilis, -e, adj., low, humble. 
 
 hiunus, -i, f., the ground; loc, 
 humi, on the ground. 
 , hunc, ace. sing, m., see hie. 
 I 
 
 iaceo, -ere, iacui, to lie, lie pros- 
 trate. 
 
 iacio, -ere, ieei, iactus, to throw. 
 
 iam, adv., now, already. 
 
 laniculum, -i, n., Mount Jani- 
 culum at Rome. 
 
 lanus, -i, m., Janus, the temple of 
 Janus. 
 
 lanuarius, -i, m., the month of 
 JanuoT^!/. 
 
 ibam, ibas, ibat, etc., past of eo, 
 / loas going, you were going, etc. 
 
 ibi, adv., there. 
 
 ibo, ibis, ibit, etc., fut. of eo, / 
 shall go, you u>ill go, etc. 
 ^ ico, -ere, iei, ictus, to make or 
 strike a treaty or league. 
 
 id, nom. and ace. sing, n., see is. 
 
 idem, eadem, idem, demonst. pro., 
 the same; idem . . . qui, the 
 same . . . as. 
 
 Idiis, -uimi, f., the Ides, the fif- 
 teenth day of the month in 
 March, May, July, and October; 
 in other months the thirteenth. 
 
 iero, ieris, etc., fut. perf. of eo, / 
 shall have gone, etc. 
 ^ igitur, conj., therefore, then, accord- 
 ingly. \J 
 
 ignifer, -era, -erum, adj., fire-bear- 
 ing, fire — . 
 
 ignis, -is, m., fire. 
 
 ignoro, -are, -avi, -atus, not to 
 
 know, to be ignorant. 
 ignosco, -ere, -novi, -notus, to 
 
 pardon . 
 ignotus, -a, -lun, adj., unknoum. 
 iis, dat. and abl. pi., see is. 
 iisdem, dat. and abl. pi., see idem, 
 ille, ilia, illud, demonst. pro., that; 
 
 ille . . . hie, the former . . . 
 
 the latter. 
 illi, nom. pi. m., see ille. 
 illo, abl. sing. m. and n., see ille. 
 illud, nom. and ace. sing. n. of 
 
 ille, thai. 
 illustro, -are, -avi, -atus, to make 
 
 light, make clear, illumine, light 
 
 up. 
 imago, -inis, f., likeness, image, 
 
 statue, picture. 
 imbeeillus, -a, -um, adj., weak, 
 
 feeble. 
 imbellis, -e, adj., cowardly. 
 imber, -bris, m., rain. 
 immaturus, -a, -lun, adj., un- 
 timely, unreasonable. 
 immemor, -oris, adj., unmindful, 
 
 negligent, forgetful, v 
 immensus, -a, -um, adj., vast, 
 
 immense. 
 imminens, -ntis, part, of immi- 
 
 neo, near. 
 immineo, -ere, to threaten, be near. 
 immortalis, -e, adj., immortal. 
 impar, -ris, adj., unequal, not a 
 
 match for. 
 impavidus, -a, -um, adj., fearless. 
 impedio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to hinder. 
 imperator, -oris, m., commander, 
 
 general, emperor. 
 imperitus, -a, -vmi, adj., ignorant, 
 
 unskilled, inexperienced. 
 
406 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 imperium, -i, n., dominion, power, 
 supremacy. 
 
 impero, -are, -avi, -atus, to rule ^^ 
 over, command, demand. 
 
 impetro, -are, -avi, -atus, to ac- 
 complish, get, obtain. 
 
 impetus, -us, m,, attack, violence, 
 fury. 
 
 impie, adv., unckedly, impiously. 
 
 impiger, -gra, -grum, adj., active, ^ 
 energetic, diligent. 
 
 impius, -a, -um, adj., wicked, im- 
 jdous. 
 
 impluvium, -i, n., the impluvium, 
 the hami in the interior of a 
 Roman house to receive the 
 rain-water. 
 
 impono, -ere, -posui, -positus, to 
 lay upon, impose. 
 
 in, prep, with ace, to, into, upon, 
 against, among; with abl., in, on. 
 
 inaugiu-6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
 practice augury, foretell, divine. 
 
 incendo, -ere, -di, -ensus, to set 
 fire to, hum. 
 
 incensus, -a, -um, part, of in- 
 cendo, set on fire, burning. 
 
 incertus, -a, -imi, adj., uncertain. 
 
 incido, -ere, -cidi, to fall into, fall 
 upon, happen, coincide with. 
 
 incito, -are, -avi, -fttus, to incite, 
 arouse. 
 
 inclamo, -are, -avi, -atus, to call 
 out, invoke. 
 
 inclitus, -a, -um, celebrated, fa- 
 mous, renowned. 
 
 incognitus, -a, -um, adj., unknown. 
 
 incola, -ae, m. and f., inhabitant. 
 
 incolo, -ere, -ui, to inhabit, dwell, 
 live. 
 
 incolumis, -e, adj., unharmed. 
 
 incredibilis, -e, adj ., incredible, ex- 
 traordinary. 
 
 increpo, -are, -ui, -itus, to make a 
 noise, clash, upbraid, blame. 
 
 increscens, -ntis, adj., grouring, 
 increasing. 
 
 incubo, -are, -ui, -itus, to lie in 
 or upon, to sit itpon, brood over. 
 
 incursio, -onis, f., attack, invasion. 
 
 inde, adv., thence, from that place, 
 thereafter, after that time. 
 
 index, -dicis, m., index, sign, indi- 
 cation. 
 
 in(Uci, pres. pass. inf. of indico, to 
 be proclaimed. 
 
 indico, -ere, -dixi, dictus, to de- 
 clare, publish, announce. 
 
 indued, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, to 
 lead into, bring into, introduce. 
 
 inductus, -a, -um, i^art. see in- 
 dued. /V 
 
 inermis, -e, adj., without arms, 
 unarmed, defenseless. 
 
 infemus, -a, -tun, adj., lower, he- 
 longing to the lower regions, 
 infernal. 
 
 inferus, -a, -tmi, adj., low, lower; 
 Mare Inferum, the Lower or 
 Tyrrhenian Sea. 
 
 infestus, -a, -lun, adj., disturbed, 
 hostile, dangerous. 
 
 influo, -ere, -flii», -fliixus, to floio 
 into. 
 
 infra, adv., below, beneath. 
 
 infusus, -a, -lun, part, of infundo, 
 poured over or upon. 
 
 ingenium, -i, n., nature, temper, 
 character. 
 
 ingens, -ntis, adj., great. 
 
 ingredior, -i, -gressus sum, to go 
 in, enter, begin. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 407 
 
 ingressus, -a, -um, part, of in- 
 gredior, having entered. 
 
 inicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, to throw 
 or put on. 
 
 inimicus, -i, m., enemy, a private 
 enemy. 
 
 inimicus, -a, -um, adj., unfriendly, 
 hostile. 
 
 initiiun, -i, n., beginning. 
 
 iniiiria, -ae, f., wi'ong, injury. 
 
 iniussu, m., abl. only, wilhovt the 
 command of, without consent. 
 
 iniustus, -a, -um, adj., unjust. 
 
 inopia, -ae, f., want, need, lark, 
 ptn'crty. 
 
 inquit, defective verb, he {she) 
 says, said: inquiunt, they say. 
 
 inrideo, -ere, -risi, -risus, to laugh 
 at. 
 
 inrito, -are, -avi, -atus, to incite, 
 provoke. 
 
 inscribo -ere, -sciipsi, -scriptus, 
 to inscribe, dedicate. 
 
 insideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessus, to sit 
 upon. 
 
 insidiae, -arum, f., ambush, arti- 
 fice, plot. 
 
 insigne, -is, n., mark, sign. 
 
 insolenter, adv., immoderately, in- 
 solently, arrogantly. 
 
 insolentius, adv., comp. of in- 
 solenter, too or somewhat arro- 
 gantly. 
 
 institud, -ere, -ui, -iitus, to estab- 
 lish, appoint, determine. 
 
 insto, -are, -stiti, -staturus, to 
 approach, threaten, urge, insist 
 upon. 
 
 instructus, -a, -imi, part, of in- 
 struo, draum up, in battle array. 
 
 insula, -ae, f,, island. 
 
 intactus, -a, -um, adj., untouched, 
 
 unharmed. 
 integer, -gra, -griun, adj., whole, 
 
 entire, unhurt; de integro, anew. 
 intellego, -ere, -lexi, -Iectus, to 
 
 observe, understand, knoio. 
 intentus, -a, -lun, adj., attentive. 
 inter, prep, with ace, between, 
 
 among. 
 interdiii, adv., in the day time. 
 interdiun, adv., sometimes, y 
 interea, adv., in the mean time. 
 interfecisse, perf. act. inf. of 
 
 interficio, to have killed. 
 interfectus, -a, -lun, part, of inter- 
 ficio, killed, slain. 
 interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, to 
 
 kill, slay. 
 interim, adv., in the mean lime, 
 
 meanivhile. 
 interimo, -ere, -emi, -emptus, to 
 
 kill, destroy. \M 
 
 interrogo, -are, -avi, -atus, to ask, 
 
 inquire. 
 interrumpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptus, 
 
 to break up, break off, destroy. 
 intervenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, 
 
 to come between, interrupt, inter- 
 vene, happen, occur. 
 introeo, -ire, -ii, -itus, to go into, 
 
 enter. 
 inultus, -a, -um, adj., unpunished, 
 
 unavenged. 
 invado -ere, -vasi, -vasus, to rush 
 
 in, fall upon, assault, take pos- 
 session of. 
 invectus, -a, -vun, part., see in- 
 
 veho. 
 inveho, -ere, -vexi, -vectus, to 
 
 carry to or into. 
 
408 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA' 
 
 invenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, t» 
 
 come upon, jlnd. 
 invoco,. -are, -avi, -atus, to call 
 
 upon, appeal to, implore. 
 lovi, dat., see luppiter. 
 ipse, ipsa, ipsum, intens. pro., 
 
 himself, herself, itself. 
 ipsi, ipsae, ipsa, nom. pi. of ipse, 
 
 themselves. 
 ira -ae, f., urraih, anger, rage. 
 iratus, -a, -um, adj., angered, in 
 
 anger, angry. 
 is, ea, id, demonst. pro., this, he, 
 
 she, it. 
 iste, ista, istud, demonst. pro., 
 
 that, that of yours. 
 isti, istae, ista, nom. pi. of iste, 
 
 those. 
 ita, adv., thus, so, in this manner. 
 Italia, -ae, f., Italy. 
 itaque, conj., therefore, accordingly. 
 iter, itineris, n., route, way, pas- 
 sage, march. 
 itenim, adv., again, a second time, 
 
 once more. 
 iubeo, -ere, iussi, -iussus, to order, 
 
 command. 
 iucundus, -a, -um, adj., pleasing, 
 
 entertaining, delightful. 
 iudex, -icis, m., judge. 
 iugum, -i, n., yoke, height, summit, 
 
 ridge. 
 lulia, -ae, f., Julia. 
 Julius, -i, m., Julius; the month of 
 
 July. 
 iungo, -ere, iunxi, iunctus, to join, 
 
 make (by joining). 
 lunius, -i, m., Junius, a Roman 
 
 name; the moth of June. 
 luno, -onis, f., Juno, the goddess 
 
 Juno. 
 
 luppiter, lovis, lovi, etc., ni., 
 
 Jupiter, the supreme deity of 
 
 the Romans, 
 ius, iuris, n., right, obligation, a 
 
 court of justice, trial. 
 ius-iurandiun, iuris-iurandi, n., 
 
 oath. 
 iussi, iussisti, iussit, etc., perf. 
 
 indie., see iubeo. 
 iussus, -us, m., order, command. 
 iussus, -a, -um, part., see iubeo. 
 iuste, adv., rightly, justly, duly. 
 iustitia, -ae, f ., justice. 
 iustus, -a, -mn, adj., just, upright, 
 
 righteous; iiisti, -onrni, m., the 
 
 just. 
 iuvenca, -ae, f., heifer f 
 iuvenis, -is, m,, young man, youth. 
 
 K 
 
 Kalendae, -arum, f., the Kalends, 
 the first day of the month. 
 
 L 
 
 L., abbreviation for Lucius. 
 labans, -ntis, part, of labo, waver- 
 ing, hesitating. 
 labor, -oris, m., toil, labor. 
 laboro, -are, -avi, -atus, to toil, 
 
 labor, work. 
 lacrima, -ae, f., tear. 
 lacrimo, -are, -avi, -atus, to weep, 
 
 weep for. 
 laedantur, pres. subj. of laedo, 
 
 they may be injured. 
 laedo, -ere, -si, -sus, to wound, 
 
 injure, damage, hurt. 
 laetissimus, -a, -um, adj., super. 
 
 of laetus, most happy, very 
 
 happy. 
 laetus, -a, -imi, adj., glad, happy. 
 laeva, -ae, f., left hand. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 409 
 
 laevus, -a, -um, adj., Jefl, on the 
 left hand. 
 
 lapideus, -a, -um, adj., of stone. 
 
 lapis, -idis, m., stone. 
 
 laqueus, -i, m., noose, snare, fetters. 
 
 Larcius, -i, m., Larcius. 
 
 lardum, -i, n., bacon, lard. ' 
 
 Larentia, -ae, f.. Area Larenlia, 
 the wife of Faustulus. 
 
 Lars, Lartis, m., Lars Porsena, a 
 king of Cliisiiim. 
 
 Latihe, adv., in Latin. 
 
 Latini, -onim, m., the people of 
 Latin m, the Latins. 
 
 Latinus, -i, m., Latinns, king of 
 Latin 7n. 
 
 Latinus, -a, -um, adj., Latin. 
 
 Latium, -i, n., Latium, the region 
 of Italy in which Rome is sit- 
 uated. 
 
 latro, -onis, m., robber. 
 
 latus, -a, -um, adj., unde, broad. 
 
 laudo, -are, -avi, -atus, to praise. 
 
 Lavinia, -ae, f., Lairinia, daughter 
 of Latinus and wife of Aeneas. 
 
 Lavinium, -i, n., Lavinium, a city 
 of Latium founded by Aeneas. 
 
 lebes, -etis, m., kettle, caiddron. 
 
 lectus, -i, m., couch, bed. 
 
 legatio, -onis, f., embassy. 
 
 legatus, -1, m., ambassador, lieu- 
 tenant. 
 
 legi, legist!, l§git, etc., perf. of 
 lego, / have read, etc. 
 
 legio, -onis, f., legion. 
 
 lego, -ere, legi, lectus, to gather, 
 choose, read. 
 
 lenis, -e, adj., gentle. 
 
 leniter, adv., gently. 
 
 leo, -onis, m., lion. 
 
 letdlis, -e, adj., deadly, fatal. 
 
 lex, legis, f., law, terms, c&nditions. 
 libenter, adv., willingly, gladly. 
 liber, libri, m., book. 
 liber, -era, -erum, adj., free. 
 liberi, -onun, m., children. 
 libero, -are, -avi, -atus, to set free, 
 
 liberate, release. 
 libertas, -atis, f., freedom, liberty. 
 licet, -ere, licuit, impersonal, it is 
 
 permitted, one may. 
 lictor, -oris, m., lictor, an attendant 
 
 to a magistrate. 
 ligntmi, -i, n., xoood, fire-wood; pi., 
 
 pieces of wood. 
 lingua, -ae, f., language, tongue. 
 litus, -oris, n., shore, seorshore. 
 Livius, -i, m., Ldvy, a Roman his- 
 torian, 
 loco, -are, -avi, -atus, to put, place, 
 
 arrange. 
 locuples, -etis, adj., rich, wealthy, 
 
 well-supplied. 
 locus, -i, m., place; loci, -onun, 
 
 topics; loca, -onun, n., places. 
 longe, adv., far. 1/ 
 longinquus, -a, -um, adj., long 
 
 continued, lingering. 
 longus, -a, -lun, adj., long. 
 loquitiu", he speaks. 
 loquor, -i, locutus smn, to speak, 
 
 talk, say, express. 
 Luceres, -ium, m., the Luceres, one 
 
 of the three centuries of knights 
 
 named by Romulus. 
 lucerna, -ae, f., lamp. 
 Lucius, -i, m., Lu£ius. 
 Lucretius, -i, m., . Lucretius, a 
 
 Roman name. 
 lucus, -i, m., grove. 
 ludens, -ntis, part, of ludo, play- 
 ing. 
 
410 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 ludo, -ere, -si, -sus, to play. 
 ludus, -i, m., play, sport, game. 
 lugeo, -ere, luid, luctus, to mourn, 
 
 lament. 
 luna, -ae, f., moon. 
 lupa, -ae, f., a she-wolf. 
 lupus, -i, m., a wolf. 
 lux, lucis, f., light, daylight. 
 
 M 
 
 machina, -ae, f., an engine, 
 machine. 
 
 Maecenas, -atis, m., Maecenas, a 
 friend of Augustus and Horace. 
 
 maerens, -ntis, part, of maereo, 
 sorroioing, mourning. 
 
 magis, adv., more, rather. 
 
 magister, -tri, m., master, teacher. 
 
 magistratus, -us, m., office, magis- 
 trate. 
 
 magnitudo, -inis, f., greatness. 
 
 magnus, -a, -um, adj., large. 
 
 maior, -ius, gen., -oris, adj., comp. 
 of magnus, larger; maiores, 
 -lun, m., forefathers, ancestors. 
 
 Maius, -1, m., the month of May. 
 
 male, adv., badly, hardly. 
 
 maleficiiun, -i, n., mischief, evil. 
 
 maleficus, -a, -um, adj., evil-doing, 
 wicked. 
 
 maid, malle, malui, to he more 
 willing, to prefer. 
 
 maltmi, -i, n., evil, mischief. 
 
 malus, -a, -um, adj., had, evil, 
 wicked. 
 
 mandatiun, -i, n., order, com- 
 mission, command^ bidding. 
 
 maneo, -ere, mansi, mansus, to 
 remain. 
 
 manibus, dat. and abl. pi., see 
 manus. 
 
 manus, -us, f., hand, force, band 
 
 (of soldiers). 
 manus, manuum, nom. and gen. 
 
 pi., see manus. 
 Marcius, -i, m., Marcius, Ancus 
 
 Mardv^, a king of Rome. 
 Marcus, -i, m., Marcus, a Roman 
 
 name. 
 mare, maris, n., sea. 
 manner, -oris, n., marble. 
 Mars, Martis, m., Mars, the god of 
 
 war; ivar, battle. 
 Martins, -i, m., the month of 
 
 March. 
 mater, -tris, f., mother. 
 materia, -ae, f., material, occasion, 
 
 cause, opportunity. 
 matrimoniiun, -i, n., mxirriage. 
 maturo, -are, -avi, -atus, to hasten. 
 maturus, -a, -lun, adj., ripe, 
 
 mature. 
 maxime, adv., super, of magis, 
 
 most, very much, greatly, very. 
 maximus, -a, -um, adj., super, of 
 
 magnus, largest, greatest. 
 Maximus, -i, m., Maximus, a 
 
 Roman name, 
 me, ace. and abl., see ego. 
 meatus, -us, m., path, motion. 
 medius, -a, -lun, adj., middle, 
 
 middle of, in the midst, moderate; 
 
 media aestate, in midsummer. 
 Medusa, -ae, f ., Medusa, whose 
 
 head turned anyone looking at 
 
 it to stone. 
 melior, -ius, gen., -oris, adj., 
 
 comp. of bonus, better. 
 melius, adv., comp. of bene, better. 
 membnmi, -i, n., member. 
 memento, imper. of memini, re- 
 member. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 411 
 
 memini, defective, I remember. 
 
 memor, -oris, adj.. mindful. 
 
 memora, imper. of memord, tell. 
 
 memoria, -ae, f., memory. 
 
 memoro, -are, -avi, -atus, to bring 
 to remembrance, tnention, recount, 
 tell. 
 
 mens, mentis, f., mind. 
 
 mensa, -ae, f., table. 
 
 mensis, -is, m., mxrnth. 
 
 mercator, -oris, m., merchant, 
 trader. 
 
 mercor, -an, -atus sum, to buy, 
 pnrcha.se. 
 
 mereor, -eri, meritus simi, to 
 deserve. 
 
 Mettius, -i, iii., Meltim. 
 
 metus, -us, m., fear, dread. 
 
 mens, -a, -um, (voc. sing., m., mi), 
 poss. pro., my. 
 
 micans, -ntis, i\(\}., flashing, glitter- 
 ing, 
 
 migro, -are, -avi, -atus, to remove, 
 depart. 
 
 mUes, -itis, m., soldier. 
 
 milia, -ium, n., thousands. 
 
 militia, -ae, f., military service. 
 
 mille, indcl. num. adj., thousand. 
 
 minae, -arum, f., threats. 
 
 Minerva, -ae, f., Minerva, the god- 
 dess of wisdom. 
 
 minime, adv., super-, of parum, 
 least, not at all, by no means. 
 
 minimus, -a, -mn, adj., super, of 
 parvus, smallest; minimus natu, 
 youngest. 
 
 minor, -us, gen., -oris, adj., comp. 
 of parvus, less, smaller; min- 
 ores, -um, m., descendants; 
 minor natu, younger; minor 
 capitis, deprived of citizenship. 
 
 miror, -an, -atus smn, to wonder. 
 minis, -a, -mn, adj., wonderful. 
 miser, -era, -enrni, adj., unhappy, 
 
 miserable. 
 miserrimus, -a, -mn, adj., super. 
 
 of miser, 7nost miserable, very 
 
 miserable. 
 misi, misisti, misit, etc., perf. of 
 
 mitto, / have sent, etc. 
 missus, -a, -um, part, of mitto, 
 
 sent, having been sent. 
 mitis, -e, adj., gentle, mild, tame. 
 mitto, -ere, misi, missus, to send, 
 
 throw. 
 modo, adv., only; non modo . . . 
 
 sed, 7iot only . . . but. 
 modus, -i, m., manner; hoc modo, 
 
 in this manner. 
 moenia, -ium, n., walls, city walls. 
 moUiter, adv., delicately, agreeably. 
 mollius, adv., comp. of molliter, 
 
 tnore delicately. 
 moneo, -ere, -m, -itus, to advise, 
 
 warn. 
 monile, -is, n., necklace. 
 mons, montis, f., mountain. 
 monstro, -are, -a^, -atus, to show, 
 
 point out. 
 monumentum, -i, n., memorial, 
 
 monument. 
 morbus, -i, m., disease, sickness. 
 morior, mori, mortuus sum, to 
 
 die. 
 mors, mortis, f., death. 
 mortuus, -a, -uin, part, of morior, 
 
 having died, being dead. 
 mos, moris, m., custom, manner, 
 
 conditions, terms; pi., morals, 
 
 nuinners. 
 motus, -us, m., movement, disturb- 
 ance. 
 
412 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 moved, -ere, movi, motus, to move, 
 affect, disturb. 
 
 mox, adv., soon. 
 
 mulier, -ens, f., woman. 
 
 multitudo, -inis, f., multitude. 
 
 multo, abl. as adv., much, by much. 
 
 multmn, adv., much. 
 
 multus, -a, -um, adj., much; pi., 
 multi, many persons; multa, 
 many things. 
 
 munimentum, -i, n., defence, forti- 
 fication, protection. 
 
 munio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to fortify. 
 
 munus, -ens, n., gift, reward. 
 
 mums, -i, m., wall. 
 
 mus, muris, m., mouse. 
 
 muto, -are, -avi, -atus, to move, 
 change, exchange. 
 
 mutuus, -a, -um, adj., mutual, of 
 each other. 
 
 N 
 
 nam, conj., for. 
 
 namque, conj., /or, 
 
 narro, -are, -avi, -atus, to tell 
 
 about, tell, talk about. 
 nascor, -i, natus simi, to be born. 
 natus, -us, m., birth; maior natu, 
 
 elder; minor natu, younger. 
 natus, -i, m., son, child. 
 nauta, -ae, m., sailor. 
 navem, ace. of navis, ship, boat. 
 navigatio, -onis, f., voyage. 
 navis, -is, f., ship, boat; navis 
 
 longa, a war ship. 
 NaviiJs, -i, m., Attus Navius, a 
 
 Roman augiir. 
 ne, adv., not; ne . . . quidem, 
 
 not even (the included word being 
 
 emphatic) . 
 ne, conj,, that not, lest, in order 
 
 that not, not to; after verbs of 
 
 fearing, that, lest. 
 -ne, enclitic, sign of question, 
 
 luhether. 
 Neapolis, -is, f ., Naples, a coast 
 
 town of Italy near Rome, 
 nee, see neque. 
 necessitas, -atis, f., necessity. 
 necne, adv., or not, whether or not. 
 neglego, -ere, -lexi, -lectus, not to 
 
 heed, to neglect. 
 nego, -are, -avi, -atus, to say no, 
 
 deny, refuse. 
 negotium, -i, n., occupation, 
 
 business. 
 nemo, -inis, n., nobody, no one. 
 nempe, adv., doubtless, surely. 
 nepos, -Otis, m., grandson. 
 nequaquam, adv., by no means, not 
 
 at all. 
 neque and nee, conj., and not, 
 
 nor; neque . . . neque (nee 
 
 . . . nee), neither . . . nor. 
 Nero, -onis, m., Nero, a Roman 
 
 emperor. 
 nescio, -ire, -ivi or ii, 7iot to know, 
 
 to be ignorant. 
 neuter, -tra, -trum, adj., neither 
 
 (of two). 
 ni, conj., if not, unless. 
 nidus, -i, m., nest. 
 nihil, indcL.noun, n., nothing. 
 nihilimi, -i, n., nothing; nihilo 
 
 minus, no less. 
 nimbus, -i, m., cloud, storm-cloud. 
 nimis, adv., too, too much. 
 nimius, -a, -mn, adj., too much, 
 
 too great, excessive. 
 nisi, conj., if not, unless, except. 
 nobilito, -are, -avi, -atum, to 
 
 make known, render famous. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 413 
 
 nobis, dat. find abl. pi., see ego. 
 noctu, adv., by night. 
 noli, imper. of nolo, be umoilling, 
 do 7Wt. 
 
 nolo, nolle, nolui, not to be willing, 
 
 to be unioiUing, not to wish. 
 nomen, -inis, n., name. 
 nomino, -are, -avi, -atus, to name, 
 
 call. 
 non, adv., not. 
 Nonae, -arum, f., the Nones, the 
 
 seventh day of the month in 
 
 March, May, July, and October; 
 
 in other months the fifth, 
 nonne, notf sign of question 
 
 expecting the answer yes. 
 nonnuUus, -a, -lun, adj., some, 
 
 (pi.) several. 
 nonus, -a, -um, adj., ninth. 
 nos, nom. and ace. pi., see ego. 
 nosco, -ere, n6\^, notus, to become 
 
 acquainted with, know. 
 noster, -tra, -tnun, poss. pro., our. 
 notus, -a, -irni, part, of nosco, 
 
 known. 
 novacula, -ae, f., razor. / 
 novem, indcl. num. adj , nine. 
 November, -bris, m., the month of 
 
 November. 
 noverat, past perf . of nosed, he had 
 
 learned, knew. 
 novus, -a, -um, adj., nmo. 
 nox, noctis, f., night. 
 nubes, -is, f., clovd. 
 nubo, -ere, nupsi, nuptus, to veil, 
 
 be married to, wed, marry. 
 nuUus, -a, -lun, adj., no, not 
 
 any. 
 ntmi, sign of question expecting 
 
 the answer no; in indirect ques- 
 tions, whether. 
 
 Numa, -ae, ni., Numa Pompilius, 
 a king of Rome. 
 
 numerus, -i, m., number. 
 
 Numitor, -oris, m., Numitor, a 
 king of Alba Longa. 
 
 Numitori, dat., Numitoris, gen., 
 see Numitor. 
 
 nummus, -i, m., a pltce of money, 
 a coin. 
 
 numquam, adv., never. 
 
 nunc, adv., now. 
 
 nuntio, -are, -avi, -atus, to an- 
 nounce, report. 
 
 nuntius, -i, m., messenger. 
 
 nuptus, -a, -imi, part., see nubo. 
 
 nusquam, adv., nowhere. 
 
 O 
 
 ob, prep, with ace, on account of. 
 obicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, to offer, 
 
 -present, expose. 
 obiectus, -a, -um, part, of obicio, 
 
 offered, presented. 
 oblitus, -a, -lun, part, of obliviscor, 
 
 forgetful, unmindful 
 obliviscor, -i, oblitus sum, to forget, 
 
 be forgetful, be unmindful. 
 obruo, -ere, -rui, -rutus, to bury, 
 
 cover. 
 obses, -idis, m, and f., hostage, 
 
 pledge, surety. 
 obstrepo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to cry 
 
 out against, abuse. 
 obtestor, -ari, -atus siun, to call 
 
 upon. 
 obtrunco, -are, -avi, -atus, to slay, 
 
 kill. 
 obviam, adv., in the way, to meet: 
 
 obviam f actus, having met. 
 obvius, -a, -mn, adj., in the way; 
 
 obvius esse, to meet. 
 
414 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 occasus, -us, m., falling, (joimj 
 
 (hum, setting. 
 occido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, to strike 
 
 down, kill. 
 occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, to seize, 
 
 lay hold of, take possession of. 
 occurro, -ere, -curri, -cursus, to 
 
 run to meeH^fall in ivith, oppose. 
 octavus, -a, -um, adj., eighth. 
 octo, indcl. num. adj., eight. 
 October, -bris, m., the month of 
 
 October. 
 oculus, -i, m., eye. 
 oflfensus, -a, -um, adj., offensive. 
 offero, -ferre, obtulT, oblatus, to 
 
 bring to, present, produce, 
 officium, -i, n., dtdy, sernce, part, 
 
 office. 
 olearius, -a, -um, adj., of oil, for 
 
 oil, oil — . 
 olim, adv., once, formerly, some- 
 times. 
 omnis, -e, adj., all, every. 
 onus, oneris, n., burden, load. 
 opera, -ae, f., work, attention. 
 operio, -ire, operui, opertus, to 
 
 cover. ~~ 
 operuisse, perf. act, inf. of operio, 
 
 to have covered. 
 oppidanus, -i, m., tovmsman, citi- 
 zen. 
 oppidum, -i, n., tovm. 
 oppugno, -are, -a^, -atus, to 
 
 attack. 
 ops, opis, f., aid, succor, assistance, 
 
 support, poioer. 
 optime, adv., super, of bene, very 
 
 well. 
 optimus, -a, -um, adj., super, of 
 
 bonus, best. 
 optio, -onis, f,, choice. 
 
 opus, operis, n., work, labor, need; 
 opus est, there is need. 
 
 ora, -ae, f., shore, sea-coast. 
 
 oraculum, -i, n., oracle, prophecy. 
 
 orans, -ntis, part., see oro. 
 
 oratio, -onis, f., speech, oration, 
 discourse. 
 
 orator, -oris, m., orator, ambas- 
 sador. 
 
 orbis, -is, m., circle: orbis terra- 
 nun, the loorld. 
 
 orbus, -a, -lun, adj., bereft of 
 parents or children, orphan, 
 fatherless, childless. 
 
 ordino, -are, -avi, -atus, /o set in 
 order, arrange, appoint. 
 
 ordior, -in, orsus svmi, to begin, 
 undertake. 
 
 ordo, -inis, m., order, line, rank, 
 arrangement, cla^s. 
 
 oriens, -ntis, part, of orior, rising. 
 
 orior, -iri, ortus sum, to arise, rise, 
 begin, take its origin. 
 
 orno, -are, -avi, -atus, to adorn, 
 decorate. 
 
 oro, -are, -avi, -atus, to beg, 
 entreat, plead. 
 
 ortus, -a, -um, part., see orior. 
 
 OS, oris, n., mouth, face, counte- 
 nance. 
 
 osculvun, -i, n., kiss. 
 
 Ostia, -ae, f., Ostia, a city at the 
 mouth of the Tiber. 
 
 ovans, -ntis, adj., rejoicing, exult- 
 ing, triumphant. . 
 
 ovis, -is, f., sheep, v 
 
 ovum, -i, n., egg. 
 
 pacatus, -a, -um, part, of paco, 
 pacified, peaceful. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 415 
 
 paco, -are, -a^d, -atus, to pacify, 
 
 subdue. 
 paedagogus, -i, m., attendant. 
 paene, adv., almost. 
 paenitet, -ere, -tiit, impersonal, 
 
 one repents, is sorry. 
 palam, adv., openly, publicly. 
 Palatinus, -a, -mn, adj., Palatine, 
 
 belonging to the Palatinm. 
 Palatium, -i, n., the Palatine hill 
 
 at Rome, 
 paludamenttmi, -i, n., military 
 
 cloak, mantle. 
 Pantheum, -i, n., the Pantheon, a 
 
 temple of Jupiter at Rome. 
 Papyrus, -i, m. and f., the ]mper- 
 
 reed, papyrus. 
 par, pans, adj., like, equxd. to. 
 paratus, -a, -um, part, of paro, 
 
 prepared. 
 pared, -ere, peperci (parsi), par- 
 
 surus, to spare. 
 parens, -ntis, m., parent, father. J 
 pared, -ere, parui, to obey, be 
 
 obedient to. 
 pario, -ere, peperi, partus, to bear, 
 
 drop, lay, jrroduce. 
 paro, -are, -a^, -atus, to prepare, 
 
 design, arrange. 
 pars, partis, f., part. 
 Parthenon, -onis, m., Th& Par- 
 thenon, the famous temple of 
 
 Athene (the Roman Minerva) 
 
 on the Acropolis in Athens. 
 Parthi, -orum, m., the Parthians. 
 particeps, -cipis, adj., partaking, 
 
 sharing; subst., a sharer. 
 panunper, adv., a little while. 
 parvus, -a, -um, adj., small, little. 
 passurus, -a, -um, fut. act. part., 
 
 see patior. 
 
 passus, -us, m., pace; mille pas- 
 
 sus, a thousand paces, a mile: 
 
 milia passuum, thousands of 
 
 paces, miles. 
 passus, -a, -um, part, of pando, 
 
 spreading, flowing, disheveled. 
 passuimi, gen. pi., see passus. 
 pastor, -oris, m., shepherd. 
 pater, -tris, m.., father, (p\.) fathers, 
 
 senators. 
 patemus, -a, -lun, adj., belonging 
 
 to a father, n father^ s. 
 patior, pati, passus simi, to suffer, 
 
 endure, allow, permit. 
 patria, -ae, f., fatherland, native 
 
 larul, native city, native country. 
 pauci, -ae, -a, adj., few. 
 paululiun, adv., a little. 
 pauper, -eris, adj., poor, not rich, 
 
 small, humble. 
 pavidus, -a, -um, adj., trembling, 
 
 alarmed, frightened. 
 pax, pacis, f., peace. 
 pecunia, -ae, f., money, wealth. 
 pedes, -itis, m., foot-soldier; pi., 
 
 pedites, foot-soldiers, infantry. 
 peior, -ius, gen., -oris, adj., comp. 
 
 of malus, worse. 
 pellendi, gen. gerund of pello, of 
 
 driving off. 
 pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, to 
 
 drive off, drive, itnpel, move. i» 
 
 penitus, adv., vnthin. 
 penna, -ae, f ., feather, wing. 
 pepererat, past perf., see pario. 
 pepuli,-isti, -it, etc., perf., see pello. 
 per, prep, with ace, through, by, 
 
 by means of. 
 perago, -ere, -egi, -actus, to carry 
 
 through, go throvxfh with, pass, 
 
 describe. 
 
416 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 peragro, -are, -avi, -atus, to roam 
 
 through, traverse. 
 percello, -ere, -cxiU, -culsus, to 
 
 smite, cast down, strike with 
 
 consternation. 
 percontor, -ari, -atus sum, to ask, 
 
 inquire. 
 perculsus, -a, -um, part., see 
 
 percello. 
 perduco, -ere, -duxi,' l-ductus, to 
 
 lead through, conduct, lead. 
 perductus, -a, -um, part, of per- 
 duco, conducted. 
 pereo, -ire, -ii, -itus, to pass away, 
 
 perish, die. 
 perfero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, to 
 
 carry through, bring through; 
 
 pass., reach, arrive. 
 perfidus, -a, -imi, adj., treacherous, 
 
 faithless. 
 perfugio, -ere, -fugi, to run away, 
 
 flee for refuge. 
 periculimi, -i, n., peril, danger. 
 peritus, -a, -irni, adj., experienced, 
 
 acqumnted with, skilled. 
 perlatus sum, perf. pass., see 
 
 perfero. 
 permuto, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
 
 change, exchange. 
 perpello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus, to 
 
 urge, compel, prevail upon. 
 perpetuus, -a, -um, adj., continu- 
 ous; in perpetuum, perma- 
 nently, for life. 
 persolvo, -ere, -solTd, -solutus, to 
 
 discharge, pay, render, perform. 
 persono, -are, -ui, -itus, to resound. 
 perstringo, -ere, -strinn, -strictmn, 
 
 to hind together, seize. 
 persuaded, -ere, -suasi, -suasus, 
 
 to persuade. 
 
 pertineo, -ere, -ui, to reach, extend. 
 pervenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, to 
 
 come through, arrive. 
 
 pes, pedis, ni., fool. 
 
 pessimus, -a, -um, adj., super, of 
 malus, worst. 
 
 pestilentia, -ae, f., plague, pes- 
 tilence. 
 
 petitum, ace. supine of peto, to 
 seek, fetch. 
 
 peto, -ere, pelivi (-ii), petitus, to 
 seek, ask for, fetch, go to get. 
 
 Pharsalicus, -a, -lun, adj., at 
 Pharsalus, a city in Thessaly 
 where Caesar defeated Pompey. 
 
 pie, adv., piously, dutifully. 
 
 pila, -ae, f., ball. 
 
 pilleus, -i, m., cap. 
 
 Piraeus, -i, m., the Piraeus, the 
 port of Athens. 
 
 placed, -ere, -ui, -itus, to please, 
 be agreeable, seem good, be deter- 
 mined. 
 
 placide, adv., calmly. 
 
 placidus, -a, -um, adj., quiet, calm. 
 
 platea, -ae, f., piazza, a public 
 square. 
 
 plaustrum, -i, n., a wagon, cart. 
 
 plebs, plebis, f ., the common people. 
 
 plenus, -a, -um, adj., full. 
 
 plenunque, adv., generally. 
 
 plures, plura, adj., comp. of multi, 
 more. 
 
 plurimus, -a, -mn, adj., super, of 
 multus, most, (pi.) very many. 
 
 plus, pluris, adj., comp. of multus, 
 more. 
 
 plus, adv., comp. of multiun, more. 
 
 poculum, -i, n., cup, a drinking 
 vessel. 
 
 poena, -ae, f., punishment;, in 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 417 
 
 poenam dare, to punish; poenam 
 
 dare, to suffer punishment. 
 Poeni, -oruin, in., the Cartliagin- 
 
 ians. 
 poeta, -ae, m., yoet. 
 pollicendo, abl. gerund of polliceor, 
 
 by irromising. 
 polliceor, -eri, pollicitus siun, to 
 
 offer, promise. 
 Pollux, »ucis, m., Pollux, the 
 
 brother of Castor, with whom, 
 
 as the constellation Gemini, he 
 
 guides sailors. 
 Pompeianus, -a, -um, adj., of 
 
 Pompey, of Pompeii. 
 Pompeii, -orum, m., Pompeii, an 
 
 ancient city of Italy destroyed 
 
 by an eruption of Vesuvius. 
 Pompeius, -i, m., Pompey, a 
 
 Roman general. 
 Pompilius, -i, Pompilius, Numa 
 
 Pompilius, a king of Rome, 
 pondus, -eris, n., u^ht. 
 pono, -ere, posui, positus, to place, 
 
 set, fix upon, depend upon. 
 pons, pontis, m., bridge. 
 populus, -i, m., people. 
 porrectus, -a, -um, part, of por- 
 
 rigo, stretched out. 
 Porsena, -ae, m., Porsena, king 
 
 of Clusium. 
 porta, -ae, f., gate, a city-gate. 
 portans, -ntis, part, of porto, carry- 
 
 imj. 
 porto, -are, -avi, -atus, to carry, 
 
 bring. 
 portui, dat. of portus, for a harbor. 
 portus, -us, m., harbor, port. 
 posco, -ere, poposci, to beg, 'demand, 
 
 request. 
 positus, -a, -um, part., see pond. 
 
 possimi, posse, potui, to be able; 
 
 possum) / can; poteram, / 
 
 coidd. 
 post, prep, with ace, after. 
 postea, adv., afterwards. 
 posterus, -a, -um, adj., following, 
 
 next. 
 posthac, adv., after this. 
 postquam, conj., after. 
 postremo, adv., finally. 
 postulatimi, -i, n., demand, request. 
 postulo, -are, -avi, -atus, to ask 
 
 for, demand, request. 
 potens, -ntis, part, of possum, able, 
 
 strong, powerful. 
 potestas, -atis, f., power, oppor- 
 tunity. 
 potior, -iri, potitus siun, to become 
 
 master of, acquire. 
 prae, prep, with ace, before, in 
 
 front of. 
 praeda, -ae, f., plunder, booty. 
 praedator, -oris, m., plunderer, 
 
 robber. 
 praelambo, -ere, to taste before or 
 
 first. 
 praemium, -i, n., reward, prize. 
 praepono, -ere, -posui, -positus, to 
 
 place before, prefer. 
 praesens, -ntis, part, of praesum, 
 
 present, immediate. 
 praestantia, -ae, f., superiority. 
 praesum, -esse, -fm, to be in com- 
 mand of. 
 praeter, prep, with ace, except, 
 
 besides. 
 precor, -an, -atus sum, to entreat, 
 
 pray, beesech. 
 prehendo, -ere, -di, -ensus, to lay 
 
 hold of, catch, seize. 
 pretium, -i, n., price, worth, value. 
 
418 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 prex, precis, f., (not often in sing.), 
 
 prayer. 
 pridem, adv., lotig ago, long since, 
 
 long before. 
 pridie, adv., the day before. 
 primo, adv., at first. \ 
 primum, adv., first; quam primiun, 
 
 as soon as possible. 
 primus, -a, -um, adj., super, of 
 
 prior, first. 
 princeps, -ipis, m., chief, leader, 
 
 the first or foremost. 
 principium, -i, n., beginning. 
 prior, -us, gen., -oris, adj., comp., 
 
 before, former, first. 
 
 prohibeo, -ere, -ui, -itus, to pre- 
 vent, hinder. 
 
 prolatus, -a, -um, part., sec pro- 
 fero. 
 
 prope, adv., Jiear, near by, almost. 
 
 propero, -are, -a^, -atus, to 
 hasten on. 
 
 propinquus, -T, m., relative, kins- 
 man. 
 
 propius, adv., comp. of prope, 
 nearer. 
 
 propono, -ere, -posui, -positus, to 
 set forth, publish, propose. 
 
 propter, prep, with ace., on account 
 of. 
 
 pro, prep, with abl., for, in behalf propterea, adv., on account of this. 
 
 of, before. 
 
 Proca, -ae, m., Proca, a king of 
 the Albans. 
 
 procedo, -ere, -cessus, to go forth, 
 advance. 
 
 procul, adv., far, far off, from a 
 distance; procul dubio, undoubt- 
 edly. 
 
 Proculus, -1, m., Proculus. 
 
 prodigium, -i, n., omen, portent, 
 prodigy. 
 
 proditio, -onis, f., treason, be- 
 trayal. 
 
 prodo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to give 
 forth, produce, betray. 
 
 proeliimi, -i, n., battle. 
 
 profectus, -a, -um, part., see profi- 
 ciscor. 
 
 profero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, to 
 bring forth, extend, produx^e, make 
 known. 
 
 pronpio, -ere, -npm, -reptus, to 
 
 snatch away; with se, to rush 
 
 out, hasten. 
 prosum, prodesse, profui, to be 
 
 useful, benefit. 
 provincia, -ae, f., province. 
 provoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to call 
 
 out, make appeal to. 
 proximum, -i, n., vicinity. 
 proximus, -a, -vun, adj., super, of 
 
 propior, nearest, next preceding 
 
 ov following, last, next. 
 prudentia, -ae, f., knowledge, skill, 
 
 prudence. 
 publice, adv., /or the state, on behalf 
 
 of the state. 
 publicus, -a, -um, adj., for the 
 
 state, public; res publica, the 
 
 state. 
 Publius, -i, m., Publius. 
 pudicus, -a, -vun, adj., modest. 
 proficiscor, -i, profectus siun, to pudor, -oris, m., shame, modesty. 
 
 set out, depart, go. puella, -ae, f., girl. 
 
 progredior, -i, -gressus stun, to go puer, pueri, m., boy, child, 
 forward, advance, proceed. pugil, -ills, m., a boxer, pugilist. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 419 
 
 pugna, -ae, f., fight, battle. 
 pugnandi, gen. genmd of pugno, of 
 
 fighting. 
 pugno, -are, -avi, -atus, to fight; 
 
 pugnatur, a battle is fought. 
 pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj., beau- 
 tiful. 
 puUus, -i, m., chicken. 
 pulsus, -a, -um, part., see pello. 
 puniendus, -a,-um,fut.pass. part. 
 
 of punio, to be punished. 
 punio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to punish. 
 purpureus, -a, -um, adj., purple. 
 puto, -are, -avi, -atus, to think, 
 
 suppose. 
 Pyrenaeus, -a, -um, adj., Pyre- 
 
 naean; Pyrenaei montes, the 
 
 Pyrenees. 
 
 Q 
 
 quadraginta, indcl. num. adj., 
 
 forty. 
 quae, nom. sing, f., nom. pi. f.; 
 
 nom and ace. pi. n.; see qui and 
 
 quis. 
 quaeque, see quisque. 
 quaero, -ere, quaesivi, quaesitus, 
 
 to seek for, look for, inquire, a^k. 
 quails, -e, rel. and interrog. adj., 
 
 such as, as; of what kind, what 
 
 kind of a; talis . . . qualis, 
 
 such . . . as. 
 quam, ace. sing, f., see qui. 
 quam, adv., how, than; with 
 
 superlatives, as possible. 
 quamdiu, adv., as long as. 
 quam vis, conj., although. 
 quando, adv., at some time, ever; 
 
 interrog., when. 
 quantus, -a, -um, rel. and interrog. 
 
 adj., as, as great as; how great, 
 
 haw much; tantus . . . quan- 
 
 tus, as great . . . as, as much 
 . . . as. 
 
 quare, rel. adv., wherefore. 
 
 quartus, -a, -um, adj., fourth. 
 
 quas, rel. pro., ace. pi. f., see qui. 
 
 quasi, adv., as if, as it were. ' 
 
 quattuor, indcl. num. adj., /oi/r*. 
 
 quattuordecim, indcl. num. adj., 
 fourteen. 
 
 -que, enclitic conj., and; some- 
 times bui, or. 
 
 quem, ace. sing, m., see qui. 
 
 quercus, -us, f., oak, oak tree. 
 i^ueror, -i, questus sum, to com- 
 plain. 
 
 qui, quae, quod, rel. pro., who, 
 which, what, that, as. 
 
 quia, conj., because. 
 
 quibus, dat. and abl. pi., see qui 
 and quis. 
 
 quicimique, quaecmnque, quod- 
 cumque, indcf. rel. pro., whoever, 
 whatever. 
 
 quid, interrog. pro., what; adv., 
 why, how. 
 
 quidam, quaedam, quiddam (quod- 
 dam), indef. pro., a certain, 
 certain, some. 
 
 quidem, adv., indeed, to be sure; 
 ne . . . quidem, not . . . even. 
 
 quies, -etis, f., rest, quiet, cessation. 
 
 quilibet, quaelibet, quidlibet, indef. 
 pro., any one whatever, any you 
 imll. 
 
 quin, conj., but that, that, from 
 being. 
 
 quindecim, indcl. num. ad]., fifteen. 
 
 quindecimviri, -drum, the fifteen 
 men, or priests, who had charge 
 of the Sibylline books. 
 
 quinque, indcl. num. ad]., five. 
 
420 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 quintus, -a, -um, adj., ftjth; 
 
 quintus decimus, fifteenth. 
 Quirinalis, -e, adj., of Quirinus, 
 
 Quirinal. 
 Quirinus, -i, m., Quirinus, a name 
 
 of Romulus. 
 Quirites, -iiun, m., Quirites, the 
 
 Roman citizens. 
 quis (qui), quae, quid (quod), 
 
 interrog. pro., who, what; indef., 
 
 any one^ any. 
 quisquam, quidquam (quicquam), 
 
 indef. pro., any one, anything, 
 
 any whatever. 
 quisque, quaeque, quidque (quod- 
 
 que), indef. pro., each, evf^y. 
 qui\is, quaevis, quidvis (quodvis), 
 
 indef. pro., any one you please, 
 
 any whatever. 
 quo, abl. sing. m. and n., see qm 
 
 and quis. 
 quo, rel. and interrog. adv., where, 
 
 ivhither. 
 quod, conj., because. 
 quod, nom, and ace. sing, n., see 
 
 qui and quis. 
 quondam, adv., once. 
 quoque, conj., also. 
 quos, ace. pi. m., see qui and quis. 
 quot, indcl. adj., how many. 
 
 radius, -i, m., rod, for marking or 
 
 measuring. 
 Ramnes, -ium, m., the Ramnes, 
 
 one of the three centuries of 
 
 knights named by Romulus, 
 ramus, -i, m., branch, hough. 
 rapina, -ae, f., plundering. 
 rapio, -ere, rapui, raptus, to seize, 
 
 hurry away. 
 
 raptus, -a, -imi, part, of rapio, 
 
 seized. 
 ratus, -a, -um, part, of reor, think- 
 ing. 
 rebus, dat. and abl. pi., see res. 
 recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, to 
 
 take back, receive again, accept; 
 
 se recipere, to draw back, return. 
 recte, adv., rightly, well. 
 recuso, -are, -avi, -atus, to refuse, 
 
 decline, be reluctant. 
 reddo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to give 
 
 back, return, surrender. 
 redeo, -Ire, -ii, -itus, to go back, 
 
 return. 
 redigo, -ere, -egi, -actus, to bring 
 
 back, reduce. 
 redintegro, -are, -a^, -atus, to 
 
 renew. 
 redit, see redeo. 
 refugio, -ere, -fugi, to flee back, 
 
 flee for safety. 
 regi, dat. sing., see rex. 
 regia, -ae,f ., palace, royal residence. 
 regina, -ae, f., queen. 
 regio, -onis, f., district, region. 
 regis, gen. sing., see rex. 
 regius, -a, -imi, adj., royal, of the 
 
 king. -. 
 regnavisse, porf . act. inf. of regno, 
 
 to have reigned. 
 regno, -are, -avi, -atus, to reign, 
 
 rule. 
 regntun, -i, n., kingdoyn, royal 
 
 power. 
 rego, -ere, rem, rectus, to guide, 
 
 conduct, direct, rule, govern. 
 Regulus, -i, m., Regulus, a Roman 
 
 consul and general, 
 religio, -onis, f., piety, a sense of 
 
 duty. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 421 
 
 relinquitur, he (she, it) is left. 
 relinquo, -ere, -liqui, -lictus, lo 
 
 leave behind, abandon, give up, 
 
 leave. 
 reliquus, -a, -xim, adj., remaining. 
 removed, -ere, -movi, -motus, to 
 
 put away. 
 Remus, -i, m,, Remus, the brother 
 
 of Romulus. 
 renuntid, -are, -a^a, -atus, to 
 
 report. 
 reor, reri, ratus sum, to think, 
 
 suppose, imagine. 
 repello, -ere, reppuli, repulsus, to 
 
 thrust })ack, reject. 
 repente, adv., suddenly. 
 repentinus, -a, -imi, adj., sudden, 
 
 unexpected. 
 reperio, -ire, repperi, repertus, to 
 
 fnul, jiml out, leant, discover. ^ 
 repeto, -ere, -m or -ii, -itus, to 
 
 seek again, ask, demand, recover. 
 repono, -ere, -posui, -positus, to 
 
 place back, replace, put, place, 
 
 repose. 
 reporto, -are, -avi, -atus, to bring 
 
 back, get, obtain. 
 repulsus, -a, -um, part., see 
 
 repello. 
 requiro, -ere, -quisivi, -quisitus, 
 
 to ask for, need, be in ward of. 
 res, rei, f., thinxj, affair, properly; 
 
 res gestaA, deeds; res publica, 
 
 the state; res repetere, to demand 
 
 satisfaction. 
 resisto, -ere, -stiti, to halt, stand, 
 
 withstand, resist. 
 respicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectus, to 
 
 look back, regard, be mindful. 
 responded, -ere, -(U, -sponsus, to 
 
 answer, reply. 
 
 retineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, to hold 
 
 back, detain, keep. 
 revertisse, perf . act. inf. of reverto, 
 
 to have relumed. 
 reverto, -ere, -verti, -versus, to 
 
 turn back, return. 
 revertor, -i, -versus simi, to turn 
 
 back, return. 
 revoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to call 
 
 back, recall. 
 rex, regis, m., king. 
 Rhea, -ae, f., Rhea Silvia, the 
 
 mother of Romulus and Remus. 
 Rhenus, -i, m., the Rhine river. 
 rideo, -ere, risi, risus, to laugh, 
 
 smile, laugh at. 
 ripa, -ae, f., bank (of a river). 
 rixa, -ae, f., quAirrel, dispute. 
 robur, -oris, ii., oak, strength. '^ 
 rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, to ask, 
 
 inquire. 
 Roma, -ae, f., Rome. 
 Romani, -drum, m., the Romans. 
 Romanus, -a, -um, adj., Roman. 
 Romulus, -i, Romulus, founder 
 
 and first king of Rome, 
 rosa, -ae, f., rose. 
 rota, -ae, f., wheel. 
 rotundus, -a, -um, adj., round. 
 Rubico, -onis, m., the Rubicon 
 
 river. 
 ruina, -ae, f., downfall, ruin. 
 nmipo, -ere, riipi, ruptus, to break, 
 
 break in ]neces, destroy. 
 rupes, -is, f., a rock, a cliff. 
 ruptus, -a, -um, part., see rumpo. 
 rursus, adv., again. 
 rus, ruris, n., country; loc, ruri, 
 
 in the country. 
 rusticus, -a, -imi, adj., belonging to 
 
 the country, rustic, rural, country. 
 
422 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Sablnae, -arum, f., the Sabine 
 women. 
 
 Sabini, -onim, m., the Sahines. 
 
 Sabinus, -a, -um, adj., of the 
 Sahines, Sabine. 
 
 sacer, -era, -crum, consecrated, 
 holy, sacred; pi., sabred things. 
 
 sacrarium, -i, n., a sanctuary, 
 shrine, sacred place. 
 
 saepe, adv., often. 
 
 saevus, -a, -ijm, adj., severe, angry, 
 cruel. 
 
 saltern, adv., at least. 
 
 salubris, -e, adj., healthful, whole- 
 some, benejioial, healthy. 
 
 salus, -utis, f., safety, welfare, 
 greeting. 
 
 saluto, -are, -avi, -atus, to salute. 
 
 salveo, rere, to welcome, hail: 
 salve, good-day, how do you do? 
 
 sapientia, -ae, f., wisdom, under- 
 standing. 
 
 satis, adv., sufficiently, enough. 
 
 Satumius, -a, -tun, adj., of Saturn. 
 
 Satumus, -i, m., Saturn, the most 
 ancient king of Latium and the 
 god of agriculture. 
 
 sceleratus, -a, -um, adj., wicked, 
 vicious, accursed, guilty; Vicus 
 Sceleratus,the .street where Tul- 
 lia drove over her father's body. 
 
 scelus, -eris, n., wicked deed, crime. 
 
 scientia, -ae, f., knowledge, science. 
 
 scio, -ire, sc^^a, scitus, to know, 
 understa,nd. 
 
 Scipio, -onis, m., Scipio, a famous 
 Roman general who conquered 
 Hannibal. 
 
 scribo, -ere, sciipsi, scriptus, to 
 write, enroll. 
 
 scriptor, -oris, m., writer, author. 
 
 scriptus, -a, -um, part, of scribo, 
 writte7i. 
 
 sciitum, -i, n., shield. 
 
 se, ace. and abl., see sui. 
 
 Sebastianus, -a, um, adj., Sebas- 
 tian, named for Sebastian, a 
 Roman soldier and Christian 
 martyr. 
 
 seed, -are, secui, sectus, to cui. 
 
 secimdus, -a, -um, adj., followi?!^, 
 second, favorable. 
 
 securis, -is, f., axe. 
 
 secutus, -a, -um, part., see sequor. 
 
 sed, conj., hut. 
 
 sedecim, >indcl. num. adj., si.i>- 
 teen. 
 
 sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessurus, to sit, 
 sit still, reinain. 
 
 sedes, -is, f., seat, residence, 
 dwelling-place. 
 
 sedtilo, adv., carefidly. 
 
 sella, -ae, f., seat, chair. j 
 
 semesus, -a, -um, adj., half-eaten. J 
 
 semper, adv., always. 
 
 senator, -oris, m., senator. 
 
 senatus, -us, m., senate. 
 
 senectiis, -utis, f., old age. 
 
 senex, senis, m., an old man. 
 
 sententia, -ae, f., opinion, senti- 
 ment, meaning, sense. 
 
 sentio, -ire, sensi, sensus, to feel, 
 perceive, know. 
 
 septem, indcl. num. adj., seven. 
 
 September, bris, m., the month of 
 September. 
 
 septendecim, indcl. num. adj., 
 seventeen. 
 
 Septimus, -a, -um, adj., setwnth. 
 
 sequor, sequi, secutus sum, to 
 I follow. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 423 
 
 serius, -a, -um, adj., grave, sei-wus, 
 
 earnest. 
 sennd, -onis, m., conversation, dis- 
 course. 
 servitus, -utis, f., servitude, slavery, 
 
 subjection. 
 Servius, -i, m., Servius. 
 servo, -are, -avi, -atus, to save, 
 
 protect. 
 servus, -i, m., slave, servant. 
 sescenti, -ae, -a, adj., six hundred. 
 sevLf con]., or, 01' if ; seu . . . seu, 
 
 whether . . . or. 
 sex, indcl. num. adj., six. 
 sexaginta, indcl. num. adj., sixty. 
 sextus, -a, -um, adj., sixth. 
 si, conj., if. 
 
 Sibylla, -ae, f ., a sibyl, prophetess. 
 Sibyllinus, -a, -um, adj., of the 
 
 Sibyl, Sibylline. 
 sic, adv., thus, so, in this manner. 
 siccus, -a, -lun, adj., dry. 
 Sicilia, -ae, f., Sicily. 
 sidus, -eris, n., star, constellation. 
 signified, -are, -avi, -atus, to show, 
 
 indicate, signify. 
 signum, -i, n., signal, sign, image. 
 silentium, -i, n., silence. 
 silva, -ae, f., forest. 
 Silvia, -ae, f., Sihna. 
 similis, -e, adj., similar, like. 
 similitude, -iiiis, f., similarity, 
 
 resemblance, likeness. 
 simul, adv., ai^/?e same time, at once. 
 simulo, -are, -avi, -atus, to feign, 
 
 pretend. 
 sine, prep, with abl., without. 
 singula, -onun, n., separate pieces, 
 
 parts. 
 singuli, -ae, -a, adj., one by one, 
 
 separate, one on a side. 
 
 sinister, -tra, -tnim, adj., left 
 {hand) . 
 
 sinistra, -ae, f., left hand. 
 
 sino, -ere, sivi, situs, to let, allow, 
 permit. 
 
 sisto, -ere, stiti, status, to stop. 
 
 sit, pres. subj. of stun, he (she, 
 it) may be, is: let there be, may 
 there be, etc. 
 
 situs, -us, m., situation, position, 
 site. 
 
 situs, -a, -imi, adj., placed, situ- 
 ated. 
 
 socer, soceri, m., father-in-law. 
 
 societas, -atis, f., alliance, society. 
 
 socius, -i, m., companion, ally, 
 follower. 
 
 sol, solis, m., sun. 
 
 soled, -ere, solitus sum, to be 
 accustomed. 
 
 soltun, adv., alone, only. 
 
 solus, -a, -um, adj., alone. 
 
 solvo, -ere, solvi, solutus, to loose, 
 loosen, spread out, set sail, depart. 
 
 somnus, -i, m., sleep. 
 
 sonitus, -us, m., sound. 
 
 sono, -are, sonui, sonitus, to sound. 
 
 soror, -oris, f., sister. 
 
 sors, sortis, f., lot, destiny, fate. 
 
 Sp., abbreviation for Spurius. 
 
 spatium, -i, n., room, space, dis- 
 tance, time. 
 
 spectaculum, -i, n,, spectacle, exhi- 
 bition. 
 
 spectans, -ntis, part, of specto as 
 noun, spectator. 
 
 specto, -are, -avi, -atus, fo look, 
 behold, spy. 
 
 speculum, -i, n., mirror. 
 
 spemo, -ere, sprevi, spretus, to 
 scorn. 
 
424 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 spero, -are, -avi, -atus, to hope, 
 
 expect. 
 spes, spei, f., hope, expectation. 
 spirans, -ntis, part, of spiro, 
 
 breathing, lifelike. 
 spiritus, -us, m., air, Irrcath, spirit, 
 
 courage. 
 spolio, -are, -avi, -atus, to strip, 
 
 strip off, rob, plunder, spoil. 
 spolium, -i, n., spoil, plunder, 
 
 booty. 
 sponsus, -i, m., a betrothed man. 
 spurius, -i, m., spurious. 
 stabulvun, -i, n., stall, stable, ham. 
 statim, adv., immediately, -at once. 
 static, -onis, f., position, post, 
 
 station. 
 stator, -oris, m., stayer, supporter, 
 
 defender. 
 statua, -ae, f., statue. 
 Stella, -ae, f., star. 
 stimulo, -are, -avi, -atus, to stimu- 
 late, arouse. 
 sto, stare, steti, staturus, to stand. 
 strepitus, -us, m., noise, din. 
 strictus, -a, -um, part, of stringo, 
 
 drawn, unsheathed. 
 stringo, -ere, strinxi, strictus, to 
 
 draw, strip off, unsheath. 
 studium, -i, n., zeal, study, pursuit, 
 
 occu'pation. 
 suadendo, abl., gerund of suadeo, 
 
 in adirising. 
 suadeo, -ere, suasi, suasus, to 
 
 adirise, persuade, urge. 
 sub, prep, with ace. and abl., 
 
 under, near, at the approach of, 
 
 just before. 
 subeo, -ire, -ii, -itus, to go under, 
 
 approach, take upon one^s self, 
 
 take up. 
 
 subiectus, -a, -um, part, of sub- 
 icio, placed under, subdued, con- 
 quered. 
 
 subigo, -ere, -egi, -actus, to 
 overcome, conquer. 
 
 subito, adv., suddenly. 
 
 subitus, -a, -um, adj., sudden. 
 
 sublatus, -a, -um, part., see tollo. 
 
 sublicius, -a, -imi, adj., resting 
 upon piles; pons sublicius, the 
 ])ile bridge at Rome. 
 
 sublimis, -e, adj., high, aloftypn 
 high. 
 
 sui (gen.), dat., sibi, ace. and abl., 
 se or sese, reflexive pro., of 
 himself, of herself, of itself, of 
 themselves. 
 
 simi, esse, fui, futurus, to be. 
 
 summa, -ae, f., sum, total, amount. 
 
 summus, -a, -tmi, adj., super, of 
 superus, highest, the higJiest part 
 of. 
 
 sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptus, to 
 take up, begin, undertake. 
 
 super, prep, with ace, above, over; 
 adv., above. 
 
 superaturus (-a, -um) esse, fut. 
 inf. act. of supero, to be about 
 to overcome. 
 
 superbe, adv., proudly, arrogantly, 
 insolently. 
 
 Superbus, -i, Superbus, a name of 
 Tarquin. 
 
 superbus, -a, -um, adj., proud, 
 arrogant, discourteous. 
 
 superior, -ius, gen., -oris, adj., 
 comp. of superus, higher, super- 
 ior, former, previous. 
 
 supero, -are, -kvly -atus, to go 
 over, overcome, remain, sur- 
 vive. 
 
,ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 425 
 
 supersum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, to 
 
 be over, remain, survive. 
 superus, -a, -um, adj., upper, 
 
 higher, that is above. 
 supplicium, -i, n., punishment; 
 
 supplicium dare, to suffer pun- 
 ishment. 
 surgens, -ntis, part, of surgo, 
 
 rising. 
 suspicio, -onis, f., suspicion. 
 suspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectus, to 
 
 look up to, mistrust, suspect. 
 sustineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus, to keep 
 
 back, hold up, support, withstand. 
 sustiilerant, past, perf., see toUo. 
 suus, -a, -um, poss. pro., his, her, 
 
 its, their. 
 
 T., abbreviation for Titu^. 
 tacitus, -a, -um, adj., silent, still. 
 talis, -e, adj., .such, of such a kind. 
 tam, adv., so, so much. 
 tamen, adv., still, nevertheless. 
 tamquam, adv., as if. 
 Tanaquil, -ills, f., Tanaquil, the 
 
 wife of Tarquin. 
 tandem, adv., at last. 
 tango, -ere, -tetigl, tactus, to touch. 
 tantimi, adv., so mur.h, only. 
 tantus, -a, -imi, adj., so great, so 
 
 much; tantus . . . quantus, as 
 
 great . . . as, as much . . . as. 
 Tarpeia, -ae, f., Tarpeia, a Roman 
 
 maiden. 
 Tarpeius, -a, -lun, adj., Tarpeian, 
 
 of Tarpeia. 
 Tarquinius, -i, Tarquin, the name 
 
 of a king of Rome and hi.s 
 
 descendants. 
 
 29 
 
 Tatius, -i, m.,. Tatius, a king of 
 the Sabines, and afterwards 
 king of Rome with Romulus. 
 
 te, ace. and abl., see tu. 
 
 tego, -ere, texi, tectus, to cover, 
 protect. 
 
 telum, -i, n., weapon. 
 
 tempestas, -atis, f., storm, weather 
 
 templmn, -i, n., temple. 
 
 tempus, -oris, n., time. 
 
 tendo, -ere, tetendi, tentus and 
 tensus, to stretch, fdl (sails), 
 hasten. 
 
 teneo, -ere, tenui, tentus, to hold, 
 have possession, keep. 
 
 tener, -era, -erum, adj., tender, 
 young. 
 
 temi, -ae, -a, adj., three each, 
 three on a side. 
 
 terra, -ae, f., earth, ground, land. 
 
 terreo, -ere, terrui, territus, to 
 frighten, scare. 
 
 terrestris, -e, adj., belonging to the 
 earth, earthly, terrestrial. 
 
 terror, -oris, m., alarm, fear, terror. 
 
 tertio, adv., for the third time. 
 
 tertius, -a, -um, adj., third; tertius 
 decimus, thirteenth. 
 
 testamentum, -i, n., will, testa- 
 ment. 
 
 tester, -ari, -atus sum, to declare, 
 assert, call to witness. 
 
 thermae, -arum, f., warm baths, 
 baths, places for bathing. 
 
 Theseus, -a, -um, adj., of The- 
 seus. 
 
 Tiberim, ace, see Tiberis. 
 
 Tibeiinus, -a, -tun, adj., of the 
 Tiber; pater Tiberinus, father 
 Tiber. 
 
 Tiberis, -is, m., the Tiber. 
 
426 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Tiberius, -i, m., Tiberrr^, a Ro- 
 man emperor, 
 tibi, dat., see tu. 
 timeo, -ere, timui, to fear, be 
 
 alarmed. 
 timidus, -a, -um, adj., fearful, 
 
 afraid, timid, cowardly. 
 timer, -oris, m., fear. 
 timuisse, perf . act. inf. of timed, to 
 
 have feared. 
 tinctus, -a, -imi, part, of tingo, 
 
 dyed, colored. 
 tintimiabulimi, i, n., bell. 
 Titienses, -iimi, m., the Titienses, 
 
 one of the three centuries of 
 
 knights named by Romuhis. 
 Titus,-!, m., TituSjQ. Roman name; 
 
 Titus Vespasianus Augustus, a 
 
 Roman emperor, 
 tollens, -ntis, part, of tollo, raising. 
 tollo, -ere, sustuli, sublatus, to 
 
 Tift up, arouse, take away, carry 
 
 off- ' 
 
 tonitribus, dat. and abl. pi., see 
 
 tonitrus. 
 tonitrus, -us, m., thunder. 
 torvus, -a, -imi, adj., stem, grim; 
 
 as adv., sternly. 
 totus, -a, -irni, adj., whole, entire, 
 ' all. 
 traduco, -ere, -duid, -ductus, to 
 
 lead across, transfer, remove, 
 
 bring to, bring across. 
 traho, -ere, traxi, tractus, to 
 
 draw, drag. 
 Traianus, -a, -um, adj., of Trajan. 
 traicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, to cau^e 
 
 to cross over, transfer, pass over. 
 trano, -are, -avi, -atus, to swim 
 
 axyross. 
 trdns, prep, with ace, across. 
 
 transeo, -ire, -ii, -itus, to go across, 
 
 go over. 
 transfero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, to 
 
 bring over, transfer. 
 transfigo, -ere, -fixi, -fixus, to 
 
 pierce through, transfix. 
 transilio, -ire, -ui, (o leap over. J 
 translaturus, -a, -vmi, fut. act. 
 
 part, of transf'^ro, about to 
 
 transfer. 
 trecenti, -ae, -a, adj ., three hundred. 
 tredecim, indcl. num. adj., thirteen. 
 trepidus, -a, -um, adj., trembling, 
 
 fearful, timid. 
 tres, tria, adj., three. 
 trigemini, -orum, m., three brothers 
 
 (born at the same time), 
 triginta, indcl. num. adj., thirty. 
 tristis, -e, adj., sad, mournful, 
 
 unhappy. 
 triumphalis, -e, adj., triumphal. 
 Troia, -ae, f., Troy, a city in Asia 
 
 Minor, 
 tu, tui, per. pro., you. 
 tuba, -ae, f., trumpet. 
 tubicen, -inis, m., trumpeter. 
 tuendus, -a, -um, fut. pass. part. 
 
 of tueor, to be defended. 
 tueor, -eri, tutus stun, to watch, 
 
 look to, defend, protect. 
 tulit, perf. of f ero, he bore, endured, 
 
 proposed. 
 Tullia, -ae, f., Tullia. 
 Tullius, -i, m., Tullius, Serviu^ 
 
 Tullius, a king of Rome. 
 Tullus, -i, m., Tullus, Tullus 
 
 Hostiliu^, a king of Rome, 
 turn, adv., then, nt that tirne. 
 tumultuor, -ari, -atus sum, to make 
 
 a disturbance, raise a tumult. 
 tunc, adv., then, at that time. 
 
KLE^sIENTA PRIMA 
 
 427 
 
 turbo, -are, -avi, -atus, lo dii<ltirl», 
 
 throw into disorder, confuse. 
 turma, -ae, f.. troop, squadron of 
 
 horsemen . 
 turris, -is, f., touer. 
 tutela, -ae, f., protection. 
 tutor, -oris, m., protector, guardian. 
 tutor, -ari, -atus sum, to defend, 
 
 protect, maintain, strengthen. V 
 tutus, -a, -van, adj., jrrotected, safe. 
 tuus, -a, -um, poss. pro., your, 
 
 I/O 1 1 r.^. 
 
 ubi, adv. and oonj., where, when. 
 ullus, -a, -um, adj., anij. 
 ubnus, -i, f., the elm tree. 
 ultimus, -a, -imi, adj., most 
 
 distant, last. 
 umerus, -i, m., shoulder. 
 umquam, adv., at any time, ever. 
 una, adv., together. /■ 
 unde, adv., from which place, 
 
 whence, on whose side. 
 undecim, indrl. num. adj., eleven. 
 undecimus, -a, -um, adj., eleventh. 
 undeviginti, indcl. num. adj., 
 
 nineteen. 
 undique, adv., from all directions, 
 
 from everywhere. 
 universus, -a, -imi, adj., all. 
 unus, -a, -um, adj., one, only, 
 
 alone. 
 urbanus, -a, -um, adj., belonging 
 
 to the city, cinlized. 
 urbs, urbis, f., city. 
 usque, adv., even, as far as. 
 usus, -us, m., u.se, advantage, value. 
 ut, uti, adv and conj., how, as, 
 
 that, in order thai, so that, when : 
 
 with verbs of fearing, that not. 
 
 uter, -tra, -trum, intcrrog. adj., 
 
 irhich (of two). 
 uterque, -traque, -trumque, adj., 
 
 each (of two). 
 uti, pres. infin., see utor. 
 uti, conj., see ut. 
 utilis, -e, adj., useful, jrrofdahle, 
 
 expedient. 
 mtinam, adv., O that, would that, I 
 
 wish that. 
 utor, uti, usus simi, to use, employ, 
 
 practice, lake advantage of, enjoy. 
 utrimque, adv., from both sides. 
 uxor, -oris, f., ivife. 
 
 vale, imper. of valeo, farewell. 
 valens, -ntis, part, of valeo, well, 
 
 in good health. 
 valeo, -ere, valui, valiturus, to le 
 
 strong, be well, prevail; imper., 
 
 vale, valete, farewell. 
 validus, -a, -um, adj., strong, in 
 
 good health. 
 valles, -is, f., valley. 
 vallum, -i, n., rampart. 
 vasto, -are, -avi, -atus, to lay 
 
 waste, plunder. 
 veho, -ere, vexi, vectus, to carry, i. 
 
 transport; pass., to ride, sail. 
 vel, conj., or, even; vel . . . vel, 
 
 either . . . or. 
 velo, -are, -avi, -atus, to cover up, 
 
 wrap up, veil. 
 velum, -i, n., sail. 
 venator, -oris, m., hunter. 
 venatum, ace. supine of venor, to 
 
 hunt. 
 vendo, -ere, vendidi, venditus, to 
 
 sell. 
 venerunt, porf . of venio, they came. 
 
428 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 venio, -Ire, veni, ventus, to come, 
 
 (JO. 
 
 venisse, perf. inf. act. of venio, to 
 
 have come. 
 venor, -ari, -atus sum, to hunt. 
 ventus, -i, m., wind. 
 Venus, Veneris, f., Vernus, the 
 
 goddess of love and beauty, 
 verbimi, -i, n., word. 
 Vergilius, Vergili, m., Virgil, a 
 
 famous Roman poet, 
 vero, adv., indeed, truly. 
 versus, -a, -um, part., see verto. 
 versus, -us, m., verse. 
 verto, -ere, verti, versus, to turn. 
 verus, -a, -um, adj., true, real. 
 vescor, -i, to take food, eat. 
 vesper, -eris, m., the evening; 
 
 vesperi, as adv., in the evening. 
 Vesta, -ae, f., Vesta, the Roman 
 
 goddess of the home, 
 vestalis, -e, adj., of Vesta, vestal, 
 vester, -tra, -tnmi, poss. pro., 
 
 your, yours. 
 vestibuliun, -i, n., entrance. 
 vestigium, -i, n,, step, footstep. 
 vestis, -is, f., clothing, vesture, 
 
 covering. 
 Vesuvius, -i, m., Vesuvius, a 
 
 mountain and volcano in Italy, 
 veto, -are, -ui, -itus, to forbid, 
 
 prohibit, prevent. 
 vetus, veteris, adj., old, veteran. 
 via, -ae, f., street, way, road. 
 viator, -oris, traveler. 
 vicem, in vicem, adv., by turns, 
 
 one after the other. 
 vicinus, -a, -lun, adj., neighboring. 
 victor, -oris, m,, victor. 
 victoria, -ae, f., victory. 
 victus, -a, -um, part, of vinco. 
 
 vicus, -i, m., street, quarter, village. 
 video, -ere, vidi, visus, to see; 
 
 pass., to be seen, to seem. 
 videtur, he {she, it) is seen, seems. 
 vidi, Tadisti, vidit, etc., perf, 
 
 indie, act. of video, / have seen, 
 
 you have seen, etc. 
 vidisse, perf. inf. act. of video, to 
 
 have seen. i 
 
 vidua, -ae, f., undow. I 
 vigilia, -ae, f., loatching, a watch 
 
 (the fourth part of the night). 
 viginti, indcl. num. adj., twenty. 
 villa, -ae, f ., villa, a country hou^e. 
 Viminalis, -e, adj., with collis or 
 
 mons, the Viminal hill at Rome, 
 vinco, -ere, vici, victus, to conquer, 
 
 overcome, defeat. 
 vinculum, -i, n., bond, fetter, 
 
 prison. 
 vindicatus (-a, -um) esse, perf. 
 
 inf. pass, of vindico, to have been 
 
 punished. 
 vindico, -are, -avi, -atus, to punish, 
 
 avenge, claim. 
 violentus, -a, -imi, adj., violent, 
 
 impetuous. 
 vir, viri, m., hero, man, husband. 
 vires, virium, pi. of vis, strength. 
 virga, -ae, f., branch, rod. 
 virgo, -inis, f., maiden. 
 virgula, -ae, f., a little branch, 
 
 small rod. 
 virilis, -e, adj., manly. 
 virtus, -utis, f., manhood, valor, 
 
 virtv£. 
 vis, vis, f., force, power, strength, 
 
 violence. 
 vis, pres. indie, of void, you 
 
 wish. 
 vita, -ae, f., life. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 429 
 
 vito, -are, -avi, -atus, to avoid, 
 
 escape. 
 vivo, -ere, ^dxi, victus, to live, 
 
 dwell. 
 vivus, -a, -um, adj., living, lifelike; 
 
 me vivo, while I am living. 
 vix, adv., ivilh difficulty, hardly. 
 vobis, dat. and abl. pi. of tu. 
 vociferor, -ari, -atus sum, to call 
 
 out, cry out. 
 voco, -are, -avi, -atus, to call. 
 volans, -ntis, part, of void, flying. 
 volebat, pa.st of volo, he unshed. 
 volito, -are, -avi, to fly about, 
 
 hasten. 
 void, -are, -avi, -atus, to fly. 
 void, velle, volui, to urish, desire, 
 
 unll. 
 
 voltus, -us, 1)1., countenance, looks 
 voluptas, -atis, f., pleasure, delight 
 
 enjoyment. 
 vos, vestrum (vestri), pi. of tu. 
 votimi, -i, n., vow, promise, prayer 
 voveo, -ere, vovi, votus, to vow 
 
 promise. 
 vox, vocis, f., voice, speech. 
 vulnero, -are, -a^a, -atus, to wound 
 vulnus, -eris, n., wound. 
 vulpes, -is, i., fox. 
 vult, pres. indie, of void, he wishes. 
 vultur, -uris, m., vulture. 
 
 Zama, -ae, f., Zama, a town in 
 Africa. 
 
 l^' 
 
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 
 
 575. This vocabulary contains the words which are needed in 
 translating the composition exercises into Latin. Additional definitions 
 of the Latin words and the principal parts of the verbs are given in the 
 Latin-English vocabulary, section 574. 
 
 a, an, omitted in Latin. 
 
 able (to be), possum, posse. 
 
 about, de with abl. 
 
 above, adv., super; -prep., super 
 
 with ace; ante with ace. 
 acceptable, gratus, -a, -um) accep- 
 
 tus, -a, -um. 
 accomplish, impetro, -arc. 
 accordance (in accordance with), 
 
 ahl. case. 
 according to, ahl. case. 
 account (on account of), abl. case; 
 
 ob with ace.; propter with ace; 
 
 on account of this, propterea. 
 accuse, accuso, -are; {of crime) 
 
 criminor, -arl. 
 acquit, absolvo, -ere. 
 Acropolis, arx, arcis, f. 
 across, trans with ace. 
 
 act, factum, 
 
 wicked act. 
 
 f acinus, -oris, n. 
 act, ago, -ere. 
 add to, addo, -ere; be added to, 
 
 accedo, -ere. 
 address, adloquor, -i. 
 administer, administro, -arc. 
 adorn, orno, -are; is adorned, 
 
 omatur; are adorned, ornantur. 
 advance, (increase) augeo; -ere; 
 
 (go forth) procedo, -ere. 
 advice, consilium, -I, n. 
 
 advise, moneo, -ere. 
 
 Aeneas, Aeneas, -ae, m. 
 
 affair, res, rcl, f.; affairs of state, 
 res publica. 
 
 affection, caritas, -atis, f. 
 
 Africa, Africa, -ae, f. 
 
 Africanus, Africanus, -I, m. 
 
 after, post urith ace; after this, 
 posthac. 
 
 afterwards, postea. 
 
 again, rursus, iterum. 
 
 against, advenis vrith ace; in with 
 ace; dut. case. | 
 
 age (old age), senectus, -utis, f.; 
 (life-time) aetas, -atis, f . 
 
 agreement, foedus, -eris, n.; socie- 
 ■ tas, -atis, f . 
 
 Alba Longa, Alba Longa, -ae, f. 
 
 Albans, Albanl, -orum, m. 
 
 all, onmis, -e; quisque with super- 
 lative. 
 
 alliance, societas, -atis, f. 
 
 almost, propc. 
 
 alone, solus, -a, -um. 
 
 Alps, Alpes, -ium, f. 
 
 already, iam. 
 
 also, quoque. 
 
 altar, ara, -ae, f. 
 
 although, cum with svbj. 
 
 always, semper. 
 
 am, sum, esse. 
 
 ambassador, legatus, -I, m. 
 
 (430) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 431 
 
 among, apud idlh ace; in with ace. 
 
 Amnlius, Amulius, -i, m. 
 
 an, omitted in Latin. 
 
 ancient, antiquus, -a, -um. 
 
 Ancus, Ancus, -i, m. 
 
 and, et, atque, ac, -que; both . . . 
 and, et . . . et, cum . . .turn. 
 
 anew, de integro, de novo. 
 
 angry, Iratus, -a, -um. 
 
 announce, indlco, -ere. 
 
 another, alius, alia, aliud. 
 
 answer, respondeo, -ere. 
 
 anxiety, cura, -ae, f. 
 
 dny one, any, anything, quis (qui) , 
 quae, quid (quod); {em-phaiic) 
 quisquam, quidquam. 
 
 appoint {give), do, dare. 
 
 approach, appropinquo, -are. 
 
 April, Aprllis, -is, m. 
 
 Apulia, Apulia, -ae, f. 
 
 are {they are), sunt; are they? 
 suntne? 
 
 arena, arena, -ae, f. 
 
 arm, armo, -are. 
 
 armed, armatus, -a, -um. 
 
 arms, arma,>-onim. 
 
 army, exercitus, -us, m. 
 
 arouse, incito, -are; stimulo, -are. 
 
 arrange, {prepare) paro, -are; 
 {contrive) compono, -ere; ar- 
 range with, ago, -ere vrith cum. 
 
 arrive, advenio, -Ire, 
 
 arrogantly, insolenter. 
 
 art, ars, artis, f. 
 
 as, {conj.) ut; {rel. jyro.) qui; as 
 possible, quam with superlative. 
 
 Ascanius, Ascanius, -i, m. 
 
 Asia, Asia, -ae, f. 
 
 ask, {ask for) peto, -ere; rogo, 
 -are; {question) interrogo, -are; 
 {inquire) percontor, -arl. 
 
 assassinate, confodio, -ere. 
 
 asylum, asylum, -I, n. 
 
 at {place where), in with abl.; loc. 
 
 of names of cities. 
 Athens, Athenae, -arum, f. 
 attack, impetus, -us, m. 
 attack, peto, -ere. 
 attempt, conor, -arl. 
 attention, opera, -ae, f. 
 Attus, Attus, -i, m. 
 augur, augur, -uris, m. 
 augury, augurium,-T;n. : by augury, 
 
 auspiciito. 
 authority, consilium, -i, n. 
 Aventine, Aventlnus, -I, m. 
 away, be away, absum* -esse; is 
 
 away, abest. 
 axe, securis, -is, f. 
 
 B 
 
 bacon, lardum, -I, n. 
 
 bad, malus, -a, -um. 
 
 ball, pila, -ae, f. 
 
 band {of soldiers), manus, -us, f. 
 
 bank, rlpa, -ae, f . 
 
 battle, proelium, -I, n. 
 
 be, sum, esse; be over {rule), 
 praesum, -esse. 
 
 bear, fero, ferre; gero, -ere. 
 
 beast, bestia, -ae, f.; fera, -ae, f. 
 
 beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -chrum. 
 
 because, quod; because of, prop- 
 ter with ace. 
 
 become, fio, fieri. 
 
 before, ante vnth ace; (in front 
 of) prae; just before, sub with 
 ace. 
 
 beg, oro, -are. 
 
 begin, coepi, coepisse; begin 
 battle, proelium conunitto, -ere. 
 
 beginning, principium, -i, n. 
 
432 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 believe, credo, -ere. 
 
 bereft, orbus, -a, -um. 
 
 best, optimus, -a, -um. 
 
 betrothed, sponsiis, -I, m. 
 
 better, adj., melior, -ius, adv., 
 
 melius, 
 between, inter with ace. 
 bid {order), iubeo, -ere; mando, 
 
 -are. 
 bidding, mandatum, -I, n. 
 bird, avis, -is, f. 
 bit {morsel), frustum, -i, n. 
 blame, culpo, -are. 
 body, corpus, -oris, n. 
 book, liberj libri, n. ^ 
 booty, praeda, -ae, f. 
 both, ambo, ambae, ambo; both 
 
 . . . and, et . . . et. 
 boundaries, fines, -ium, m. 
 boy, puer, -en, m. 
 bracelet, armilla, -ae, f. 
 branch, ramus, -I, m. 
 brave, fortis, -e. 
 bravely, fortiter. 
 break off, dirimo, -ere; abrumpo, 
 
 -ere; break down, interrumpo, 
 
 -ere. 
 breath, spiritus, -us, m. 
 bridge, pons, pontis, m. 
 bright, clarus, -a, -um. 
 bring, porto, -are; brings, portal; 
 
 they bring, portant; {hear) fero, 
 
 ferre; bring back, reporto, -are; 
 
 bring through, perfero, -ferre; 
 
 bring across, traduco, -ere; 
 
 bring up, educo, -are. 
 broad, latus, -a, -um. 
 brother, frater, -tris, m. 
 Brutus, Brutus, -I, m. 
 build, aedifico, -are; build around, 
 
 circumdo, -are. 
 
 burn up, deuro, -ere. 
 bury, obruo, -ere. 
 but, sed. 
 buy, emo, -ere. 
 
 by, a or ab with ahl.; per icUh 
 axx. 
 
 Caelian HiU, Caelius, -I, m. 
 
 Caesar, Caesar, -aris, m. 
 
 call, voco, -are; {name) appello, 
 -are; nomine, -are; call upon, 
 invoco, -are; call to witness, 
 testor, -arl; ob tester, -ari; call 
 out, clamo, -are; {summon) 
 adveco, -are. 
 
 camp, castra, -orum, n. 
 
 can {be able), possum, posse. 
 
 cap, pilleus, -i, m. 
 
 capital, caput, -itis, n. 
 
 capitol, capitolium, -I, n.; Capi- 
 tolinus, -1, m. 
 
 captive, captivus, -i, m. 
 
 capture, capio, -ere-. 
 
 car, currus, -us, m. 
 
 care, ctira, -ae, f*. 
 
 care for, euro, -^re, {like) amo, 
 -are. 
 
 carry, porto, -are; carry on, gero, 
 -ere. 
 
 Carthage, Carthago, -inis, f. 
 
 Carthaginians, Carthaginienses, 
 -ium, m. 
 
 Cassius, Cassius, -I, m. 
 
 catch, accipio, -ere. 
 
 cause, causa, -ae, f. 
 
 cavalry, eques, -itis {generally in 
 
 Vl-)- 
 celebrated, inclitus, -a, -um; 
 
 clarus, -a, -um. 
 centiuy, cerufcuria, -ae, f. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 433 
 
 certain, quidam, quaedam, quid- 
 dam (quoddam). 
 chance, by chance, forte, 
 change, muto, -are. 
 chief, princeps, -ipis, m. 
 childless, orbus liberis. 
 children, llberi, -orum. 
 choice, optio, -onis, f. 
 choose, deligo, -ere; lego, -ere. 
 circus, circus, -i, m. 
 citadel, arx, arcis, f. 
 citizen, civis, -is, m. and f. 
 city, urbs, urbis, f.; in the city, 
 
 in urbe; (objective) urbem. 
 city (belonging to the city), urbanus, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 civil, civilis, -e. 
 
 claim, vindico, -are, adrogo, -are. 
 clash, increpo, -are. 
 class, classis, -is, f . 
 clear, clarus, -a, -um. 
 cloak, paludamentum, -J, n. 
 close, claudo, -ere. 
 closed, clausus, -a, -um. 
 cloud, nubes, -is, f.; storm-cloud, 
 
 nimbus, -I, m. 
 Clusiimi, of, belonging to, Clus- 
 
 Inus, -a, -um. 
 cold, frigus, -oris, n. 
 cold, gelidus, -a, -um. 
 Colosseimi, Colos.seum, -I, n. 
 come, venio, -Ire; he came, venit. 
 command, mandatum. -T, n. 
 command, impero, -are; iubeo, 
 
 -ere; be in command of, prae- 
 
 sum, -e.sse vnth dat. 
 commanded, iussus, -a, -um. 
 committed, be (of crime), flo, 
 
 fieri. 
 common, communis, -e. 
 common people, plebs, plebis, f. 
 
 companion, socius, -I, m.; comes, 
 
 -it is, m. 
 complain of, culpo, -are; queror, -I. 
 conceal, celo, -are; (disguise) 
 
 dissimulo, -are. 
 concerning, de urith abl. 
 condemn, condemno, -are. 
 condition, (lot) sors, sortis, f.; 
 
 (terms) condicio, -onis, f.; lex, 
 
 legis, f. 
 conduct (escort), deduce, -ere; 
 
 (carry on) gero, -ere. 
 connect, coniungd, -ere; adiungo, 
 
 -ere. 
 conquer, viuco, -ere. 
 conquered, victus, -a, -um. 
 consent, without the consent of, 
 
 iniussu. 
 considerable, aliquantum, -I, n, 
 conspiracy, coniuratio, -onis, f. 
 consul, consul, -ulis, m, 
 consulship, consulatus, -us, m. 
 consult, consulo, -ere. 
 conversation, sermo, -onis, m. 
 Cornelia, Cornelia, -ae, f. 
 could (wcis able), poteram, poteras, 
 
 etc., past of possum. 
 country (native land), patria, -ae, 
 
 f.; (contrasted with city) rus, 
 
 ruris, n.; agri, -orum, m. 
 country (a/lj.) agrestis, -e. 
 cover, operio, -ire; velo, -are. 
 cowardly, imbellis, -e. 
 Crassus, Crassus, -i, m. 
 crazy, be, deliro, -are, 
 crime, f acinus, -oris, n. 
 criminal, sceleratus, -i, m. 
 cross over, supero, -are. 
 cruel, crudelis, -e; atrox, -ocis. 
 cry out, vociferor, -ari; cry out 
 
 against, obstrepo, -ere. 
 
434 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Cures, Cures, -ium, m. 
 Curiatius, Curiatius, -I, m. 
 Curtius, Curtius, -I, m. 
 custody, custodia, -ae, f . 
 custom, mos, moris, m. 
 cut, seco, -are; down, caedo, -ere. 
 Cybele, Cybela, -ae, f. 
 
 danger, perlculum, -i, n. 
 
 daring, audax, -acis; ferox, 
 -ocis. 
 
 daughter, fJlia, -ae, f. 
 
 dawn, ])rima lux. 
 
 day, (lies, diel, m. and f. 
 
 day, good-day, salve, salvete, from 
 salveo. 
 
 daylight, lux, lucis, f. 
 
 dead, mortuus, -a, -um. 
 
 dear, cams, -a, -um; dearer, 
 carior, -oris. 
 
 death, mors, mortis, f. 
 
 declare, indico, -ere. 
 
 decorate, orno, -are; it is deco- 
 rated, ornatur; they are deco- 
 rated, ornantur. 
 
 deed, factum, -I, n.; wicked deed, 
 f acinus, -oris, n. 
 
 defeat, supero, -are; vinco, -ere, 
 fundo, -ere. 
 
 defend, defendo, -ere. 
 
 defraud, fraudo, -are. 
 
 delight, flelecto, -are; {he, she) 
 is delighted, delectatur. 
 
 demand, exposco, -ere. 
 
 depend upon, pass, of pono, 
 -ere. 
 
 descend, pass, of demitto, -ere. 
 
 descending, delapsus, -a, -um. 
 
 designate, designo, -are. 
 
 desire, cupldo, -inis, f. 
 
 destroy, deleo, -ere; (break up) 
 
 interrumpo, -ere. 
 destroyed, deletus, -a, -um. 
 detain, retineo, -ere. 
 Diana, Diana, -ae, f. 
 dictator, dictator, -oris, m. 
 die, morior, mori; defungor, -i. 
 different, dissimilis, -e; alius, alia, 
 
 aliud. 
 diflficult, difficilis, -e. 
 difficulty, with, vix. 
 dinner, cena, -ae, f. 
 disappointment, aegritudo auiml. 
 discharge (pay), persolvo, -ere. 
 discord, discordia, -ae, f. 
 disguise, dissimulo, -are. 
 disease, morbus, -I, m. 
 dishevelled, passus, -a, -um. 
 displeasing, be, displiceo, -ere. 
 disposition, animus, -I, m. 
 distance, spatium, -I, n. 
 distant, extremus, -a, -um. 
 distribute, distribuo, -ere. 
 disturb, turbo, -are. 
 disturbance, make, tumultuor, 
 
 -iirl. 
 divide, divido, -ere. 
 divine, dlvinus, -a, -um. 
 do, facio, -ere; ago, -ere; how do 
 
 you do? quid agis? do not, noli 
 
 with infin. 
 dog, canis, -is, m. 
 doors, out of, foras. 
 doubtful, dubius, -a, -um; there is 
 
 no doubt, non est dub ium. 
 down from, de with abl. 
 dreadful, foedus, -a, -um. 
 drive off, pello, -ere. 
 duty, officium, -i, n. 
 dwell, habito, -are. 
 dwelling, domicilium, -I, n. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 435 
 
 E 
 
 each, {of two) uterque, utraque, 
 utrumque ; (every) quisque, quae- 
 que, quidque (quodque); each 
 . . . other, alter . . . alter. 
 
 eagle, aquila, -ae, f. 
 
 earth, terra, -ae, f. 
 
 earth, of, terrestris, -e. 
 
 easy, facilis, -e. 
 
 eat, vescor, -I. 
 
 either ... or, aut . . . aut. 
 
 either (of two), alter, -era, -erum, 
 
 elect, creo, -are. 
 
 else (othei'), alius, alia, aliud. 
 
 embassy, legatio, -onis, f. 
 
 employ, adhibeo, -ere. 
 
 enemy, (■public) hostis, -is, m.; 
 (private) inimicus, -i, m. 
 
 enjoy, fruor, -I. 
 
 enroll, c'onscribo, -ere; scribo, -ere. 
 
 enter, introeo, -Ire; ingredior, -I. 
 
 entertain, delecto, -are; they are 
 entertained, delectantur. 
 
 entrance, vestibulum, -i, n. 
 
 entreat, oro, -are. 
 
 entreaty, prex,' precis, f. 
 
 equal, par, pans. 
 
 Etruria, Etruria, -ae, f. 
 
 even, etiam; even if, etsl. 
 
 every, omnis, -e; everything, 
 omnia, -ium. 
 
 excellent, egregius, -a, -um. 
 
 except, nisi. 
 
 exchange, permuto, -are. 
 
 exclaim, conclamo, -are. 
 
 exhaust, conficio, -ere. 
 
 exhausted, confectus, -a, -um. 
 
 exhibition, spectaculum, -I, n. 
 
 exile, exsul, -ulis, m. 
 
 expedient, iitilis, -e. 
 
 extend, profero, -ferre. 
 exulting, exsultans, -ntis. 
 
 F 
 
 faithful, fidus, -a, -um. 
 
 fall {downfall), rulna, -ae, f. 
 
 fall, cado, -ere; fall into, incido, 
 -ere. 
 
 false, falsus, -a, -um. 
 
 famous, clarus, -a, -um; inclitus, 
 a, -um. 
 
 far, longe; very far, longissime. 
 
 farmer, agricola, -ae, m. 
 
 father, pater, -tris, m. 
 
 father's, paternus, -a, -um. 
 
 Faustulus, Faustulus, -I, m. 
 
 fear, metus, -us, m.; terror, -oris, 
 m.; timor, -oris, m. 
 
 fear, timeo, -ere; {he, she) fears, 
 timet; {he, she, it) is feared, 
 timetur; (they) fear, timent. 
 
 fetch (go to fetch), peto, -ere. 
 
 few, pauci, -ae, -a. 
 
 field, ager, agri, m. 
 
 fierce, atrox, -ocis; fer5x, -ocis. 
 
 fight, pugna, -ae, f. 
 
 fight, contends, -ere; pugno, -are; 
 a fight took place, pugnatum 
 est. 
 
 fighting, pugnans, -ntis; fighting- 
 men, pugnantes, -ium. 
 
 fill, expleo, -ere. 
 
 finally, denique. 
 
 find, invenio, -Ire. 
 
 finger, digitus, -I, m. 
 
 finish, finio, -Ire. 
 
 fire, ignis, -is, m. 
 
 first, primus, -a, -um; at first, 
 
 primo. 
 five, quinque. 
 Flaccus, Flaccus, -i, m. 
 
436 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 flash, mico, -are. 
 
 flee, fugio, -ere. 
 
 flight, fuga, -ae, f. 
 
 flow, fluo, -ere. 
 
 flow into, influo, -ere. 
 
 flower, flos, floris, m. 
 
 follow, sequor, -I. 
 
 food, cibus, -I, m., daps, dapis, f. 
 
 foot, pes, pedis, m. 
 
 foot-step, vestigium, -I, n. 
 
 for, ad vrilh ace; pro ivith abl.; 
 
 de ivilh abl.; dal. case; (conj.), 
 
 nam, namque, 
 force (strength), vis, vis, f. 
 forces (troops), copiae, -arum, f. 
 forest, silva, -ae, f. 
 forget, obllviscor, -i. 
 forgetful, immemor., -oris, 
 form, fingo, -ere. 
 former, superior, -oris; the former 
 
 . . . the latter, ille . . . hie. 
 forth, go forth, exeo, -ire. 
 fortify, munio, -ire. 
 fortunate, beatus, -a, -um. 
 fortune, fortuna, -ae, f. 
 forty, quadraginta; 
 forty-three, quadraginta ires, 
 forum, forum, -i, n. 
 foimd, condo, -ere. 
 founder, conditor, -oris, m. 
 four, quattuor. 
 free, liber, -era, -erum; free from, 
 
 expers, -tis. 
 free (set free), libero, -are. 
 freedom, libertas, -atis, f. 
 freeman, liber, liberi, m. 
 friend, amicus, -i, ra. 
 .friendship, amicitia, -ae, f. 
 frighten, terreo, -ere. 
 frightened, pavidus, -a, -um. 
 from, a or ab vrith ahl.; {nut of) 
 
 ex with abl.; down from, de with 
 
 abl 
 from being, quin with subj. 
 Fufetius, Fufetius, -i, m. 
 full, plenus, -a, -um. 
 fury, impetus, -us, m. 
 
 game, ludus, -i, m. 
 
 garden, hortus, -i, m. 
 
 garland, corona, -ae, f. 
 
 gate, porta, -ae, f . 
 
 Gaul, Gallia, -ae, f. 
 
 general, imperator, -oris, m. 
 
 gentle, mitis, -e. 
 
 gift, donum, -i, n. 
 
 girl, puella, -ae, f . 
 
 give, do, dare; (he) gives, dat.; 
 
 (they) give, dant. 
 glad, laetus, -a, -um. 
 gladly, libenter. 
 gleam, fulgeo, -ere. 
 glory, gloria, -ae, f. 
 go, eo, -ire; venio, -ire; proficis- 
 
 cor, -l; go forth, exeo, -ire; go 
 
 to, adeo, -ire; go to fetch, peto, 
 
 -ere. 
 god, deus, -i, m. 
 goddess, dea, -ae, f. 
 gold, aurum, -i, n. 
 golden, aureus, -a, -um. 
 good, bonus, -a, -um; good men, 
 
 boni, -orum, m.; good things, 
 
 bona, -orum, n. 
 good-day, salve, salvete. 
 grain, f rumen turn, -i, n. 
 grandfather, aviis, -i, m. 
 grandfather's, avitus, -a, -um. 
 grandson, nepos, -otis, m. 
 great, magnus, -a, -um; greater, 
 
 maior, -ius; greatest, maximus, 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 437 
 
 -a, -urn; so great, tantus, -a, 
 
 -um. 
 greeting, salus, -utis, f. 
 grief, aegritudo, -inis, f. 
 grow {increase), cresco, -ere; grow 
 
 to manhood, adolesco, -ere. 
 grown to manhood, adultus, -a, 
 
 -um, 
 guard, custos, -odis, m. 
 guardian, tutor, -oris, m. 
 
 H 
 hail, salveo, -ere. 
 hair, crlnis, -is, m. 
 hand, manus, -us, f . ; right hand, 
 
 dextra, -ae, f.; left hand, laeva, 
 
 -ae, f.; sinistra, -ne, f. 
 Hannibal, Hannibal, -alis, m. 
 happy, beatus, -a, -um; laetus,-a, 
 
 -um. 
 harbor, portus, -us, m. 
 hard, difficilis, -e. 
 have, habeo, -ere; (he) has, habet; 
 
 (they) have, habent; (he) had, 
 
 habebat. 
 he, is, hie, ille. 
 head, caput, -itis, n. 
 healthy, salubris, -e. 
 heaiy audio, -ire. 
 heat, calor, -oris, m. 
 heavenly, caelestis, -e. 
 her, (obj.) eam; (poss.) eius, from 
 
 is; (reflex.) suus, -a, -um. 
 herself, ipsa; (reflex.) sui. 
 high, altus, -a, -um; superus, -a, 
 
 -um; higher, altior, altius; 
 
 highest, altissimus, -a, -um. 
 hill, collis, -is, m. 
 him, eum, from is. 
 himself, ipse; (reflex.) sui. 
 hinder, impedio, -ire. 
 
 his, eius, from is; (reflex.) suus, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 hold, habeo, -ere; hold up, sus- 
 
 tineo, -ere. 
 hole, cavum, -I, n. 
 home, domus, -us, f.; at home, 
 
 domi; homeward, domum; from 
 
 home, domo. 
 honor, honor, -oris, m. 
 hope, spes, spel, f. 
 hope, spero, -are. 
 Horace, Horatius, -I, m, 
 Horatius, Honitius, -I, m. 
 horse, equus, -I, m. 
 host, hospes, -itis, m. 
 hostile, Infestus, -a, -um. 
 Hostilius, Hostllius, -I, m. 
 Hostius, Hostius, -i, m. 
 house, pi. of aedes, -is, f; domus, 
 
 us, f. 
 how, quid, quam; how great, how 
 
 much, quantus, -a, -um; how 
 
 many, quot. 
 human, humanus, -a, -um. 
 humble, pauper, -eris; humilis, -e. 
 hundred, centum. 
 hunt, venor, -an. 
 hurry away, rapio, -ere. 
 husband, vir, viri, m. 
 
 I 
 
 I, ego, mei. 
 
 Ides, Idus, -uum, f. 
 
 if, si; even if, etsi. 
 
 image, imago, -inis, f. 
 
 imitation, aemulatio, -onis, f. 
 
 immediately, statim. 
 
 immortal, immortalis, -e. 
 
 in, in loith ahl.; locative case of 
 
 no/mes of towns. 
 increase, cresco, -ere. 
 
438 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 infantry, eques, -itis, m. 
 
 influence, auctoritas, -atis, f. 
 
 inhabitant, incola, -ae, m. and f. 
 
 injury, iniuria, -ae, f. 
 
 interrupt, intervenio, -Ire. 
 
 into, in vrith ace. 
 
 invade, incursionem facio, -ere. 
 
 invasion, incursio, -on is, f. 
 
 is, est; is not, nonne est? is 
 
 away, ab-est. 
 island. Insula, -ae, f. 
 it, is, ea, id. 
 Italy, Italia, -ae, f. 
 its, suns, -a, -um. 
 
 Janiculum, laniculum, -I, n. 
 Janus {temple of Janus), lanus, -I, 
 
 m. 
 join, consero, -ere; iungo, -ere; 
 
 coniungo, -ere. 
 journey, iter, itineris, n. 
 joy, gaudium, -i, n. 
 judge, index, -icis, m. 
 Julia, Ifilia, -ae, f. 
 Julius, iQlius, -I, m. 
 July, lull us, -i, m. 
 Jupiter, luppiter, lovis, m. 
 justice, aequitas, -atis, f.; iiis, 
 
 iuris, n.; iustitia, -ae, f. 
 
 Kalends, Kalendae, -arum, f. 
 keep, teneo, -ere; habeo, -ere; 
 
 conservo, -are; keep away, arceo, 
 
 -ere. 
 kill, caedo, -ere; intcrficio, -ere. 
 kind, genus, -eris, n. 
 kind {what kind of), quails, -e. 
 kindly, benigne. 
 kindness, beneficium, -I, n. 
 
 king, nix, regis, ni. 
 kingdom, regnum, -i, n. 
 knight, eques, -itis, m. 
 know, scio, -Ire; intellego, -ere; 
 not to know, nescio, -Ire. 
 
 lamentation, comploratio, -on is, f. 
 
 land, terra, -ae, f. 
 
 language, lingua, -ae, f. 
 
 Larentia, Larentia, -ae, f. 
 
 large, magnus, -a, -um. 
 
 larger, maior, maius. 
 
 largest, maxim us, -a, -um. 
 
 Lars, Lars, Lartis, m. 
 
 last, proximus, -a, -um. 
 
 Latin, Latlnus, -a, -um ; in Latin, 
 
 La tine. "H 
 Latinus, Latlnus, -I, m. 
 latter, hie, haeo, hoc; the former 
 
 . . . the latter, ille . . . hie. 
 laugh at, inrldeo, -ere. 
 Lavinia, Lavinia, -ae, f. 
 law, lex, legis, f . ; ius, itiris, n. 
 lay down, depono, -ere. 
 lead, dtico, -ere. 
 leader, dux, ducis, m. 
 leap down, desilio, -Ire. 
 learn, disco, -ere. 
 learned, consultus, -a, -um; very 
 
 learned,- consultissimus, -a, -um. 
 learner, discipulus, -I, m. 
 leave, relinquo, -ere. 
 left, laevus, -a, -um; sinister, -tra, 
 
 -trum. 
 left hand, laeva, -ae, f.; sinistra, 
 
 -ae, f. 
 legion, legio, -onis, f. 
 less, minor, minus. 
 let, suhj. mood. 
 letter, epistula, -ae, f . 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 439 
 
 life, vita, -ac, f. ; life-time, aetas, 
 -atis, f.; for life, in perpetuum. 
 
 light, lux. lucis, f. 
 
 light up, illustro, -are. 
 
 like, amo, -are; do you like? 
 amasne? does he like? amatne? 
 
 like, similis, -e; par, paris. 
 
 lingering, longinquus, -a, -um. 
 
 lion, leo, -onis, m. 
 
 little, parvus, -a, -um. 
 
 live, vivo, -ere; (dwell) habito, 
 -are; {pass life) aetatem ago, -ere. 
 
 Livy, Liviu«, -I, m. 
 
 load, onus, -oris, n. 
 
 long, longus, -a, -um; long time, 
 (liu, multum; longer, diutius; 
 longest, diutissime. 
 
 look at, specto, -are. 
 
 lose, amitto, -ere. 
 
 love, amor, -oris, m. 
 
 love, amo, -are; (he, she) loves, 
 amat; (they) love, amant; (he, 
 she, it) is loved, amatur; (they) 
 are loved, amantur; do they 
 love? amantne? 
 
 Lucius, Lucius, -I, m. 
 
 maiden, virgo, -in is, f. 
 
 make, facio, -ere; conficio,-ere; (by 
 joining) iungo, -ere; (a treaty) 
 k'o, -ere; (elect) ereo, -are. 
 
 make up, fingo, -ere. 
 
 man, (human being) homo, -in is, 
 m.; (hero) vir, virl, m.; old 
 man, senex, senis, m,; young 
 man, iuvenis, -js, m. 
 
 manage, adrninistro, -are. 
 
 manhood, grown to, adiiltus, -a, 
 -um. 
 
 manner, modus, -I, m. 
 
 many, inultl, -ae, -a; how many 
 
 quot. 
 March, Martius, -I, m^ 
 Marcius, Marcius, -I, m. 
 Marcus, Marcus, -I, m. 
 marriage, matrimonium, -I, n. 
 master, (of slaves) dominus, -I, m.; 
 
 (teacher) magister, -tri, m. 
 may, expressed by pres. subj.: 
 
 may there be, sit. 
 me, me; to me, mihi. 
 means, by means of, abl. case. 
 meet, se obviam ferre. 
 memory, memoria, -ae, f. 
 men, (people) homines, -um, m. 
 messenger, nuntius, -I, m. 
 midnight, media n5x; at midnight, 
 
 media nocte. 
 might, (verb) expressed by past subj; 
 
 (he, she, it) might be, esset. 
 mile, mllle passus; /;/., milia pas- 
 
 suum. 
 military service, militia, -ae, f. 
 mind, mens, mentis, f.; animus, 
 
 -I, m. 
 mindful, memor, -oris. 
 mine, mens, -a, -um. 
 Minerva, Minerva, -ae, f. 
 mock, eludo, -ere. 
 month, mensis, -is, m. 
 monument, monumentum, -I, n. 
 moon, luna, -ae, f. 
 morals, pi. o/mos, moris, m. 
 more, magin; comparative degree. 
 most, maxime; superlative degree. 
 mother, mater, -tris, f. 
 mount, moimtain, mons, montis, m . 
 mouse, mus, mtiri.s, m. 
 mouth, OS, oris, n. 
 move, moveo, -ere. 
 movement, motus, -us, m. 
 
440 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 much, multum; by much, multo; 
 
 very much, maxime; too much, 
 
 nimis; how much, quantus, -a, 
 
 -um. 
 multitude, multitude, -inis, f. 
 murder, caedes, -is, f. 
 murder, obtrunco, -are; interficio, 
 
 -ere; (assassinate) eonfodio, -ere. 
 my, meus, -a, -um. 
 
 N 
 name, nomen, -inis, n. 
 name, (call) voco, -are; appello, 
 
 -are. 
 narrow, angustus, -a, -um. 
 nation, gens, gentis, f. 
 native country, or city, patria, 
 
 -ae, f. 
 nature, (disposition) ingenium, -I, n . 
 near, imminens, -ntis. 
 near, be, adsum, -eSvSe. 
 neighboring, vicinus, -a, -um; 
 
 finitimus, -a, -um. 
 neighbors, finitiml, -orum, m. 
 neither, neuter, -tra, -trum; 
 
 neither side, neutrl, -trae, -tra; 
 
 neither . . . nor, neque . . . 
 
 neque, nee . . . nee. 
 nevertheless, tamen. 
 new, novus, -a, -um. 
 next, proximus, -a, -um. 
 night, nox, noctis, f.; at night, 
 
 noctu. 
 no, nullus, -a, -um; no less, nihilo 
 
 minus. 
 no one, nemo, -inis, m. 
 nor, neque, nee. 
 not, non, baud; (toith imper. and 
 
 8uhj. of desire) ne; (in questions) 
 
 nonne. 
 not to wish, n6l5, nolle. 
 
 nothing, nihil; nihilum, -I, n. 
 now, (at this time) nunc; (already) 
 
 iam. 
 Nimia, Numa, -ae, m. 
 number, numerus, -i, m. 
 Nmnitor, Numitor, -oris, m. 
 
 O that, utinam. 
 
 oath, ius-iurandum, iuris-itirandi, 
 
 n. 
 obey, pareo, -ere. 
 obligation, ius, iuris, n, 
 obtain, peto, -ere; potior, -IrL 
 occasion, materia, -ae, f. 
 of, gen. case; ex with ahl. 
 often, saepe. 
 old, vetus, -eris. 
 old age, senectus, -titis, f. 
 old man, senex, senis, m. 
 omen (bird)f avis, -is, f. 
 onfinmthabl.; [of time) abl. case; 
 
 on this side ... on that, liinc 
 
 . . . hinc. 
 once, quondam, olim; at once, 
 
 statim. 
 one, unus, -a, -um; (of two) alter, 
 
 -era, -erum; one . . . the 
 
 other, alter . . . alter; one . . . 
 
 another, alius . . . alius; on one 
 
 side ... on the other, hinc 
 
 . . . hinc. 
 open, aperio, -Ire. 
 open, apertus, -a, -um. 
 or, aut; either ... or, aut . . . 
 
 aut. 
 oracle, oraculuni, -I, n. 
 order, iubeo, -ere. 
 orphan, orbus, -a, -um. 
 Ostia, Ostia, -ae, f. 
 other, alius, alia, aliud; (of two) 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 441 
 
 alter, -em, -eruin; (rernainiuy) 
 
 reliquus, -a, -um. 
 ought, debeo, -ere. 
 our, noster, -tra, -trum. 
 out of, ex with abl. 
 outside, extra iiriih ace. 
 over, super ivith ace. 
 own (his, her, its), suus, -a, -um. 
 
 pace, passus, -us, iri. 
 palace, regia, -ae, f. 
 Palatine, Palatium, -I, n. 
 panic-stricken, constematus, -a, 
 
 -uiii. 
 parent, parens, -ntis, m. 
 part, pars, partis, f. 
 pass, (time) ago, -ere. 
 peace, pax, pacis, f. 
 people, populus, -I, m.; homines, 
 
 -um, m. ; common people, plebs, 
 
 plebis, f. 
 perform, fungor, -I. 
 perish, pereo, -Ire. 
 permit, sino, -ere; patior, -i. 
 persuade, persuadeo, -ere. 
 pestilence, pestilentia, -ae, f. 
 pieces, (of woofl) ligna, -orum, n. 
 piety, religio, -onis, f. 
 place, locus, -T, m.; pZ., loca, 
 
 -orum, n. 
 place, condo, -ere; pono, -ere; 
 
 repono, -ere; place before, 
 
 praepono, -ere. 
 plan, consilium, -I, n. 
 plan, consulo, -ere. 
 play, ludus, -I, m. 
 play, ludo, -ere. 
 pleasant, gratus, -a, -um. 
 please, delecto, -are; be pleasing, 
 
 30 
 
 placeo, -ere; if you please, si 
 vis. 
 
 pleasing, gratus, -a, -um. 
 
 plot, Insidiae, -arum, f. 
 
 poet, poeta, -ae, m. 
 
 Pompey, Pompeius, -I, m. 
 
 Pompilius, Pompilius, -i, m. 
 
 Porsena, Porsena, -ae, m. 
 
 portent, prodigium, -I, n. 
 
 possible, as, quam loiih superlative. 
 
 poverty, inopia, -ae, f. 
 
 power, ops, opis, f.; royal power, 
 regnum, -i, n.; supreme power 
 imperium, -I, n. 
 
 powerful, potens, -ntis. 
 
 praise, laudo, -are; {he, she) 
 praises, laudat; (thei/) praise, 
 laudant; (he, she, it) is praised, 
 laudatur; (they) are praised, 
 laudantur. 
 
 prayer, prex, precis, f . ; votum, -I, 
 n. 
 
 prefer, malo, malle. 
 
 prepare, paro, -are. 
 
 present, be, praesum, -esse; ad- 
 sum, -esse. 
 
 present, praesens, -ntis. 
 
 preserve, conserve, -are. 
 
 prevail, valeo, -ere. 
 
 prevent, prohibeo, -ere; deterreo, 
 -ere. 
 
 prey, praeda, -ae, f. 
 
 price, pretium, -I, n. 
 
 priests, quTndecemviri, -orum, m. 
 
 prison, career, -eris, m. 
 
 prisoner, captTvus, -T, m. 
 
 Proca, Proca, -ae, m. 
 
 proclaim, indico, -ere. 
 
 Proculus, ProculuR, -T, m. 
 
 promise, polliceor, -eri, 
 
 propitious, be, addico, -ere. 
 
442 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 prostrate, iacens, -ntis. 
 protect, tueor, -eri. 
 proud, superbus, -a, -um. 
 province, provincia, -ae, f. 
 public, pQblicus, -a, -um. 
 Publius, Publius, -I, m. 
 punishment, supplicium, -i, n. 
 pupil, discipulus, -i, m. 
 pursue, exsequor, -i. 
 put, do, dare; put away, dirimo, 
 -ere. 
 
 quarrel, discordia, -ae, f. 
 
 queen, reglna, -ae, f . 
 
 questions, introduced by -ne, nonne, 
 
 num. 
 quickly, celeriter; very quickly, 
 
 celerrime. 
 quiet, placidus, -a, -um. 
 
 R 
 
 race, gens, gentis, f. 
 rain, imber, imbris, m. ' 
 
 raise, tollo, -ere. 
 rampart, vallum -I, n. 
 rather . . . than, magis . . . quam. 
 razor, novacula, -ae, f. 
 read, lego, -ere. 
 reason, causa, -ae, f. 
 recall, revoco, -are. 
 receive, accipio, -ere. 
 recognize, agnosco, -ere. 
 recover, repeto, -ere. 
 Regulus, Regulus, -I, m. 
 reign, regnum, -I, n. 
 reign, regno, -are. 
 rejoice, gaudeo, -ere. 
 release, llbero, -are. 
 religion, sacra, -orum, n.; religio, 
 -onis, f. 
 
 remam, maneo, -ere; remain over, 
 
 supersum, -esse. 
 remaining, reliquus, -a, -um. 
 remember, memini, meminisse; 
 
 {be mindful of) memor sum, esse. 
 remove, (go) commigro, -are; 
 
 (take off) aufero, -ferre. 
 Remus, Remus, -i, m. 
 renew, redintegro, -are. 
 renown, gloria, -ae, f. 
 renowned, inclitus, -a, -um; cla- 
 
 rus, -a, -um. 
 repent, paeniteo, -ere. 
 reply, respondeo, -ere. 
 report, fama, -ae, f. 
 report, nuntio, -are. 
 resist, resisto, -ere. 
 resolve, constituo, -ere. 
 respect, in respect to, abl. case. 
 rest, quies, -etis, f. 
 retreat, fuga, -ae, f. 
 return, redeo, -Ire; reverto, -ere; 
 
 reverter, -i. 
 reward, pretium, -I, n.; munus, 
 
 -eris, n. 
 Rhea, Rhea, -ae, f. 
 rich, dives, -itis; locuples, -etis. 
 riches, divitiae, -arum, f. 
 right, ius, iuris, n. 
 right hand, dextra, -ae, f. 
 ring, anulus, -I, m. 
 river, flumen, -inis, n. 
 robber, praedator, -oris, m. 
 rock, rupes, -is, f. 
 Roman, Romanus, -a, -um. 
 Romans, RomanI, -orum, m. 
 Rome, Roma, -ae, f. 
 Romulus, Romulus, -I, m. 
 rose, rosa, -ae, f. 
 royal power, regnum, -I, n. 
 ruin, rulna, -ae, f. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIAIA 
 
 443 
 
 rule, imperiuni, -I, n.; regnuiii, -I, 
 
 n. 
 rule over, impero, -are. 
 run, curro, -ere; run together, 
 
 confurro, -ere; run to and fro, 
 
 rliscurro, -ere. 
 rush together, ooneiirro, -ore. 
 
 Sabmes,SabTnT,-6rum, m.; Sabine 
 women, Sablnae, -aruin, f. 
 
 sacred, sacer, -era, -cruin. 
 
 sacred place, .sacrarium, -i, n. 
 
 sad, tristis, -c. 
 
 safe, tutus, -a, -um. 
 
 sail, passive of veho, -ere. 
 
 sailor, nauta, -ae, m. 
 
 salute, saluto, -are. 
 
 same, Idem, eadem, idem. 
 
 save, servo, -are. 
 
 say, dic'o, -ore; he says, said 
 {direct quotations), inquit; it is 
 said, fertur; ■ say not (deny), 
 nego, -are. 
 
 Scipio, Sclpio, -onis, m. 
 
 sea, mare, -is, n. 
 
 see, video, -ere; (he, she) sees, 
 videt; (Iheij) see, vident; (he, 
 she, it) is seen, viddtiir; (theij) 
 are seen, vidcntur. 
 
 seek, quaero, -ere; peto, -ere. 
 
 seem, passive of video, -ere. 
 
 seize, rapio, -ere. 
 
 select, lego, -ere; eligo, -ere. 
 
 self (himself, herself, itself), ipso, 
 ip.sa, ipsum. 
 
 sell, vendo, -ero. 
 
 senate, sonatua, -us, m. 
 
 senate-house, ofiria, -ae, f. 
 
 senator, senator, -oris, m. 
 
 send, mitto, -ero; send down, 
 
 deniitto, -ere; send greeting, 
 
 salutem dico, -ere. 
 serve, fungor, -I. 
 service, military, militia, -ae, f. 
 Servius, Servius, -I, m. 
 set, poiio, -ere; set forth, expono, 
 
 -ere; set free, llbero, -are. 
 setting, occasus, -us, in. 
 seven, septem. 
 several, aliquot, 
 severe, gravis, -e. 
 shameful, foedus, -a, -um. 
 she, oa, from is, ea, id. 
 sheep, ovis, -is, f. 
 shepherd, pastor, -oris, m. 
 shield, seutum, -I, n. 
 ship, navis, -is, f. 
 shore, ora, -ae, f. 
 shoulder, umerus, -I, m. 
 shout, clamor, -oris, m. 
 shout, conclamo, -are. 
 show, monstro, -are. 
 Sibylline, Sibylllnus, -a, -um. 
 Sicily, Sicilia, -ae, f. 
 sick, aeger, aegra, aegrum. 
 side, (on the side of) ab; on one 
 
 side ... on the other, ab . . . 
 
 ab; hinc . . . hinc. 
 sign, index, -icis, m. 
 signal, signum, -i, n. 
 silence, silentium, -I, n. 
 silver, argentum, -I, n. 
 Silvia, Silvia, -ae, f. 
 since (because), cum with subj. 
 sing, cano, -ere. 
 sister, soror, -oris, f. 
 six, sex. 
 
 sixteen, sedecim. 
 sky, caehim, -i, n.; in the sky, in 
 
 caelo. 
 slave, sorvus. -I, m. 
 
444 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 slay, caedo, -ere; obtrunco, -are; 
 
 interficio, -ere. 
 small, parvus, -a, -um. 
 so, tarn, ita; so that, ut; so great, 
 
 tantus, -a, -um. 
 soldier, miles, -itis, m. 
 some . . . others, alii . . . alii; 
 
 some . . . the others, alter! 
 
 . . . altorl. 
 some one, something, aliquis, ali- 
 
 quid (aliquod). 
 sometimes, interdum. 
 somewhat, aliquantus, -a, -um. 
 son, flhus, -I, m, 
 song, carmen, -inis, n. 
 soon, mox; as soon as possible, 
 
 quam primum. 
 space, spatium, -i, n. 
 speak, dico, -ere; loquor, -i. 
 spear, hasta, -ae, f. 
 spectacle, spectaculum, -i, n. 
 spectators, spectantes, -ium, m. 
 speech, oratio, -onis, f.; (voice) 
 
 vox, vocis, f. 
 spirit, animus, -!, m. 
 spoil, spolium, -i, n. 
 sport, ludus, -I, m. 
 star, Stella, -ae, f. 
 state, cl vitas, -atis, f.; affairs of 
 
 state, res publica. 
 statue, statua, -ae, f. 
 stone (of stone), lapideus, -a, -um. 
 s':op, sisto, -ere. 
 story, fabula, -ae, f. 
 strait, fretum, -i, n. 
 street, via, viae, f . 
 strength, vis, vis, f. 
 strengthen, firmo, -are; tutor, 
 
 -arl. 
 stricken, panic stricken, constor- 
 
 imtuB, -a, -um. 
 
 strike, Ico, -ere. 
 
 strip, spolio, -are. 
 
 strong, validus, -a, -lim. 
 
 sudden, subitus, -a, -um. 
 
 suddenly, subito. 
 
 suffer, patior, -I; (permit) sino, 
 
 -ere. 
 suitable, aptus, -a, -um. 
 summer, aestas, -atis, f. 
 summon, evoco, -are. 
 sun, sol, solis, m; sunset, orcasus 
 
 solis. 
 Superbus, Suparbus, -I, m. 
 supremacy, imperium, -I, n. 
 surround, circumdo, -are. 
 survive, supersum, -esse. 
 swim across, trano, -are. 
 sword, gladius, -I, m; ferrum, 
 
 table, mensa, -ae, f. 
 
 take, capio, -ere; sumo, -ere; take 
 
 away, demo, -ere; take place, 
 
 accido, -ere; take up, subeo, 
 
 -Ire. 
 talk about, narro, -are. 
 Tanaquil, Tanaquil, -ilis, f. 
 Tarpeia, Tarpeia, -ae, f. 
 Tarpeian, Tarpeius, -a, -um. 
 Tarquin, Tarquinius, -I, m. 
 Tatius, Tatius, -i, m. 
 teacher, magister, -tri, m. 
 tear, lacrima, -ae, f. 
 tell, dico, -ere; narro, -are; mem- 
 
 oro, -are; (order) lubeo, -ere, 
 tempest, tempestas, -atis, f. 
 temple, templum, -I, n. 
 ten, decern, 
 terms, lex, legis, f.; condicio, 
 
 -onis, f. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 445 
 
 territory, fines, -ium, m.; ager, 
 
 agri, m. 
 than, quam; ahl. case. 
 that, is, ea, id; that of yours, i.sto. 
 
 ista, istud; tliat yonder, illo, 
 
 ilia, iUud. 
 that, ut; {ivilh vei'bs of fcariru/) 
 
 ne. 
 that not, lie; (ivilh vei'bs of Jeantuj) 
 
 ut. 
 that, O that, utinani. 
 the, omilted in LcUin. 
 their, comm; suus, -a, -uin. 
 them, m., eos, illos; f., eas, illas; 
 
 11., ea, ilia, 
 themselves, of, sul. 
 then, tuin. 
 there, ibi, eo. 
 therefore, itaqiic. 
 these, pi. of hie, haec, hoc. 
 Theseus, of, Theseus, -a, -um. 
 they, m., ii, ilii; f., eae, iliae; n., 
 
 ea, ilia, 
 thick, densus, -a, -um. 
 thing, res, rei, f. 
 think, arbitror, -arl; existimo, 
 
 -are; puto, -are; reor, rerl. 
 thirty, triginta; thirty-one, trl- 
 
 ginta unus; thirty-two, triginta 
 
 duo; thirty-seven, septem et 
 
 triginta, triginta septem. 
 this, hie, haec, hoc; on this side 
 
 ... on that, hinc . . . liinc. 
 those, m., il, illl; f., eae, illae; n., 
 
 ea, ilia, 
 thou, tu, tul. 
 thousand, mllle; thousands, milia, 
 
 -ium, n. 
 three, tr6s, tria; three brothers, 
 
 trigeminy, -oruin, m.; three on a 
 
 side, tcniT, -ae, -a. 
 
 through, per uriih ace. 
 
 throw, mitto, -ere; iacio, -ere; 
 
 {hurl) deicio, -ere. 
 thus, sic. 
 
 thy, tuus, -a, -um. 
 Tiber, TiberLs, -is, m. 
 time, tempus, -oris, n.; long time, 
 
 dill, 
 to, ad urilh ace: dal. case: {drnol- 
 
 incf purpose) ut urilh suhj.; ace. 
 
 of supine. 
 to-day, hodie. 
 to-morrow, eras. 
 too, expressed by the comparulice 
 
 degree. 
 too much, iiimis. 
 top of, suminus, -a, -um. 
 touch, tango, -ere. 
 towards, nd or in u'ilh ace 
 town, oppidum, -i, n. 
 transfer, transfero, -ferre; traduco, 
 
 -ere. 
 treacherous, perfidus, -a, -um. 
 treachery, fraus, fraudis, f. 
 treaty, foedus, -eris, n; societas, 
 
 -atis, f. 
 tree, arbor, -oris, f. 
 trial (in law), ius, iuris, n. 
 tribe, gens, gentis, f. 
 troop, turma, -ae, f. 
 Troy, Troia, -ae, f . 
 true, verus, -a, -um; baud falsiis, 
 
 -a, -um. 
 try, Conor, -jiri. 
 Tullia, Tullia, -ae, f. 
 Tullius, Tullius, -i, m. 
 Tullus, Tullus, -i, m. 
 turn, (;onverto, -ere. 
 turn, in turn, in vicem, 
 twelve, (luodecim. 
 twenty, viginti. 
 
440 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 twin sons, geimiil, -Oruni, ni. 
 two, duo, duae, duo. 
 
 undertake, sumo, -cro. 
 unequal, impar, -paris. 
 unfaithful, p(;rfidus, -;i, -uiii. 
 unhappy, miser, -era, -crum. 
 unharmed, intactus, -a, -um: 
 
 incolumis, -c. 
 uninjured, integer, -gra, -grum. 
 unite, ooiiiungo, -ere. 
 unjust, iniustus, -a, -um. 
 unless, nisi. 
 
 unwilling, be, nolo, nolle, nolui. 
 upbraid, increpo, -are. 
 upon, in ivith ace. 
 upper, superior, -ius. 
 urge, insto, -are. 
 us, see we. 
 use, utor, -T. 
 useful, utilis, -e. 
 
 valor, virtus, -utis, f. 
 
 Vergil, Vergilius, -I, ni. 
 
 very, expressed by the superlative, 
 very far, longissime ; very differ- 
 ent, longe alivid. 
 
 vicinity, proximiim, -I, n. 
 
 victor, victor, -oris, m, 
 
 victory, victoria, -ae, f. 
 
 violence, vis, vis, f. 
 
 voice, vox, vocis, f. 
 
 vow, votum, -1, n. 
 
 vow, voveo, -ere. 
 
 voyage, navigatio, -on is, f. 
 
 vulture, vulture, -uris, m. 
 
 W 
 wage {war), gero, -ere. 
 wall, murus, -I, m. 
 
 want, volo, v(!llo. 
 
 wanting, be, dcsum, -esse. 
 
 war, helium, -I, n. 
 
 warlike, bellicosus, -a, -um ; ferox, 
 
 -ocis. 
 was, past and per J. of sum, 
 water, aqua, -ae, f. 
 way, via, -ae, f; {manner) modus, 
 
 -I, m. 
 we, nos, nostrum (nostri). 
 weak, fessus, -a, -um; imbe(Mllus, 
 
 -;i, -um. 
 wealth, pectinia, -ae, f; divitiae, 
 
 -arum, f. 
 weapon, telum, -I, n. 
 weary, fessus, -a, -um; defatiga- 
 
 tus, -a, -um. 
 weep, fleo, -ere; lacrimo, -are. 
 welcome, accipio, -ere. 
 welcome, gratus, -a, -um. 
 well, validus, -a, -um. 
 well, bene, recte. 
 what, quis (qui), quae, quid 
 
 (quod). 
 when, ubi, cum. 
 whence, unde. 
 where, ubi, quo. 
 whether, num. 
 whetstone, cos, cotis, f. 
 which, see who. 
 while, dum. 
 white, albus, -a, -um. 
 who, which (rel), qui, quae, quod; 
 
 a£c. sing., quem, quam, quod; 
 
 nom. pi., qui, quae, quae; ace. 
 
 pi., quos, quas, quae. 
 who (interrog.), quis (qui), quae, 
 
 quid (quod). 
 whole, totus, -a, -um. 
 whose, (.Sim/.) cuius, (pi.) qu ruin. 
 
 see qui. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 447 
 
 why, cur, quid. 
 
 wickedness, scelus, -eris, n. 
 
 wide, latus, -a, -um. 
 
 widow, vidua, -ae, f . 
 
 wife, coniunx, -iugis, f.; uxor, 
 
 -oris, f. 
 wild beast, bestia, -ae, f.; fera, 
 
 -ae, f. 
 willing, be, volo, velle. 
 win over, concilio, -are. 
 wind, vcntus, -I, m. 
 wisdom, sapientia, -ae, f. 
 wish, volo, velle; (he) wishes, 
 
 vult; (he) wished, volebat; 
 
 (they) wished, volebant; not to 
 
 wish, nolo, nolle. 
 with, cum with ahl.; abl. wilhoul 
 
 prep. 
 without, sine with abl.; without 
 
 consent, iniussu. 
 withstand, resisto, -ere; sustineo, 
 
 -ere. 
 witness, call as, testor, -ari. 
 wolf, lupus, -I, m.; she-wolf, 
 
 lupa, -ae, f. 
 woman, mulier, -eris, f.; old 
 
 woman, anus, -us, f. 
 
 wood, lignum, -i, n. 
 woods, silva, -ae, f. 
 word, verbum, -I, n. 
 work, laboro, -are. 
 world, orbis terrarum. 
 worse, peior, -ius. 
 worst, pessimus, -a, -um. 
 wound, vulnus, -eris, n. 
 wound, vulnero, -are. 
 wrath, ira, -ae, f. 
 write, scribo, -ere. 
 writer, scriptor, -oris, m. 
 written, scriptus, -a, um. ^ 
 wonderful, mirus, -a, -um. 
 
 year, annus, -i, m. 
 
 yellow, fiavus, -a, -um, 
 
 yesterday, herl. 
 
 yesterday's, hesternus, -a, -um. 
 
 you, tu, tul; ace. sing., te; nom. 
 
 and ace. pi., vos. 
 young man, iuvenis, -is, m. 
 yoiu", yoxu-s, sing., tuus, -a, -um; 
 
 pi., vester, -tra, -trum. 
 youth, iuvenis, -is, m; adulescens, 
 
 -ntis, m. 
 
INDEX 
 
 a or ab with ablative denoting 
 a iron t, 88. 
 
 \ljlative case, 16; absolute, 288, 
 295 ; accompaniment, 106 ; agent, 
 88; cause, 229; comparatives, 
 334; degree of difference, 335; 
 deponent verbs, 377; manner, 
 312; means or instrument, 21; 
 origin, 483; place in which, 97; 
 place from which, 98; price, 
 492; quality, 493; separation, 
 336; specification, 319; supine, 
 369, (2); time, 105. 
 
 -abus, ending of dea and filia in 
 dative and ablative plural, 16; 
 30, 6. 
 
 Accent, 6, 542; genitive of nouns 
 ending in -ium; genitive and 
 vocative of nouns ending in -ius, 
 41,6. 
 
 Accompaniment denoted by the 
 ablative with cum, 106. 
 
 Accusative case, 8; direct object, 
 .13; duration of time, 278; 
 extent in space, 215; place to 
 which, 96; subject of infinitive, 
 190; indirect discourse, 489; 
 supine, 369; ■ two accusatives, 
 113. 
 
 acer, declension, 199, 551. 
 
 Active voice, 130; personal end- 
 ings, 66. 
 
 Ad Certamenutrimque Procedunt, 
 183. 
 
 Adjectives, agreement, 55; as 
 nouns, 268; comparison, 328- 
 350; declension: first and .sec- 
 
 ond declensions, 49-57, 549; 
 irregular, genitive in -ius, 207, 
 214; third declension, 192, 198, 
 551; denoting a part, 349; 
 English derivatives, 502; for- 
 mation, 501; position, 28; with 
 dative, 56. 
 Adverbs, 351-357; comparison, 
 351, 355, 554; formation, 351, 
 
 354, 554; use, 356. 
 Aeneas, declension, 548. 
 Aeneas in Italiam Venit, 77. 
 Agent denoted by ablative with 
 
 passive verbs, 88; denoted by 
 dative with pa.ssive periphrastic 
 conjugation, 474. 
 
 Agreement, adjectives, 55; appos- 
 itives, 64; demonstrative pro- 
 nouns, 277; predicate nouns 
 and adjectives, 31; relative pro- 
 nouns, 286; verbs, 70. 
 
 Agricola at Filii, 432. 
 
 aliquis (aliqui), declension, 561; 
 meaning, 477. 
 
 alius, 207; declension, 214; alius 
 . . . alius, alii . . . alii, 207. 
 
 Alphabet, 1, 536. 
 
 alte, formation and comparison, 
 
 355, 554. 
 
 alter, declension, 214, 550; alter 
 . . . alter, alteri . . . alteri, 
 207. 
 
 altior, declension, 333, 553. 
 
 altus, comparison, 332, 552. 
 
 amans, declension, 200, 551. 
 
 ambo, declension, 212, a. 
 
 amicus, declension, 41, 544. 
 
 (449) 
 
450 
 
 i:lementa prima 
 
 amo, oonjuj:;atiuii, 503-560. 
 
 Anci Filii Regi Insidias Parant, 
 434. 
 
 Ancus Marcius Rex Creatur, 361. 
 
 Answers to questions, 326, 6. 
 
 antiquus, conii)arison, 332. 
 
 Apposition, 64. 
 
 Article, lacking, 2. 
 
 Arrangement of words, 28. 
 
 Artes Romanae, 535. 
 
 Attraction, verb iii clause depend- 
 ing upon a subjunctive, 514. 
 
 audacter, formation and compari- 
 son, 355, 554. 
 
 audax, declension, 198, 551. 
 
 audeo, semi-deponent, 375, h. 
 
 audio, conjugation, 563-565. 
 
 Base and stem, 30, a. 
 
 bene, formation and comparison, 
 
 355, 554. 
 bonus, comparison, 348, 552; 
 
 declension, 52, 549. 
 
 capio, conjugation, 567. 
 
 caput, declension, 95, 545. 
 
 Cardinal numerals, 207, 555. 
 
 Case, 8; names and description: 
 nominative, accusative, and voc- 
 ative, 8; genitive, dative, and 
 ablative, 16; locative, 24. 
 
 Case-endings, first declension, 30; 
 second, 41, 47; third, 95; fourth, 
 301, fifth, 318. 
 
 Causal clauses with cum, 437. 
 
 Cause denoted by the ablative, 
 229. 
 
 celeriter, formation and compari- 
 son, 355, 554. 
 
 clarus, comparison, 332, 552. 
 
 commands, expressed by the im- 
 
 perative, 204; by the subjunc- 
 tive, 443; negative commands, 
 383. 
 
 Comparative, ablative with, 334; 
 declension, 333 ; meaning too or 
 rather, 343; quam with the 
 comparative, 328, 334, a. 
 
 Comparison of adjectives, 328- 
 350, 552; regular, 332; irregu- 
 lar, 345-350; magis and max- 
 ime, 332, a; superlatives in 
 -limus and -rimus, 338, 342. 
 
 Comparison of adverbs, 351, 355, 
 554. 
 
 Completed action, tenses denoting, 
 217; 391, (2). 
 
 Compound words, formation, 519. 
 
 Concessive clauses with cum, 437. 
 
 Conditional sentences, 447-456; 
 definition, 447; first class, 452; 
 second class, 453; third class, 
 454. 
 
 Conjugation, characteristics of the 
 four conjugations, 72; regular 
 verbs, 563-565 ; irregular verbs, 
 569; capio, 567; sum, 562; 
 possum, 568; deponents, 570. 
 See also the names of the tenses. 
 
 Conjunctions, 170; coordinate, 
 171; subordinate, 172. 
 
 Conor, deponent verb, 570. 
 
 Consecutive clauses with the sub- 
 junctive, 409-417. 
 
 Consonants, sounds of, 539. 
 
 Coordinate conjunctions, 171. 
 
 consul, declension, 104, 545. 
 
 cornu, declension, 301, 546. 
 
 cum, conjunction, 430; causal and 
 concessive clauses, 437; tem- 
 poral clauses, 435, 436. 
 
 cum, preposition with ablative, 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 451 
 
 KKj; enclitic witli personal pro- 
 iiouiih, 264, r; enclitic with 
 relative pronoun, 284, b. 
 
 Dative case, IG; agent with pass- 
 ive periphrastic conjugation, 
 474; indirect object, 20; pos- 
 session, 230; purpose, 302; with 
 adjectives, 56; with compound 
 verbs, 164; with verbs meaning 
 believe, help, please, etc., 455; 
 with verbs of separation, 205. 
 
 De Rustico Mure atque Mure 
 Urbano, 381. 
 
 dea, ending in -abus in dative and 
 ablative plural, 16; 30, b. 
 
 Declension of adjectives, first and 
 second declensions, 52-54, 549; 
 irregular adjectives, 207, 214, 
 550; third declension, 192, 198, 
 199, 551 ; declension of the com- 
 parative, 333, 553. 
 
 Declension of noims, 8, 543-548; 
 five declensions, 23; first declen- 
 sion, 8-33, 543; second declen- 
 sion, 34-48, 544; third declen- 
 sion, 90-114, 133-152, 545; 
 fourth declension, 297-303, 546; 
 fifth declension, 314-320, 547; 
 special nouns, 548. 
 
 Declension of participles, present, 
 193, 200; future active, 358, 
 363; perfect passive, 288; fut- 
 ure passive, 457 
 
 Declension of pronouns, demon- 
 strative, 276, 284, 558; indefi- 
 nite, 561 ; interrogative, 325, 
 560; personal, 264, 557; rela- 
 tive, 284, .559. 
 
 Defective nouns, 104, b. 
 
 Defective verbs, 530, 
 
 Degree of difference denoted by 
 the ablative, 335. 
 
 Demonstrative pronouns, 272-279, 
 280-287; declension, 558; use, 
 277. 
 
 Deponent verbs, 371-378, 570; 
 ablative with certain deponents, 
 377; active forms, 375, a; semi- 
 deponent verbs, 375, b. 
 
 Derivation of English words from 
 Latin, 61, 62; from adjectives, 
 501, 502; from compound words, 
 519, «; from nouns, 150, 151, 
 257, 258; from participles, 523; 
 from verbs, 389, 390; word-for- 
 mation and derivation, 509, 
 510; review, 526-529; alpha- 
 betical list of Latin words 
 with Enghsh derivatives, 572. 
 
 Description denoted by the abla- 
 tive, 493. 
 
 deus, declension, 548. 
 
 die, imperative of cUco, 201, b. 
 
 dies, declension, 318, 547. 
 
 difficilis, comparison of, 342, 552. 
 
 dissimilis, comparison of, 342, 
 552. 
 
 Diphthongs, sounds of, 538. 
 
 diu, comparison of, 355, 554. 
 
 do, conjugation, present indicative 
 active, 69; past, 118; future, 
 156; perfect, 220; quantity of 
 a, 69, b; 118, c; 156, b. 
 
 domus, declension, 301, c, .548; 
 gender, 301, b; locative, 41, d, 
 97; place from which, 98; 
 place to which, 96. 
 
 donum, declension, 47, 544. 
 
 due, imperative of dueo, 201, b. 
 
 Duees Foedus Faeiunt, 223. 
 
 duo, declension, 212, 556. 
 
452 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 Duration of time denoted by the 
 accusative, 278. 
 
 ego, declension, 264, 557; use in 
 
 genitive, 265, a] when omitted, 
 
 66. 
 EncHtics, 171, />; cum, 264, c; 
 
 284, h\ -que, 171, a. 
 English-Latin vocabulary, 575. 
 English words derived from Latin, 
 
 see Derivation, 
 eo, 382; conjugation, 569. 
 Extent in space denoted by the 
 
 accusative, 215. 
 
 fac, imi)erativc of facio, 201, h. 
 
 facile, formation and comparison, 
 355, 554. 
 
 facilis, comparison of, 342, 552. 
 
 facio, a weakened to i in com- 
 pounds, 177, 6; fio as passive, 
 382, a, 3. 
 
 Fearing, meaning of ne and ut 
 with verbs of, 512. 
 
 fer, imperative of fero, 201, h. 
 
 fero, 382; conjugation, 569. 
 
 ferox, comparison of, 332, 552. 
 
 Fifth declension, 314-320, 547. 
 
 filia, ending -abus in the dative 
 and ablative plural, 16; 30, h. 
 
 Filia Salutem Dicit Matri Come- 
 liae, 255. 
 
 filius, ending in genitive and 
 vocative singular, 34, 41, 6. 
 
 Final clauses with the subjunc- 
 tive, 406, a; 396-408. 
 
 fio, 382; conjugation, 569; pass- 
 ive of facio, 382, n, 3. 
 
 First conjugation, characteristic 
 of, 72. See also amo, do, and 
 the names of the tenses. 
 
 P'irst declension, nouns, 8-33, 543; 
 nominative, accusative, and voc- 
 ative cases, 8-15; genitive, 
 dative, and ablative, 16-22; 
 locative, 30, c; gender, 27, 
 256, (1); typical noun, 30; dea 
 and filia, 30, h; adjectives of 
 the first antl second declensions, 
 49-57. 
 
 fids, declension, 137, 545. 
 
 fiumen, declension, 112, 545. 
 
 Fourth conjugation, characteristic; 
 of, 72. See also audio and the 
 names of the tenses. 
 
 Fourth declension, 297-303, 546. 
 
 fruor, ablative with, 377. 
 
 fungor, ablative with, 377. 
 
 Future indicative, 153-173; four 
 conjugations, active, 159-165 
 passive, 166-173; sum and do 
 153-158; tense-sign, 153; 156 
 a; 159; use, 157. 
 
 Future infinitive, active, 358, 362 
 passive, 358, 366; time denoted 
 368. 
 
 Future participle, active, 363 
 use, 367; passive, 457, 462; use 
 464. 
 
 Future perfect, active, 239, 243 
 passive, 304, 310; use, 244. 
 
 Gaius lulius Caesar, 527-529. 
 
 Gallina Impavida, 401. 
 
 gaudeo, semi-deponent, 375, h. 
 
 Gender of nouns, 253, 256; first 
 declension, 27; 256,(1); second 
 declension, 40; 256, (2); third 
 declension, 256, (3); fourth 
 declension, 301, h\ fifth declen- 
 sion, 318, b. 
 
 Genitive case, 16; objective, 269; 
 
ET.EMENTA PRIMA 
 
 453 
 
 partitive, 270, a; possession, 
 
 16, a; qualifying a noun, 19; 
 
 quality, 138; subjective, 475; 
 
 whole, 270; with impersonal 
 
 verbs of feeling, 503. 
 genus, declension, 137, 545. 
 gerund, definition, 457; form. 463; 
 
 use, 465. 
 gerundive, definition, 457; form. 
 
 462; use, 464. 
 gracilis, comparison, 342, 552. 
 
 hie, declension, 276, 558; mean- 
 ing, 272; ille . . . hie, 277, a. 
 
 Historical present, 80; as a sec- 
 ondary tense, 391, a. 
 
 Historical tenses, 391, (4). 
 
 Horatius apud ludiees Condem- 
 natus Est, 331. 
 
 Horatius Codes Pontem Defendit, 
 507. 
 
 hostis, declension, 144, 545. 
 
 humilis, comparison, 342, 552. 
 
 i-stems in the third declension, 
 140-145. 
 
 idem, 477; declenwon, 558. 
 
 Idioms, 376. 
 
 ille, declension, 276, 558; mean- 
 ing, 272; ille . . . hie, 277, a. 
 
 imago, declension, 112, 545. 
 
 Imperative, present active, 194; 
 conjugation, 201; use of the 
 imperative, 204. 
 
 Imperfect tense, see Past tense. 
 
 Impersonal verbs, 311; genitive 
 with, 503. 
 
 Incolae Urbis Novae Deerant, 136. 
 
 Incomplete action, tenses denot- 
 ing, 391, (1). 
 
 Indefinite pronouns, 477-484; 
 
 declension, 561; list, 477; use, 
 482; quis and qui after si, 
 nisi, ne, and ntmi, 482, a. 
 
 Independent clauses with the sub- 
 junctive, 439. 
 
 Indirect discourse, 485-494; defi- 
 nition, 485; main verbs, 489; 
 questions, 491; verbs in depend- 
 ent clauses, 490. 
 
 Indirect object, 20; with special 
 verbs meaning believe, help, 
 please, etc., 455. 
 
 Indirect questions, definition, 419; 
 examples, 425, a; subjunctive 
 in, 425. 
 
 inferus, comparison, 348, 552. 
 
 Infinitive, present active and 
 passive, 179; time denoted, 189; 
 perfect active, 246-252; per- 
 fect passive, 362; time denoted, 
 251; future active, 364; future 
 passive, 366; time denoted by 
 tenses, 394; accusative .as sub- 
 ject of infinitive, 190; comple- 
 mentary infinitive, 186; infini- 
 tive as object, 188; as subject, 
 187; following verbs of saying, 
 250; main verbs in indirect 
 discourse, 489. 
 
 Instrument and means denoted by 
 the ablative, 21. 
 
 Intensive pronoun, 272. 
 
 Inter Albanos et Romanes Bellum, 
 291. 
 
 Interrogative pronouns, 321-327, 
 560. 
 
 Interrogative words, 326. 
 
 Intransitive and transitive verbs, 
 131. 
 
 -io verbs of the third conjugation, 
 174-178. 
 
454 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 ipse, declension, 276; meaning, 
 
 272; use, 277. 
 Irregular adjectives with -ius in 
 
 the genitive singular, 207, 211, 
 
 214. 
 Irregular comparison of adjectives, 
 
 345, 348. 
 Irregular verbs, 379-384; conju- 
 gation, 569. 
 is, 280-287; declension, 284, 558; 
 
 use, 285. 
 iste, declension, 276, a; meaning, 
 
 272; use, 277. 
 iter, declension, 548. 
 luppiter, declension, 548. 
 luppiter Romanis terrorem Demit, 
 
 197. 
 
 Lars Porsena Romam Infesto 
 
 Exercitu Venit, 506. 
 Latin-English vocabulary, 574. 
 Latinis Bellum Est Indictum, 374. 
 Leo, 441. 
 
 leo, declension, 112, 545. 
 liber, declension, 41, 544. 
 Libri Sibyllini, 488. 
 -limus, ending of the superlative, 
 
 338, 342. 
 Locative case, 24; 30, c; use, 32. 
 Ludus Qui "Specto" Appellatur, 
 
 85. 
 Lupus Sceleratus, 449. 
 
 magis, comparison, 355, 554. 
 magis, use in comparison of 
 
 adjectives, 332, a. 
 maxime, use in comparison of 
 
 adjectives, 332, a. 
 magnus, comparison, 348, 552. 
 male, formation and comparison, 
 
 malo, 382, conjugation, 569. 
 
 malus, comparison, 348, 552. 
 
 Manner denoted by the ablative, 
 312. 
 
 Marcus Regulus Redit Cartha- 
 ginem, 517. 
 
 mare, declension, 144, 545. 
 
 Means and instrument denoted by 
 the ablative, 21. 
 
 Metrical reading, 534. 
 
 miles, declension, 95, 545. 
 
 mllle, 213, a. 
 
 milia, declension, 213, 556; use, 
 213, a. 
 
 miser, comparison, 342, 552; de- 
 clension, 53, 549. 
 
 misere, formation and compari- 
 son, 355, 554. 
 
 mitto, conjugation, 563-565. 
 
 Mood, distinction between the 
 indicative and the subjunctive, 
 396. 
 
 Movet Horatium Comploratio So- 
 roris, 324. 
 
 Mulieres inter Tela Veniunt, 210. 
 
 multi, comparison, 348, 552. 
 
 multum, formation and compari- 
 son, 3.55, 554. 
 
 multus, comparison, 348, 552. 
 
 Mures, 421. 
 
 navis, declension, 144, 545. 
 
 ne, in final clauses, 406; in nega- 
 tive commands, 443; with verbs 
 of fearing, 512. 
 
 -ne, in questions, 326, a, (3). 
 
 negative commands, 383. 
 
 noie and noUte in negative com- 
 mands, 383. 
 
 nolo, 382, conjugation, 569. 
 
 Nominative case, predicate noun 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 455 
 
 or adjective, 31; subject oi 
 finite verb, 12. 
 
 nonne, in questions, 326, a, (3). 
 
 nostri as objective genitive, 265, a. 
 
 Nouns, declension, 23; declension 
 of typical nouns, 543-548; first 
 declension, 8-33; second declen- 
 sion, 34-48; third declension, 
 90-114,135-153; fourth declen- 
 sion, 297-303; fifth declension, 
 314-320; special nouns, 548; 
 English words derived from 
 I^tin nouns, 150, 151, 257, 258; 
 formation, 257; gender, 253; 
 256; 302, 6; 318, b. For syn- 
 tax see names of the cases 
 
 niillus, declension, 214, b. 
 
 ntim, in questions, 326, a, (3). 
 
 Numae Pompilio Regnmn Datur, 
 275. 
 
 Numerals, 207-216; list, 555; 
 declension, 550, 556. 
 
 Numitor Remum Nepotem Agno- 
 scit, 111. 
 
 Object of verb, direct, 13; indirect, 
 
 20. 
 Objective genitive, 269. 
 omnis, declension, 198, 551. 
 Optative subjunctive, 444. 
 Order of words, 28. 
 Ordinal numerals, 555. 
 Origin denoted by the ablative, 
 
 483. 
 
 paenltet with genitive, 503. 
 
 Paradigms, 29. 
 
 Parsing, 499, 500, 508. 
 
 Participles, present, 193; 200 
 203, a; future active, 3^3, 367 
 future passive, 457, 462, 464 
 perfect passive, 288-297; time 
 
 denoted, 394; use, 203; 294, 
 295, b] English words derived 
 from Latin participles, 523. 
 
 Partitive genitive, 270, a. 
 
 parvus, comparison, 348, 552. 
 
 parum, formation and comparison, 
 355, 554. 
 
 Passive voice, 130; personal end- 
 ings, 82. 
 
 Past indicative, 115; conjugation 
 of sum and do, 118; four conju- 
 gations, active, 119-124; pas- 
 sive, 125-132; tense-sign, 115, 
 119; use, 123; used as historical 
 or secondary tense, 391, (4); 
 used to denote incomplete 
 action, 391, (1). 
 
 Past perfect indicative, active, 
 232, 236; passive, 304, 309; 
 use, 237. 
 
 Past perfect subjunctive, 418, 424; 
 use, 426; conditional sentences, 
 454; optative, 444; sequence, 
 427. 
 
 Past subjunctive, 398; condi- 
 tional sentences, 454; dependent 
 clauses, 407; optative, 444; 
 sequence, 427. 
 
 pastor, declension, 104, 545. 
 
 Pastor Pueros Invenit, 94. 
 
 pater, declension, 104, 545. 
 
 patior, deponent verb, 570. 
 
 Perfect indicative, active, 217- 
 231; conjugation of sirni and 
 do, 220; four conjugations, 226; 
 personal endings, 217; stem, 
 224; passive, 304, 308; perfect 
 definite, 227; perfect indefinite, 
 228; secondary tense, 391, (4); 
 perfect definite as primary 
 tense, 391, (4), h; used to 
 
456 
 
 ELEMENa^A PRIMA 
 
 denote completed action, 22S, 
 a; 391, (2). 
 
 Perfect infinitive, active, 246, 249; 
 passive, 362 ; time denoted, 251 . 
 
 Perfect passive participle, 288- 
 296; stem, 293, ri; time denoted, 
 294; translation, 294, a. 
 
 Perfect stem, 224. 
 
 Perfect subjunctive, 418, 424; 
 use, 426. 
 
 Periphrastic conjugations, defini- 
 tion, 467; active, 472; passive, 
 473; dative of agent, 467, 474. 
 
 Personal endings, active, 66; pas- 
 sive, 82; perfect tense, 217. 
 
 Personal pronouns, 261-271; de- 
 clension, 264, 557; is as sub- 
 stitute for pronoun of third 
 person,* 265, b; nominative 
 omitted, 66; use, 265. 
 
 Place in which, 97; from which, 
 98; to which, 96. 
 
 poUiceor, deponent verb, 570. 
 
 portus, declension, 301, 546. 
 
 Possession denoted by the dative, 
 2.30; by the genitive, 19, a. 
 
 Possessive pronouns, declension, 
 264, b; use, 267. 
 
 possum, 180; conjugation, pres- 
 ent, past, and future, 185; entire 
 conjugation, 568. 
 
 Potential subjunctive, 445. 
 
 potior, deponent verb, 570; abla- 
 tive with, 377. 
 
 Predicate noun or adjective, 31. 
 
 Prefixes, 511. 
 
 Present indicative, active, 72-81; 
 passive, 82-89; use, 80; his- 
 torical present, 391, a. 
 
 Present participle, declension, 200; 
 time denoted, 203, a. 
 
 Present stem, 78. 
 
 Present subjunctive, 398; condi- 
 tional sentences, 453; depend- 
 ent clauses, 407; optative, 444, 
 sequence, 427. 
 
 Price denoted by the ablative, 492. 
 
 Primary tenses, 391, (3). 
 
 Principal parts of verbs, 225, 292; 
 typical verbs, 293. 
 
 Principal tenses, 391, (3). 
 
 princeps, declension, 95, 545. 
 
 prior, comparison, 348, 552. 
 
 Pronouns, personal reflexive, and 
 possessive, 261-27 1,557; demon- 
 strative, 272-279, 280-287, 477, 
 558; indefinite, 477-484, 561; 
 interrogative, 321-327, 560 ; rela- 
 tive, 280-287, 559. 
 
 Pronunciation, 1-7, 536-542. 
 
 Prosum, 568, a. 
 
 puer, declension, 41, 544. 
 
 pulcher, declension, 54, 549; com- 
 parison, 342, 552. 
 
 Purpose, expressed by accusative 
 of the supine, 369, (1); by the 
 dative, 302; by the future 
 active participle, 367, a; by the 
 gerundive with ad, 464, a; by 
 the gerund with ad, 465 a; by 
 a final clause with the subjunc- 
 tive, 406. 
 
 Quality denoted by the ablative, 
 492; by the genitive, 138. 
 
 quam with comparatives, 334, a. 
 
 Quantity of syllables and vowels, 
 5, 541. 
 
 -que, enclitic, 171, b. 
 
 Questions, answers to, 326, b; 
 indirect, 419, 425; in indirect 
 discourse, 491 ; interrogative 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 457 
 
 pronouns, 321 ; interrogative 
 words, 326. 
 
 qui, indefinite, 477; after si, nisi, 
 ne, and num. 
 
 qui, interrogative, 321 ; declension, 
 325, a; 560, a; use, 326. 
 
 qui, relative, 280-287; declension, 
 284, 559; agreement, 286; with 
 subjunctive denoting purpose, 
 406. 
 
 quidam, 477; declension, 561. 
 
 quin, with subjunctive after expres- 
 sions of doubt, 416, b; with 
 verbs of hindering, 416, c. 
 
 quis, indefinite, 477; after si, 
 nisi, ne, and num, 482, a. 
 
 quis, interrogative, 321; declen- 
 sion, 325, 560; use, 326. 
 
 quisquam, 477, declension, 561; 
 use. 482, b. 
 
 quisque, 477; declension, 561. 
 
 quo, with subjunctive in clauses of 
 purpose, 406. 
 
 quot, 326, a, (2). 
 
 first, second, and third declen- 
 sions, 253-260; verbs in the 
 indicative, 385-390; nouns, pro- 
 nouns, and adjectives, 495-504; 
 verbs, 505-515; indirect dis- 
 course, 516-520; participles, 
 521-525; general review of 
 forms and syntax, 526-533. 
 
 rex, declension, 95, 545. 
 
 -rimus, ending of the superlative, 
 338, 342. 
 
 Roma Crescit Albae Ruinis, 341. 
 
 Roman numerals, 555. 
 
 Romani Horatium Victorem Accipi- 
 unt, 317. 
 
 Romulus et Remus in Tiberim 
 Mittuntur, 86. 
 
 Romulus Societatem Populo Novo 
 Petit, 143. 
 
 Romulus Urbem Romam Vocat, 
 128. 
 
 Roman! Virgines Sabinorum Rapi- 
 unt, 162. 
 
 Roots of verbs, 389, (1). 
 
 Reflexive pronoun, declension, 264, 
 557; use, 266. 
 
 Rege Expulso Consules Sunt 
 Creati, 480. • 
 
 Regulus, 518. 
 
 Relative clauses of characteristic, 
 416, a; of purpose, 406. 
 
 Relative pronoun, 280-287, 559. 
 
 Remus a Praedatoribus Est Cap- 
 tus, 103. 
 
 res, declension, 318, 547. 
 
 Result expressed by the subjunc- 
 tive, 409-417. 
 
 Reviews, first and second declen- 
 sions, 58-65; the third declen- 
 sion, 146-153; nouns of the 
 
 Sabini Tarpaiam Sciitis Obruunt, 
 168. 
 
 saepe, comparison, 355, 554. 
 
 Scipio Africanus Hannibal Vincit, 
 522. 
 
 Second conjugation, characteristic 
 of, 72. See also the names of 
 the tenses. 
 
 Second declension, 34-48, 544; 
 case-endings, 41, 47; ending of 
 stem, 41, a; gender, 40, 46; geni- 
 tive and vocative of filius and 
 nouns in -ius, 34; 41, 6; geni- 
 tive of nouns in -ium, 47, b; 
 masculine nouns, 34-42; neuter 
 nouns, 43-48; adjectives of the 
 
458 
 
 ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 first and second declensions, 
 49-57. 
 
 secondary tenses, 391, (4). 
 
 senex, declension, 548. 
 
 Senex et Mors, 497. 
 
 Semi-deponent verbs, 570, c. 
 
 Separation denoted by the abla- 
 tive, 336; dative with verbs of 
 separation, 205. 
 
 Sequence of tenses, 427. 
 
 sequor, deponent verb, 570. 
 
 Servius Tullius Regnat, 451. 
 
 similis, comparison, 342, 552. 
 
 sol, genitive plural wanting, 104, h. 
 
 soleo, semi-deponent verb, 375, b. 
 
 solus, declension, 214, b. 
 
 Specification denoted by the abla- 
 tive, 319. 
 
 Stella, declension, 30, 543. 
 
 Stem and base, 30, a. 
 
 Stems of nouns, first declension, 
 30, a; second declension, 41, a; 
 third declension, consonant 
 stems, 95, b; i-stems, 140-145; 
 fourth declension, 301, a] fifth 
 ' declension, 318, c. 
 
 Stems of verbs, present, 78, 293, h; 
 perfect, 224; 293, c; supine, 
 358; 293, d. 
 
 Subject of finite verb, 12; of 
 infinitive, 190; when omitted, 
 66, 265. 
 
 Subjective genitive, 475. 
 
 Subjunctive mood, conjugation of 
 sum, 562; four conjugations, 
 564, 565; irregular verbs, 569; 
 general meaning, 396; general 
 'uses, dependent clauses, 397; 
 independent clauses, 439; pres- 
 ent and past, 398, 407; perfect 
 and past perfect, 418, 424, 426; 
 
 sequence of tenses, 427; trans- 
 lation, 399; uses: attraction, 
 514; conditional sentences, sec- 
 ond class, 453; third class, 454 ; 
 consecutive clauses, 409, 416; 
 dependent clauses of indirect 
 discourse, 490; final clauses, 
 397, 406; optative, 444; poten- 
 tial, 445; questions in indirect 
 discourse, 491; volitive, 443. 
 
 Subordinate conjunctions, 172. 
 
 Substantive clauses, 428. 
 
 sui, declension, 264, 557; use, 266. 
 
 sum, conjugation, 562; present 
 indicative, 69; past, 118; future, 
 156; perfect, 220. 
 
 Superlative degree, declension, 
 333, a; ending in -limus and 
 -rimus, 338, 552; meaning very, 
 343. See also Comparison. 
 
 superus, comparison, 348, 552. 
 
 Supine, definition, 358; form, 365; 
 use, purpose, 369, (1); specifica- 
 tion, 369, (2) ; supine stem, 358. 
 
 Syllables, 4, 540; quantity of, 541. 
 
 Syntax, 11; references to rules, 
 571. 
 
 Tables of declension, conjugation, 
 etc., 543-570. 
 
 Tarquinius Novacula Cotem Secat, 
 423. 
 
 Tarquinius Regnimi Petit, 415. 
 
 Tarquinius Romam Commigrat, 
 404. 
 
 Tarquinius Superbus Regnum 
 Occupat, 470. 
 
 Tempestas ab Terris Romulimi 
 Aufert, 242. 
 
 Temporal clauses with cum, indica- 
 tive, 435; subjunctive, 436. 
 
ELEMENTA PRIMA 
 
 45a 
 
 tempus, declension, 137, 545. 
 
 Tenses, classification, 391; se- 
 quence of, 427. See also tliC 
 names of the t-enses. 
 
 Tense-signs, indicative past, 115, 
 119; future, 153, 159; past per- 
 fect, 232; future perfect, 239; 
 subjunctive past, 398; perfect, 
 418; past perfect, 418. 
 
 Third conjugation, characteristic, 
 72. See also the names of the 
 tenses. 
 
 Third declension of adjectives, 
 192-206. 
 
 Third declension of nouns, 90-1 14, 
 133-153, 545; classification of 
 nouns, 149; gender, 256, (3); 
 stem, how found, 95, 5; stems 
 in c, d, g, p, and t, 90-99; stems 
 in 1 and r, 100-107; stems in n, 
 108-114; stems in s, 133-139; 
 stems in i, 140-145; English 
 nouns derived from Latin nouns 
 of the third declension, 150, 151. 
 
 Time, duration of, denoted by the 
 accusative, 278; time when 
 denoted by the ablative, 105; 
 time denoted by the tenses of 
 the infinitive and i)articiple, 394 ; 
 time denoted by the present 
 and past subjunctive, 407. 
 
 totus, declension, 214, b. 
 
 Towns, names, in accusative and 
 ablative to denote place, 96, 98. 
 
 Transitive and intransitive verbs, 
 131. 
 
 tres, declension, 213, 556. 
 
 Trigemini Anna Capiunt, 300. 
 
 tristis, comparison, 332, 552. 
 
 tu, declen.sion, 264, 557; when 
 omitted, 66. 
 
 Tubicen, 459. 
 
 TuUus Hostnius Rex Creatur, 283. 
 
 uUus, declension, 214, h. 
 
 Unimi Horatium Tres Curiatii 
 
 Circimistant, 307. 
 unus, declension, 211, 550. 
 urbs, declension, 144, 545. 
 Urbs atque Ager Finesque Cre- 
 
 scunt, 388. 
 ut, with subjunctive in clauses of 
 
 purpose, 406; in clauses of 
 
 result, 416; omission of, 513; 
 
 with verbs of fearing, 512. 
 uter, declension, 214, b. 
 utor with the ablative, 377. 
 
 Verbs, active and passive voice, 
 130; characteristics of the four 
 conjugations, 72; conjugation: 
 sum, 562; typical verbs of the 
 four con j ugation s, 563-566 ; verb 
 in -16, 567 ; irregular verbs, 379- 
 384, 569; possum, 568; depo- 
 nent verbs, 371-378, 570; 
 formation, 389; impersonal use, 
 311; periphrastic conjugations, 
 467, 566; personal endings, 
 active, 66; passive, 82; perfect, 
 217; principal parts, 225, 292; 
 stems, present, 78; 293, b; 
 perfect, 224, 293, c; supine, 
 358; 293, d; transitive and 
 intransitive, 131 ; agreement 
 with subject, 70; genitive case 
 with verbs of fearing, 503; 
 infinitive with verbs of saying, 
 250; quin with verbs of hinder- 
 ing, 416, c; ut and ne with 
 verbs of fearing, 512; English 
 words derived from Latin verbs, 
 389, 39Q; review, 385-395, 
 
460 
 
 ELEMENTA PKIMA 
 
 505-515. Sec also infinitive, 
 names of the tenses, participle, 
 subjunctive. 
 
 vescor, ablative with, 377. 
 
 vestri as objective genitive, 265, a. 
 
 vetus, declension, 198, 6. 
 
 Vicus Sceleratus, 461. 
 
 video, conjugation, 563-565. 
 
 vir, declension, 41, 544. 
 
 vis, declension, 548. 
 
 Vocabularies, English-Latin, 575; 
 Latin-English, 574; Latin words 
 with English derivatives, 572; 
 words for memory drill, 573. 
 
 Vocative case, 8 ; person addressed, 
 
 14. 
 Voice, 130. 
 
 VoUtive subjunctive, 443. 
 volo, 382; conjugation, 569. 
 Vowels, sounds of, 537; quantity, 
 
 541, 5. 
 Vulpes et Leo, 411. 
 
 Whole, genitive of, 270. 
 Words, arrangement, 28. 
 Word -building and derivation , 509, 
 510. 
 
.HIS BOO^^^^^BD B^fl.. »^» -^ns 
 
 to ^ A may "® neriott. _iA=i=**=^^^' 
 
 lEC ' 4 f960 
 
 c.n 20 ''"'' 
 
 ^Hov'BOOf* 
 
YB 41198 
 
 4^444 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
I!' i 
 
 
 jljillli! 
 
 i!i! 
 
 iii>iii 
 
 mm 
 
 mm 
 
 m 
 
 ii li.!'!,- ;/i' 
 
 ! 
 
 iiiiiiiiliij 
 
 mm:sim 
 
 I ihii 
 
 mmmL, 
 
 I HI II 
 
 '■llNi|!ii!'!iiilii|i 
 
 liiillteill 
 
 ''i!<i;;i;i:iM!|'!iiJ 
 
 ■!!:':;Mli;!i 
 
 '!: = ■!: .L';!''i:wn: 
 
 iiiiillli 
 
 I ! 
 
 ^i;';,:V:'l;^ iiilti I ill i 
 
 ;; .liil'lii! II 
 
 ij I I I 
 
 .-'Mii! !Mi! lit !!